[SILENT_COMMIT] Update of POT and PO files for the manual

23 files changed, 12258 insertions, 7011 deletions

diff --git a/po/el/preparing.po b/po/el/preparing.po
index 945e0696a..0539c696d 100644
--- a/po/el/preparing.po
+++ b/po/el/preparing.po
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: preparing\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 11:30+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: Greek <en@li.org>\n"
@@ -1384,19 +1384,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:847
-#, no-c-format
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely "
 "replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to "
-"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), "
-"after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if "
-"you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a "
-"connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, "
-"and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus "
-"erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the "
-"first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate "
-"means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes "
-"or CDs."
+"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"di-partition"
+"\"/>), after you have booted the installation system. However this only "
+"works if you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files "
+"on a connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard "
+"disk, and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, "
+"thus erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is "
+"successful the first time around. At the least in this case, you should have "
+"some alternate means of reviving your machine like the original system's "
+"installation tapes or CDs."
 msgstr ""
 "Αν το μηχάνημά σας έχει μόνο έναν δίσκο και θα θέλατε να αντικαταστήσετε "
 "τελείως το υπάρχον λειτουργικό σύστημά σας με το &debian;, μπορείτε επίσης "
diff --git a/po/el/using-d-i.po b/po/el/using-d-i.po
index 849f0c012..9de9c2420 100644
--- a/po/el/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/el/using-d-i.po
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-24 00:09+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-01 10:00+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: galaxico <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -444,11 +444,38 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:230
 #, no-c-format
+msgid "clock-setup"
+msgstr "ρύθμιση-ρολογιού"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Updates the system clock and determines whether the clock is set to UTCr or "
+"not."
+msgstr "Καθορίζει αν το ρολόι έχει ρυθμιστεί σε ώρα UTC ή όχι."
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "tzsetup"
+msgstr "tzsetup"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλογή της χρονικής ζώνης, με βάση την τοποθεσία που επιλέξατε νωρίτερα."
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
+#, no-c-format
 msgid "partman"
 msgstr "προγραμμα διαμέρισης"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file "
@@ -464,13 +491,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "προτιμάται από το Debian."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "autopartkit"
 msgstr "autopartkit "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
@@ -479,13 +506,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "προκαθορίσει ο χρήστης."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partitioner"
 msgstr "πρόγραμμα διαμέρισης"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning "
@@ -496,13 +523,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "πρόγραμμα δημιουργίας κατατμήσεων."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partconf"
 msgstr "partconf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected "
@@ -512,13 +539,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "δημιουργεί συστήματα αρχείων σύμφωνα με τις οδηγίες του χρήστη."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "lvmcfg"
 msgstr "lvmcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> "
@@ -528,13 +555,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Volume Manager - Διαχειριστή Λογικών Τόμων)."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mdcfg"
 msgstr "mdcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant "
@@ -548,38 +575,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "κάρτες."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "tzsetup"
-msgstr "tzsetup"
+msgid "base-installer"
+msgstr "base-installer "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
+msgid ""
+"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
+"operate under Linux when rebooted."
 msgstr ""
-"Επιλογή της χρονικής ζώνης, με βάση την τοποθεσία που επιλέξατε νωρίτερα."
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "clock-setup"
-msgstr "ρύθμιση-ρολογιού"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Determines whether the clock is set to UTC or not."
-msgstr "Καθορίζει αν το ρολόι έχει ρυθμιστεί σε ώρα UTC ή όχι."
+"Εγκαθιστά το πιό βασικό σύνολο πακέτων, γεγονός που θα επιτρέψει στον "
+"υπολογιστή να λειτουργήσει σε περιβάλλον Linux μετά από την επανεκκίνησή του."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "user-setup"
 msgstr "user-setup"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user."
 msgstr ""
@@ -587,29 +605,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "προνομιούχου (non-root) χρήστη."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "base-installer"
-msgstr "base-installer "
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
-"operate under Linux when rebooted."
-msgstr ""
-"Εγκαθιστά το πιό βασικό σύνολο πακέτων, γεγονός που θα επιτρέψει στον "
-"υπολογιστή να λειτουργήσει σε περιβάλλον Linux μετά από την επανεκκίνησή του."
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "apt-setup"
 msgstr "apt-setup"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is "
@@ -619,13 +621,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"τρέχει\" ο εγκαταστάτης."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "pkgsel"
 msgstr "pkgsel"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional "
@@ -635,13 +637,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "επιπρόσθετου λογισμικού."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "os-prober"
 msgstr "os-prober"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes "
@@ -659,13 +661,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "στιγμή της εκκίνησης του υπολογιστή."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "bootloader-installer"
 msgstr "bootloader-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the "
@@ -680,13 +682,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "σύστημα κάθε φορά που ξεκινά ο υπολογιστής."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "shell"
 msgstr "shell"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
@@ -695,13 +697,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "να μεταβεί στη δεύτερη κονσόλα."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "save-logs"
 msgstr "save-logs"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, "
@@ -715,13 +717,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "προγραμματιστές του Debian."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:390
+#: using-d-i.xml:391
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using Individual Components"
 msgstr "Χρήση επιμέρους συστατικών"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:391
+#: using-d-i.xml:392
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The "
@@ -740,13 +742,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "σας. "
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:403
+#: using-d-i.xml:404
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting up Debian Installer and Hardware Configuration"
 msgstr "Έναρξη του Εγκαταστάτη του Debian και Ρύθμιση του Υλικού"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:404
+#: using-d-i.xml:405
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first "
@@ -772,7 +774,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου ή το επιθυμητό δίκτυο καθρέφτη της αρχειοθήκης)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:417
+#: using-d-i.xml:418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</"
@@ -790,13 +792,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "είναι αναγκαίο να επαναληφθεί αργότερα στη διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:432
+#: using-d-i.xml:433
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Check available memory / low memory mode"
 msgstr "Κατάσταση ελέγχου διαθέσιμης / περιορισμένης μνήμης"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:434
+#: using-d-i.xml:435
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the "
@@ -810,7 +812,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "θα σας επιτρέψει να εγκαταστήσετε το &debian; στο σύστημά σας."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:441
+#: using-d-i.xml:442
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to "
@@ -825,7 +827,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "της εγκατάστασης."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:448
+#: using-d-i.xml:449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If that is not sufficient, the installer will further reduce memory "
@@ -844,7 +846,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "την αποτυχία της εγκατάστασης."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:457
+#: using-d-i.xml:458
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installer runs in low memory mode, it is recommended to create a "
@@ -864,7 +866,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "του δίσκου."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:467
+#: using-d-i.xml:468
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Despite these measures, it is still possible that your system freezes, that "
@@ -879,7 +881,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "VT4 και στο αρχείο καταγραφής του συστήματος syslog)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:474
+#: using-d-i.xml:475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For example, it has been reported that creating a big ext3 file system fails "
@@ -896,7 +898,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "κατάτμηση ext2 σε ext3 μετά την εγκατάσταση."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:482
+#: using-d-i.xml:483
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to force the installer to use a higher lowmem level than the "
@@ -905,13 +907,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:497
+#: using-d-i.xml:498
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting Localization Options"
 msgstr "Επιλογή Παραμέτρων Τοπικοποίησης"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:499
+#: using-d-i.xml:500
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of "
@@ -925,7 +927,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "αποτελούνται από την γλώσσα, την χώρα και το σύνολο τοπικών ρυθμίσεων."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:506
+#: using-d-i.xml:507
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation "
@@ -940,7 +942,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "προεπιλεγμένη γλώσσα."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:513
+#: using-d-i.xml:514
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick "
@@ -956,7 +958,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "σας"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:520
+#: using-d-i.xml:521
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language "
@@ -982,7 +984,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "classname>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:532
+#: using-d-i.xml:533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for "
@@ -1003,7 +1005,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "συσχετίζεται μόνο με μία χώρα, τότε αυτόματα θα επιλεγεί αυτή η χώρα."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:550
+#: using-d-i.xml:551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and "
@@ -1018,13 +1020,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "επιπλέον τέτοιων συνόλων τοπικών ρυθμίσεων για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:565
+#: using-d-i.xml:566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choosing a Keyboard"
 msgstr "Επιλογή Πληκτρολογίου"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:567
+#: using-d-i.xml:568
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a "
@@ -1043,7 +1045,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "command>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:577
+#: using-d-i.xml:578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press "
@@ -1061,7 +1063,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "πληκτρολογίου."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:586
+#: using-d-i.xml:587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have "
@@ -1076,7 +1078,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "παραπέρα εξέλιξη του πυρήνα Linux/MIPS."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:593
+#: using-d-i.xml:594
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us "
@@ -1097,13 +1099,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "είναι ίδιες."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:623
+#: using-d-i.xml:624
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image"
 msgstr "Αναζήτηση Εικόνων τύπου ISO του Εγκαταστάτη Debian"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:624
+#: using-d-i.xml:625
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be "
@@ -1118,7 +1120,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "δουλειά. "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:631
+#: using-d-i.xml:632
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices "
@@ -1150,7 +1152,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "στην εγκατάσταση, στην δεύτερη ψάχνει για άλλη εικόνα."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:648
+#: using-d-i.xml:649
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, "
@@ -1165,7 +1167,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "αρχείων."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:655
+#: using-d-i.xml:656
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, "
@@ -1184,13 +1186,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "στη δεύτερη κονσόλα χωρίς την παραπάνω επανεκκίνηση. "
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:676
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Network"
+#: using-d-i.xml:677
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Network"
 msgstr "Ρύθμιση Δικτύου"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:678
+#: using-d-i.xml:679
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one "
@@ -1211,7 +1213,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "citerefentry>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:689
+#: using-d-i.xml:690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically "
@@ -1236,7 +1238,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "εντάξει ξαναπροσπαθήστε."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:701
+#: using-d-i.xml:702
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your "
@@ -1261,7 +1263,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "απαντήσεις από το <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:715
+#: using-d-i.xml:716
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program "
@@ -1285,21 +1287,95 @@ msgstr ""
 "network/interfaces</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:758
+#: using-d-i.xml:761
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock"
+msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ρολογιού"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:763
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:781
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the "
+"system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Ανάλογα με την τοποθεσία που έχει επιλεχθεί στην αρχή της διαδικασίας της "
+"εγκατάστασης, θα σας εμφανιστεί μια λίστα χρονικών ζωνών σχετικών με την "
+"τοποθεσία αυτήν. Αν η τοποθεσία σας έχει μόνο μια χρονική ζώνη, δεν θα "
+"ερωτηθείτε καθόλου και το σύστημα θα υποθέσει ότι ισχύει αυτή η χρονική ζώνη."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:788
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:799
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:805
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:811
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:838
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
 msgstr "Διαμέριση και Επιλογή Σημείων Προσάρτησης"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:759
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
 "should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to "
 "do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of "
 "the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating "
 "filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely "
-"related issues like LVM or RAID devices."
+"related options like RAID, LVM or encrypted devices."
 msgstr ""
 "Τώρα πια και αφού έχει γίνει η ανίχνευση υλικού για μια τελευταία φορά, o &d-"
 "i; πρέπει να είναι πανέτοιμος, προσαρμοσμένος στις ανάγκες του χρήστη και "
@@ -1309,26 +1385,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "προαιρετικά η ρύθμιση θεμάτων που σχετίζονται πολύ μεταξύ τους όπως οι "
 "συσκευές LVM ή RAID."
 
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:781
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
-msgstr "Διαμέριση των Δίσκων σας"
-
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:783
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:860
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with "
-"partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend="
-"\"partitioning\"/>."
+"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
+"details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 "Τώρα ήρθε η ώρα για την διαμέριση των δίσκων σας. Αν νιώθετε άβολα με τη "
 "διαδικασία της διαμέρισης ή άπλα επιθυμείτε να μάθετε περισσότερα για αυτό "
 "το ζήτημα, δείτε το <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:790
+#: using-d-i.xml:866
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1351,7 +1420,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "προσβάσιμα οποιαδήποτε δεδομένα που υπάρχουν ήδη στον δίσκο."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:803
+#: using-d-i.xml:879
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1365,8 +1434,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "διαμέριση των δίσκων σας, κάντε την επιλογή <guimenuitem>Με το χέρι</"
 "guimenuitem> από το μενού."
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Guided Partitioning"
+msgstr "Σχήμα Διαμέρισης"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:810
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -1385,7 +1460,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "para> </footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#: using-d-i.xml:905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -1394,7 +1469,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "όλες τις αρχιτεκτονικές."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:830
+#: using-d-i.xml:910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -1412,7 +1487,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "προσφέροντας έτσι επιπλέον ασφάλεια για τα (προσωπικά) σας δεδομένα."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#: using-d-i.xml:919
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -1429,7 +1504,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "χρονοβόρο ανάλογα με το μέγεθος του δίσκου σας."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:848
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -1448,7 +1523,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "αυτές τις αλλαγές πριν γραφτούν στον δίσκο."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:858
+#: using-d-i.xml:938
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) "
@@ -1467,7 +1542,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ταυτοποιήσετε."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:867
+#: using-d-i.xml:947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -1483,7 +1558,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Όταν χρησιμοποιείτε LVM (με κρυπτογράφηση) αυτό δεν είναι εφικτό."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:875
+#: using-d-i.xml:955
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -1502,73 +1577,73 @@ msgstr ""
 "1GB (εξαρτάται από το επιλεγμένο σχήμα), η διαμέριση αυτή θα αποτύχει."
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
+#: using-d-i.xml:971
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning scheme"
 msgstr "Σχήμα Διαμέρισης"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:892
+#: using-d-i.xml:972
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum space"
 msgstr "Ελάχιστος χώρος"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
+#: using-d-i.xml:973
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Created partitions"
 msgstr "Δημιουργημένα κατατμήσεις"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:899
+#: using-d-i.xml:979
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "All files in one partition"
 msgstr "Όλα τα αρχεία σε μια κατάτμηση"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:900
+#: using-d-i.xml:980
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "600MB"
 msgstr "600MB "
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:901
+#: using-d-i.xml:981
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:903
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home partition"
 msgstr "Ξεχωριστή κατάτμηση /home"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:904
+#: using-d-i.xml:984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "500MB"
 msgstr "500MB "
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:905
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:909
+#: using-d-i.xml:989
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions"
 msgstr "Ξεχωριστές κατατμήσεις /home, /usr, /var και /tmp"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:910
+#: using-d-i.xml:990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry> "
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:911
+#: using-d-i.xml:991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
@@ -1578,7 +1653,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:920
+#: using-d-i.xml:1000
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -1592,7 +1667,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "δημιουργηθούν μέσα στην κατάτμηση LVM."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:926
+#: using-d-i.xml:1006
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an "
@@ -1606,7 +1681,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "διαμόρφωσης για την δημιουργία με το χέρι μιας κατάτμησης εκκίνησης EFI."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:934
+#: using-d-i.xml:1014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, "
@@ -1618,7 +1693,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "αυτόν τον χώρο για τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης aboot."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
+#: using-d-i.xml:1020
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -1630,7 +1705,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "διαμορφωθούν και που θα προσαρτηθούν οι διάφορες κατατμήσεις."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
+#: using-d-i.xml:1026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -1683,7 +1758,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "κάνοντας διαμέριση με το χέρι."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1039
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -1703,8 +1778,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "τρέξετε ξανά την καθοδηγούμενη διαμέριση ή να τροποποιήστε τις προτεινόμενες "
 "αλλαγές όπως περιγράφεται παρακάτω σχετικά με την διαμέριση  με το χέρι."
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1053
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Manual Partitioning"
+msgstr "Σχήμα Διαμέρισης"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:969
+#: using-d-i.xml:1054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -1720,7 +1801,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "κατατμήσεων από το νέο σας σύστημα Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1062
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -1736,7 +1817,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "δίσκο."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#: using-d-i.xml:1070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -1773,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>προγράμματος κατάτμησης</command>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#: using-d-i.xml:1092
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -1796,7 +1877,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "μενού σάς επιτρέπει επίσης να διαγράψετε μια κατάτμηση."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1018
+#: using-d-i.xml:1103
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -1813,7 +1894,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να το προσαρτήσετε."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1026
+#: using-d-i.xml:1111
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</"
@@ -1825,7 +1906,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να προσδιορίσετε μια τέτοια."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#: using-d-i.xml:1117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -1842,7 +1923,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ή <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1040
+#: using-d-i.xml:1125
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -1857,13 +1938,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "αρχείων δημιουργήθηκαν όπως ακριβώς το ζητήσατε."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)"
+#: using-d-i.xml:1153
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
 msgstr "Ρύθμιση Μονάδων Πολλαπλών Δίσκων (Λογισμικό RAID)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1069
+#: using-d-i.xml:1154
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -1885,7 +1966,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<firstterm>λογισμικό RAID</firstterm> μετά την διασημότερη παραλλαγή της)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1083
+#: using-d-i.xml:1168
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -1901,7 +1982,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "προσάρτησης κλπ.)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1091
+#: using-d-i.xml:1176
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -1987,55 +2068,55 @@ msgstr ""
 "Ανακεφαλαιώνοντας:"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1169
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "Τύπος"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1170
+#: using-d-i.xml:1255
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum Devices"
 msgstr "Ελάχιστες Συσκευές"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1171
+#: using-d-i.xml:1256
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Spare Device"
 msgstr "Εφεδρική Συσκευή"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1172
+#: using-d-i.xml:1257
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Survives disk failure?"
 msgstr "Η βλάβη δίσκου ξεπεράστηκε;"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1258
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Available Space"
 msgstr "Διαθέσιμος Χώρος"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1179
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID0"
 msgstr "RAID0"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1180 using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265 using-d-i.xml:1273
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1181 using-d-i.xml:1182
+#: using-d-i.xml:1266 using-d-i.xml:1267
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>no</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2043,43 +2124,43 @@ msgstr ""
 "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1187
+#: using-d-i.xml:1272
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID1"
 msgstr "RAID1"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1189 using-d-i.xml:1197
+#: using-d-i.xml:1274 using-d-i.xml:1282
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "optional"
 msgstr "προαιρετικό"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1190 using-d-i.xml:1198
+#: using-d-i.xml:1275 using-d-i.xml:1283
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>ναι</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1191
+#: using-d-i.xml:1276
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
 msgstr "Μέγεθος του μικρότερου τμήματος στη συστοιχία RAID"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1195
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID5"
 msgstr "RAID5"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1281
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1199
+#: using-d-i.xml:1284
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2089,7 +2170,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID μείον μια)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1207
+#: using-d-i.xml:1292
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2100,7 +2181,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1212
+#: using-d-i.xml:1297
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2117,7 +2198,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1221
+#: using-d-i.xml:1306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may "
@@ -2135,7 +2216,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "με χειροκίνητη εκτέλεση κάποιων βημάτων ρύθμισης ή εγκατάστασης"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1315
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2158,7 +2239,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "MD που επιλέξατε."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2170,7 +2251,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "τμήματα που θα αποτελέσουν την μονάδα MD."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1250
+#: using-d-i.xml:1335
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -2191,7 +2272,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "συνεχίσετε μέχρι να διορθώσετε το λάθος."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1262
+#: using-d-i.xml:1347
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID5 has a similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -2202,7 +2283,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "emphasis> ενεργές κατατμήσεις."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1270
+#: using-d-i.xml:1355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -2221,7 +2302,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "(αρκετά αξιόπιστη κατάτμηση μεγέθους 100 GB σαν <filename>/home</filename>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -2236,13 +2317,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "γι’αυτές τα συνήθη χαρακτηριστικά όπως τα σημεία προσάρτησης."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1294
+#: using-d-i.xml:1379
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
 msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Διαχειριστή Λογικών Τόμων (LVM) "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1295
+#: using-d-i.xml:1380
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -2259,7 +2340,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ψευδοσυνδέσμων, κλπ "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1303
+#: using-d-i.xml:1388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -2280,7 +2361,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "τομών) μπορούν να εκτείνονται μεταξύ αρκετών φυσικών συσκευών δίσκων."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1313
+#: using-d-i.xml:1398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -2302,7 +2383,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1324
+#: using-d-i.xml:1409
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -2319,7 +2400,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<guimenuitem>φυσικός τόμος για LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1333
+#: using-d-i.xml:1418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -2340,7 +2421,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ενέργειες είναι:"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1344
+#: using-d-i.xml:1429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -2350,43 +2431,43 @@ msgstr ""
 "δομή της συσκευής LVM, ονόματα και μεγέθη των λογικών τόμων και άλλα"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1434
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create volume group"
 msgstr "Δημιουργία ομάδας τόμων"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1352
+#: using-d-i.xml:1437
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create logical volume"
 msgstr "Δημιουργία λογικού τόμου"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1440
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete volume group"
 msgstr "Διαγραφή λογικού τόμου"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1358
+#: using-d-i.xml:1443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete logical volume"
 msgstr "Διαγραφή λογικού τόμου"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1446
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Extend volume group"
 msgstr "Επέκταση λογικού τόμου"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1364
+#: using-d-i.xml:1449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Reduce volume group"
 msgstr "Συρρίκνωση ομάδας τόμων"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1451
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -2396,7 +2477,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>partman</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1372
+#: using-d-i.xml:1457
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -2407,7 +2488,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "σ' αυτήν."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1377
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -2420,13 +2501,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "διαχειριστείτε σαν τέτοιες)."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1391
+#: using-d-i.xml:1476
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
 msgstr "Ρύθμιση Κρυπτογραφημένων Τόμων"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1392
+#: using-d-i.xml:1477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -2450,7 +2531,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "σαν τυχαίοι χαρακτήρες."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1404
+#: using-d-i.xml:1489
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -2474,7 +2555,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "αλλληλογραφίας ή εκτυπώσεων αποθηκεύουν τα δεδομένα τους"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1419
+#: using-d-i.xml:1504
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -2489,7 +2570,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "αλγόριθμο κρυπτογράφησης και το μήκος του κλειδιού κρυπτογράφησης."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1426
+#: using-d-i.xml:1511
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -2511,7 +2592,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "κατάτμηση."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1437
+#: using-d-i.xml:1522
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is "
@@ -2529,7 +2610,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "χρησιμοποιήσετε την προεπιλεγμένη μέθοδο."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1449
+#: using-d-i.xml:1534
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
@@ -2543,13 +2624,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "προεπιλογές, επειδή έχουν επιλεγεί με προσοχή έχοντας στο μυαλό την ασφάλεια."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1459
+#: using-d-i.xml:1544
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 msgstr "Αλγόριθμος κρυπτογράφησης: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1546
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -2576,13 +2657,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "κρυπτογράφησης για την προστασία ευαίσθητων πληροφοριών στον 21ο αιώνα."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1479
+#: using-d-i.xml:1564
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Μέγεθος κλειδιού: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1481
+#: using-d-i.xml:1566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -2597,13 +2678,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "αλγόριθμο."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1493
+#: using-d-i.xml:1578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Αλγόριθμος IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1495
+#: using-d-i.xml:1580
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -2622,7 +2703,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "στα κρυπτογραφημένα δεδομένα."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1505
+#: using-d-i.xml:1590
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</"
@@ -2637,13 +2718,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "είναι ικανό να χρησιμοποιήσει νεώτερους αλγόριθμους."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1517
+#: using-d-i.xml:1602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
 msgstr "Κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης: <userinput>Συνηθηματική φράση</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1519
+#: using-d-i.xml:1604
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2651,13 +2732,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "κατάτμηση."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1525
+#: using-d-i.xml:1610
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Passphrase"
 msgstr "Συνθηματική φράση"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1526
+#: using-d-i.xml:1611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -2672,13 +2753,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "συνέχεια της διαδικασίας."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1541 using-d-i.xml:1634
+#: using-d-i.xml:1626 using-d-i.xml:1719
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Random key"
 msgstr "Τυχαίο κλειδί"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1542
+#: using-d-i.xml:1627
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -2697,7 +2778,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "κρυπτογράφησης,αυτό δεν είναι εφικτό στη διάρκεια μιας ανθρώπινης ζωής)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1551
+#: using-d-i.xml:1636
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -2718,13 +2799,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "που έχουν εγγραφεί στην κατάτμηση swap."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1570 using-d-i.xml:1647
+#: using-d-i.xml:1655 using-d-i.xml:1732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
 msgstr "Διαγραφή δεδομένων: <userinput>ναι</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1572
+#: using-d-i.xml:1657
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -2747,7 +2828,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "para></footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1592
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> "
@@ -2759,13 +2840,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "αλλάξει παρέχοντας τις ακόλουθες επιλογές:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1601
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Κρυπτογράφηση: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1603
+#: using-d-i.xml:1688
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are "
@@ -2779,13 +2860,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "πληροφορίες."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1613
+#: using-d-i.xml:1698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 msgstr "Κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1615
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2793,13 +2874,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "κατάτμηση."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1621
+#: using-d-i.xml:1706
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)"
 msgstr "Αρχείο κλειδιού (GnuPG)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1622
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the "
@@ -2814,19 +2895,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "αργότερα στην διάρκεια της διαδικασίας)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1635
+#: using-d-i.xml:1720
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the section on random keys above."
 msgstr "Παρακαλώ δείτε την ενότητα για τα τυχαία κλειδιά παραπάνω."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1649
+#: using-d-i.xml:1734
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above."
 msgstr "Παρακαλώ δείτε την ενότητα για την διαγραφή των δεδομένων παραπάνω."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer "
@@ -2841,7 +2922,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "κλειδί."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1667
+#: using-d-i.xml:1752
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -2861,7 +2942,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "διαρκέσει αρκετό χρόνο."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1677
+#: using-d-i.xml:1762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -2879,7 +2960,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "κατοικιδίων, ονόματα μελών της οικογένειάς σας ή συγγενών, κ.λπ.)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1686
+#: using-d-i.xml:1771
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -2905,7 +2986,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "εισάγατε την συνθηματική φράση για το ριζικό σύστημα αρχείων."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1784
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -2929,7 +3010,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "πρέπει να επαναληφθεί για κάθε κατάτμηση που πρόκειται να κρυπτογραφηθεί."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1715
+#: using-d-i.xml:1800
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -2964,7 +3045,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "συστημάτων αρχείων αν τα προεπιλεγμένα δεν σας ταιριάζουν."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1728
+#: using-d-i.xml:1813
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses "
@@ -2985,7 +3066,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "encrypted-volumes\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1738
+#: using-d-i.xml:1823
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -2995,105 +3076,93 @@ msgstr ""
 "εγκατάσταση."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1749
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Setting up the System"
-msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Συστήματος"
+msgid "Installing the Base System"
+msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Βασικού Συστήματος"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1750
+#: using-d-i.xml:1835
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used "
-"to set up the system it is about to install."
+"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
+"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
+"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
+"take some time."
 msgstr ""
-"Μετά την διαμέριση, ο εγκαταστάτης ζητά μερικές ακόμα ερωτήσεις που θα "
-"χρησιμοποιηθούν για την ρύθμιση του συστήματος που πρόκειται να εγκατασταθεί."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
-msgstr "Ρύθμιση της Χρονικής Ζώνης"
+"Αν κι αυτό το στάδιο είναι το λιγότερο προβληματικό, καταναλώνει έναν "
+"σημαντικό χρόνο της εγκατάστασης επειδή αφορά το κατέβασμα, την επαλήθευση "
+"και την αποσυμπίεση ολόκληρου του βασικού σύστηματος. Εάν έχετε αργό "
+"υπολογιστή ή δικτυακή σύνδεση, αυτό το στάδιο μπορεί να διαρκέσει για πολύ "
+"ώρα."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1764
+#: using-d-i.xml:1848
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation "
-"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. "
-"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and "
-"the system will assume that time zone."
+"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
+"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
+"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
+"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 msgstr ""
-"Ανάλογα με την τοποθεσία που έχει επιλεχθεί στην αρχή της διαδικασίας της "
-"εγκατάστασης, θα σας εμφανιστεί μια λίστα χρονικών ζωνών σχετικών με την "
-"τοποθεσία αυτήν. Αν η τοποθεσία σας έχει μόνο μια χρονική ζώνη, δεν θα "
-"ερωτηθείτε καθόλου και το σύστημα θα υποθέσει ότι ισχύει αυτή η χρονική ζώνη."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock"
-msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ρολογιού"
+"Στη διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης του βασικού συστήματος, τα μηνύματα για την "
+"αποσυμπίεση και ρύθμιση των πακέτων κατευθύνονται στο τερματικό "
+"<userinput>tty4</userinput>. Έχετε πρόσβαση σ' αυτό πατώντας "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>. "
+"Επιστρέφετε στο κυρίως μενού εγκατάστασης με τον συνδυασμό "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1782
+#: using-d-i.xml:1857
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
-"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
-"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
-"systems are installed."
+"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
+"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
+"installation is performed over a serial console."
 msgstr ""
-"Ο εγκαταστάτης μπορεί να σας ρωτήσει κατά πόσον το ρολόι σας είναι "
-"ρυθμισμένο σε ώρα UTC. Συνήθως η ερώτηση αυτή αποφεύγεται αν είναι δυνατόν, "
-"και ο εγκαταστάτης προσπαθεί να εξακριβώσει αν το ρολόι είναι ρυθμισμένο σε "
-"ώρα UTC με βάση άλλα στοιχεία, όπως το ποια άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα είναι "
-"εγκατεστημμένα."
+"Tα μηνύματα αποσυμπίεσης/ρύθμισης που δημιουργούνται σ' αυτή τη φάση επίσης "
+"σώζονται στο <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Μπορείτε να τα ελέγξετε "
+"εκεί αν η εγκατάσταση γίνεται μέσω μιας σειριακής κονσόλας."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1789
+#: using-d-i.xml:1863
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
-"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
-"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
-"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
-"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
-"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>"
+"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
+"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
+"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
+"list of available kernels."
 msgstr ""
-"Σε κατάσταση έμπειρου χρήστη έχετε πάντα την δυνατότητα να επιλέξετε αν το "
-"ρολόι θα είναι ρυθμισμένο σε ώρα UTC ή όχι. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Τα "
-"ρολόγια των υπολογιστών Macintosh ρυθμίζονται συνήθως στην τοπική ώρα. Αν "
-"θέλετε να έχετε διπλή-εκκίνηση στο σύστημά σας, επιλέξτε τοπική ώρα αντί της "
-"ώρας GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">. Συστήματα που (επίσης) τρέχουν Dos "
-"ή Windows είναι συνήθως ρυθμισμένα στην τοπική ώρα. Αν θέλετε το σύστημά σας "
-"να έχει διπλή-εκκίνηση, επιλέξτε τοπική ώρα αντί για ώρα GMT.</phrase>"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
-"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
-"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set "
-"to UTC."
-msgstr " "
+"Θα εγκατασταθεί ένα πυρήνας Linux, ως τμήμα της εγκατάστασης. Με την "
+"προκαθορισμένη προτεραιότητα, ο εγκαταστάτης θα διαλέξει ένα πυρήνα που "
+"ταιριάζει πιο πολύ στο υλικό σας. Στις καταστάσεις χαμηλότερης "
+"προτεραιότητας, θα είστε σε θέση να επιλέξετε από μια λίστα διαθεσίμων "
+"πυρήνων."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1816
+#: using-d-i.xml:1875
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
 msgstr "Ρύθμιση των Χρηστών και των Κωδικών Πρόσβασης"
 
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1876
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to "
+"set up the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. "
+"Other user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1819
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Set the Root Password"
 msgstr "Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον χρήστη Root"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1823
+#: using-d-i.xml:1894
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -3109,7 +3178,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "χρονικό διάστημα."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1831
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -3126,7 +3195,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "μπορούσε κανείς να μαντέψει."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1839
+#: using-d-i.xml:1910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -3139,13 +3208,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "έναν διαχειριστές συστήματος."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1849
+#: using-d-i.xml:1920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
 msgstr "Δημιουργία ενός απλού χρήστη"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1851
+#: using-d-i.xml:1922
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -3160,7 +3229,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "στο σύστημα."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1860
+#: using-d-i.xml:1931
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -3183,7 +3252,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "εξοικειωμένοι με τα θέματα αυτά."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1870
+#: using-d-i.xml:1941
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -3197,7 +3266,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "θα σας ζητηθεί να δώσετε ένα κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον λογαριασμό."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1877
+#: using-d-i.xml:1948
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -3207,85 +3276,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "έναν άλλο λογαριασμό χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή <command>adduser</command>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Installing the Base System"
-msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Βασικού Συστήματος"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1890
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
-"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
-"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
-"take some time."
-msgstr ""
-"Αν κι αυτό το στάδιο είναι το λιγότερο προβληματικό, καταναλώνει έναν "
-"σημαντικό χρόνο της εγκατάστασης επειδή αφορά το κατέβασμα, την επαλήθευση "
-"και την αποσυμπίεση ολόκληρου του βασικού σύστηματος. Εάν έχετε αργό "
-"υπολογιστή ή δικτυακή σύνδεση, αυτό το στάδιο μπορεί να διαρκέσει για πολύ "
-"ώρα."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1903
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
-"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
-"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
-"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
-"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-msgstr ""
-"Στη διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης του βασικού συστήματος, τα μηνύματα για την "
-"αποσυμπίεση και ρύθμιση των πακέτων κατευθύνονται στο τερματικό "
-"<userinput>tty4</userinput>. Έχετε πρόσβαση σ' αυτό πατώντας "
-"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>. "
-"Επιστρέφετε στο κυρίως μενού εγκατάστασης με τον συνδυασμό "
-"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
-"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
-"installation is performed over a serial console."
-msgstr ""
-"Tα μηνύματα αποσυμπίεσης/ρύθμισης που δημιουργούνται σ' αυτή τη φάση επίσης "
-"σώζονται στο <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Μπορείτε να τα ελέγξετε "
-"εκεί αν η εγκατάσταση γίνεται μέσω μιας σειριακής κονσόλας."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1918
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
-"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
-"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
-"list of available kernels."
-msgstr ""
-"Θα εγκατασταθεί ένα πυρήνας Linux, ως τμήμα της εγκατάστασης. Με την "
-"προκαθορισμένη προτεραιότητα, ο εγκαταστάτης θα διαλέξει ένα πυρήνα που "
-"ταιριάζει πιο πολύ στο υλικό σας. Στις καταστάσεις χαμηλότερης "
-"προτεραιότητας, θα είστε σε θέση να επιλέξετε από μια λίστα διαθεσίμων "
-"πυρήνων."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1930
+#: using-d-i.xml:1959
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installing Additional Software"
 msgstr "Εγκατάσταση Επιπρόσθετου Λογισμικού"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. "
-"Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it "
-"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even "
-"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or "
-"network."
+"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
+"install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the "
+"installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing "
+"the base system if you have a slow computer or network connection."
 msgstr ""
 "Μετά την εγκατάσταση του βασικού συστήματος, έχετε στη διάθεσή σας ένα "
 "χρησιμοποιήσιμο αλλά περιορισμένο σύστημα. Οι περισσότεροι χρήστες θα θέλουν "
@@ -3295,13 +3298,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "συστήματος αν έχετε έναν αργό υπολογιστή ή μια αργή δικτυακή σύνδεση."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1945
+#: using-d-i.xml:1975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring apt"
 msgstr "Ρύθμιση του apt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1947
+#: using-d-i.xml:1977
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program "
@@ -3339,7 +3342,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "προτεινόμενο βοηθητικό πρόγραμμα για την διαχείριση των πακέτων."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1971
+#: using-d-i.xml:2001
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3355,7 +3358,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "και να το διορθώσετε όπως επιθυμείτε μετά την ολοκήρωση της εγκατάστασης."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1978
+#: using-d-i.xml:2008
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3367,7 +3370,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1987
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3378,13 +3381,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:2028
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using a network mirror"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2030
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a "
@@ -3393,7 +3396,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2006
+#: using-d-i.xml:2036
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -3405,7 +3408,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2015
+#: using-d-i.xml:2045
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a "
@@ -3421,7 +3424,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2033
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a "
@@ -3434,7 +3437,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2043
+#: using-d-i.xml:2073
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: "
@@ -3452,7 +3455,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2077
+#: using-d-i.xml:2107
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -3465,7 +3468,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2087
+#: using-d-i.xml:2117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may "
@@ -3474,13 +3477,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2102
+#: using-d-i.xml:2132
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
 msgstr "Επιλογή και εγκατάσταση Λογισμικού"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2134
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -3498,7 +3501,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "υπολογιστή σας για την εκτέλεση διαφόρων \"καθηκόντων\"."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2113
+#: using-d-i.xml:2143
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
@@ -3536,7 +3539,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "δίσκου για τα διάφορες ομάδες πακέτων."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2170
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -3550,7 +3553,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "από αυτές σ' αυτό το σημείο."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2177
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop "
@@ -3563,7 +3566,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ενός άλλου περιβάλλοντος επιφάνειας εργασίας όπως για παράδειγμα το KDE."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2155
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see "
@@ -3591,7 +3594,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "χρησιμοποιείτε μια εικόνα DVD ή όποιαδήποτε άλλη μέθοδο εγκατάστασης."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2175
+#: using-d-i.xml:2205
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS "
@@ -3611,7 +3614,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<classname>apache</classname>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2187
+#: using-d-i.xml:2217
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -3623,7 +3626,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "εγκαταστήσει τα πακέτα που ανήκουν στις ομάδες που έχετε επιλέξει."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2194
+#: using-d-i.xml:2224
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3634,7 +3637,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2230
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -3653,7 +3656,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "την εγκατάσταση των πακέτων όταν αυτή ξεκινήσει."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2209
+#: using-d-i.xml:2239
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -3672,7 +3675,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "εγκαταστάτη."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
@@ -3688,13 +3691,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "αυτής."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2231
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "Καθιστώντας το Σύστημα Εκκινήσιμο"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2233
+#: using-d-i.xml:2263
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3709,13 +3712,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2248
+#: using-d-i.xml:2278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "Ανίχνευση άλλων λειτουργικών συστημάτων"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2250
+#: using-d-i.xml:2280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3732,7 +3735,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "λειτουργικά συστήματα."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2258
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3750,13 +3753,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "σας εκκίνησης."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2276
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του <command>aboot</command> σε Σκληρό Δίσκο"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2277
+#: using-d-i.xml:2307
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -3779,13 +3782,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "πρέπει να εκκινήσετε το GNU/Linux από μια δισκέττα."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2297
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>palo</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2298
+#: using-d-i.xml:2328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3802,20 +3805,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "πράγματι να διαβάσει τμήματα Linux."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2307
+#: using-d-i.xml:2337
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2319
+#: using-d-i.xml:2349
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Grub</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2321
+#: using-d-i.xml:2351
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3827,7 +3830,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ορισμοί επιλογή του debian εγκαταστάτη για αρχάριους όπως και για βετεράνους."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2327
+#: using-d-i.xml:2357
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3840,7 +3843,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "βιβλίο οδηγιών του  grub."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2333
+#: using-d-i.xml:2363
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -3852,14 +3855,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "εκκίνησης θέλετε."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2376
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Lilo</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2348
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3877,7 +3880,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink> ιστοσελίδα."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2358
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3892,7 +3895,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "συστήματα όπως GNU/Linux και GNU/Hurd. "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2366
+#: using-d-i.xml:2396
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3902,13 +3905,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης <command>LILO</command>:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "Κύρια Εγγραφή Εκκίνησης (MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3918,13 +3921,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "διαδικασίας εκκίνησης."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "νέο τμήμα Debian"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3936,13 +3939,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "τμήματος Debian και θα χρησιμεύσει ως δευτερεύον φορτωτής εκκίνησης."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "Άλλη επιλογή"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3959,7 +3962,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sda</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2399
+#: using-d-i.xml:2429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3976,14 +3979,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "επιστρέψετε στο Debian!"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2415
+#: using-d-i.xml:2445
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 "Εγκατάσταση του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>ELILO</command> στο Σκληρό Δίσκο"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2417
+#: using-d-i.xml:2447
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -4014,7 +4017,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "διαδικασία της φόρτωσης και εκκίνησης του πυρήνα του Linux."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2433
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -4032,13 +4035,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "σύστημα αρχείων <emphasis>root</emphasis>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "Επιλέξτε το σωστό τμήμα!"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -4058,13 +4061,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "οποιοδήποτε περιεχόμενο υπάρχει από πριν!"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2462
+#: using-d-i.xml:2492
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "Περιεχόμενα του Τμήματος EFI"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2464
+#: using-d-i.xml:2494
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4095,13 +4098,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "αρχείων στη διάρκεια αναβάθμισης του συστήματος ή επαναρύθμισής του."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2486
+#: using-d-i.xml:2516
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2517
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -4113,13 +4116,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "αλλαγμένα  έτσι ώστε να αναφέρονται στα αρχεία του τμήματος EFI."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2526
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2527
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -4133,13 +4136,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Εκκίνησης EFI</quote> του <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2507
+#: using-d-i.xml:2537
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2508
+#: using-d-i.xml:2538
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -4154,13 +4157,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "συμβολικού δεσμού το <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2521
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4173,13 +4176,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "το <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2561
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2532
+#: using-d-i.xml:2562
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4193,13 +4196,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "δείχνει μεσώ συμβολικού δεσμού το αρχείο <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2552
+#: using-d-i.xml:2582
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>arcboot</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2553
+#: using-d-i.xml:2583
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -4244,13 +4247,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "στη συνέχεια <command>boot</command>."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2572
+#: using-d-i.xml:2602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2573
+#: using-d-i.xml:2603
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -4260,13 +4263,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<userinput>0</userinput> για ελεγκτές ενσωματωμένους στην μητρική"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2581
+#: using-d-i.xml:2611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "disk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2582
+#: using-d-i.xml:2612
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
@@ -4276,13 +4279,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>arcboot</command>."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590 using-d-i.xml:2659
+#: using-d-i.xml:2620 using-d-i.xml:2689
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "partnr"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2591
+#: using-d-i.xml:2621
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -4292,13 +4295,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "conf</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2599
+#: using-d-i.xml:2629
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "config"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2630
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -4308,13 +4311,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2621
+#: using-d-i.xml:2651
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>delo</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2622
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -4344,13 +4347,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample>"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2641
+#: using-d-i.xml:2671
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2642
+#: using-d-i.xml:2672
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -4361,13 +4364,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "μητρική αυτό είναι <userinput>3</userinput> "
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2650
+#: using-d-i.xml:2680
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2681
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
@@ -4376,7 +4379,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>DELO </command>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2660
+#: using-d-i.xml:2690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
@@ -4386,13 +4389,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "delo.conf</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "name"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2669
+#: using-d-i.xml:2699
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -4402,7 +4405,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2709
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -4413,19 +4416,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "ρύθμισης, το σωστό είναι να χρησιμοποιήσετε"
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2685
+#: using-d-i.xml:2715
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Yaboot</command> "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2696
+#: using-d-i.xml:2726
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4446,13 +4449,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "OpenFirmware θα είναι ρυθμισμένο να ξεκινά το &debian;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2714
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Quik</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4467,13 +4470,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "όπως επίσης και σε μερικούς τύπους Power Computing."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2761
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>zipl</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2732
+#: using-d-i.xml:2762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4490,14 +4493,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "quote> στον δικτυακό τόπο των developerWorks της IBM."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2749
+#: using-d-i.xml:2779
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>SILO</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2751
+#: using-d-i.xml:2781
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4531,13 +4534,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "SunOS/Solaris. "
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2776
+#: using-d-i.xml:2806
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "Συνεχίστε Χωρίς Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2778
+#: using-d-i.xml:2808
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -4557,7 +4560,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "σύστημα και να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την εκκίνηση του GNU/Linux.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2787
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -4580,36 +4583,85 @@ msgstr ""
 "επίσης να γνωρίζετε το σύστημα αρχείων του <filename>/boot</filename>. "
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2804
+#: using-d-i.xml:2834
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "Τελειώνοντας την Εγκατάσταση"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2805
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:2835
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
-"consists of tidying up after the &d-i;."
+"This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the "
+"installer will do any last minute tasks. It mostly consists of tidying up "
+"after the &d-i;."
 msgstr ""
 "Αυτά είναι τα τελευταίες πράγματα που πρέπει να κάνετε πριν την επανεκκίνηση "
 "στο καινούριο σας σύστημα Debian. Συνίσταται κυρίως σε μια \"τακτοποίηση\" "
 "μετά την χρήση του &d-i;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2817
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
-msgstr "Ολοκλήρωση της Εγκατάστασης και Επανεκκίνηση"
+#: using-d-i.xml:2848
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Setting the System Clock"
+msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Συστήματος"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2850
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
+"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
+"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
+"systems are installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Ο εγκαταστάτης μπορεί να σας ρωτήσει κατά πόσον το ρολόι σας είναι "
+"ρυθμισμένο σε ώρα UTC. Συνήθως η ερώτηση αυτή αποφεύγεται αν είναι δυνατόν, "
+"και ο εγκαταστάτης προσπαθεί να εξακριβώσει αν το ρολόι είναι ρυθμισμένο σε "
+"ώρα UTC με βάση άλλα στοιχεία, όπως το ποια άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα είναι "
+"εγκατεστημμένα."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2819
+#: using-d-i.xml:2857
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
+"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
+"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
+"instead of UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
+"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
+"local time instead of UTC.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"Σε κατάσταση έμπειρου χρήστη έχετε πάντα την δυνατότητα να επιλέξετε αν το "
+"ρολόι θα είναι ρυθμισμένο σε ώρα UTC ή όχι. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Τα "
+"ρολόγια των υπολογιστών Macintosh ρυθμίζονται συνήθως στην τοπική ώρα. Αν "
+"θέλετε να έχετε διπλή-εκκίνηση στο σύστημά σας, επιλέξτε τοπική ώρα αντί της "
+"ώρας GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">. Συστήματα που (επίσης) τρέχουν Dos "
+"ή Windows είναι συνήθως ρυθμισμένα στην τοπική ώρα. Αν θέλετε το σύστημά σας "
+"να έχει διπλή-εκκίνηση, επιλέξτε τοπική ώρα αντί για ώρα GMT.</phrase>"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2868
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
-"be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot "
-"the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot "
-"into your new Debian system."
+"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
+"system's hardware clock. This will be done either in UTC or local time, "
+"depending on the selection that was just made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Reboot the System"
+msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Συστήματος"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
+"used to boot the installer. After that the system will be rebooted into your "
+"new Debian system."
 msgstr ""
 "Αυτό είναι το τελευταίο βήμα της αρχικής διαδικασίας εγκατάστασης του "
 "Debian. Θα σας ζητηθεί να απομακρύνετε το υλικό εγκατάστασης (CD, δισκέτα, "
@@ -4618,13 +4670,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "να εισέλθετε στο νέο σας Debian σύστημα. "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
-"which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-"
-"title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you "
-"selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation."
+"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
+"supported on &arch-title;. You then need to IPL &debian; from the DASD which "
+"you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the "
+"installation."
 msgstr ""
 "Επιλέξτε την επιλογή μενού <guimenuitem>Ολοκλήρωση της Εγκατάστασης</"
 "guimenuitem> η οποία, σε αυτή την περίπτωση, θα σταματήσει την απόκριση του "
@@ -4634,13 +4686,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "στην διάρκεια του πρώτου σταδίου της εγκατάστασης."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2840
+#: using-d-i.xml:2904
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "Διάφορα"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2841
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -4652,13 +4704,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "για να βοηθήσουν τον χρήστη σε περίπτωση που κάτι δεν πάει καλά."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2854
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "Αποθήκευση αρχείων ημερολογίου εγκατάστασης"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2856
+#: using-d-i.xml:2920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -4671,7 +4723,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2863
+#: using-d-i.xml:2927
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -4688,13 +4740,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "σε ένα άλλο σύστημα ή να τα επισυνάψετε σε μια αναφορά εγκατάστασης."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "Χρήση του Κελύφους και Παρακολούθηση των Καταγραφών Εγκατάστασης"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2949
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -4721,7 +4773,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "keycombo> για να αλλάξετε και πάλι πίσω στον ίδιο τον εγκαταστάτη."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2903
+#: using-d-i.xml:2967
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -4737,7 +4789,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "κλείσετε το κέλυφος."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2911
+#: using-d-i.xml:2975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -4755,7 +4807,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "με μερικά ωραία χαρακτηριστικά όπως αυτόματη συμπλήρωση και ιστορικό."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2920
+#: using-d-i.xml:2984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -4767,7 +4819,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "εγκατάστασης μπορούν να βρεθούν στον κατάλογο <filename>/var/log</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2927
+#: using-d-i.xml:2991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -4780,7 +4832,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "λογους εκσφαλμάτωσης (debugging)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2933
+#: using-d-i.xml:2997
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -4795,13 +4847,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "το κέλυφος."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2948
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr "Εγκατάσταση μέσω δικτύου"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2950
+#: using-d-i.xml:3014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4820,7 +4872,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2960
+#: using-d-i.xml:3024
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4845,7 +4897,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "guimenuitem>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:3037
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4855,7 +4907,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "μέθοδος μετά την ρύθμιση του δικτύου."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2978
+#: using-d-i.xml:3042
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4879,7 +4931,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "εγκατάσταση από μακριά</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2990
+#: using-d-i.xml:3054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4891,7 +4943,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "μπορείτε να διαλέξετε ένα άλλο συστατικό του εγκαταστάτη."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2996
+#: using-d-i.xml:3060
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4925,7 +4977,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "επιβεβαιώσετε ότι είναι σωστό."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3013
+#: using-d-i.xml:3077
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4944,7 +4996,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> και να ξαναπροσπαθήσετε."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3022
+#: using-d-i.xml:3086
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4965,7 +5017,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "μπορείτε να ξεκινήσετε πολλαπλά κελύφη."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3032
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4982,7 +5034,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "εγκατεστημένο σύστημα."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3040
+#: using-d-i.xml:3104
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
@@ -4991,3 +5043,27 @@ msgstr ""
 "Αν επίσης εκτελείτε την σύνοδο SSH από ένα τερματικό X, δεν θα πρέπει να "
 "αλλάξετε το μέγεθος του παραθύρου γιατί αυτό θα έχει σαν αποτέλεσμα τον "
 "τερματισμό της σύνδεσης."
+
+#~ msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
+#~ msgstr "Διαμέριση των Δίσκων σας"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be "
+#~ "used to set up the system it is about to install."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Μετά την διαμέριση, ο εγκαταστάτης ζητά μερικές ακόμα ερωτήσεις που θα "
+#~ "χρησιμοποιηθούν για την ρύθμιση του συστήματος που πρόκειται να "
+#~ "εγκατασταθεί."
+
+#~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
+#~ msgstr "Ρύθμιση της Χρονικής Ζώνης"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
+#~ "time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
+#~ "after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not "
+#~ "set to UTC."
+#~ msgstr " "
+
+#~ msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
+#~ msgstr "Ολοκλήρωση της Εγκατάστασης και Επανεκκίνηση"
diff --git a/po/fi/preparing.po b/po/fi/preparing.po
index bc133195a..35fd22558 100644
--- a/po/fi/preparing.po
+++ b/po/fi/preparing.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Debian Installation Guide preparing\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-20 12:49+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1327,19 +1327,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:847
-#, no-c-format
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely "
 "replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to "
-"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), "
-"after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if "
-"you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a "
-"connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, "
-"and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus "
-"erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the "
-"first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate "
-"means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes "
-"or CDs."
+"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"di-partition"
+"\"/>), after you have booted the installation system. However this only "
+"works if you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files "
+"on a connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard "
+"disk, and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, "
+"thus erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is "
+"successful the first time around. At the least in this case, you should have "
+"some alternate means of reviving your machine like the original system's "
+"installation tapes or CDs."
 msgstr ""
 "Jos tietokoneessa on vain yksi kiintolevy, ja levyllä oleva "
 "käyttöjärjestelmä halutaan kokonaan korvata &debian;illa, voidaan tässäkin "
diff --git a/po/fi/using-d-i.po b/po/fi/using-d-i.po
index 686b506d3..8966da8a2 100644
--- a/po/fi/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/fi/using-d-i.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Installation Guide using-d-i\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-24 00:09+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-13 15:51+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -415,11 +415,37 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:230
 #, no-c-format
+msgid "clock-setup"
+msgstr "clock-setup"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Updates the system clock and determines whether the clock is set to UTCr or "
+"not."
+msgstr "Tarkistetaan onko kello asetettu maailmanaikaan."
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "tzsetup"
+msgstr "tzsetup"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
+msgstr "Valitaan aiemmin valitun maan perusteella aikavyöhyke."
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
+#, no-c-format
 msgid "partman"
 msgstr "partman"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file "
@@ -433,13 +459,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "LVM:lle. Tämä on Debianin suositeltu osiointiohjelma."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "autopartkit"
 msgstr "autopartkit"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
@@ -447,13 +473,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Annettujen reunaehtojen mukaisesti osioidaan koko levy automaattisesti."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partitioner"
 msgstr "partitioner"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning "
@@ -463,13 +489,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "valitaan laitearkkitehtuurin perusteella."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partconf"
 msgstr "partconf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected "
@@ -479,13 +505,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "käyttäjän komentojen mukaisesti."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "lvmcfg"
 msgstr "lvmcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> "
@@ -495,13 +521,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "levyniteiden hallintaohjelma) asetusten teossa."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mdcfg"
 msgstr "mdcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant "
@@ -513,65 +539,41 @@ msgstr ""
 "halpa IDE (mukamas rautatason) RAID-ohjain uudehkoilla emolevyillä."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "tzsetup"
-msgstr "tzsetup"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
-msgstr "Valitaan aiemmin valitun maan perusteella aikavyöhyke."
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "clock-setup"
-msgstr "clock-setup"
+msgid "base-installer"
+msgstr "base-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Determines whether the clock is set to UTC or not."
-msgstr "Tarkistetaan onko kello asetettu maailmanaikaan."
+msgid ""
+"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
+"operate under Linux when rebooted."
+msgstr ""
+"Asennetaan niukin peruskokoonpano, jolla Linux saadaan käyttöön tietokonetta "
+"käynnistettäessä."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "user-setup"
 msgstr "user-setup"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user."
 msgstr "Tehdään pääkäyttäjälle salasana ja tehdään tavallinen käyttäjä."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "base-installer"
-msgstr "base-installer"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
-"operate under Linux when rebooted."
-msgstr ""
-"Asennetaan niukin peruskokoonpano, jolla Linux saadaan käyttöön tietokonetta "
-"käynnistettäessä."
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "apt-setup"
 msgstr "apt-setup"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is "
@@ -581,13 +583,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "mukaisesti."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "pkgsel"
 msgstr "pkgsel"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional "
@@ -597,13 +599,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "classname>."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "os-prober"
 msgstr "os-prober"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes "
@@ -618,13 +620,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "käynnistettäessä valita käyttöjärjestelmä."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "bootloader-installer"
 msgstr "bootloader-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the "
@@ -638,26 +640,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "käyttöjärjestelmän valitsemisen jokaisella tietokoneen käynnistyskerralla."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "shell"
 msgstr "komentotulkki"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
 msgstr "Komentotulkki voidaan käynnistää valikosta tai konsoliin numero kaksi."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "save-logs"
 msgstr "tallenna lokit"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, "
@@ -669,13 +671,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "ilmoitus asentimen viasta Debianin kehittäjille."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:390
+#: using-d-i.xml:391
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using Individual Components"
 msgstr "Osakohtaiset käyttöohjeet"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:391
+#: using-d-i.xml:392
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The "
@@ -692,13 +694,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "asennustavasta ja laitteistosta."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:403
+#: using-d-i.xml:404
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting up Debian Installer and Hardware Configuration"
 msgstr "Debianin asentimen asetusten teko ja laiteasetukset"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:404
+#: using-d-i.xml:405
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first "
@@ -722,7 +724,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "asennuspalvelin)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:417
+#: using-d-i.xml:418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</"
@@ -739,13 +741,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "myöhemmin."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:432
+#: using-d-i.xml:433
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Check available memory / low memory mode"
 msgstr "Käytettävissä olevan muistin määrä / niukan muistin tila"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:434
+#: using-d-i.xml:435
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the "
@@ -758,7 +760,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "asennustapahtumaa mahdollistamaan &debian; -järjestelmän asentamisen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:441
+#: using-d-i.xml:442
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to "
@@ -771,7 +773,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "silti kotoistaa asennetun järjestelmän kun asennus on valmis."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:448
+#: using-d-i.xml:449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If that is not sufficient, the installer will further reduce memory "
@@ -788,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "osan kuluttavan muistia ja voi siten aiheuttaa asennuksen epäonnistumisen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:457
+#: using-d-i.xml:458
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installer runs in low memory mode, it is recommended to create a "
@@ -806,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "aiheuttaa runsaasti levytoimintoja."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:467
+#: using-d-i.xml:468
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Despite these measures, it is still possible that your system freezes, that "
@@ -820,7 +822,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "järjestelmälokiin)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:474
+#: using-d-i.xml:475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For example, it has been reported that creating a big ext3 file system fails "
@@ -836,7 +838,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "asennuksen jälkeen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:482
+#: using-d-i.xml:483
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to force the installer to use a higher lowmem level than the "
@@ -845,13 +847,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:497
+#: using-d-i.xml:498
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting Localization Options"
 msgstr "Maa-asetuston valinta"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:499
+#: using-d-i.xml:500
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of "
@@ -864,7 +866,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "koostuu kielen, maan ja maa-asetusten valinnasta. "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:506
+#: using-d-i.xml:507
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation "
@@ -877,7 +879,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "valitulle kielelle ei ole käytettävissä, asennin käyttää englantia."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:513
+#: using-d-i.xml:514
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick "
@@ -891,7 +893,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "apuna."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:520
+#: using-d-i.xml:521
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language "
@@ -914,7 +916,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<classname>locales</classname>-paketti jätetään asentamatta."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:532
+#: using-d-i.xml:533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for "
@@ -934,7 +936,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "kieltä puhutaan vain yhdessä maassa, maa valitaan automaattisesti."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:550
+#: using-d-i.xml:551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and "
@@ -948,13 +950,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "muodostettavaksi asennettuun järjestelmään."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:565
+#: using-d-i.xml:566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choosing a Keyboard"
 msgstr "Näppäimistön valinta"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:567
+#: using-d-i.xml:568
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a "
@@ -971,7 +973,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>kbdconfig</command> pääkäyttäjänä kun asennus on valmis). "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:577
+#: using-d-i.xml:578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press "
@@ -987,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<keycap>F10</keycap> -näppäimet ylärivissä."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:586
+#: using-d-i.xml:587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have "
@@ -1001,7 +1003,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tulla muutos Linux/MIPS-ydintä kehitettäessä."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:593
+#: using-d-i.xml:594
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us "
@@ -1020,13 +1022,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "\" useimmissa Mac-näppäimistöissä). Asetteluilla ei ole muuta eroa."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:623
+#: using-d-i.xml:624
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image"
 msgstr "Etsitään Debianin asentimen ISO-otosta"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:624
+#: using-d-i.xml:625
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be "
@@ -1040,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "juuri tämän."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:631
+#: using-d-i.xml:632
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices "
@@ -1070,7 +1072,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "otoksen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:648
+#: using-d-i.xml:649
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, "
@@ -1084,7 +1086,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tiedostojärjestelmä."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:655
+#: using-d-i.xml:656
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, "
@@ -1102,13 +1104,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "tämän ilman uudelleenkäynnistystä toisella konsolilla."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:676
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Network"
+#: using-d-i.xml:677
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Network"
 msgstr "Verkkoasetusten teko"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:678
+#: using-d-i.xml:679
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one "
@@ -1128,7 +1130,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> man-sivulta."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:689
+#: using-d-i.xml:690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically "
@@ -1151,7 +1153,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "uudelleen jos kaiken pitäisi toimia."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:701
+#: using-d-i.xml:702
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your "
@@ -1175,7 +1177,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/> mukaisesti."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:715
+#: using-d-i.xml:716
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program "
@@ -1196,21 +1198,94 @@ msgstr ""
 "etc/network/interfaces</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:758
+#: using-d-i.xml:761
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock"
+msgstr "Kello aikaan"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:763
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:781
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the "
+"system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Asennuksen alussa valittu maa vaikuttaa näytettävien aikavyöhykkeiden "
+"luetteloon. Jos maassa on käytössä vain yksi aikavyöhyke, ei luetteloa "
+"näytetä ja tuo aikavyöhyke otetaan käyttöön."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:788
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:799
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:805
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:811
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:838
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
 msgstr "Osioiden teko ja liitoskohtien valinta"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:759
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
 "should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to "
 "do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of "
 "the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating "
 "filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely "
-"related issues like LVM or RAID devices."
+"related options like RAID, LVM or encrypted devices."
 msgstr ""
 "Kun laitetunnistus on suoritettu viimeisen kerran pitäisi asentimessa olla "
 "tässä kohtaa täysi toiminnallisuus, käyttäjäkohtaiset muutokset ja valmius "
@@ -1219,25 +1294,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "liitoskohdat ja haluttaessa näihin liittyvät jutskat kuten loogisten "
 "levyniteiden hallinta LVM tai RAID-laitteet."
 
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:781
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
-msgstr "Levyosioiden teko"
-
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:783
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:860
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with "
-"partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend="
-"\"partitioning\"/>."
+"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
+"details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 "Nyt on aika tehdä levyosiot. Jos osioiden teko kauhistuttaa tai kaivataan "
 "tarkempaa tietoa luetaan <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:790
+#: using-d-i.xml:866
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1259,7 +1327,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tietoon ei enää pääse käsiksi."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:803
+#: using-d-i.xml:879
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1272,8 +1340,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "osioinniksi. Jos automaattista osiointia ei haluta, valitaan "
 "<guimenuitem>Tee levyosiot itse</guimenuitem> valikosta."
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Guided Partitioning"
+msgstr "Osioinnin mallineet"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:810
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -1290,14 +1364,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "crypt</quote>-tukea </para> </footnote>. "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#: using-d-i.xml:905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
 msgstr "(salattu) LVM ei ehkä ole käytettävissä kaikille suoritinperheille."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:830
+#: using-d-i.xml:910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -1313,7 +1387,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "(henkilökohtaisille) tiedoille."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#: using-d-i.xml:919
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -1329,7 +1403,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "mutta saattaa viedä jonkin aikaa, levyn koosta riippuen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:848
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -1347,7 +1421,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "levylle."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:858
+#: using-d-i.xml:938
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) "
@@ -1364,7 +1438,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "poiketa totutusta. Levyjen kokoja voi käyttää apuna levyjen tunnistamisessa."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:867
+#: using-d-i.xml:947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -1379,7 +1453,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "asti; (salattua) LVM:ää käytettäessä peruminen ei ole mahdollista."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:875
+#: using-d-i.xml:955
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -1397,73 +1471,73 @@ msgstr ""
 "noin 1 Gt tilaa (riippuu mallineesta), ohjattu osiointi ei toimi."
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
+#: using-d-i.xml:971
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning scheme"
 msgstr "Osioinnin mallineet"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:892
+#: using-d-i.xml:972
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum space"
 msgstr "Vähimmäistila"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
+#: using-d-i.xml:973
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Created partitions"
 msgstr "Tehdyt osiot"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:899
+#: using-d-i.xml:979
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "All files in one partition"
 msgstr "Kaikki tiedostot yhdessä levyosiossa"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:900
+#: using-d-i.xml:980
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "600MB"
 msgstr "600 Mt"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:901
+#: using-d-i.xml:981
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, sivutus"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:903
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home partition"
 msgstr "Erillinen /home-osio"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:904
+#: using-d-i.xml:984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "500MB"
 msgstr "500 Mt"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:905
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, sivutus"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:909
+#: using-d-i.xml:989
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions"
 msgstr "Erilliset /home-, /usr-, /var- ja /tmp-osiot"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:910
+#: using-d-i.xml:990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>1 Gt</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:911
+#: using-d-i.xml:991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
@@ -1473,7 +1547,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, sivutus"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:920
+#: using-d-i.xml:1000
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -1486,7 +1560,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "LVM-osion sisälle."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:926
+#: using-d-i.xml:1006
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an "
@@ -1500,7 +1574,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tekemiseksi EFI-käynnistysosioksi."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:934
+#: using-d-i.xml:1014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, "
@@ -1511,7 +1585,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ilman tiedostojärjestelmää aboot-käynnistyslataimelle."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
+#: using-d-i.xml:1020
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -1523,7 +1597,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "niiden liitoskohdat."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
+#: using-d-i.xml:1026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -1574,7 +1648,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "mahdollisista vaihtoehdoista."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1039
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -1593,8 +1667,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "uudelleen, tai muokataan ehdotettuja muutoksia kuten jäljempänä neuvotaan "
 "tehtäessä osiot itse."
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1053
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Manual Partitioning"
+msgstr "Osioinnin mallineet"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:969
+#: using-d-i.xml:1054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -1609,7 +1689,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "asennettavassa Debian-järjestelmässä."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1062
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -1623,7 +1703,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "uusi rivi <quote>VAPAA TILA</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#: using-d-i.xml:1070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -1662,7 +1742,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "aloitusruutuun."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#: using-d-i.xml:1092
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -1682,7 +1762,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Osion voi myös poistaa tästä valikosta."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1018
+#: using-d-i.xml:1103
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -1698,7 +1778,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "suostu jatkamaan ennen kuin tämä on tehty."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1026
+#: using-d-i.xml:1111
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</"
@@ -1710,7 +1790,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "kuin nämä on tehty."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#: using-d-i.xml:1117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -1726,7 +1806,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tai <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1040
+#: using-d-i.xml:1125
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -1740,13 +1820,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "tiedostojärjestelmät luodaan valitulla tavalla."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)"
+#: using-d-i.xml:1153
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
 msgstr "Monilevylaitteen asetukset (ohjelmallisesti toteutettu RAID)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1069
+#: using-d-i.xml:1154
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -1766,7 +1846,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<firstterm>ohjelmallisesti toteutettu RAID</firstterm>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1083
+#: using-d-i.xml:1168
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -1780,7 +1860,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "voi tehdä tiedostojärjestelmän, määrätä liitoskohdan, jne.)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1091
+#: using-d-i.xml:1176
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -1870,97 +1950,97 @@ msgstr ""
 "Yhteenvetona:"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1169
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "Tyyppi"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1170
+#: using-d-i.xml:1255
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum Devices"
 msgstr "Levyjä vähintään"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1171
+#: using-d-i.xml:1256
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Spare Device"
 msgstr "Varalevy"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1172
+#: using-d-i.xml:1257
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Survives disk failure?"
 msgstr "Toipuuko levyrikosta?"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1258
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Available Space"
 msgstr "Käytettävissä oleva tila"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1179
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID0"
 msgstr "RAID0"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1180 using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265 using-d-i.xml:1273
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1181 using-d-i.xml:1182
+#: using-d-i.xml:1266 using-d-i.xml:1267
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>ei</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
 msgstr "Pienimmän osion koko kertaa pakan levyjen määrä"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1187
+#: using-d-i.xml:1272
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID1"
 msgstr "RAID1"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1189 using-d-i.xml:1197
+#: using-d-i.xml:1274 using-d-i.xml:1282
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "optional"
 msgstr "haluttaessa"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1190 using-d-i.xml:1198
+#: using-d-i.xml:1275 using-d-i.xml:1283
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>kyllä</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1191
+#: using-d-i.xml:1276
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
 msgstr "Pakan pienimmän osion koko"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1195
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID5"
 msgstr "RAID5"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1281
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1199
+#: using-d-i.xml:1284
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -1969,7 +2049,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Pakan pienimmän osion koko kertaa (pakan levyjen määrä vähennettynä yhdellä)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1207
+#: using-d-i.xml:1292
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -1979,7 +2059,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1212
+#: using-d-i.xml:1297
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -1995,7 +2075,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "menuchoice>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1221
+#: using-d-i.xml:1306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may "
@@ -2013,7 +2093,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "asennuksen vaiheita komentotulkista."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1315
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2035,7 +2115,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "riippuu MD-laitteelle valitusta tyypistä."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2047,7 +2127,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "MD."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1250
+#: using-d-i.xml:1335
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -2065,7 +2145,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "virhe; asennin ei päästä jatkamaan ennen kuin levyjen määrät täsmäävät."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1262
+#: using-d-i.xml:1347
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID5 has a similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -2075,7 +2155,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ainakin <emphasis>kolme</emphasis> levyosiota. "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1270
+#: using-d-i.xml:1355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -2093,7 +2173,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "100 Gt <filename>/home</filename>-osio)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -2108,13 +2188,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "esimerkiksi liitoskohdat."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1294
+#: using-d-i.xml:1379
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
 msgstr "Loogisten levyniteiden hallintaohjelman (LVM) asetukset"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1295
+#: using-d-i.xml:1380
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -2130,7 +2210,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "symbolisilla linkeillä jne."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1303
+#: using-d-i.xml:1388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -2150,7 +2230,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "se muodostuu) voi olla osia jotka ovat eri fyysisillä kiintolevyllä."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1313
+#: using-d-i.xml:1398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -2170,7 +2250,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">LVM HOWTO</ulink> ei vielä ole luettu siihen kannattaisi tutustua."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1324
+#: using-d-i.xml:1409
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -2187,7 +2267,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "levynide LVM:lle</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1333
+#: using-d-i.xml:1418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -2207,7 +2287,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Mahdolliset toiminnot ovat:"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1344
+#: using-d-i.xml:1429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -2217,43 +2297,43 @@ msgstr ""
 "n rakenteen, loogisten levyniteiden nimet, koot ja muuta"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1434
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create volume group"
 msgstr "Luo levynideryhmä"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1352
+#: using-d-i.xml:1437
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create logical volume"
 msgstr "Luo looginen nide"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1440
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete volume group"
 msgstr "Poista levynideryhmä"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1358
+#: using-d-i.xml:1443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete logical volume"
 msgstr "Poista looginen nide"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1446
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Extend volume group"
 msgstr "Kasvata levynideryhmää"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1364
+#: using-d-i.xml:1449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Reduce volume group"
 msgstr "Pienennä levynideryhmää"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1451
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -2263,7 +2343,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pääruutuun"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1372
+#: using-d-i.xml:1457
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -2273,7 +2353,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "loogisia levyniteitä."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1377
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -2285,13 +2365,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "olisi samalla tavalla käsiteltäväkin)."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1391
+#: using-d-i.xml:1476
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
 msgstr "Salattujen levyniteiden asetukset"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1392
+#: using-d-i.xml:1477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -2312,7 +2392,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "oikeaa salausavainta levyn sisältö näyttää satunnaiselta mössöltä. "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1404
+#: using-d-i.xml:1489
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -2340,7 +2420,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "osiolta."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1419
+#: using-d-i.xml:1504
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -2353,7 +2433,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "suorituskyky, salausmenetelmä ja avaimen pituus."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1426
+#: using-d-i.xml:1511
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -2373,7 +2453,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "asetuksia osiolle."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1437
+#: using-d-i.xml:1522
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is "
@@ -2389,7 +2469,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "suositellaan jos ei ole pakottavaa syytä muuhun."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1449
+#: using-d-i.xml:1534
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
@@ -2403,13 +2483,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "valittu tietoturvasyistä."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1459
+#: using-d-i.xml:1544
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 msgstr "Salausmenetelmä: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1546
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -2433,13 +2513,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "vakiosalausmenetelmäksi 2000-luvulla."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1479
+#: using-d-i.xml:1564
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Avaimen koko: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1481
+#: using-d-i.xml:1566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -2452,13 +2532,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Salausmenetelmä määrää käytettävissä olevat avaimien pituudet."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1493
+#: using-d-i.xml:1578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 msgstr "IV-menetelmä: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1495
+#: using-d-i.xml:1580
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -2477,7 +2557,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "hahmoista."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1505
+#: using-d-i.xml:1590
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</"
@@ -2492,25 +2572,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "käyttää uudempia salausmenetelmiä."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1517
+#: using-d-i.xml:1602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
 msgstr "Salausavain: <userinput>Tunnuslause</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1519
+#: using-d-i.xml:1604
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr "Tässä valitaan tälle osiolle käytettävän salausavaimen tyyppi."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1525
+#: using-d-i.xml:1610
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Passphrase"
 msgstr "Tunnuslause"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1526
+#: using-d-i.xml:1611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -2524,13 +2604,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "kysyttävästä tunnuslauseesta."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1541 using-d-i.xml:1634
+#: using-d-i.xml:1626 using-d-i.xml:1719
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Random key"
 msgstr "Satunnainen avain"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1542
+#: using-d-i.xml:1627
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -2548,7 +2628,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ihmisen ikä.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1551
+#: using-d-i.xml:1636
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -2567,13 +2647,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "on mahdotonta (käynnistettäessä suspendin jälkeen)."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1570 using-d-i.xml:1647
+#: using-d-i.xml:1655 using-d-i.xml:1732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
 msgstr "Tiedot pyyhitään: <userinput>kyllä</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1572
+#: using-d-i.xml:1657
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -2594,7 +2674,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "taltion päälle olisi kirjoitettu montakin kertaa. </para></footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1592
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> "
@@ -2606,13 +2686,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "vaihtuu näyttämään seuraavat valitsimet:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1601
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Salaus: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1603
+#: using-d-i.xml:1688
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are "
@@ -2625,25 +2705,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "pituudesta."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1613
+#: using-d-i.xml:1698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 msgstr "Salausavain: <userinput>Avaintiedosto (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1615
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr "Valitaan tälle osiolle käytettävän salausavaimen tyyppi."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1621
+#: using-d-i.xml:1706
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)"
 msgstr "Avaintiedosto (GnuPG)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1622
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the "
@@ -2657,19 +2737,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "asennuksen aikana)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1635
+#: using-d-i.xml:1720
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the section on random keys above."
 msgstr "Katso aiempaa lukua satunnaisavaimista."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1649
+#: using-d-i.xml:1734
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above."
 msgstr "Katso aiempaa lukua tiedon pyyhkimisestä."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer "
@@ -2682,7 +2762,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<emphasis>tunnuslauseiden</emphasis> käyttö salausavaimina levyosioille."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1667
+#: using-d-i.xml:1752
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -2700,7 +2780,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Isoilla osiolla tämä saattaa kestää hyvän tovin."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1677
+#: using-d-i.xml:1762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -2716,7 +2796,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "lemmikkien nimiä, perheenjäsenten tai sukulaisten nimiä jne.)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1686
+#: using-d-i.xml:1771
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -2740,7 +2820,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tunnuslausetta."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1784
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -2763,7 +2843,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "salattaville osioille."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1715
+#: using-d-i.xml:1800
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -2796,7 +2876,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "vaihdettava tiedostojärjestelmien tyyppiä jos oletusarvot eivät kelpaa."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1728
+#: using-d-i.xml:1813
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses "
@@ -2815,7 +2895,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "kohdassa <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1738
+#: using-d-i.xml:1823
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -2823,105 +2903,89 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "Kun osiointi on halutunlainen voidaan asennusta jatkaa."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1749
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Setting up the System"
-msgstr "Järjestelmän asetukset"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1750
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used "
-"to set up the system it is about to install."
-msgstr ""
-"Asennin kysyy osioinnin jälkeen vielä muutaman asennettavan järjestelmän "
-"asetuksen."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
-msgstr "Tehdään aikavyöhykkeen asetukset"
+msgid "Installing the Base System"
+msgstr "Perusjärjestelmän asennus"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1764
+#: using-d-i.xml:1835
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation "
-"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. "
-"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and "
-"the system will assume that time zone."
+"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
+"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
+"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
+"take some time."
 msgstr ""
-"Asennuksen alussa valittu maa vaikuttaa näytettävien aikavyöhykkeiden "
-"luetteloon. Jos maassa on käytössä vain yksi aikavyöhyke, ei luetteloa "
-"näytetä ja tuo aikavyöhyke otetaan käyttöön."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock"
-msgstr "Kello aikaan"
+"Vaikkakin tämä vaihe sujuu kaikkein vaivattomimmin, siinä kuluu huomattava "
+"osa asennukseen menevästä ajasta koska noudetaan, tarkistetaan ja puretaan "
+"koko perusjärjestelmä. Jos tietokone tai nettiyhteys on hidas, tässä saattaa "
+"kulua toinenkin tovi."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1782
+#: using-d-i.xml:1848
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
-"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
-"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
-"systems are installed."
+"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
+"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
+"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
+"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 msgstr ""
-"Asennin kysynee onko tietokoneen kello maailmanajassa (UTC). Jos mahdollista "
-"tätä ei kysytä vaan asennin yrittää päätellä esimerkiksi muiden asennettujen "
-"käyttöjärjestelmien perusteella onko kello maailmanajassa."
+"Perusjärjestelmän asennuksen aikana ilmoitukset pakettien purkamisesta ja "
+"asetuksista ohjataan laitteelle <userinput>tty4</userinput>. Tähän "
+"päätteeseen pääsee painamalla <keycombo><keycap>Vasen Alt</"
+"keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; takaisin asentimeen pääsee painamalla "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Vasen Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1789
+#: using-d-i.xml:1857
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
-"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
-"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
-"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
-"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
-"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>"
+"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
+"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
+"installation is performed over a serial console."
 msgstr ""
-"Expert-asennuksessa päästään aina valitsemaan onko kello maailmanajassa vai "
-"paikallisessa ajassa. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh-järjestelmässä "
-"laitekello on tavallisesti asetettu paikalliseen aikaan. Käytettäessä "
-"monikäynnistystä valitaan paikallinen aika.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86"
-"\">Järjestelmät joissa on asennettuna (myös) DOS tai Windows on laitekello "
-"tavallisesti paikallisessa ajassa. Käytettäessä monikäynnistystä valitaan "
-"paikallinen aika.</phrase>"
+"Myös tämän asennusvaiheen ilmoitukset purkamisesta ja asetuksista ohjataan "
+"tiedostoon <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Voit tarkistaa ne sieltä "
+"jos asennukseen käytetään sarjapäätettä."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1863
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
-"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
-"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set "
-"to UTC."
+"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
+"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
+"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
+"list of available kernels."
 msgstr ""
-"Huomaa, ettei asennin vielä osaa asettaa laitekelloa aikaan. Jos laitekello "
-"on väärässä ajassa tai se ei ollut maailmanajassa, voidaan asennuksen "
-"jälkeen asettaa laitekellon aika."
+"Asennuksen yhdeydessä asennetaa Linux-ydin. Oletusprioriteettia käytettäessä "
+"asennin valitse parhaiten laitteistolle sopivan ytimen. Käytettäessä "
+"pienempää prioriteettia ydin voidaan valita luettelosta."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1816
+#: using-d-i.xml:1875
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
 msgstr "Käyttäjät ja salasanat"
 
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1876
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to "
+"set up the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. "
+"Other user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1819
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Set the Root Password"
 msgstr "Asetetaan pääkäyttäjän salasana"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1823
+#: using-d-i.xml:1894
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -2934,7 +2998,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "järjestelmän ylläpitoon, ja vain kun se on välttämätöntä."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1831
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -2950,7 +3014,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "henkilötietoja."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1839
+#: using-d-i.xml:1910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -2962,13 +3026,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "muille kuin järjestelmän ylläpitäjille."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1849
+#: using-d-i.xml:1920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
 msgstr "Luo tavallisen käyttäjän tunnus"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1851
+#: using-d-i.xml:1922
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -2982,7 +3046,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "henkilökohtaisena kirjautumistunnuksena."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1860
+#: using-d-i.xml:1931
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -3002,7 +3066,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "jos ei ole tehnyt ylläpitoa aiemmin."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1870
+#: using-d-i.xml:1941
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -3015,7 +3079,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "etunimi onkin oletusarvo. Lopuksi kirjoitetaan käyttäjälle salasana."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1877
+#: using-d-i.xml:1948
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -3025,81 +3089,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "komentoa <command>adduser</command>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Installing the Base System"
-msgstr "Perusjärjestelmän asennus"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1890
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
-"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
-"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
-"take some time."
-msgstr ""
-"Vaikkakin tämä vaihe sujuu kaikkein vaivattomimmin, siinä kuluu huomattava "
-"osa asennukseen menevästä ajasta koska noudetaan, tarkistetaan ja puretaan "
-"koko perusjärjestelmä. Jos tietokone tai nettiyhteys on hidas, tässä saattaa "
-"kulua toinenkin tovi."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1903
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
-"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
-"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
-"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
-"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-msgstr ""
-"Perusjärjestelmän asennuksen aikana ilmoitukset pakettien purkamisesta ja "
-"asetuksista ohjataan laitteelle <userinput>tty4</userinput>. Tähän "
-"päätteeseen pääsee painamalla <keycombo><keycap>Vasen Alt</"
-"keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; takaisin asentimeen pääsee painamalla "
-"<keycombo><keycap>Vasen Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
-"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
-"installation is performed over a serial console."
-msgstr ""
-"Myös tämän asennusvaiheen ilmoitukset purkamisesta ja asetuksista ohjataan "
-"tiedostoon <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Voit tarkistaa ne sieltä "
-"jos asennukseen käytetään sarjapäätettä."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1918
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
-"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
-"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
-"list of available kernels."
-msgstr ""
-"Asennuksen yhdeydessä asennetaa Linux-ydin. Oletusprioriteettia käytettäessä "
-"asennin valitse parhaiten laitteistolle sopivan ytimen. Käytettäessä "
-"pienempää prioriteettia ydin voidaan valita luettelosta."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1930
+#: using-d-i.xml:1959
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installing Additional Software"
 msgstr "Asennetaan lisää ohjelmia"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. "
-"Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it "
-"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even "
-"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or "
-"network."
+"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
+"install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the "
+"installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing "
+"the base system if you have a slow computer or network connection."
 msgstr ""
 "Kun perusjärjestelmä on asennettu, on käytössä toimiva mutta rajoitettu "
 "järjestelmä. Useimmat haluavat asentaa lisää ohjelmia sovittaakseen "
@@ -3108,13 +3110,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "tietokone tai verkkoyhteys on hidas."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1945
+#: using-d-i.xml:1975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring apt"
 msgstr "Tehdään apt:n asetukset"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1947
+#: using-d-i.xml:1977
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program "
@@ -3149,7 +3151,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "hallintaan."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1971
+#: using-d-i.xml:2001
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3164,7 +3166,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "kun asennus on valmis."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1978
+#: using-d-i.xml:2008
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3176,7 +3178,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1987
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3187,13 +3189,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:2028
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using a network mirror"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2030
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a "
@@ -3202,7 +3204,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2006
+#: using-d-i.xml:2036
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -3214,7 +3216,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2015
+#: using-d-i.xml:2045
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a "
@@ -3230,7 +3232,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2033
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a "
@@ -3243,7 +3245,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2043
+#: using-d-i.xml:2073
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: "
@@ -3261,7 +3263,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2077
+#: using-d-i.xml:2107
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -3274,7 +3276,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2087
+#: using-d-i.xml:2117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may "
@@ -3283,13 +3285,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2102
+#: using-d-i.xml:2132
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
 msgstr "Ohjelmien valinta ja asentaminen"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2134
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -3306,7 +3308,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "nopeasti valmiiksi erilaisiin tehtäviin."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2113
+#: using-d-i.xml:2143
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
@@ -3340,7 +3342,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tehtävien tilatarpeet."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2170
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -3352,7 +3354,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Tässä kohtaa voi jopa poistaa valinnan kaikista tehtävistä."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2177
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop "
@@ -3364,7 +3366,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "työpöytäympäristöjen, kuten esimerkiksi KDE, valintaa."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2155
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see "
@@ -3391,7 +3393,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "asennustavalla."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2175
+#: using-d-i.xml:2205
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS "
@@ -3410,7 +3412,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "classname>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2187
+#: using-d-i.xml:2217
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -3422,7 +3424,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "muodostuvat."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2194
+#: using-d-i.xml:2224
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3432,7 +3434,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "välilyöntinäppäimellä."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2230
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -3450,7 +3452,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "on alkanut."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2209
+#: using-d-i.xml:2239
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -3467,7 +3469,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "testattavaa jakelua näin käy jos käytetään vanhaa otosta."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
@@ -3481,13 +3483,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "pyytävät ne käyttäjältä."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2231
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "Järjestelmä käynnistymään kiintolevyltä"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2233
+#: using-d-i.xml:2263
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3501,13 +3503,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "verkkokäynnistystä; katso <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2248
+#: using-d-i.xml:2278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "Etsitään muita käyttöjärjestelmiä"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2250
+#: using-d-i.xml:2280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3522,7 +3524,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "myös tämän käyttöjärjestelmän käynnistyminen Debianin lisäksi."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2258
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3538,13 +3540,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "alkulatausohjelman ohjeista etsittävä lisätietoa."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2276
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Asennetaan <command>aboot</command> kiintolevylle"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2277
+#: using-d-i.xml:2307
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -3566,13 +3568,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "käynnistettävä levykkeeltä."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2297
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>palo</command> asennin"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2298
+#: using-d-i.xml:2328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3588,19 +3590,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "mahdollistaa <command>PALO</command>:n kyky lukea Linux-osioiden tiedostoja."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2307
+#: using-d-i.xml:2337
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa KORJAAMUT ( tarvitaan lisätietoja )"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2319
+#: using-d-i.xml:2349
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>GRUB</command> kiintolevylle"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2321
+#: using-d-i.xml:2351
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3612,7 +3614,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "että vanhoille parroille."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2327
+#: using-d-i.xml:2357
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3624,7 +3626,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Lisätietoja löytyy grub:n man-sivulta."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2333
+#: using-d-i.xml:2363
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -3635,13 +3637,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "päävalikkoon valitsemaan haluttu käynnistyslatain."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2376
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>LILO</command> kiintolevylle"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2348
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3658,7 +3660,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2358
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3671,7 +3673,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "lisäämään rivit GNU/Linux- ja GNU/Hurd-järjestelmille asennuksen jälkeen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2366
+#: using-d-i.xml:2396
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3681,13 +3683,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "asennusapaikaksi:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "Pääkäynnistyslohko (MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3695,13 +3697,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "Komento <command>LILO</command> ohjaa käynnistyksen kokonaan."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "uusi Debianin osio"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3713,13 +3715,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "toissijaisena käynnistyslataimena."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "Muu valinta"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3741,7 +3743,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2399
+#: using-d-i.xml:2429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3757,13 +3759,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "käytettävä jotain muuta keinoa Debianin käynnistämiseen!"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2415
+#: using-d-i.xml:2445
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>ELILO</command> kiintolevylle"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2417
+#: using-d-i.xml:2447
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3791,7 +3793,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "käynnistämään Linux-ytimen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2433
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3808,13 +3810,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "tiedostojärjestelmä."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "Valitse oikea levyosio!"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -3833,13 +3835,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "tiedostojärjestelmän."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2462
+#: using-d-i.xml:2492
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "EFI-osion sisältö"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2464
+#: using-d-i.xml:2494
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3879,13 +3881,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "niitä kertyy järjestelmää päivitettäessä tai asetuksia muokattaessa."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2486
+#: using-d-i.xml:2516
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2517
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3900,13 +3902,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "tiedostoihin."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2526
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2527
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3920,13 +3922,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "valinta."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2507
+#: using-d-i.xml:2537
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2508
+#: using-d-i.xml:2538
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -3941,13 +3943,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2521
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -3959,13 +3961,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "elilo</filename> suoritetaan seuraavan kerran."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2561
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2532
+#: using-d-i.xml:2562
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -3979,13 +3981,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> osoitettu tiedosto hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2552
+#: using-d-i.xml:2582
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>arcboot</command> asennin"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2553
+#: using-d-i.xml:2583
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -4030,13 +4032,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "sitten <command>boot</command>."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2572
+#: using-d-i.xml:2602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2573
+#: using-d-i.xml:2603
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -4046,13 +4048,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "yhdysrakenteisille ohjaimille"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2581
+#: using-d-i.xml:2611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "levy"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2582
+#: using-d-i.xml:2612
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
@@ -4060,13 +4062,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "on SCSI ID sille levylle johon <command>arcboot</command> on asennettu"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590 using-d-i.xml:2659
+#: using-d-i.xml:2620 using-d-i.xml:2689
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "partnr"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2591
+#: using-d-i.xml:2621
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -4075,13 +4077,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "on sen osion numero jossa <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> sijaitsee"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2599
+#: using-d-i.xml:2629
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "config"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2630
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -4091,13 +4093,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "oletusarvona <quote>linux</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2621
+#: using-d-i.xml:2651
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>delo</command> asennin"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2622
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -4128,13 +4130,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "varusohjelmiston kehotteeseen."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2641
+#: using-d-i.xml:2671
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2642
+#: using-d-i.xml:2672
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -4144,20 +4146,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "on <userinput>3</userinput> yhdysrakenteisille ohjaimille."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2650
+#: using-d-i.xml:2680
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2681
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
 msgstr "on SCSI ID sille levylle johon <command>DELO</command> on asennettu"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2660
+#: using-d-i.xml:2690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
@@ -4166,13 +4168,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "on sen osion numero jossa <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> sijaitsee"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "name"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2669
+#: using-d-i.xml:2699
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -4182,7 +4184,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "oletusarvona <quote>linux</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2709
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -4192,19 +4194,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "ja käynnistetäään oletuskokoonpano, riittää käyttää"
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2685
+#: using-d-i.xml:2715
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Yaboot</command> kiintolevylle"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2696
+#: using-d-i.xml:2726
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4224,13 +4226,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "käynnistämään &debian;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2714
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Quik</command> kiintolevylle"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4245,13 +4247,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Computingin klooneille."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2761
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>zipl</command> asennin"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2732
+#: using-d-i.xml:2762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4267,13 +4269,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "sivustolta jos haluat tietää ohjelmasta <command>ZIPL</command> enemmän."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2749
+#: using-d-i.xml:2779
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>SILO</command> kiintolevylle"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2751
+#: using-d-i.xml:2781
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4304,13 +4306,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "SunOS/Solaris-asennuksen rinnalle."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2776
+#: using-d-i.xml:2806
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "Jatketaan ilman käynnistyslatainta"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2778
+#: using-d-i.xml:2808
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -4329,7 +4331,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "koska GNU/Linux käynnistetään sen kautta.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2787
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -4350,35 +4352,82 @@ msgstr ""
 "osio."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2804
+#: using-d-i.xml:2834
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "Päätetään asennus"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2805
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:2835
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
-"consists of tidying up after the &d-i;."
+"This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the "
+"installer will do any last minute tasks. It mostly consists of tidying up "
+"after the &d-i;."
 msgstr ""
 "Nämä ovat viimeiset tehtävät ennen uuden järjestelmän käynnistämistä. "
 "Pääasiassa siistitään työn jälkiä jotka &d-i; jätti."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2817
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
-msgstr "Päätetään asennus ja käynnistetään"
+#: using-d-i.xml:2848
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Setting the System Clock"
+msgstr "Järjestelmän asetukset"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2850
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
+"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
+"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
+"systems are installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Asennin kysynee onko tietokoneen kello maailmanajassa (UTC). Jos mahdollista "
+"tätä ei kysytä vaan asennin yrittää päätellä esimerkiksi muiden asennettujen "
+"käyttöjärjestelmien perusteella onko kello maailmanajassa."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2819
+#: using-d-i.xml:2857
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
+"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
+"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
+"instead of UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
+"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
+"local time instead of UTC.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"Expert-asennuksessa päästään aina valitsemaan onko kello maailmanajassa vai "
+"paikallisessa ajassa. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh-järjestelmässä "
+"laitekello on tavallisesti asetettu paikalliseen aikaan. Käytettäessä "
+"monikäynnistystä valitaan paikallinen aika.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86"
+"\">Järjestelmät joissa on asennettuna (myös) DOS tai Windows on laitekello "
+"tavallisesti paikallisessa ajassa. Käytettäessä monikäynnistystä valitaan "
+"paikallinen aika.</phrase>"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2868
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
-"be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot "
-"the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot "
-"into your new Debian system."
+"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
+"system's hardware clock. This will be done either in UTC or local time, "
+"depending on the selection that was just made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Reboot the System"
+msgstr "Järjestelmän asetukset"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
+"used to boot the installer. After that the system will be rebooted into your "
+"new Debian system."
 msgstr ""
 "Tämä on viimeinen vaihe Debianin asentimen ensimmäisessä osassa. "
 "Käynnistystaltion (romppu, levyke, jne) poistamisesta annetaan kehote. "
@@ -4386,13 +4435,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "järjestelmä."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
-"which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-"
-"title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you "
-"selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation."
+"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
+"supported on &arch-title;. You then need to IPL &debian; from the DASD which "
+"you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the "
+"installation."
 msgstr ""
 "Valitaan kohta <guimenuitem>Päätetään asennus</guimenuitem> joka sammuttaa "
 "järjestelmän koska uudelleenkäynnistystä ei tueta arkkitehtuurilla &arch-"
@@ -4401,13 +4450,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "aikana."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2840
+#: using-d-i.xml:2904
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "Sekalaista"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2841
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -4418,13 +4467,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "ovat käytettävissä jos jotain menee pieleen."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2854
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "Asentimen lokien tallentaminen"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2856
+#: using-d-i.xml:2920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -4436,7 +4485,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "installer/</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2863
+#: using-d-i.xml:2927
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -4452,13 +4501,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "tai liittää lokit asennusraporttiin."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "Komentotulkin käyttö ja lokien lukeminen"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2949
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -4484,7 +4533,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2903
+#: using-d-i.xml:2967
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -4499,7 +4548,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "komentotulkin."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2911
+#: using-d-i.xml:2975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -4517,7 +4566,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tekstintäydennys ja komentohistoria."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2920
+#: using-d-i.xml:2984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -4529,7 +4578,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2927
+#: using-d-i.xml:2991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -4541,7 +4590,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "käytettäväksi jos jokin menee vikaan ja virheenjäljitykseen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2933
+#: using-d-i.xml:2997
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -4555,13 +4604,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "komentotulkissa."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2948
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr "Etäasennus"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2950
+#: using-d-i.xml:3014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4578,7 +4627,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tämän osan voi automatisoida, katso <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2960
+#: using-d-i.xml:3024
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4600,7 +4649,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "SSH:ta.</guimenuitem>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:3037
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4610,7 +4659,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tultua tehdyksi."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2978
+#: using-d-i.xml:3042
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4632,7 +4681,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tietoturvallisesti <quote>etäasennuksen tekevälle henkilölle</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2990
+#: using-d-i.xml:3054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4644,7 +4693,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "toinen asentimen osa."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2996
+#: using-d-i.xml:3060
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4676,7 +4725,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "on vahvistettava se oikeaksi."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3013
+#: using-d-i.xml:3077
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4693,7 +4742,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tiedostosta <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> ja yrittää uudelleen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3022
+#: using-d-i.xml:3086
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4713,7 +4762,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "useampia."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3032
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4729,7 +4778,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "järjestelmä toimii huonosti."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3040
+#: using-d-i.xml:3104
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
@@ -4737,3 +4786,29 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Vielä huomautus: jos SSH-istunto on käynnissä X-pääteikkunassa, ei ikkunan "
 "kokoa saa muuttaa koska se katkaisee yhteyden."
+
+#~ msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
+#~ msgstr "Levyosioiden teko"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be "
+#~ "used to set up the system it is about to install."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Asennin kysyy osioinnin jälkeen vielä muutaman asennettavan järjestelmän "
+#~ "asetuksen."
+
+#~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
+#~ msgstr "Tehdään aikavyöhykkeen asetukset"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
+#~ "time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
+#~ "after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not "
+#~ "set to UTC."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Huomaa, ettei asennin vielä osaa asettaa laitekelloa aikaan. Jos "
+#~ "laitekello on väärässä ajassa tai se ei ollut maailmanajassa, voidaan "
+#~ "asennuksen jälkeen asettaa laitekellon aika."
+
+#~ msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
+#~ msgstr "Päätetään asennus ja käynnistetään"
diff --git a/po/hu/preparing.po b/po/hu/preparing.po
index 846ac6425..4514dae23 100644
--- a/po/hu/preparing.po
+++ b/po/hu/preparing.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-18 16:25+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n"
 "Language-Team: Hungarian <debian-l10n-hungarian@lists.debian>\n"
@@ -1307,19 +1307,19 @@ msgstr ""
 # FIXME !
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:847
-#, no-c-format
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely "
 "replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to "
-"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), "
-"after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if "
-"you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a "
-"connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, "
-"and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus "
-"erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the "
-"first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate "
-"means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes "
-"or CDs."
+"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"di-partition"
+"\"/>), after you have booted the installation system. However this only "
+"works if you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files "
+"on a connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard "
+"disk, and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, "
+"thus erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is "
+"successful the first time around. At the least in this case, you should have "
+"some alternate means of reviving your machine like the original system's "
+"installation tapes or CDs."
 msgstr ""
 "Ha a gépben 1 merevlemez van és teljesen a &debian; rendszerre szánnád, "
 "szintén el is kezdheted a telepítést, a telepítő rendszer elindítása után "
diff --git a/po/hu/using-d-i.po b/po/hu/using-d-i.po
index 32424fc92..bcc3ca553 100644
--- a/po/hu/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/hu/using-d-i.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-24 00:09+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-14 08:35+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n"
 "Language-Team: Hungarian\n"
@@ -417,11 +417,37 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:230
 #, no-c-format
+msgid "clock-setup"
+msgstr "clock-setup (óra-beállítás)"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Updates the system clock and determines whether the clock is set to UTCr or "
+"not."
+msgstr "Megadja, hogy a hardver óra az UTC szerinti időre legyen-e beállítva."
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "tzsetup"
+msgstr "tzsetup (időzóna beállítás)"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
+msgstr "Megadja az időzónát a korábban megadott elhelyezkedés alapján."
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
+#, no-c-format
 msgid "partman"
 msgstr "partman (partíció-kezelő)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file "
@@ -434,13 +460,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "önműködő mód vagy LVM támogatás. Ez a Debian ajánlott particionáló eszköze."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "autopartkit"
 msgstr "autopartkit (automata particionáló eszköz)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
@@ -449,13 +475,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "kívánalmak szerint."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partitioner"
 msgstr "partitioner (particionáló)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning "
@@ -465,13 +491,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "program megfelel a választott számítógép architektúrának."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partconf"
 msgstr "partconf (partíciók beállítása)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected "
@@ -481,13 +507,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "felhasználói utasításoknak megfelelően."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "lvmcfg"
 msgstr "lvmcfg (LVM beállító)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> "
@@ -497,13 +523,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "beállításában."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mdcfg"
 msgstr "mdcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant "
@@ -515,65 +541,41 @@ msgstr ""
 "alaplapokon lévő olcsó IDE (látszólagos hardver) RAID vezérlőknél."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "tzsetup"
-msgstr "tzsetup (időzóna beállítás)"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
-msgstr "Megadja az időzónát a korábban megadott elhelyezkedés alapján."
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "clock-setup"
-msgstr "clock-setup (óra-beállítás)"
+msgid "base-installer"
+msgstr "base-installer (alap-telepítő)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Determines whether the clock is set to UTC or not."
-msgstr "Megadja, hogy a hardver óra az UTC szerinti időre legyen-e beállítva."
+msgid ""
+"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
+"operate under Linux when rebooted."
+msgstr ""
+"Telepíti a legfontosabb csomagokat, mely lehetővé teszi a gép Linux alatti "
+"működtetését újraindítás után."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "user-setup"
 msgstr "user-setup (felhasználói fiókok)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user."
 msgstr "Beállítja a root jelszót és hozzáad egy sima felhasználót."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "base-installer"
-msgstr "base-installer (alap-telepítő)"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
-"operate under Linux when rebooted."
-msgstr ""
-"Telepíti a legfontosabb csomagokat, mely lehetővé teszi a gép Linux alatti "
-"működtetését újraindítás után."
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "apt-setup"
 msgstr "apt-setup (az APT beállítása)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is "
@@ -583,13 +585,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "szolgáló média alapján."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "pkgsel"
 msgstr "pkgsel (csomag-választó)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional "
@@ -599,13 +601,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "kiválasztására és telepítésére."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "os-prober"
 msgstr "os-prober (OS-ellenőrző)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes "
@@ -621,13 +623,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "rendszerek indítása közül."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "bootloader-installer"
 msgstr "bootloader-installer (boot-betöltő telepítő)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the "
@@ -640,26 +642,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "indítjuk. A legtöbb boot-betöltő lehetővé teszi más rendszerek indítását is."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "shell"
 msgstr "shell (héj)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
 msgstr "Lehetővé teszi egy héj indítását a menüből vagy a 2. konzolon."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "save-logs"
 msgstr "save-logs (naplók mentése)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, "
@@ -671,13 +673,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "telepítéskor adódó esetleges hibákat a Debian fejlesztőknek."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:390
+#: using-d-i.xml:391
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using Individual Components"
 msgstr "Az egyes összetevők használata"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:391
+#: using-d-i.xml:392
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The "
@@ -693,13 +695,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "telepítő módtól és hardvertől függ."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:403
+#: using-d-i.xml:404
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting up Debian Installer and Hardware Configuration"
 msgstr "A Debian Telepítő és a hardver konfiguráció beállítása"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:404
+#: using-d-i.xml:405
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first "
@@ -721,7 +723,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "(például nyelv, kívánt billentyű-kiosztás vagy hálózati tükör)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:417
+#: using-d-i.xml:418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</"
@@ -736,13 +738,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "érhető el, a hardver-felismerés későbbi megismétlése szükséges."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:432
+#: using-d-i.xml:433
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Check available memory / low memory mode"
 msgstr "Elérhető memória ellenőrzése / alacsony memória mód"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:434
+#: using-d-i.xml:435
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the "
@@ -755,7 +757,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "jól megy még így is lehetővé teszi a &debian; telepítését e gépen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:441
+#: using-d-i.xml:442
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to "
@@ -768,7 +770,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "egyszerűen beállítható a saját nyelv."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:448
+#: using-d-i.xml:449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If that is not sufficient, the installer will further reduce memory "
@@ -784,7 +786,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "hibát adhat."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:457
+#: using-d-i.xml:458
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installer runs in low memory mode, it is recommended to create a "
@@ -803,7 +805,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "nagy lemez-terheléshez vezet."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:467
+#: using-d-i.xml:468
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Despite these measures, it is still possible that your system freezes, that "
@@ -817,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "terminálon és a syslog fájlban)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:474
+#: using-d-i.xml:475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For example, it has been reported that creating a big ext3 file system fails "
@@ -832,7 +834,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "összetevője). A telepítés után az ext2 ext3 partícióra módosítható."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:482
+#: using-d-i.xml:483
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to force the installer to use a higher lowmem level than the "
@@ -841,13 +843,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:497
+#: using-d-i.xml:498
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting Localization Options"
 msgstr "A helyi beállítási lehetőségek kiválasztása"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:499
+#: using-d-i.xml:500
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of "
@@ -861,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "beállításokból állnak."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:506
+#: using-d-i.xml:507
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation "
@@ -874,7 +876,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "nyelven, a telepítő az angolt használja."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:513
+#: using-d-i.xml:514
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick "
@@ -888,7 +890,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "kijelölésében."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:520
+#: using-d-i.xml:521
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language "
@@ -910,7 +912,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "kerül telepítésre."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:532
+#: using-d-i.xml:533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for "
@@ -930,7 +932,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "társított, ez önműködően kiválasztásra kerül."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:550
+#: using-d-i.xml:551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and "
@@ -944,13 +946,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "rendszeren."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:565
+#: using-d-i.xml:566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choosing a Keyboard"
 msgstr "Billentyűzet választása"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:567
+#: using-d-i.xml:568
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a "
@@ -966,7 +968,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>kbdconfig</command> parancsot rendszergazdaként)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:577
+#: using-d-i.xml:578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press "
@@ -982,7 +984,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "keycap> és <keycap>F10</keycap> közti billentyűk is vannak a legfelső sorban."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:586
+#: using-d-i.xml:587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have "
@@ -995,7 +997,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "majd változik a jövőben a Linux/MIPS fejlesztés eredményeként."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:593
+#: using-d-i.xml:594
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us "
@@ -1014,13 +1016,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Amúgy a 2 kiosztás egyezik."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:623
+#: using-d-i.xml:624
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image"
 msgstr "A Debian Telepítő ISO kép keresése"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:624
+#: using-d-i.xml:625
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be "
@@ -1034,7 +1036,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "összetevő pontosan ezt biztosítja."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:631
+#: using-d-i.xml:632
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices "
@@ -1063,7 +1065,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "képet keres."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:648
+#: using-d-i.xml:649
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, "
@@ -1075,7 +1077,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "végezzen-e átfogóbb keresést. Ekkor az egész fájlrendszert átnézi."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:655
+#: using-d-i.xml:656
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, "
@@ -1092,13 +1094,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "indítanak újra, hanem megnézik a 2. konzolon."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:676
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Network"
+#: using-d-i.xml:677
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Network"
 msgstr "Hálózat beállítása"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:678
+#: using-d-i.xml:679
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one "
@@ -1117,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "citerefentry> kézikönyv oldalt."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:689
+#: using-d-i.xml:690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically "
@@ -1139,7 +1141,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tudod, hogy ehhez minden működik, próbáld újra."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:701
+#: using-d-i.xml:702
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your "
@@ -1162,7 +1164,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"needed-info\"/> szerint."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:715
+#: using-d-i.xml:716
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program "
@@ -1183,21 +1185,94 @@ msgstr ""
 "interfaces</filename> szerkesztésével."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:758
+#: using-d-i.xml:761
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock"
+msgstr "Óra beállítása"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:763
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:781
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the "
+"system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"A telepítő folyamat elején választott helytől függően az ennek megfelelő "
+"időzónák listája jelenik meg. Ha az adott helyhez csak 1 időzóna tartozik, a "
+"rendszer nem kérdez semmit és ezt az időzónát feltételezi."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:788
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:799
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:805
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:811
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:838
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
 msgstr "Particionálás és csatolási pont választás"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:759
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
 "should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to "
 "do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of "
 "the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating "
 "filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely "
-"related issues like LVM or RAID devices."
+"related options like RAID, LVM or encrypted devices."
 msgstr ""
 "Most, a hardver érzékelés utolsó futása után, a &d-i; teljes erejében "
 "rendelkezésre áll a felhasználó igényeire szabva és kész a nagyhatású "
@@ -1206,26 +1281,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "létrehozása, csatolási pontok létrehozása és tetszés szerint közeli, például "
 "LVM vagy RAID eszközök beállítása."
 
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:781
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
-msgstr "Lemezek particionálása"
-
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:783
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:860
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with "
-"partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend="
-"\"partitioning\"/>."
+"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
+"details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 "Most végezhetjük el a merevlemez vagy lemezek particionálását. Ha még soha "
 "nem találkoztál ezzel, vagy több részletre vagy kíváncsi, lásd a <xref "
 "linkend=\"partitioning\"/> részt."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:790
+#: using-d-i.xml:866
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1246,7 +1314,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample> Ez a lemez korábbi adatait elérhetetlenné teszi."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:803
+#: using-d-i.xml:879
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1259,8 +1327,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "particionálásnak is hívjuk. Ha a particionálást magad végeznéd, válaszd a "
 "<guimenuitem>Kézi</guimenuitem> pontot a menüből."
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Guided Partitioning"
+msgstr "Particionáló séma"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:810
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -1277,14 +1351,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "beállítja a kernel <quote>dm-crypt</quote> támogatást. </para> </footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#: using-d-i.xml:905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
 msgstr "Nem minden architektúrán lehetséges (titkosított) LVM használata."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:830
+#: using-d-i.xml:910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -1300,7 +1374,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "biztonságát nyújtja."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#: using-d-i.xml:919
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -1315,7 +1389,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "nyomait is törli), de a lemez méretétől függően eltart egy ideig."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:848
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -1332,7 +1406,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "kéri, mielőtt lemezre írná őket."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:858
+#: using-d-i.xml:938
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) "
@@ -1349,7 +1423,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "mutatott méretek is segíthetnek azonosítani őket."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:867
+#: using-d-i.xml:947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -1365,7 +1439,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "(titkosított) LVM használatakor ez nem lehetséges."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:875
+#: using-d-i.xml:955
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -1382,73 +1456,73 @@ msgstr ""
 "választott sémától függően) az irányított particionálás elvetésre kerül."
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
+#: using-d-i.xml:971
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning scheme"
 msgstr "Particionáló séma"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:892
+#: using-d-i.xml:972
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum space"
 msgstr "Minimum hely"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
+#: using-d-i.xml:973
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Created partitions"
 msgstr "Létrehozott partíciók"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:899
+#: using-d-i.xml:979
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "All files in one partition"
 msgstr "Minden fájl 1 partíción"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:900
+#: using-d-i.xml:980
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "600MB"
 msgstr "600 MB"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:901
+#: using-d-i.xml:981
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, csere"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:903
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home partition"
 msgstr "Önálló /home partíció"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:904
+#: using-d-i.xml:984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "500MB"
 msgstr "500 MB"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:905
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, csere"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:909
+#: using-d-i.xml:989
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions"
 msgstr "Önálló /home, /usr, /var és /tmp partíció"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:910
+#: using-d-i.xml:990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>1 GB</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:911
+#: using-d-i.xml:991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
@@ -1458,7 +1532,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, csere"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:920
+#: using-d-i.xml:1000
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -1471,7 +1545,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "partícióval együtt, az LVM partíción belül jön létre."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:926
+#: using-d-i.xml:1006
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an "
@@ -1484,7 +1558,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "menüelem is látszik a formázó menüben EFI indító partíció kézi beállítására."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:934
+#: using-d-i.xml:1014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, "
@@ -1496,7 +1570,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "számára."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
+#: using-d-i.xml:1020
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -1507,7 +1581,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "táblát, benne a leendő formázási és csatolási információkat."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
+#: using-d-i.xml:1026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -1557,7 +1631,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "lehetséges változatot mutat."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1039
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -1576,8 +1650,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "futtasd újra a particionálót vagy módosítsd a javasolt változtatásokat az "
 "alább írt kézi particionálás szerint."
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1053
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Manual Partitioning"
+msgstr "Particionáló séma"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:969
+#: using-d-i.xml:1054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -1592,7 +1672,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "szakasz további részeiben."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1062
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -1606,7 +1686,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "jelenik meg a választott lemezen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#: using-d-i.xml:1070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -1641,7 +1721,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>partman</command> fő képernyőjéhez."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#: using-d-i.xml:1092
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -1662,7 +1742,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "partíció."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1018
+#: using-d-i.xml:1103
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -1677,7 +1757,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "gyökér fájlrendszer csatolására."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1026
+#: using-d-i.xml:1111
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</"
@@ -1689,7 +1769,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "meg nem teszed."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#: using-d-i.xml:1117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -1705,7 +1785,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1040
+#: using-d-i.xml:1125
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -1719,13 +1799,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "kért módon történő létrehozásának megerősítését."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)"
+#: using-d-i.xml:1153
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
 msgstr "Több-lemezes eszköz beállítása (szoftver RAID)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1069
+#: using-d-i.xml:1154
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -1744,7 +1824,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "után <firstterm>szoftver RAID</firstterm>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1083
+#: using-d-i.xml:1168
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -1758,7 +1838,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "csatolható, és így tovább)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1091
+#: using-d-i.xml:1176
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -1830,98 +1910,98 @@ msgstr ""
 "para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Összefoglalva:"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1169
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "Típus"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1170
+#: using-d-i.xml:1255
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum Devices"
 msgstr "Legkisebb eszköz-szám"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1171
+#: using-d-i.xml:1256
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Spare Device"
 msgstr "Tartalék eszköz"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1172
+#: using-d-i.xml:1257
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Survives disk failure?"
 msgstr "Túlél lemez hibát?"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1258
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Available Space"
 msgstr "Elérhető hely"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1179
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID0"
 msgstr "RAID0"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1180 using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265 using-d-i.xml:1273
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1181 using-d-i.xml:1182
+#: using-d-i.xml:1266 using-d-i.xml:1267
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>nincs</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
 msgstr ""
 "A legkisebb partíció mérete szorozva a RAID tömbben lévő eszközök számával"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1187
+#: using-d-i.xml:1272
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID1"
 msgstr "RAID1"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1189 using-d-i.xml:1197
+#: using-d-i.xml:1274 using-d-i.xml:1282
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "optional"
 msgstr "lehet"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1190 using-d-i.xml:1198
+#: using-d-i.xml:1275 using-d-i.xml:1283
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>igen</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1191
+#: using-d-i.xml:1276
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
 msgstr "A RAID tömbben lévő legkisebb partíció mérete"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1195
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID5"
 msgstr "RAID5"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1281
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1199
+#: using-d-i.xml:1284
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -1931,7 +2011,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "száma -1"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1207
+#: using-d-i.xml:1292
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -1941,7 +2021,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "howto;\">Szoftver RAID HOGYAN</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1212
+#: using-d-i.xml:1297
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -1956,7 +2036,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "fizikai kötet</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> pontot.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1221
+#: using-d-i.xml:1306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may "
@@ -1972,7 +2052,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "megoldhatják."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1315
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -1993,7 +2073,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "következők a választott MD típustól függenek."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2004,7 +2084,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "listája, és az egyetlen feladat a leendő MD-t alkotó partíciók kijelölése."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1250
+#: using-d-i.xml:1335
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -2021,7 +2101,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "az előbb megadott számmal. Ne aggódj! A &d-i; figyelmeztet hiba esetén."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1262
+#: using-d-i.xml:1347
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID5 has a similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -2031,7 +2111,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "emphasis> aktív partíciót kell megadni."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1270
+#: using-d-i.xml:1355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -2049,7 +2129,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "partíció)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -2063,13 +2143,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "például csatolási pontok társítására."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1294
+#: using-d-i.xml:1379
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
 msgstr "Logikai kötet-kezelő (LVM) beállítása"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1295
+#: using-d-i.xml:1380
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -2085,7 +2165,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "így tovább kellett kezelni."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1303
+#: using-d-i.xml:1388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -2104,7 +2184,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "közt is átnyúlhatnak."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1313
+#: using-d-i.xml:1398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -2125,7 +2205,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink> leírást."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1324
+#: using-d-i.xml:1409
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -2142,7 +2222,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> pontot."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1333
+#: using-d-i.xml:1418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -2161,7 +2241,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "lehetséges műveleteket mutatja. A lehetséges műveletek:"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1344
+#: using-d-i.xml:1429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -2171,43 +2251,43 @@ msgstr ""
 "eszköz struktúrát, a logikai kötetek neveit, méreteit és egyebeket"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1434
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create volume group"
 msgstr "Kötet csoport létrehozása"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1352
+#: using-d-i.xml:1437
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create logical volume"
 msgstr "Logikai kötet létrehozása"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1440
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete volume group"
 msgstr "Kötet csoport törlése"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1358
+#: using-d-i.xml:1443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete logical volume"
 msgstr "Logikai kötet törlése"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1446
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Extend volume group"
 msgstr "Kötet csoport bővítése"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1364
+#: using-d-i.xml:1449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Reduce volume group"
 msgstr "Kötet csoport csökkentése"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1451
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -2217,7 +2297,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "képernyőhöz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1372
+#: using-d-i.xml:1457
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -2227,7 +2307,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "kötetek létrehozására."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1377
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -2239,13 +2319,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "is kezelhetők)."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1391
+#: using-d-i.xml:1476
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
 msgstr "Titkosított kötetek beállítása"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1392
+#: using-d-i.xml:1477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -2267,7 +2347,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "adatok véletlen karaktereknek tűnnek."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1404
+#: using-d-i.xml:1489
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -2295,7 +2375,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "betöltése."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1419
+#: using-d-i.xml:1504
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -2309,7 +2389,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "hosszán múlik."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1426
+#: using-d-i.xml:1511
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -2329,7 +2409,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "módosul és különböző titkosító lehetőségeket ad a partícióhoz."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1437
+#: using-d-i.xml:1522
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is "
@@ -2345,7 +2425,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ok, ajánlott az alap használata."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1449
+#: using-d-i.xml:1534
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
@@ -2359,13 +2439,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "lettek kiválasztva."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1459
+#: using-d-i.xml:1544
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 msgstr "Titkosítás: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1546
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -2390,13 +2470,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "érzékeny adatok védelmére a XXI. században."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1479
+#: using-d-i.xml:1564
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Kulcs méret: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1481
+#: using-d-i.xml:1566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -2409,13 +2489,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "teljesítményre. Az elérhető kulcs méretek a titkosítástól függenek."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1493
+#: using-d-i.xml:1578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 msgstr "IV algoritmus: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1495
+#: using-d-i.xml:1580
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -2432,7 +2512,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "adatok általi törés megakadályozása."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1505
+#: using-d-i.xml:1590
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</"
@@ -2446,25 +2526,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "az újabb algoritmusokat."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1517
+#: using-d-i.xml:1602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
 msgstr "Titkosító kulcs: <userinput>Jelmondat</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1519
+#: using-d-i.xml:1604
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr "Itt állítható be a titkosító kulcs e partícióhoz."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1525
+#: using-d-i.xml:1610
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Passphrase"
 msgstr "Jelmondat"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1526
+#: using-d-i.xml:1611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -2478,13 +2558,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "alapján, mely e folyamat folyatásában adható meg."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1541 using-d-i.xml:1634
+#: using-d-i.xml:1626 using-d-i.xml:1719
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Random key"
 msgstr "Véletlen kulcs"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1542
+#: using-d-i.xml:1627
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -2501,7 +2581,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "algoritmus ismeretlen gyengesége nélkül ez nem lehetséges a mi életünkben.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1551
+#: using-d-i.xml:1636
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -2520,13 +2600,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "partícióra a felfüggesztéskor írt adatok visszaállítása."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1570 using-d-i.xml:1647
+#: using-d-i.xml:1655 using-d-i.xml:1732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
 msgstr "Adatok törlése: <userinput>igen</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1572
+#: using-d-i.xml:1657
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -2546,7 +2626,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "felülírás után. </para></footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1592
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> "
@@ -2558,13 +2638,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "alábbi lehetőségeket adja:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1601
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Titkosítás: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1603
+#: using-d-i.xml:1688
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are "
@@ -2576,25 +2656,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "szakaszt a titkosításokról és kulcsok méreteiről további adatokért."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1613
+#: using-d-i.xml:1698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 msgstr "Titkosító kulcs: <userinput>Kulcsfájl (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1615
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr "Itt adható meg a titkosító kulcs típusa e partícióhoz."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1621
+#: using-d-i.xml:1706
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)"
 msgstr "Kulcsfájl (GnuPG)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1622
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the "
@@ -2608,19 +2688,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "egy ilyen megadására)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1635
+#: using-d-i.xml:1720
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the section on random keys above."
 msgstr "Lásd a véletlen kulcsok szakaszt fent."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1649
+#: using-d-i.xml:1734
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above."
 msgstr "Lásd az adatok törlése szakaszt fent."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer "
@@ -2634,7 +2714,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "állíthatók be."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1667
+#: using-d-i.xml:1752
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -2651,7 +2731,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "egy új partíciós tábla írását. A nagy partíciókon ez eltart egy ideig."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1677
+#: using-d-i.xml:1762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -2667,7 +2747,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "rokonok nevei és így tovább)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1686
+#: using-d-i.xml:1771
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -2690,7 +2770,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "gyökér fájlrendszer számára."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1784
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -2712,7 +2792,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "titkosítandó partíciónál megismételhető."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1715
+#: using-d-i.xml:1800
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -2744,7 +2824,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "kötetekhez és módosítani fájlrendszer típusukat, ha nem tetszik."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1728
+#: using-d-i.xml:1813
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses "
@@ -2763,7 +2843,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1738
+#: using-d-i.xml:1823
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -2771,105 +2851,88 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "Ha a partíciós séma megfelel, folyatható a telepítés."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1749
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Setting up the System"
-msgstr "A rendszer beállítása"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1750
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used "
-"to set up the system it is about to install."
-msgstr ""
-"A particionálás után a telepítő 1-2 kérdést még feltesz, melyet a "
-"telepítendő rendszer beállításaihoz használ majd."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
-msgstr "Időzóna beállítása"
+msgid "Installing the Base System"
+msgstr "Az alaprendszer telepítése"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1764
+#: using-d-i.xml:1835
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation "
-"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. "
-"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and "
-"the system will assume that time zone."
+"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
+"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
+"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
+"take some time."
 msgstr ""
-"A telepítő folyamat elején választott helytől függően az ennek megfelelő "
-"időzónák listája jelenik meg. Ha az adott helyhez csak 1 időzóna tartozik, a "
-"rendszer nem kérdez semmit és ezt az időzónát feltételezi."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock"
-msgstr "Óra beállítása"
+"Bár e lépés a legkevésbé problémás, ez a telepítés legjelentősebb része, "
+"mert ez végzi a teljes alaprendszer letöltését, ellenőrzését és kibontását. "
+"Lassú gép vagy hálózati kapcsolat esetén eltart egy kis ideig."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1782
+#: using-d-i.xml:1848
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
-"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
-"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
-"systems are installed."
+"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
+"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
+"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
+"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 msgstr ""
-"A telepítő megkérdezheti, hogy az óra az UTC szerint állított-e. Normális "
-"esetben e kérdést elkerüli, ha lehet és megpróbálja kitalálni a választ "
-"például a telepített más operációs rendszerek alapján."
+"Az alaprendszer telepítése során, a csomag kicsomagoló és beállító üzenetek "
+"a <userinput>tty4</userinput> terminálra kerülnek. Ez a "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Bal Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; leütésével "
+"érhető el, a fő telepítő folyamathoz visszatéréshez a <keycombo><keycap>Bal "
+"Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> használható."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1789
+#: using-d-i.xml:1857
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
-"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
-"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
-"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
-"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
-"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>"
+"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
+"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
+"installation is performed over a serial console."
 msgstr ""
-"Szakértő módban mindig ki lehet választani, hogy az óra az UTC szerint van-e "
-"beállítva vagy sem. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">A Macintosh rendszerek sem "
-"tudnak helyi időt számolni. Ha ezt is fennhagynád, válassz helyi időt a GMT "
-"helyett.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">A Dos vagy Windows rendszerek sem "
-"tudnak helyi időt számolni. Ha egy ilyen rendszert is fennhagynál, válassz "
-"helyi időt a GMT helyett és tiltsd meg valahogy a Dos felhasználónak, hogy "
-"elrontsa a rendszert.</phrase>"
+"Az alaprendszer telepítésekor keletkező kibontó/beállító üzenetek a "
+"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> fájlba kerülnek. Itt mindig mód van "
+"ellenőrzésükre, ha a telepítés soros konzolon át történik."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1863
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
-"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
-"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set "
-"to UTC."
+"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
+"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
+"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
+"list of available kernels."
 msgstr ""
-"A rendszer telepítése közben nem tanácsos az óra állítása, ezért a telepítő "
-"nem támogatja. Az órát a telepítés előtt esetleg után érdemes beállítani, ha "
-"pontatlan vagy előzőleg nem az UTC szerint lett beállítva."
+"A telepítés részeként a Linux kernel is települ. Alap elsőbbségben a "
+"telepítő a géphez illő legjobbat választja. Alacsonyabb elsőbbségi módokban "
+"az elérhető kernelek egy listából választhatók."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1816
+#: using-d-i.xml:1875
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
 msgstr "Felhasználók és jelszavaik felvétele"
 
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1876
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to "
+"set up the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. "
+"Other user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1819
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Set the Root Password"
 msgstr "A root jelszó beállítása"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1823
+#: using-d-i.xml:1894
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -2883,7 +2946,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ekkor is csak a lehető legrövidebb ideig."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1831
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -2899,7 +2962,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "használatát."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1839
+#: using-d-i.xml:1910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -2911,13 +2974,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "ha egy gépet másokkal felügyelsz."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1849
+#: using-d-i.xml:1920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
 msgstr "Egy szokásos felhasználó létrehozása"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1851
+#: using-d-i.xml:1922
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -2931,7 +2994,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "bejelentkezésre."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1860
+#: using-d-i.xml:1931
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -2951,7 +3014,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "elolvasol egyet, ha ez új neked."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1870
+#: using-d-i.xml:1941
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -2965,7 +3028,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "fiókhoz tartozó jelszót."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1877
+#: using-d-i.xml:1948
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -2975,80 +3038,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>adduser</command> parancsot."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Installing the Base System"
-msgstr "Az alaprendszer telepítése"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1890
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
-"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
-"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
-"take some time."
-msgstr ""
-"Bár e lépés a legkevésbé problémás, ez a telepítés legjelentősebb része, "
-"mert ez végzi a teljes alaprendszer letöltését, ellenőrzését és kibontását. "
-"Lassú gép vagy hálózati kapcsolat esetén eltart egy kis ideig."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1903
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
-"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
-"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
-"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
-"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-msgstr ""
-"Az alaprendszer telepítése során, a csomag kicsomagoló és beállító üzenetek "
-"a <userinput>tty4</userinput> terminálra kerülnek. Ez a "
-"<keycombo><keycap>Bal Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; leütésével "
-"érhető el, a fő telepítő folyamathoz visszatéréshez a <keycombo><keycap>Bal "
-"Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> használható."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
-"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
-"installation is performed over a serial console."
-msgstr ""
-"Az alaprendszer telepítésekor keletkező kibontó/beállító üzenetek a "
-"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> fájlba kerülnek. Itt mindig mód van "
-"ellenőrzésükre, ha a telepítés soros konzolon át történik."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1918
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
-"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
-"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
-"list of available kernels."
-msgstr ""
-"A telepítés részeként a Linux kernel is települ. Alap elsőbbségben a "
-"telepítő a géphez illő legjobbat választja. Alacsonyabb elsőbbségi módokban "
-"az elérhető kernelek egy listából választhatók."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1930
+#: using-d-i.xml:1959
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installing Additional Software"
 msgstr "További szoftverek telepítése"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. "
-"Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it "
-"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even "
-"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or "
-"network."
+"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
+"install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the "
+"installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing "
+"the base system if you have a slow computer or network connection."
 msgstr ""
 "Az alaprendszer telepítése után, egy tökéletesen használható, de kis "
 "rendszered van. A legtöbb felhasználó további szoftvereket akar adni a "
@@ -3057,13 +3059,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "hálózat esetén."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1945
+#: using-d-i.xml:1975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring apt"
 msgstr "Az apt beállítása"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1947
+#: using-d-i.xml:1977
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program "
@@ -3097,7 +3099,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "hivatalosan ajánlott csomag-kezelő eszköz az <command>aptitude</command>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1971
+#: using-d-i.xml:2001
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3112,7 +3114,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "után is szerkeszthetők."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1978
+#: using-d-i.xml:2008
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3124,7 +3126,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1987
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3135,13 +3137,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:2028
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using a network mirror"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2030
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a "
@@ -3150,7 +3152,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2006
+#: using-d-i.xml:2036
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -3162,7 +3164,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2015
+#: using-d-i.xml:2045
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a "
@@ -3178,7 +3180,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2033
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a "
@@ -3191,7 +3193,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2043
+#: using-d-i.xml:2073
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: "
@@ -3209,7 +3211,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2077
+#: using-d-i.xml:2107
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -3222,7 +3224,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2087
+#: using-d-i.xml:2117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may "
@@ -3231,13 +3233,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2102
+#: using-d-i.xml:2132
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
 msgstr "Szoftverek kiválasztása és telepítése"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2134
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -3254,7 +3256,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "összpontosít, hogy gyorsan beállítsa a gépet különböző feladatok elvégzésére."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2113
+#: using-d-i.xml:2143
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
@@ -3287,7 +3289,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "igényét."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2170
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -3300,7 +3302,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "hogy egyáltalán ne telepíts semmit ezen a módon."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2177
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop "
@@ -3312,7 +3314,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Xfce vagy Kde választását."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2155
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see "
@@ -3337,7 +3339,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "lemezek használata esetén működik ez a módszer."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2175
+#: using-d-i.xml:2205
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS "
@@ -3356,7 +3358,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "classname>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2187
+#: using-d-i.xml:2217
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -3368,7 +3370,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "választott feladatok részei."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2194
+#: using-d-i.xml:2224
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3378,7 +3380,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "feladat kijelölésének váltásához."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2230
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -3394,7 +3396,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "telepítésének leállítására."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2209
+#: using-d-i.xml:2239
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -3411,7 +3413,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "használatakor történik."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
@@ -3425,13 +3427,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "során."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2231
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "A rendszer indíthatóvá tétele"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2233
+#: using-d-i.xml:2263
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3445,13 +3447,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> részt.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2248
+#: using-d-i.xml:2278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "Más operációs rendszerek érzékelése"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2250
+#: using-d-i.xml:2280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3466,7 +3468,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian mellett."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2258
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3482,13 +3484,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "dokumentációját."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2276
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "<command>aboot</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2277
+#: using-d-i.xml:2307
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -3509,13 +3511,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "oda, ahova a Debiant is telepítetted, a GNU/Linuxot flopiról kell indítanod."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2297
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>palo</command>-telepítő"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2298
+#: using-d-i.xml:2328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3531,19 +3533,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>PALO</command> olvas Linux partíciókat."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2307
+#: using-d-i.xml:2337
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa FIXME ( több adat kell )"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2319
+#: using-d-i.xml:2349
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "<command>Grub</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2321
+#: using-d-i.xml:2351
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3555,7 +3557,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "egyaránt."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2327
+#: using-d-i.xml:2357
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3567,7 +3569,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "a grub kézikönyvet teljes információért."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2333
+#: using-d-i.xml:2363
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -3578,13 +3580,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "válaszd a kívánt boot betöltőt."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2376
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "<command>LILO</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2348
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3600,7 +3602,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">LILO mini-HOGYAN</ulink> is hasznos."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2358
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3614,7 +3616,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "számára kézzel kell majd hozzáadni a bejegyzést a menüben a telepítés után."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2366
+#: using-d-i.xml:2396
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3624,13 +3626,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "telepítésére:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "Mester Boot Rekord (MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3640,13 +3642,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "irányítását."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "új Debian partíció"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3658,13 +3660,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "szolgál."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "Más választás"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3680,7 +3682,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sda</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2399
+#: using-d-i.xml:2429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3696,13 +3698,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian rendszerbe tartósan visszatérj!"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2415
+#: using-d-i.xml:2445
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Az <command>ELILO</command> betöltő telepítése egy merevlemezen"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2417
+#: using-d-i.xml:2447
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3729,7 +3731,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "indítására."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2433
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3745,13 +3747,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<emphasis>gyökér</emphasis> fájlrendszerrel egyező lemezen van."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "Válaszd a helyes partíciót!"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -3768,13 +3770,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "formázhatja a partíciót a telepítés alatt, letörölheti a korábbi tartalmat!"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2462
+#: using-d-i.xml:2492
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "EFI Partíció Tartalom"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2464
+#: using-d-i.xml:2494
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3802,13 +3804,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "más fájlok is kerülhetnek e fájlrendszerre."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2486
+#: using-d-i.xml:2516
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2517
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3820,13 +3822,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "fájlnevekkel."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2526
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2527
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3839,13 +3841,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menüpontja mögött."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2507
+#: using-d-i.xml:2537
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2508
+#: using-d-i.xml:2538
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -3859,13 +3861,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "fájl, melyre a <filename>/initrd.img</filename> jelképes lánc hivatkozik."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2521
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -3877,13 +3879,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> következő futtatásakor."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2561
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2532
+#: using-d-i.xml:2562
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -3897,13 +3899,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "vmlinuz</filename> jelképes lánc hivatkozik."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2552
+#: using-d-i.xml:2582
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2553
+#: using-d-i.xml:2583
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3946,13 +3948,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>boot</command> parancs."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2572
+#: using-d-i.xml:2602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2573
+#: using-d-i.xml:2603
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -3961,13 +3963,13 @@ msgstr ""
 ": az indítandó SCSI busz, <userinput>0</userinput> az alaplapi vezérlőknél"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2581
+#: using-d-i.xml:2611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "lemez"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2582
+#: using-d-i.xml:2612
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
@@ -3976,13 +3978,13 @@ msgstr ""
 ": a merevlemez SCSI azonosítója, melyre az <command>arboot</command> települt"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590 using-d-i.xml:2659
+#: using-d-i.xml:2620 using-d-i.xml:2689
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "part.sz."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2591
+#: using-d-i.xml:2621
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3992,13 +3994,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "bejegyzés neve, alapban <quote>linux</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2599
+#: using-d-i.xml:2629
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "config"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2630
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -4006,13 +4008,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ": a "
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2621
+#: using-d-i.xml:2651
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2622
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -4039,13 +4041,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample> a firmware jelnél."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2641
+#: using-d-i.xml:2671
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2642
+#: using-d-i.xml:2672
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -4055,13 +4057,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<userinput>3</userinput> az alaplapi vezérlőknél"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2650
+#: using-d-i.xml:2680
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2681
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
@@ -4069,7 +4071,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ": a merevlemez SCSI azonosítója, melyre a <command>DELO</command> települt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2660
+#: using-d-i.xml:2690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
@@ -4077,13 +4079,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ": a <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> fájl tartalmazó partíció száma"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "név"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2669
+#: using-d-i.xml:2699
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -4093,7 +4095,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "neve, alapban <quote>linux</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2709
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -4103,19 +4105,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "konfiguráció indítandó, elég ennyi:"
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2685
+#: using-d-i.xml:2715
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "<command>Yaboot</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2696
+#: using-d-i.xml:2726
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4134,13 +4136,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "OpenFirmware beállításra kerül a &debian; indítására."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2714
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "<command>Quik</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4153,13 +4155,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "beállítását. Ez megy a 7200, 7300 és 7600 gépeken és pár másolatán."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2761
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2732
+#: using-d-i.xml:2762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4175,13 +4177,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "több <command>ZIPL</command> adatért."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2749
+#: using-d-i.xml:2779
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "<command>SILO</command> boot betöltő telepítése merevlemezre"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2751
+#: using-d-i.xml:2781
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4210,13 +4212,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "ha e GNU/Linux rendszeredet egy SunOS/Solaris mellé telepíted."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2776
+#: using-d-i.xml:2806
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "Folytatás boot betöltő nélkül"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2778
+#: using-d-i.xml:2808
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -4234,7 +4236,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "megtartása és használata a GNU/Linux indításához.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2787
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -4255,35 +4257,82 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/boot</filename> fájlrendszer adatai."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2804
+#: using-d-i.xml:2834
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "A telepítés befejezése"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2805
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:2835
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
-"consists of tidying up after the &d-i;."
+"This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the "
+"installer will do any last minute tasks. It mostly consists of tidying up "
+"after the &d-i;."
 msgstr ""
 "Ezek az utolsó apróságok az új rendszer indítása előtt. Főleg a &d-i; "
 "feladatai utáni rendrakásból áll."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2817
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
-msgstr "A telepítés befejezése és az újraindítás"
+#: using-d-i.xml:2848
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Setting the System Clock"
+msgstr "A rendszer beállítása"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2850
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
+"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
+"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
+"systems are installed."
+msgstr ""
+"A telepítő megkérdezheti, hogy az óra az UTC szerint állított-e. Normális "
+"esetben e kérdést elkerüli, ha lehet és megpróbálja kitalálni a választ "
+"például a telepített más operációs rendszerek alapján."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2819
+#: using-d-i.xml:2857
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
+"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
+"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
+"instead of UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
+"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
+"local time instead of UTC.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"Szakértő módban mindig ki lehet választani, hogy az óra az UTC szerint van-e "
+"beállítva vagy sem. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">A Macintosh rendszerek sem "
+"tudnak helyi időt számolni. Ha ezt is fennhagynád, válassz helyi időt a GMT "
+"helyett.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">A Dos vagy Windows rendszerek sem "
+"tudnak helyi időt számolni. Ha egy ilyen rendszert is fennhagynál, válassz "
+"helyi időt a GMT helyett és tiltsd meg valahogy a Dos felhasználónak, hogy "
+"elrontsa a rendszert.</phrase>"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2868
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
-"be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot "
-"the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot "
-"into your new Debian system."
+"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
+"system's hardware clock. This will be done either in UTC or local time, "
+"depending on the selection that was just made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Reboot the System"
+msgstr "A rendszer beállítása"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
+"used to boot the installer. After that the system will be rebooted into your "
+"new Debian system."
 msgstr ""
 "Ez a Debian telepítő folyamat utolsó lépése. Kér a telepítő indítására "
 "használt média (CD, floppy, és így tovább) eltávolítására. A telepítő "
@@ -4291,13 +4340,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "rendszerre."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
-"which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-"
-"title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you "
-"selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation."
+"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
+"supported on &arch-title;. You then need to IPL &debian; from the DASD which "
+"you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the "
+"installation."
 msgstr ""
 "Válaszd a <guimenuitem>Telepítés befejezése</guimenuitem> menüpontot, mely "
 "leállítja a gépet, mert az újraindítás ekkor nem támogatott ezen &arch-"
@@ -4305,13 +4354,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "gyökér fájlrendszer számára választott DASD eszközről."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2840
+#: using-d-i.xml:2904
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "Egyebek"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2841
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -4322,13 +4371,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "folyamatnak, de nehezebb helyzetekhez készen állnak a felhasználó segítésére."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2854
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "Telepítő naplók mentése"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2856
+#: using-d-i.xml:2920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -4340,7 +4389,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "installer/</filename> könyvtárba."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2863
+#: using-d-i.xml:2927
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -4356,13 +4405,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "jelentésbe."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "A héj használata és a naplók megtekintése"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2949
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -4387,7 +4436,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> gombokat a telepítőre visszaváltáshoz."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2903
+#: using-d-i.xml:2967
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -4402,7 +4451,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "lezárásához."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2911
+#: using-d-i.xml:2975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -4419,7 +4468,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "szép képességgel mint például az automata kiegészítés és történet."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2920
+#: using-d-i.xml:2984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -4431,7 +4480,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> könyvtárban találhatók."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2927
+#: using-d-i.xml:2991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -4443,7 +4492,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "szolgál."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2933
+#: using-d-i.xml:2997
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -4456,13 +4505,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "a csere partíció bekapcsolására és ne tedd a héjból."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2948
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr "Telepítés hálózatról"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2950
+#: using-d-i.xml:3014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4479,7 +4528,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"/> részben írtak szerint.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2960
+#: using-d-i.xml:3024
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4500,7 +4549,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "távolról SSH-n át</guimenuitem> új menüelem jelzi."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:3037
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4510,7 +4559,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "után."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2978
+#: using-d-i.xml:3042
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4531,7 +4580,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "távolról folytató személy</quote> számára."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2990
+#: using-d-i.xml:3054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4543,7 +4592,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "kiválasztható."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2996
+#: using-d-i.xml:3060
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4575,7 +4624,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "gép ujjlenyomata."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3013
+#: using-d-i.xml:3077
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4594,7 +4643,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "kapcsolódsz."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3022
+#: using-d-i.xml:3086
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4613,7 +4662,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "folyamatban használható, de héjakhoz több is."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3032
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4628,7 +4677,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "telepített rendszeren."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3040
+#: using-d-i.xml:3104
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
@@ -4636,3 +4685,29 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Ha az SSH folyamatot egy X terminálban futtatod, ne méretezd át annak "
 "ablakát, mert lebonthatja a kapcsolatot."
+
+#~ msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
+#~ msgstr "Lemezek particionálása"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be "
+#~ "used to set up the system it is about to install."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "A particionálás után a telepítő 1-2 kérdést még feltesz, melyet a "
+#~ "telepítendő rendszer beállításaihoz használ majd."
+
+#~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
+#~ msgstr "Időzóna beállítása"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
+#~ "time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
+#~ "after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not "
+#~ "set to UTC."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "A rendszer telepítése közben nem tanácsos az óra állítása, ezért a "
+#~ "telepítő nem támogatja. Az órát a telepítés előtt esetleg után érdemes "
+#~ "beállítani, ha pontatlan vagy előzőleg nem az UTC szerint lett beállítva."
+
+#~ msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
+#~ msgstr "A telepítés befejezése és az újraindítás"
diff --git a/po/ko/preparing.po b/po/ko/preparing.po
index 7c5d5b993..e19cba3a0 100644
--- a/po/ko/preparing.po
+++ b/po/ko/preparing.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: preparing.xml\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-12-18 15:12+0900\n"
 "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -125,7 +125,9 @@ msgstr "하드 디스크에 데비안에 쓸 파티션 가능한 공간을 만�
 msgid ""
 "Locate and/or download the installer software and any specialized driver "
 "files your machine requires (except Debian CD users)."
-msgstr "해당 컴퓨터에 필요한 설치 프로그램 소프트웨어 및 필요한 드라이버 파일을 찾아서 다운로드하십시오. (데비안 CD 사용자 제외)"
+msgstr ""
+"해당 컴퓨터에 필요한 설치 프로그램 소프트웨어 및 필요한 드라이버 파일을 찾아"
+"서 다운로드하십시오. (데비안 CD 사용자 제외)"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:79
@@ -185,7 +187,8 @@ msgstr "데비안을 설치할 파티션을 만들고 마운트하십시오."
 msgid ""
 "Watch the automatic download/install/setup of the <firstterm>base system</"
 "firstterm>."
-msgstr "<firstterm>베이스 시스템</firstterm>의 자동 다운로드/설치/설정을 보십시오."
+msgstr ""
+"<firstterm>베이스 시스템</firstterm>의 자동 다운로드/설치/설정을 보십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:128
@@ -1164,7 +1167,14 @@ msgid ""
 "packages here before they are installed. You should usually allocate at "
 "least 200MB for <filename>/var</filename>, and a lot more if you install a "
 "graphical desktop environment."
-msgstr "&debian; 시스템을 원활히 동작시키는 데 필요한 디스크 공간까지 추천하는 시스템 요구사항에 반영되어 있습니다. 특히, <filename>/var</filename> 파티션에는 여러 가지 데비안의 상태 정보와 로그 파일같은 일반적인 데이터들이 들어 있습니다. <command>dpkg</command> 파일들은 (설치 패키지에 대한 정보를 합쳐서) 간단히 40MB를 차지합니다. 또, <command>apt-get</command>은 설치하기 전에 대운로드한 패키지를 여기에 저장합니다. 보통 <filename>/var</filename>에 최소 200MB를 확보해 놓아야 합니다. 그리고 그래픽 데스크탑 환경을 사용한다면 더 필요합니다."
+msgstr ""
+"&debian; 시스템을 원활히 동작시키는 데 필요한 디스크 공간까지 추천하는 시스"
+"템 요구사항에 반영되어 있습니다. 특히, <filename>/var</filename> 파티션에는 "
+"여러 가지 데비안의 상태 정보와 로그 파일같은 일반적인 데이터들이 들어 있습니"
+"다. <command>dpkg</command> 파일들은 (설치 패키지에 대한 정보를 합쳐서) 간단"
+"히 40MB를 차지합니다. 또, <command>apt-get</command>은 설치하기 전에 대운로드"
+"한 패키지를 여기에 저장합니다. 보통 <filename>/var</filename>에 최소 200MB를 "
+"확보해 놓아야 합니다. 그리고 그래픽 데스크탑 환경을 사용한다면 더 필요합니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:777
@@ -1279,19 +1289,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:847
-#, no-c-format
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely "
 "replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to "
-"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), "
-"after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if "
-"you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a "
-"connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, "
-"and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus "
-"erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the "
-"first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate "
-"means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes "
-"or CDs."
+"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"di-partition"
+"\"/>), after you have booted the installation system. However this only "
+"works if you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files "
+"on a connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard "
+"disk, and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, "
+"thus erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is "
+"successful the first time around. At the least in this case, you should have "
+"some alternate means of reviving your machine like the original system's "
+"installation tapes or CDs."
 msgstr ""
 "컴퓨터에 하드 디스크가 1개 있고, 지금 운영 체제를 &debian;으로 완전히 덮어 쓰"
 "려고 한다면, 설치 시스템을 부팅한 다음에 설치하는 과정에서 파티션을 할 수도 "
@@ -1326,7 +1336,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, "
 "you can wait and use Debian installer's partitioning program to resize the "
 "filesystem."
-msgstr "컴퓨터에 DOS나 윈도우즈에서 사용하는 FAT나 NTFS 파일 시스템이 있으면, 데비안 설치 프로그램의 파티션 프로그램을 이용해서 파일 시스템 크기를 조정할 수 있습니다."
+msgstr ""
+"컴퓨터에 DOS나 윈도우즈에서 사용하는 FAT나 NTFS 파일 시스템이 있으면, 데비안 "
+"설치 프로그램의 파티션 프로그램을 이용해서 파일 시스템 크기를 조정할 수 있습"
+"니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:878
@@ -1445,7 +1458,9 @@ msgstr "새 파티션에 원래 운영 체제를 설치하십시오."
 msgid ""
 "Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download "
 "the Debian installer boot files."
-msgstr "원래 운영체제로 돌아가서 제대로 되었는지 확인하고, 데비안 설치 프로그램의 부팅 파일들을 다운로드하십시오."
+msgstr ""
+"원래 운영체제로 돌아가서 제대로 되었는지 확인하고, 데비안 설치 프로그램의 부"
+"팅 파일들을 다운로드하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:955
@@ -1548,7 +1563,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can "
 "use two different file system types, UFS and AdvFS, of which Linux only "
 "understands the former."
-msgstr "리눅스에서 UNIX 파티션을 마운트하려면, Digital UNIX는 UFS와 AdvFS 두 종류의 파일 시스템을 사용할 수 있다는 점을 알아 두십시오. 이 중에서 리눅스는 UFS 파일 시스템만 이해합니다."
+msgstr ""
+"리눅스에서 UNIX 파티션을 마운트하려면, Digital UNIX는 UFS와 AdvFS 두 종류의 "
+"파일 시스템을 사용할 수 있다는 점을 알아 두십시오. 이 중에서 리눅스는 UFS 파"
+"일 시스템만 이해합니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1022
@@ -1653,7 +1671,15 @@ msgid ""
 "<menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> partitioning, "
 "select the partition to resize, and specify its new size. So in most cases "
 "you should not need to use the method described below."
-msgstr "설치할 때 가장 많은 경우는 이미 DOS (윈도우즈 3.1 포함), Win32 (윈도우즈 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP), 혹은 OS/2와 같은 시스템이 들어 있고, 이전의 시스템을 망가뜨리지 않고 같은 디스크에 데비안을 설치하려는 경우입니다. DOS나 윈도우즈에서 사용하는 FAT와 NTFS 파일 시스템의 크기를 조정하는 기능이 설치 프로그램에 들어 있습니다. 설치 프로그램에서 파티션하기 단계에 들어가면 <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>수동으로</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> 파티션하기 옵션을 선택하고 크기를 조정하려는 파티션을 선택하고 새로운 크기를 지정하십시오. 이렇게 하면 대부분 아래에 설명한 방법을 쓰지 않아도 됩니다."
+msgstr ""
+"설치할 때 가장 많은 경우는 이미 DOS (윈도우즈 3.1 포함), Win32 (윈도우즈 95, "
+"98, Me, NT, 2000, XP), 혹은 OS/2와 같은 시스템이 들어 있고, 이전의 시스템을 "
+"망가뜨리지 않고 같은 디스크에 데비안을 설치하려는 경우입니다. DOS나 윈도우즈"
+"에서 사용하는 FAT와 NTFS 파일 시스템의 크기를 조정하는 기능이 설치 프로그램"
+"에 들어 있습니다. 설치 프로그램에서 파티션하기 단계에 들어가면 <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenuitem>수동으로</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> 파티션하기 옵션을 선택하고 "
+"크기를 조정하려는 파티션을 선택하고 새로운 크기를 지정하십시오. 이렇게 하면 "
+"대부분 아래에 설명한 방법을 쓰지 않아도 됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1092
@@ -1725,7 +1751,13 @@ msgid ""
 "Windows 9x, you must run <command>defrag</command> from there, since DOS "
 "doesn't understand VFAT, which is used to support for long filenames, used "
 "in Windows 95 and higher."
-msgstr "그 다음에 필요한 건 모든 데이터를 파티션의 처음으로 옮기는 일입니다. DOS 6.0 이후에 포함되어 있는 <command>defrag</command>가 이 작업을 합니다. 이런 일을 하는 다른 소프트웨어 목록을 보려면 <command>fips</command> 문서를 보십시오. 윈도우즈 9x를 사용한다면 윈도우즈 9x에서 <command>defrag</command>를 실행해야 합니다. DOS는 윈도우즈 95 이상에서 (긴 파일 이름을 지원하기 위해) 사용하는 VFAT를 인식하지 못합니다."
+msgstr ""
+"그 다음에 필요한 건 모든 데이터를 파티션의 처음으로 옮기는 일입니다. DOS 6.0 "
+"이후에 포함되어 있는 <command>defrag</command>가 이 작업을 합니다. 이런 일을 "
+"하는 다른 소프트웨어 목록을 보려면 <command>fips</command> 문서를 보십시오. "
+"윈도우즈 9x를 사용한다면 윈도우즈 9x에서 <command>defrag</command>를 실행해"
+"야 합니다. DOS는 윈도우즈 95 이상에서 (긴 파일 이름을 지원하기 위해) 사용하"
+"는 VFAT를 인식하지 못합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1133
@@ -1993,7 +2025,12 @@ msgid ""
 "under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available for download from "
 "<ulink url=\"http://homepage.mac.com/alk/downloads/pdisk.sit.hqx\">Alsoft</"
 "ulink>."
-msgstr "IDE 기반 맥의 경우, <command>Apple Drive Setup</command>을 이용해 리눅스 파티션을 위한 빈 공간을 만들어야 합니다. 그리고 리눅스에서 나머지 파티션을 하거나, 맥오에스 버전의 pdisk를 (<ulink url=\"http://homepage.mac.com/alk/downloads/pdisk.sit.hqx\">Alsoft</ulink>에서 다운로드할 수 있습니다) 사용합니다."
+msgstr ""
+"IDE 기반 맥의 경우, <command>Apple Drive Setup</command>을 이용해 리눅스 파티"
+"션을 위한 빈 공간을 만들어야 합니다. 그리고 리눅스에서 나머지 파티션을 하거"
+"나, 맥오에스 버전의 pdisk를 (<ulink url=\"http://homepage.mac.com/alk/"
+"downloads/pdisk.sit.hqx\">Alsoft</ulink>에서 다운로드할 수 있습니다) 사용합니"
+"다."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1304
@@ -2128,7 +2165,13 @@ msgid ""
 "MacOS Standard) or HFS+. To share information between the MacOS and GNU/"
 "Linux systems, an exchange partition is handy. HFS, HFS+ and MS-DOS FAT "
 "partitions are supported by both MacOS and Linux."
-msgstr "GNU/리눅스는 UFS 파티션에 있는 정보를 접근할 수 없습니다, 그러나 HFS+ (다른 말로 MacOS Extended)는 지원합니다.. OS X는 부팅 파티션에 이 두가지 중의 하나의 파일 시스템을 써야 합니다. 맥오에스 9은 HFS에 (다른 말로 MacOS Standard) 설치할 수도 있고 HFS+에 설치할 수도 있습니다. 맥오에스와 GNU/리눅스 시스템 사이에 정보를 공유하려면, 데이터 교환용 파티션을 만드는 게 편리합니다. HFS,HFS+와 MS-DOS FAT 파티션은 맥오에스와 리눅스 모두에서 지원합니다."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/리눅스는 UFS 파티션에 있는 정보를 접근할 수 없습니다, 그러나 HFS+ (다른 "
+"말로 MacOS Extended)는 지원합니다.. OS X는 부팅 파티션에 이 두가지 중의 하나"
+"의 파일 시스템을 써야 합니다. 맥오에스 9은 HFS에 (다른 말로 MacOS Standard) "
+"설치할 수도 있고 HFS+에 설치할 수도 있습니다. 맥오에스와 GNU/리눅스 시스템 사"
+"이에 정보를 공유하려면, 데이터 교환용 파티션을 만드는 게 편리합니다. HFS,HFS"
+"+와 MS-DOS FAT 파티션은 맥오에스와 리눅스 모두에서 지원합니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1395
@@ -2740,7 +2783,14 @@ msgid ""
 "SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. After unpacking the utility in MacOS, "
 "and launching it, select the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button to have the "
 "firmware patches installed to nvram."
-msgstr "올드월드 Beige G3 기계의 OpenFirmware, OF 2.0f1 및 2.4 버전은 심각한 문제가 있습니다. 이 기계에서는 펌웨어를 패치해야 하드 드라이브에서 부팅할 수 있습니다. 펌웨어 패치는 <application>System Disk 2.3.1</application> 유틸리티에 들어 있고, 애플의 <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple.com/developer/macosxserver/utilities/SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>에서 구할 수 있습니다. 맥오에스에서 이 유틸리티의 압축을 풀고, 실행한 다음, <guibutton>Save</guibutton> 단추를 눌러 펌웨어 패치를 nvram에 설치하십시오."
+msgstr ""
+"올드월드 Beige G3 기계의 OpenFirmware, OF 2.0f1 및 2.4 버전은 심각한 문제가 "
+"있습니다. 이 기계에서는 펌웨어를 패치해야 하드 드라이브에서 부팅할 수 있습니"
+"다. 펌웨어 패치는 <application>System Disk 2.3.1</application> 유틸리티에 들"
+"어 있고, 애플의 <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple.com/developer/macosxserver/"
+"utilities/SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>에서 구할 수 있습니다. 맥오에스에"
+"서 이 유틸리티의 압축을 풀고, 실행한 다음, <guibutton>Save</guibutton> 단추"
+"를 눌러 펌웨어 패치를 nvram에 설치하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1829
diff --git a/po/ko/using-d-i.po b/po/ko/using-d-i.po
index a1330d479..59d4ff6ec 100644
--- a/po/ko/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/ko/using-d-i.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i.xml\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-24 00:09+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-12-19 19:23+0900\n"
 "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -248,7 +248,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "You can get to the main menu by selecting the &BTN-GOBACK; button repeatedly "
 "to back all the way out of the currently running component."
-msgstr "&BTN-GOBACK; 단추를 계속해서 눌러 현재 실행중인 구성 요소를 나가게 되면 주 메뉴로 갑니다."
+msgstr ""
+"&BTN-GOBACK; 단추를 계속해서 눌러 현재 실행중인 구성 요소를 나가게 되면 주 메"
+"뉴로 갑니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:137
@@ -264,7 +266,10 @@ msgid ""
 "installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display "
 "messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language "
 "is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English."
-msgstr "사용자가 설치 및 설치할 시스템에 사용할 지역화 옵션을 (언어, 국가, 로캘) 선택합니다. 설치 프로그램에서는 선택한 언어로 메세지를 표시합니다. 단 그 언어로 번역이 다 되지 않았다면, 일부 영어 메세지를 표시할 수도 있습니다."
+msgstr ""
+"사용자가 설치 및 설치할 시스템에 사용할 지역화 옵션을 (언어, 국가, 로캘) 선택"
+"합니다. 설치 프로그램에서는 선택한 언어로 메세지를 표시합니다. 단 그 언어로 "
+"번역이 다 되지 않았다면, 일부 영어 메세지를 표시할 수도 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:149
@@ -406,11 +411,37 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:230
 #, no-c-format
+msgid "clock-setup"
+msgstr "clock-setup"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Updates the system clock and determines whether the clock is set to UTCr or "
+"not."
+msgstr "UTC 시간대를 선택할 지를 결정합니다."
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "tzsetup"
+msgstr "tzsetup"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
+msgstr "앞에서 설정한 지역 정보에 따라 시간대를 설정합니다."
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
+#, no-c-format
 msgid "partman"
 msgstr "partman"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file "
@@ -423,26 +454,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "있는 기능도 들어 있습니다. 데비안에서 기본 파티션 도구입니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "autopartkit"
 msgstr "autopartkit"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
 msgstr "사용자가 정하는 방식에 따라 디스크를 자동으로 파티션합니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partitioner"
 msgstr "partitioner"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning "
@@ -452,13 +483,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "티션 프로그램을 이용합니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partconf"
 msgstr "partconf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected "
@@ -468,13 +499,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "lvmcfg"
 msgstr "lvmcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> "
@@ -483,13 +514,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "여기서 <firstterm>LVM</firstterm>(Logical Volume Manager)을 설정합니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mdcfg"
 msgstr "mdcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant "
@@ -501,65 +532,41 @@ msgstr ""
 "IDE RAID (가짜 하드웨어 RAID) 컨트롤러보다는 대체로 우수합니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "tzsetup"
-msgstr "tzsetup"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
-msgstr "앞에서 설정한 지역 정보에 따라 시간대를 설정합니다."
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "clock-setup"
-msgstr "clock-setup"
+msgid "base-installer"
+msgstr "base-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Determines whether the clock is set to UTC or not."
-msgstr "UTC 시간대를 선택할 지를 결정합니다."
+msgid ""
+"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
+"operate under Linux when rebooted."
+msgstr ""
+"다시 시작했을 때 리눅스가 동작하는 데 필요한 가장 기본적인 패키지를 설치합니"
+"다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "user-setup"
 msgstr "user-setup"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user."
 msgstr "루트 암호를 설정하고 루트가 아닌 사용자를 추가합니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "base-installer"
-msgstr "base-installer"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
-"operate under Linux when rebooted."
-msgstr ""
-"다시 시작했을 때 리눅스가 동작하는 데 필요한 가장 기본적인 패키지를 설치합니"
-"다."
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "apt-setup"
 msgstr "apt-setup"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is "
@@ -569,13 +576,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "pkgsel"
 msgstr "pkgsel"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional "
@@ -585,13 +592,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "로그램을 실행합니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "os-prober"
 msgstr "os-prober"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes "
@@ -606,13 +613,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "쉽게 선택할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "bootloader-installer"
 msgstr "bootloader-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the "
@@ -626,26 +633,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "로그램이 많습니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "shell"
 msgstr "shell"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
 msgstr "사용자가 메뉴에서 쉘을 실행하거나, 두번째 콘솔에서 쉘을 실행합니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "save-logs"
 msgstr "save-logs"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, "
@@ -657,13 +664,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "개발자에게 정확하게 알리는 데 이 기록을 이용합니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:390
+#: using-d-i.xml:391
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using Individual Components"
 msgstr "각 구성 요소 사용하기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:391
+#: using-d-i.xml:392
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The "
@@ -680,13 +687,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:403
+#: using-d-i.xml:404
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting up Debian Installer and Hardware Configuration"
 msgstr "데비안 설치 프로그램 및 하드웨어 설정 준비하기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:404
+#: using-d-i.xml:405
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first "
@@ -708,7 +715,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "트워크 미러 따위) 여러분이 직접 &d-i;에 관련 정보를 입력해야 합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:417
+#: using-d-i.xml:418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</"
@@ -723,13 +730,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "없는 드라이버가 있기 때문에, 나중 단계에서 하드웨어 검색을 다시 합니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:432
+#: using-d-i.xml:433
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Check available memory / low memory mode"
 msgstr "사용 가능 메모리 검사 / 저용량 메모리 모드"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:434
+#: using-d-i.xml:435
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the "
@@ -742,7 +749,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "&debian;을 설치할 수 있게 합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:441
+#: using-d-i.xml:442
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to "
@@ -755,7 +762,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "지역화 기능을 설정할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:448
+#: using-d-i.xml:449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If that is not sufficient, the installer will further reduce memory "
@@ -772,7 +779,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "도 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:457
+#: using-d-i.xml:458
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installer runs in low memory mode, it is recommended to create a "
@@ -789,7 +796,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "용하면 시스템의 성능이 떨어지고 디스크 동작이 많아질 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:467
+#: using-d-i.xml:468
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Despite these measures, it is still possible that your system freezes, that "
@@ -802,7 +809,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>Out of memory</quote> 메세지가 VT4와 syslog에 나타납니다.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:474
+#: using-d-i.xml:475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For example, it has been reported that creating a big ext3 file system fails "
@@ -817,7 +824,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "보십시오. 설치를 끝낸 다음에 ext2 파티션을 ext3로 바꿀 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:482
+#: using-d-i.xml:483
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to force the installer to use a higher lowmem level than the "
@@ -826,23 +833,25 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:497
+#: using-d-i.xml:498
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting Localization Options"
 msgstr "지역화 옵션 선택"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:499
+#: using-d-i.xml:500
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of "
 "localization options to be used both for the installation and for the "
 "installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and "
 "locales."
-msgstr "대부분의 경우 처음 물어보는 질문은 설치할 때 및 설치한 시스템에 대한 지역화에 모두 적용됩니다. 지역화 옵션은 언어, 국가, 로캘로 이루어져 있습니다."
+msgstr ""
+"대부분의 경우 처음 물어보는 질문은 설치할 때 및 설치한 시스템에 대한 지역화"
+"에 모두 적용됩니다. 지역화 옵션은 언어, 국가, 로캘로 이루어져 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:506
+#: using-d-i.xml:507
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation "
@@ -855,17 +864,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "영어를 사용합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:513
+#: using-d-i.xml:514
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick "
 "the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic "
 "location. Language and country together will be used to set the default "
 "locale for your system and to help select your keyboard."
-msgstr "여기서 선택한 지역은 나중에 기본 시간대 및 지리적으로 가까운 데비안 미러를 고르는 데 이용됩니다. 물론 설치 프로그램의 기본값이 마음에 들지 않으면 다른 선택을 할 수도 있습니다. 선택한 국가와 언어는 새 데비안 시스템의 로캘 설정과 키보드를 선택하는데 사용됩니다."
+msgstr ""
+"여기서 선택한 지역은 나중에 기본 시간대 및 지리적으로 가까운 데비안 미러를 고"
+"르는 데 이용됩니다. 물론 설치 프로그램의 기본값이 마음에 들지 않으면 다른 선"
+"택을 할 수도 있습니다. 선택한 국가와 언어는 새 데비안 시스템의 로캘 설정과 키"
+"보드를 선택하는데 사용됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:520
+#: using-d-i.xml:521
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language "
@@ -877,10 +890,16 @@ msgid ""
 "will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system "
 "will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> "
 "package will not be installed."
-msgstr "먼저 사용할 언어를 선택하게 됩니다. 각 언어의 이름은 (왼쪽에) 영어 및 (오른쪽에) 해당 언어로 쓰여 있습니다. 오른쪽에 있는 이름은 해당 언어의 문자를 이용해서 표시됩니다. 이 언어 목록은 영어 이름 순서로 나열되어 있습니다. 목록의 맨 위에는 <quote>C</quote> 로캘을 선택하는 옵션입니다. <quote>C</quote> 로캘을 선택하면 설치는 영어로 진행되고, 설치한 시스템은 <classname>locales</classname> 패키지를 설치하지 않고 지역화 기능이 없게 됩니다."
+msgstr ""
+"먼저 사용할 언어를 선택하게 됩니다. 각 언어의 이름은 (왼쪽에) 영어 및 (오른쪽"
+"에) 해당 언어로 쓰여 있습니다. 오른쪽에 있는 이름은 해당 언어의 문자를 이용해"
+"서 표시됩니다. 이 언어 목록은 영어 이름 순서로 나열되어 있습니다. 목록의 맨 "
+"위에는 <quote>C</quote> 로캘을 선택하는 옵션입니다. <quote>C</quote> 로캘을 "
+"선택하면 설치는 영어로 진행되고, 설치한 시스템은 <classname>locales</"
+"classname> 패키지를 설치하지 않고 지역화 기능이 없게 됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:532
+#: using-d-i.xml:533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for "
@@ -891,26 +910,35 @@ msgid ""
 "presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the "
 "language has only one country associated with it, that country will be "
 "selected automatically."
-msgstr "여러 국가들에서 공식 언어로 사용하는 언어를 선택하는 경우<footnote> <para> 기술적인 용어로: 해당 언어에 대해 여러 개 국가 코드가 붙어 있는 로캘이 존재하는 경우. </para> </footnote>, 해당 국가를 선택하게 됩니다. 목록의 맨 아래에 있는 <guimenuitem>기타</guimenuitem>를 선택하면, 모든 언어의 목록이 대륙별로 구분 지어서 표시됩니다. 해당 언어를 사용하는 국가가 하나뿐이라면, 자동으로 그 국가를 선택합니다."
+msgstr ""
+"여러 국가들에서 공식 언어로 사용하는 언어를 선택하는 경우<footnote> <para> 기"
+"술적인 용어로: 해당 언어에 대해 여러 개 국가 코드가 붙어 있는 로캘이 존재하"
+"는 경우. </para> </footnote>, 해당 국가를 선택하게 됩니다. 목록의 맨 아래에 "
+"있는 <guimenuitem>기타</guimenuitem>를 선택하면, 모든 언어의 목록이 대륙별로 "
+"구분 지어서 표시됩니다. 해당 언어를 사용하는 국가가 하나뿐이라면, 자동으로 "
+"그 국가를 선택합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:550
+#: using-d-i.xml:551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and "
 "country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the "
 "option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional "
 "locales to be generated for the installed system."
-msgstr "기본 로캘은 선택한 언어 및 국가에 따라 자동으로 결정됩니다. 중간 혹은 낮음 우선순위로 설치하는 경우, 다른 기본 로캘 값을 다르게 선택하거나 로캘을 여러 개 추가로 만들어 놓도록 할 수 있습니다."
+msgstr ""
+"기본 로캘은 선택한 언어 및 국가에 따라 자동으로 결정됩니다. 중간 혹은 낮음 우"
+"선순위로 설치하는 경우, 다른 기본 로캘 값을 다르게 선택하거나 로캘을 여러 개 "
+"추가로 만들어 놓도록 할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:565
+#: using-d-i.xml:566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choosing a Keyboard"
 msgstr "키보드 선택하기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:567
+#: using-d-i.xml:568
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a "
@@ -927,7 +955,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "command>를 실행하십시오.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:577
+#: using-d-i.xml:578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press "
@@ -942,7 +970,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<keycap>F10</keycap> 키가 위에 붙어 있는 키보드를 말합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:586
+#: using-d-i.xml:587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have "
@@ -955,7 +983,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "따라 이 부분은 앞으로 달라질 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:593
+#: using-d-i.xml:594
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us "
@@ -974,13 +1002,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "이 두 키보드 배치에서 그 외의 부분은 비슷합니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:623
+#: using-d-i.xml:624
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image"
 msgstr "데비안 설치 프로그램 ISO 이미지 찾기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:624
+#: using-d-i.xml:625
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be "
@@ -994,7 +1022,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:631
+#: using-d-i.xml:632
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices "
@@ -1009,10 +1037,20 @@ msgid ""
 "content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the "
 "former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for "
 "another image."
-msgstr "먼저, <command>iso-scan</command>은 알려진 파일 시스템을 사용하는 블록 장치(파티션 등)를 마운트하고, 차례대로 <filename>.iso</filename>로 (혹은 <filename>.ISO</filename>로) 끝나는 파일 이름을 찾습니다. 단 첫번째에서는 맨 위 디렉토리와 바로 아래 서브 디렉토리에 있는 파일만 찾습니다. (즉 <filename>/<replaceable>아무개</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>아무개</replaceable>.iso</filename> 파일은 찾지만, <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>아무개</replaceable>.iso</filename>는 찾지 않습니다.) ISO 이미지를 찾으면, <command>iso-scan</command>에서 이미지 내용을 검사해서 이미지가 올바른 데비안 ISO 이미지인지 아닌지 판단합니다. 올바른 이미지가 맞으면 끝나고, 아니면 다른 이미지를 찾습니다."
+msgstr ""
+"먼저, <command>iso-scan</command>은 알려진 파일 시스템을 사용하는 블록 장치"
+"(파티션 등)를 마운트하고, 차례대로 <filename>.iso</filename>로 (혹은 "
+"<filename>.ISO</filename>로) 끝나는 파일 이름을 찾습니다. 단 첫번째에서는 맨 "
+"위 디렉토리와 바로 아래 서브 디렉토리에 있는 파일만 찾습니다. (즉 <filename>/"
+"<replaceable>아무개</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/"
+"<replaceable>아무개</replaceable>.iso</filename> 파일은 찾지만, <filename>/"
+"data/tmp/<replaceable>아무개</replaceable>.iso</filename>는 찾지 않습니다.) "
+"ISO 이미지를 찾으면, <command>iso-scan</command>에서 이미지 내용을 검사해서 "
+"이미지가 올바른 데비안 ISO 이미지인지 아닌지 판단합니다. 올바른 이미지가 맞으"
+"면 끝나고, 아니면 다른 이미지를 찾습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:648
+#: using-d-i.xml:649
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, "
@@ -1025,7 +1063,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "게 아니라, 모든 파일 시스템을 뒤져봅니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:655
+#: using-d-i.xml:656
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, "
@@ -1042,13 +1080,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "면 다시 시작하지 않고 두 번째 콘솔에서 할 수도 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:676
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Network"
+#: using-d-i.xml:677
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Network"
 msgstr "네트워크 설정하기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:678
+#: using-d-i.xml:679
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one "
@@ -1068,7 +1106,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "citerefentry> 맨 페이지를 참고하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:689
+#: using-d-i.xml:690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically "
@@ -1090,7 +1128,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "느리기도 하기 때문에, 다른 문제가 없는 게 분명하면 다시 시도해 보십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:701
+#: using-d-i.xml:702
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your "
@@ -1113,7 +1151,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "으십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:715
+#: using-d-i.xml:716
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program "
@@ -1134,42 +1172,113 @@ msgstr ""
 "편집해서 이 설정을 바꿀 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:758
+#: using-d-i.xml:761
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock"
+msgstr "시계 설정하기"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:763
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:781
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the "
+"system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"설치를 시작할 때 선택한 지역에 따라 그 지역에 해당하는 시간대의 목록을 볼 수"
+"도 있습니다. 해당하는 시간대가 하나 뿐이라면 시스템은 그 시간대를 자동으로 선"
+"택합니다."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:788
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:799
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:805
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:811
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:838
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
 msgstr "파티션하기 및 마운트 위치 선택"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:759
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
 "should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to "
 "do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of "
 "the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating "
 "filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely "
-"related issues like LVM or RAID devices."
-msgstr "여기에서는 마지막으로 하드웨어 검색을 한 다음에, &d-i;는 필요한 기능을 모든 갖추고, 사용자의 필요에 맞게 진짜 설치 작업을 할 준비를 갖추게 됩니다. 제목이 말하듯, 다음 몇 개의 구성 요소는 디스크를 파티션하고, 파일 시스템을 만들고, 마운트 위치를 지정하고, 또 필요하다면 LVM이나 RAID 장치와 같은 관련 설정을 합니다."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:781
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
-msgstr "디스크 파티션하기"
+"related options like RAID, LVM or encrypted devices."
+msgstr ""
+"여기에서는 마지막으로 하드웨어 검색을 한 다음에, &d-i;는 필요한 기능을 모든 "
+"갖추고, 사용자의 필요에 맞게 진짜 설치 작업을 할 준비를 갖추게 됩니다. 제목"
+"이 말하듯, 다음 몇 개의 구성 요소는 디스크를 파티션하고, 파일 시스템을 만들"
+"고, 마운트 위치를 지정하고, 또 필요하다면 LVM이나 RAID 장치와 같은 관련 설정"
+"을 합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:783
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:860
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with "
-"partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend="
-"\"partitioning\"/>."
+"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
+"details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 "디스크를 파티션할 차례입니다. 파티션하는 게 불안하거나 자세히 알고 싶으시면, "
 "<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:790
+#: using-d-i.xml:866
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1191,7 +1300,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "터를 잃어버립니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:803
+#: using-d-i.xml:879
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1203,8 +1312,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "있습니다. 이 방법을 <quote>자동</quote> 파티션이라고 합니다. 자동 파티션을 하"
 "지 않으려면, 메뉴에서 <guimenuitem>수동으로</guimenuitem>를 선택하십시오."
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Guided Partitioning"
+msgstr "파티션 방식"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:810
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -1221,7 +1336,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "footnote> 사용하는 것입니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#: using-d-i.xml:905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -1229,7 +1344,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "아키텍쳐에 따라 (암호화한) LVM을 사용하는 옵션을 사용하지 못할 수도 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:830
+#: using-d-i.xml:910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -1237,10 +1352,15 @@ msgid ""
 "inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the "
 "case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing "
 "a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data."
-msgstr "LVM이나 암호화한 LVM을 사용하는 경우, 설치 프로그램은 대부분의 파티션을 한 개의 큰 파티션 안에 만듭니다. 이 방법의 장점으로 이 큰 파티션 안의 파티션들은 나중에 비교적 쉽게 크기를 바꿀 수 있습니다. 암호화한 LVM의 경우 특수한 암호를 알지 못하면 이 큰 파티션을 읽지 못하므로, (개인적인) 데이터에 대해 더 보안에 안전합니다."
+msgstr ""
+"LVM이나 암호화한 LVM을 사용하는 경우, 설치 프로그램은 대부분의 파티션을 한 개"
+"의 큰 파티션 안에 만듭니다. 이 방법의 장점으로 이 큰 파티션 안의 파티션들은 "
+"나중에 비교적 쉽게 크기를 바꿀 수 있습니다. 암호화한 LVM의 경우 특수한 암호"
+"를 알지 못하면 이 큰 파티션을 읽지 못하므로, (개인적인) 데이터에 대해 더 보안"
+"에 안전합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#: using-d-i.xml:919
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -1255,7 +1375,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "입니다), 디스크 크기에 따라 시간이 오래 걸릴 수도 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:848
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -1271,7 +1391,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "쓰기 전에 계속해도 좋을 지 확인 질문을 합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:858
+#: using-d-i.xml:938
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) "
@@ -1288,7 +1408,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "니다. 디스크 용량으로도 어떤 디스크인지 확인할 수 있을 것입니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:867
+#: using-d-i.xml:947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -1296,10 +1416,14 @@ msgid ""
 "have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo "
 "any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not "
 "possible."
-msgstr "선택한 디스크에 있는 모든 데이터를 영영 잃어버리게 될 것입니다. 하지만 디스크에 바꾼 사항을 쓰기 전에 언제나 확인 질문을 받습니다. 일반적인 파티션 방법을 선택했다면, 끝날 때 바꾼 사항을 취소할 수 있습니다. 반면 (암호화한) LVM을 사용하는 경우에는 취소가 불가능합니다."
+msgstr ""
+"선택한 디스크에 있는 모든 데이터를 영영 잃어버리게 될 것입니다. 하지만 디스크"
+"에 바꾼 사항을 쓰기 전에 언제나 확인 질문을 받습니다. 일반적인 파티션 방법을 "
+"선택했다면, 끝날 때 바꾼 사항을 취소할 수 있습니다. 반면 (암호화한) LVM을 사"
+"용하는 경우에는 취소가 불가능합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:875
+#: using-d-i.xml:955
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -1316,73 +1440,73 @@ msgstr ""
 "라 이 최소 용량은 다릅니다) 자동 파티션은 실패합니다."
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
+#: using-d-i.xml:971
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning scheme"
 msgstr "파티션 방식"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:892
+#: using-d-i.xml:972
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum space"
 msgstr "최소 공간"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
+#: using-d-i.xml:973
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Created partitions"
 msgstr "만들 파티션"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:899
+#: using-d-i.xml:979
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "All files in one partition"
 msgstr "한 파티션에 파일 모두"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:900
+#: using-d-i.xml:980
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "600MB"
 msgstr "600MB"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:901
+#: using-d-i.xml:981
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, 스왑"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:903
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home partition"
 msgstr "별도 /home 파티션"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:904
+#: using-d-i.xml:984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "500MB"
 msgstr "500MB"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:905
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, 스왑"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:909
+#: using-d-i.xml:989
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions"
 msgstr "별도 /home, /usr, /var, /tmp 파티션"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:910
+#: using-d-i.xml:990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:911
+#: using-d-i.xml:991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
@@ -1392,7 +1516,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, 스왑"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:920
+#: using-d-i.xml:1000
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -1405,7 +1529,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "포함) LVM 파티션 안에 만듭니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:926
+#: using-d-i.xml:1006
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an "
@@ -1418,7 +1542,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "팅 파티션으로 만드는 항목이 하나 더 생깁니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:934
+#: using-d-i.xml:1014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, "
@@ -1429,7 +1553,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "티션이 디스크 맨 앞 부분에 하나 더 생깁니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
+#: using-d-i.xml:1020
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -1441,7 +1565,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
+#: using-d-i.xml:1026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -1491,7 +1615,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "것 뿐입니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1039
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -1509,8 +1633,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "취소</guimenuitem>를 선택해서 자동 파티션을 다시 실행하거나, 자동으로 만들어 "
 "준 파티션을 아래에서 설명하는 것처럼 수동으로 고칠 수도 있습니다."
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1053
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Manual Partitioning"
+msgstr "파티션 방식"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:969
+#: using-d-i.xml:1054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -1525,7 +1655,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "사용할 지에 대해 다룹니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1062
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -1538,7 +1668,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "공간</quote>이라는 줄이 해당 디스크 이름 아래에 나타납니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#: using-d-i.xml:1070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -1558,10 +1688,24 @@ msgid ""
 "one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select "
 "<guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return "
 "to <command>partman</command>'s main screen."
-msgstr "빈 공간을 선택하면, 새 파티션을 만들 지 물어봅니다. 크기, 종류 (주 파티션 아니면 논리 파티션), 위치에 (빈 공간에서 처음 아니면 끝) 대해 답해야 합니다. 그러면 새 파티션에 대한 자세한 정보가 나타납니다. 주로 설정할 사항은 <guimenuitem>용도:</guimenuitem>으로, 파티션을 파일 시스템으로 사용할지, 아니면 스왑, 소프트웨어 RAID, LVM, 암호화한 파일 시스템으로 사용할지, 아니면 아예 사용하지 않을 지 설정합니다. 기타 설정은 마운트 위치, 마운트 옵션, 부팅 가능 플래그, 용도 따위의 옵션이 있는데, 이 옵션은 앞에서 설정한 파티션 용도에 따라 달라집니다. 기본값이 마음에 들지 않는다면, 원하는 대로 바꾸십시오. 예를 들어 <guimenuitem>용도:</guimenuitem> 옵션을 선택해서 이 파티션의 파일 시스템을 선택할 수 있고, 스왑 파티션, 소프트웨어 RAID, LVM, 아니면 아예 사용하지 않는 것까지도 선택할 수 있습니다. 또 다른 멋진 기능은 기존 파티션의 데이터를 이 파티션으로 복사하는 기능입니다. 새 파티션이 마음에 들면 <guimenuitem>파티션 준비를 마쳤습니다</guimenuitem>를 선택하고 <command>partman</command>의 주 화면으로 돌아갑니다."
+msgstr ""
+"빈 공간을 선택하면, 새 파티션을 만들 지 물어봅니다. 크기, 종류 (주 파티션 아"
+"니면 논리 파티션), 위치에 (빈 공간에서 처음 아니면 끝) 대해 답해야 합니다. 그"
+"러면 새 파티션에 대한 자세한 정보가 나타납니다. 주로 설정할 사항은 "
+"<guimenuitem>용도:</guimenuitem>으로, 파티션을 파일 시스템으로 사용할지, 아니"
+"면 스왑, 소프트웨어 RAID, LVM, 암호화한 파일 시스템으로 사용할지, 아니면 아"
+"예 사용하지 않을 지 설정합니다. 기타 설정은 마운트 위치, 마운트 옵션, 부팅 가"
+"능 플래그, 용도 따위의 옵션이 있는데, 이 옵션은 앞에서 설정한 파티션 용도에 "
+"따라 달라집니다. 기본값이 마음에 들지 않는다면, 원하는 대로 바꾸십시오. 예를 "
+"들어 <guimenuitem>용도:</guimenuitem> 옵션을 선택해서 이 파티션의 파일 시스템"
+"을 선택할 수 있고, 스왑 파티션, 소프트웨어 RAID, LVM, 아니면 아예 사용하지 않"
+"는 것까지도 선택할 수 있습니다. 또 다른 멋진 기능은 기존 파티션의 데이터를 "
+"이 파티션으로 복사하는 기능입니다. 새 파티션이 마음에 들면 <guimenuitem>파티"
+"션 준비를 마쳤습니다</guimenuitem>를 선택하고 <command>partman</command>의 "
+"주 화면으로 돌아갑니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#: using-d-i.xml:1092
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -1581,7 +1725,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "에서 파티션을 지워 버릴 수도 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1018
+#: using-d-i.xml:1103
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -1589,10 +1733,14 @@ msgid ""
 "one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root "
 "filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you "
 "correct this issue."
-msgstr "최소한 파티션을 두 개 만들도록 하십시오. 한 개는 <emphasis>루트</emphasis> 파일 시스템이고 (<filename>/</filename>에 마운트합니다), 다른 하나는 <emphasis>스왑</emphasis>입니다. 루트 파일 시스템을 마운트하지 않으면, 그 문제를 바로잡기 전에는 다음으로 진행하지 없습니다."
+msgstr ""
+"최소한 파티션을 두 개 만들도록 하십시오. 한 개는 <emphasis>루트</emphasis> 파"
+"일 시스템이고 (<filename>/</filename>에 마운트합니다), 다른 하나는 <emphasis>"
+"스왑</emphasis>입니다. 루트 파일 시스템을 마운트하지 않으면, 그 문제를 바로잡"
+"기 전에는 다음으로 진행하지 없습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1026
+#: using-d-i.xml:1111
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</"
@@ -1604,7 +1752,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#: using-d-i.xml:1117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -1619,7 +1767,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, 아니면 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1040
+#: using-d-i.xml:1125
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -1632,13 +1780,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "한 요약이 나타나고 이대로 파일 시스템을 만들지 확인합니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)"
+#: using-d-i.xml:1153
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
 msgstr "멀티디스크 장치 설정하기 (소프트웨어 RAID)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1069
+#: using-d-i.xml:1154
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -1658,7 +1806,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "다.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1083
+#: using-d-i.xml:1168
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -1672,7 +1820,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "포맷하고 마운트 위치를 지정하고 따위를 할 수 있습니다.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1091
+#: using-d-i.xml:1176
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -1742,97 +1890,97 @@ msgstr ""
 "속도가 느립니다. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> 요약하면:"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1169
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "종류"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1170
+#: using-d-i.xml:1255
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum Devices"
 msgstr "장치 최소 개수"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1171
+#: using-d-i.xml:1256
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Spare Device"
 msgstr "예비 장치"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1172
+#: using-d-i.xml:1257
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Survives disk failure?"
 msgstr "디스크가 망가져도 버티는지?"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1258
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Available Space"
 msgstr "사용 가능 공간"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1179
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID0"
 msgstr "RAID0"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1180 using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265 using-d-i.xml:1273
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1181 using-d-i.xml:1182
+#: using-d-i.xml:1266 using-d-i.xml:1267
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>아니오</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
 msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x 장치 개수"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1187
+#: using-d-i.xml:1272
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID1"
 msgstr "RAID1"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1189 using-d-i.xml:1197
+#: using-d-i.xml:1274 using-d-i.xml:1282
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "optional"
 msgstr "옵션"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1190 using-d-i.xml:1198
+#: using-d-i.xml:1275 using-d-i.xml:1283
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>예</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1191
+#: using-d-i.xml:1276
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
 msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1195
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID5"
 msgstr "RAID5"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1281
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1199
+#: using-d-i.xml:1284
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -1840,7 +1988,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x (RAID의 장치 개수 빼기 1)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1207
+#: using-d-i.xml:1292
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -1850,7 +1998,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>를 읽어 보십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1212
+#: using-d-i.xml:1297
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -1858,10 +2006,14 @@ msgid ""
 "command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should "
 "select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume "
 "for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
-msgstr "멀티디스크 장치를 만드려면, 구성할 파티션을 RAID에 사용한다고 표시해야 합니다. (<guimenu>파티션 설정</guimenu> 메뉴의 <command>partman</command>에서 <menuchoice> <guimenu>용도:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>RAID의 물리 볼륨</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>을 선택하십시오."
+msgstr ""
+"멀티디스크 장치를 만드려면, 구성할 파티션을 RAID에 사용한다고 표시해야 합니"
+"다. (<guimenu>파티션 설정</guimenu> 메뉴의 <command>partman</command>에서 "
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>용도:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>RAID의 물리 볼륨</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>을 선택하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1221
+#: using-d-i.xml:1306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may "
@@ -1878,7 +2030,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "피해갈 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1315
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -1889,10 +2041,17 @@ msgid ""
 "be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you "
 "should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you "
 "selected."
-msgstr "그 다음 <command>partman</command> 메뉴에서 <guimenuitem>소프트웨어 RAID 설정</guimenuitem>을 선택합니다. (최소한 한 파티션을 <guimenuitem>RAID의 물리 볼륨</guimenuitem>으로 표시해야만 메뉴가 나타납니다.) <command>mdcfg</command>의 첫 번째 화면에서 <guimenuitem>멀티디스크 장치 만들기</guimenuitem>를 선택하기만 하면 지원하는 멀티디스크 장치의 종류 목록이 나옵니다. 거기에서 하나를 (예를 들어 RAID1) 고르십시오. 그 다음은 여기서 어떤 종류의 멀티디스크를 선택했냐에 따라 달라집니다."
+msgstr ""
+"그 다음 <command>partman</command> 메뉴에서 <guimenuitem>소프트웨어 RAID 설정"
+"</guimenuitem>을 선택합니다. (최소한 한 파티션을 <guimenuitem>RAID의 물리 볼"
+"륨</guimenuitem>으로 표시해야만 메뉴가 나타납니다.) <command>mdcfg</command>"
+"의 첫 번째 화면에서 <guimenuitem>멀티디스크 장치 만들기</guimenuitem>를 선택"
+"하기만 하면 지원하는 멀티디스크 장치의 종류 목록이 나옵니다. 거기에서 하나를 "
+"(예를 들어 RAID1) 고르십시오. 그 다음은 여기서 어떤 종류의 멀티디스크를 선택"
+"했냐에 따라 달라집니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -1903,7 +2062,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "할 파티션을 선택하기만 하면 됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1250
+#: using-d-i.xml:1335
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -1921,7 +2080,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "렸다고 해도, 개수가 맞을 때까지는 &d-i;가 다음으로 진행하지 않습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1262
+#: using-d-i.xml:1347
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID5 has a similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -1931,7 +2090,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "파티션을 사용해야 한다는 점이 다릅니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1270
+#: using-d-i.xml:1355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -1949,7 +2108,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -1963,13 +2122,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "같은 속성을 부여할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1294
+#: using-d-i.xml:1379
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
 msgstr "논리 볼륨 관리자 (LVM) 설정하기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1295
+#: using-d-i.xml:1380
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -1984,7 +2143,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "해야 했던 경험이 있을 것입니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1303
+#: using-d-i.xml:1388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -2003,7 +2162,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "러 개의 물리 파티션에 걸쳐 있을 수 있다는 점입니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1313
+#: using-d-i.xml:1398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -2022,7 +2181,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "HOWTO</ulink>를 참고하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1324
+#: using-d-i.xml:1409
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -2037,7 +2196,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<guimenuitem>LVM의 물리 볼륨</guimenuitem>을 선택합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1333
+#: using-d-i.xml:1418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -2047,10 +2206,15 @@ msgid ""
 "configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM "
 "configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows "
 "valid actions. The possible actions are:"
-msgstr "<command>partman</command> 주화면으로 돌아간 다음, <guimenuitem>LVM (논리 볼륨 관리자) 설정</guimenuitem>이라는 옵션이 새로 나타납니다. 이 옵션을 선택하면, 파티션 테이블에 바꾼 사항들을 (있으면) 확인하고, 그 다음에 LVM 설정 메뉴가 나타납니다. 그 메뉴 위에 LVM 설정의 요약이 나타납니다. 메뉴는 상황에 따라 사용할 수 있는 동작만 표시합니다. 가능한 동작은:"
+msgstr ""
+"<command>partman</command> 주화면으로 돌아간 다음, <guimenuitem>LVM (논리 볼"
+"륨 관리자) 설정</guimenuitem>이라는 옵션이 새로 나타납니다. 이 옵션을 선택하"
+"면, 파티션 테이블에 바꾼 사항들을 (있으면) 확인하고, 그 다음에 LVM 설정 메뉴"
+"가 나타납니다. 그 메뉴 위에 LVM 설정의 요약이 나타납니다. 메뉴는 상황에 따라 "
+"사용할 수 있는 동작만 표시합니다. 가능한 동작은:"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1344
+#: using-d-i.xml:1429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -2060,43 +2224,43 @@ msgstr ""
 "크기 등을 표시합니다"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1434
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create volume group"
 msgstr "볼륨 그룹 만들기"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1352
+#: using-d-i.xml:1437
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create logical volume"
 msgstr "논리 볼륨 만들기"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1440
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete volume group"
 msgstr "볼륨 그룹 지우기"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1358
+#: using-d-i.xml:1443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete logical volume"
 msgstr "논리 볼륨 지우기"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1446
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Extend volume group"
 msgstr "볼륨 그룹 늘이기"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1364
+#: using-d-i.xml:1449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Reduce volume group"
 msgstr "볼륨 그룹 줄이기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1451
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -2106,7 +2270,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "갑니다"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1372
+#: using-d-i.xml:1457
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -2115,7 +2279,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "메뉴에서 이 옵션을 이용해 볼륨 그룹을 만들고 그 안에 논리 볼륨을 만드십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1377
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -2127,13 +2291,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "면 됩니다.)"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1391
+#: using-d-i.xml:1476
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
 msgstr "암호화 볼륨 설정하기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1392
+#: using-d-i.xml:1477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -2144,10 +2308,16 @@ msgid ""
 "your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access "
 "to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the "
 "hard drive will look like random characters."
-msgstr "&d-i;에서 암호화 파티션을 설정할 수 있습니다. 암호화된 파티션에 파일을 쓰면 즉시 암호화된 형태로 장치에 저장됩니다. 암호화된 데이터에 접근하려면 파티션을 처음에 만들 때 사용한 <firstterm>암호</firstterm>를 입력해야 합니다. 이 기능은 노트북이나 하드 드라이브를 도난 당했을 때 비밀 데이터를 보호하기 위해 사용합니다. 훔친 사람은 하드 드라이브에 물리적으로는 접근할 수 있지만, 올바른 암호를 모르면 하드 드라이브의 데이터는 임의의 문자로 보입니다."
+msgstr ""
+"&d-i;에서 암호화 파티션을 설정할 수 있습니다. 암호화된 파티션에 파일을 쓰면 "
+"즉시 암호화된 형태로 장치에 저장됩니다. 암호화된 데이터에 접근하려면 파티션"
+"을 처음에 만들 때 사용한 <firstterm>암호</firstterm>를 입력해야 합니다. 이 기"
+"능은 노트북이나 하드 드라이브를 도난 당했을 때 비밀 데이터를 보호하기 위해 사"
+"용합니다. 훔친 사람은 하드 드라이브에 물리적으로는 접근할 수 있지만, 올바른 "
+"암호를 모르면 하드 드라이브의 데이터는 임의의 문자로 보입니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1404
+#: using-d-i.xml:1489
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -2172,7 +2342,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "가능합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1419
+#: using-d-i.xml:1504
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -2185,7 +2355,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "도, 암호화 방법 및 키 길이에 달려 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1426
+#: using-d-i.xml:1511
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -2204,7 +2374,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "티션에 대한 몇 가지 암호화 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1437
+#: using-d-i.xml:1522
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is "
@@ -2220,7 +2390,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "본값을 사용하길 권합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1449
+#: using-d-i.xml:1534
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
@@ -2233,13 +2403,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "본값은 이미 보안을 염두에 두고 결정되어 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1459
+#: using-d-i.xml:1544
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 msgstr "암호화: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1546
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -2263,13 +2433,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "으로 <emphasis>AES</emphasis>를 선택했습니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1479
+#: using-d-i.xml:1564
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 msgstr "키 크기: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1481
+#: using-d-i.xml:1566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -2282,13 +2452,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "다. 사용할 수 있는 키의 크기는 싸이퍼에 따라 다릅니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1493
+#: using-d-i.xml:1578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 msgstr "IV 알고리즘: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1495
+#: using-d-i.xml:1580
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -2305,7 +2475,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "화된 데이터에 반복된 패턴을 통해 정보를 알아내지 못하게 됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1505
+#: using-d-i.xml:1590
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</"
@@ -2319,41 +2489,44 @@ msgstr ""
 "만 사용하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1517
+#: using-d-i.xml:1602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
 msgstr "암호화 키: <userinput>암호</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1519
+#: using-d-i.xml:1604
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr "여기서 이 파티션의 암호화 키 종류를 선택합니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1525
+#: using-d-i.xml:1610
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Passphrase"
 msgstr "암호"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1526
+#: using-d-i.xml:1611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
 "the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url="
 "\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase "
 "which you will be able to enter later in the process."
-msgstr "나중에 입력하게 되는 암호를 기준으로 암호화 키를 계산합니다<footnote> <para> 암호를 키로 사용한다는 건 현재는 파티션을 <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>로 설정한다는 뜻입니다. </para></footnote>"
+msgstr ""
+"나중에 입력하게 되는 암호를 기준으로 암호화 키를 계산합니다<footnote> <para> "
+"암호를 키로 사용한다는 건 현재는 파티션을 <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</"
+"ulink>로 설정한다는 뜻입니다. </para></footnote>"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1541 using-d-i.xml:1634
+#: using-d-i.xml:1626 using-d-i.xml:1719
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Random key"
 msgstr "랜덤한 키"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1542
+#: using-d-i.xml:1627
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -2370,7 +2543,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "작정 추측하는 건 평생 해도 다 못 합니다.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1551
+#: using-d-i.xml:1636
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -2380,16 +2553,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels "
 "as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended "
 "data written to the swap partition."
-msgstr "랜덤한 키는 스왑 파티션에 주로 사용합니다. 암호를 기억할 필요도 없고 컴퓨터를 끌 때 스왑 파티션에 들어 있는 비밀 정보를 지울 필요가 없기 때문입니다. 하지만, 이렇게 하면 최근의 리눅스 커널에 들어 있는 <quote>디스크에 저장하는 절전</quote> 기능을 사용하지 못하게 됩니다. 나중에 부팅할 때 스왑 파티션에 저장된 데이터를 복구할 방법이 없기 때문입니다."
+msgstr ""
+"랜덤한 키는 스왑 파티션에 주로 사용합니다. 암호를 기억할 필요도 없고 컴퓨터"
+"를 끌 때 스왑 파티션에 들어 있는 비밀 정보를 지울 필요가 없기 때문입니다. 하"
+"지만, 이렇게 하면 최근의 리눅스 커널에 들어 있는 <quote>디스크에 저장하는 절"
+"전</quote> 기능을 사용하지 못하게 됩니다. 나중에 부팅할 때 스왑 파티션에 저장"
+"된 데이터를 복구할 방법이 없기 때문입니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1570 using-d-i.xml:1647
+#: using-d-i.xml:1655 using-d-i.xml:1732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
 msgstr "데이터 지우기: <userinput>예</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1572
+#: using-d-i.xml:1657
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -2409,7 +2587,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "고 믿고 있습니다. </para></footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1592
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> "
@@ -2420,13 +2598,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "를 선택하면, 메뉴가 다음 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1601
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 msgstr "암호화: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1603
+#: using-d-i.xml:1688
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are "
@@ -2438,57 +2616,63 @@ msgstr ""
 "참고하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1613
+#: using-d-i.xml:1698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 msgstr "암호화 키: <userinput>키파일 (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1615
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr "여기서 이 파티션의 암호화 키 종류를 선택할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1621
+#: using-d-i.xml:1706
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)"
 msgstr "암호화키 파일 (GnuPG)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1622
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the "
 "installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</"
 "application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase "
 "(you will be asked to provide one later in the process)."
-msgstr "암호화 키는 설치할 때 임의의 데이터에서 만들어 냅니다. 또 이 키를 <application>GnuPG</application>로 암호화합니다. 그러므로 키를 사용하려면 올바른 암호를 입력해야 합니다. (이 과정의 뒤부분에서 암호를 물어봅니다.)"
+msgstr ""
+"암호화 키는 설치할 때 임의의 데이터에서 만들어 냅니다. 또 이 키를 "
+"<application>GnuPG</application>로 암호화합니다. 그러므로 키를 사용하려면 올"
+"바른 암호를 입력해야 합니다. (이 과정의 뒤부분에서 암호를 물어봅니다.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1635
+#: using-d-i.xml:1720
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the section on random keys above."
 msgstr "위의 랜덤한 키에 대한 부분을 참고하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1649
+#: using-d-i.xml:1734
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above."
 msgstr "위의 데이터 지우기에 대한 부분을 참고하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer "
 "still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For "
 "cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using a "
 "<emphasis>passphrase</emphasis> as the encryption key."
-msgstr "설치 프로그램의 <emphasis>그래픽</emphasis> 버전에서는 텍스트 버전에 비해 몇 가지 단점이 있습니다. 암호화에서는 암호화 키로 <emphasis>암호</emphasis>를 사용한 볼륨만 설정할 수 있습니다."
+msgstr ""
+"설치 프로그램의 <emphasis>그래픽</emphasis> 버전에서는 텍스트 버전에 비해 몇 "
+"가지 단점이 있습니다. 암호화에서는 암호화 키로 <emphasis>암호</emphasis>를 사"
+"용한 볼륨만 설정할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1667
+#: using-d-i.xml:1752
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -2497,10 +2681,15 @@ msgid ""
 "you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on "
 "partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a "
 "new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time."
-msgstr "암호화 파티션에 원하는 파라미터를 선택했으면, 주 파티션 메뉴로 돌아갑니다. 이제 <guimenu>암호화 볼륨 설정</guimenu>라는 새 메뉴 항목이 생깁니다. 이 항목을 선택하면, 데이터 지우기로 표시한 파티션을 지울 지 및 기타 동작에 대한 (파티션 테이블을 쓰기 등) 확인 질문을 합니다. 파티션의 크기가 크면 시간이 좀 걸릴 수 있습니다."
+msgstr ""
+"암호화 파티션에 원하는 파라미터를 선택했으면, 주 파티션 메뉴로 돌아갑니다. 이"
+"제 <guimenu>암호화 볼륨 설정</guimenu>라는 새 메뉴 항목이 생깁니다. 이 항목"
+"을 선택하면, 데이터 지우기로 표시한 파티션을 지울 지 및 기타 동작에 대한 (파"
+"티션 테이블을 쓰기 등) 확인 질문을 합니다. 파티션의 크기가 크면 시간이 좀 걸"
+"릴 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1677
+#: using-d-i.xml:1762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -2508,10 +2697,14 @@ msgid ""
 "mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain "
 "common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as "
 "birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)."
-msgstr "그 다음에 암호를 사용한다고 표시한 파티션에 대해 암호를 입력합니다. 좋은 암호는 8글자보다 길고, 영문자와 숫자와 기타 문자가 섞여 있고, 사전에 들어 있는 일반적인 단어가 들어 있으면 안 되고, 본인의 개인 정보에서 쉽게 유추할 수 있으면 (생일, 취미, 애완동물 이름, 가족이나 친척 이름 등) 안 됩니다."
+msgstr ""
+"그 다음에 암호를 사용한다고 표시한 파티션에 대해 암호를 입력합니다. 좋은 암호"
+"는 8글자보다 길고, 영문자와 숫자와 기타 문자가 섞여 있고, 사전에 들어 있는 일"
+"반적인 단어가 들어 있으면 안 되고, 본인의 개인 정보에서 쉽게 유추할 수 있으"
+"면 (생일, 취미, 애완동물 이름, 가족이나 친척 이름 등) 안 됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1686
+#: using-d-i.xml:1771
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -2523,10 +2716,17 @@ msgid ""
 "causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the "
 "installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet "
 "when entering the passphrase for the root file system."
-msgstr "암호를 입력하기 전에, 키보드를 올바르게 설정해서 원하는 문자가 입력되도록 해야 합니다. 잘 모르겠으면, 두 번째 가상 콘솔로 바꿔서 프롬프트에서 미리 글자를 타이프해 보면 알 수 있습니다. 그래야 나중에 설치할 때 AZERTY 키보드 배치로 입력했던 암호가 QWERTY 키보드 배치에서 맞지 않는다든지 하는 일이 없습니다. 이런 상황은 여러가지 원인때문에 일어날 수 있습니다. 설치할 때 키보드 배치를 바꾸었거나, 루트 파일 시스템의 암호를 입력할 때 아직 예전에 사용했던 키보드 배치를 설정하지 못한 상태일 경우입니다."
+msgstr ""
+"암호를 입력하기 전에, 키보드를 올바르게 설정해서 원하는 문자가 입력되도록 해"
+"야 합니다. 잘 모르겠으면, 두 번째 가상 콘솔로 바꿔서 프롬프트에서 미리 글자"
+"를 타이프해 보면 알 수 있습니다. 그래야 나중에 설치할 때 AZERTY 키보드 배치"
+"로 입력했던 암호가 QWERTY 키보드 배치에서 맞지 않는다든지 하는 일이 없습니"
+"다. 이런 상황은 여러가지 원인때문에 일어날 수 있습니다. 설치할 때 키보드 배치"
+"를 바꾸었거나, 루트 파일 시스템의 암호를 입력할 때 아직 예전에 사용했던 키보"
+"드 배치를 설정하지 못한 상태일 경우입니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1784
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -2537,10 +2737,17 @@ msgid ""
 "shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk "
 "traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</"
 "filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted."
-msgstr "암호화 키를 만드는 데 암호 외의 방법을 사용한다면, 그 암호화 키를 이제 만들게 됩니다. 현재 설치 상태에서는 충분한 양의 엔트로피를 얻지 못했을 수도 있기 때문에, 키를 만드는 데 오래 걸릴 수 있습니다. 엔트로피를 만들어 내면 이 과정을 좀 더 빠르게 할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어서 키를 마구 누른다든지, 두 번째 가상 콘솔로 가서 쉘로 바꾼 다음에 네트워크와 디스크를 사용한다던지 (파일 다운로드, 큰 파일을 <filename>/dev/null</filename>로 보낸다든지 등) 하면 됩니다. 이 과정을 암호화할 모든 파티션에 대해서 반복합니다."
+msgstr ""
+"암호화 키를 만드는 데 암호 외의 방법을 사용한다면, 그 암호화 키를 이제 만들"
+"게 됩니다. 현재 설치 상태에서는 충분한 양의 엔트로피를 얻지 못했을 수도 있기 "
+"때문에, 키를 만드는 데 오래 걸릴 수 있습니다. 엔트로피를 만들어 내면 이 과정"
+"을 좀 더 빠르게 할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어서 키를 마구 누른다든지, 두 번째 가"
+"상 콘솔로 가서 쉘로 바꾼 다음에 네트워크와 디스크를 사용한다던지 (파일 다운로"
+"드, 큰 파일을 <filename>/dev/null</filename>로 보낸다든지 등) 하면 됩니다. "
+"이 과정을 암호화할 모든 파티션에 대해서 반복합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1715
+#: using-d-i.xml:1800
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -2571,7 +2778,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "(기본값이 마음에 들지 않으면) 파일 시스템 종류를 설정하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1728
+#: using-d-i.xml:1813
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses "
@@ -2589,7 +2796,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "뒤의 <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>에서 설명합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1738
+#: using-d-i.xml:1823
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -2597,101 +2804,89 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "파티션 방법이 마음에 들면, 설치를 계속하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1749
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Setting up the System"
-msgstr "시스템 준비하기"
+msgid "Installing the Base System"
+msgstr "베이스 시스템 설치하기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1750
+#: using-d-i.xml:1835
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used "
-"to set up the system it is about to install."
+"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
+"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
+"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
+"take some time."
 msgstr ""
-"파티션 작업이 끝난 후 설치 프로그램은 시스템을 설정할 때 필요한 정보를 얻기 "
-"위해 질문은 몇 가지 더 할 것입니다."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
-msgstr "시간대 설정"
+"이 단계는 문제가 발생할 가능성이 가장 낮은 단계이지만, 설치할 때 베이스 시스"
+"템 전체를 다운로드하고 확인한 다음, 압축을 풀어야 하기 때문에 가장 많은 시간"
+"을 소모하는단계이기도 합니다. 컴퓨터가 느리거나 네트워크 연결이 느리다면 시간"
+"이 좀 걸릴 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1764
+#: using-d-i.xml:1848
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation "
-"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. "
-"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and "
-"the system will assume that time zone."
+"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
+"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
+"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
+"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 msgstr ""
-"설치를 시작할 때 선택한 지역에 따라 그 지역에 해당하는 시간대의 목록을 볼 수"
-"도 있습니다. 해당하는 시간대가 하나 뿐이라면 시스템은 그 시간대를 자동으로 선"
-"택합니다."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock"
-msgstr "시계 설정하기"
+"베이스 시스템 설치 중에 패키지를 풀고 설정하면서 나오는 메세지는 "
+"<userinput>tty4</userinput>에서 표시합니다. 이 터미널은 <keycombo><keycap>왼"
+"쪽 Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>을 누르면 이용할 수 있습니다. 설"
+"치 프로그램 화면으로 돌아가려면 <keycombo><keycap>왼쪽 Alt</"
+"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>을 누르십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1782
+#: using-d-i.xml:1857
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
-"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
-"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
-"systems are installed."
+"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
+"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
+"installation is performed over a serial console."
 msgstr ""
-"설치 프로그램에서 컴퓨터의 시계가 UTC로 설정되어 있는 지를 물어보기도 합니다."
-"설치 프로그램은 다른 운영체제가 설치되어 있는 지 등을 확인해서 UTC로 설정되어"
-"있는 지를 알아 봅니다. 이 경우 이 질문을 하지 않을 수도 있기 때문입니다."
+"베이스 시스템을 설치할 때 압축을 풀고/설정하는 메세지는 <filename>/var/log/"
+"syslog</filename> 파일에 저장합니다. 시리얼 콘솔을 통해서 설치하는 경우에는 "
+"이 파일을 확인해 보면 됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1789
+#: using-d-i.xml:1863
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
-"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
-"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
-"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
-"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
-"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>"
+"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
+"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
+"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
+"list of available kernels."
 msgstr ""
-"전문가 모드에서는 항상 UTC로 설정되어 있는 지를 선택할 수 있습니다. <phrase "
-"arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">매킨토시 하드웨어는 주로 로컬 시간으로 설정되어 있습니"
-"다. 따라서 듀얼 부팅을 하고자 한다면 GMT 대신 로컬 시간대를 선택하십시오.</"
-"phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Dos나 윈도우도 같이 사용하는 시스템은 주로 로컬 "
-"시간대로 설정되어 있습니다. 따라서 듀얼 부팅을 하고자 한다면 GMT 대신에 로컬 "
-"시간대를 선택하십시오.</phrase>"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
-"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
-"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set "
-"to UTC."
-msgstr "참고로 설치 프로그램은 컴퓨터 시계의 시간을 직접 바꾸지 못합니다. 시계의 시간이 잘못 설정되었거나 UTC가 아니었을 경우 설치를 모두 마친 후에 바꿀 수 있습니다."
+"설치 과정의 하나로 리눅스 커널을 설치합니다. 기본 우선순위로에서는 하드웨어"
+"에 가장 맞는 커널을 하나 선택합니다. 우선순위가 낮은 모드에서는, 사용 가능한 "
+"여러가지 커널 중에서 하나를 선택할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1816
+#: using-d-i.xml:1875
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
 msgstr "사용자 및 암호 설정"
 
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1876
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to "
+"set up the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. "
+"Other user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1819
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Set the Root Password"
 msgstr "루트 암호 설정"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1823
+#: using-d-i.xml:1894
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -2705,7 +2900,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "안만 사용되어야 합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1831
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -2713,25 +2908,32 @@ msgid ""
 "characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is "
 "such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal "
 "information which could be guessed."
-msgstr "만드는 어떤 암호라도 적어도 6자이상 이고, 대문자와 소문자 특수 문자 등이 포함되는 것이 좋습니다. root 암호를 설정할 때는 계정 권한이 막강하기 때문에 좀 더 주의를 기울여 주십시오. 사전에 나와있는 단어나 추측할 수 있는 개인 정보의 사용은 피하시길 바랍니다."
+msgstr ""
+"만드는 어떤 암호라도 적어도 6자이상 이고, 대문자와 소문자 특수 문자 등이 포함"
+"되는 것이 좋습니다. root 암호를 설정할 때는 계정 권한이 막강하기 때문에 좀 "
+"더 주의를 기울여 주십시오. 사전에 나와있는 단어나 추측할 수 있는 개인 정보의 "
+"사용은 피하시길 바랍니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1839
+#: using-d-i.xml:1910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
 "You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are "
 "administering a machine with more than one system administrator."
-msgstr "어떤 사람이 root 암호를 말해 달라고 한다면, 극히 조심하시길 바랍니다. 하나의 시스템의 관리자가 여러 명인 경우가 아니라면, 보통의 경우에 root 암호를 알려주어서는 안됩니다."
+msgstr ""
+"어떤 사람이 root 암호를 말해 달라고 한다면, 극히 조심하시길 바랍니다. 하나의 "
+"시스템의 관리자가 여러 명인 경우가 아니라면, 보통의 경우에 root 암호를 알려주"
+"어서는 안됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1849
+#: using-d-i.xml:1920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
 msgstr "일반 사용자 만들기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1851
+#: using-d-i.xml:1922
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -2744,7 +2946,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "root 계정을 사용하면 <emphasis>안됩니다</emphasis>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1860
+#: using-d-i.xml:1931
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -2763,17 +2965,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "대한 책을 한 권 정도 읽어 보십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1870
+#: using-d-i.xml:1941
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
 "for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something "
 "similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be "
 "prompted for a password for this account."
-msgstr "먼저 전체 이름을 입력하고, 사용자 계정으로 사용할 이름을 입력합니다. 사용자 계정으로 일반적으로 성이나 이와 유사한 어떤 것을 사용하면 충분하고, 실제로 성이 기본 값이 될 것 입니다. 마지막으로 이 계정에 대한 암호를 입력하십시오."
+msgstr ""
+"먼저 전체 이름을 입력하고, 사용자 계정으로 사용할 이름을 입력합니다. 사용자 "
+"계정으로 일반적으로 성이나 이와 유사한 어떤 것을 사용하면 충분하고, 실제로 성"
+"이 기본 값이 될 것 입니다. 마지막으로 이 계정에 대한 암호를 입력하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1877
+#: using-d-i.xml:1948
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -2783,77 +2988,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "명령을 사용하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Installing the Base System"
-msgstr "베이스 시스템 설치하기"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1890
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
-"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
-"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
-"take some time."
-msgstr "이 단계는 문제가 발생할 가능성이 가장 낮은 단계이지만, 설치할 때 베이스 시스템 전체를 다운로드하고 확인한 다음, 압축을 풀어야 하기 때문에 가장 많은 시간을 소모하는단계이기도 합니다. 컴퓨터가 느리거나 네트워크 연결이 느리다면 시간이 좀 걸릴 수 있습니다."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1903
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
-"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
-"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
-"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
-"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-msgstr ""
-"베이스 시스템 설치 중에 패키지를 풀고 설정하면서 나오는 메세지는 "
-"<userinput>tty4</userinput>에서 표시합니다. 이 터미널은 <keycombo><keycap>왼"
-"쪽 Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>을 누르면 이용할 수 있습니다. 설"
-"치 프로그램 화면으로 돌아가려면 <keycombo><keycap>왼쪽 Alt</"
-"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>을 누르십시오."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
-"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
-"installation is performed over a serial console."
-msgstr ""
-"베이스 시스템을 설치할 때 압축을 풀고/설정하는 메세지는 <filename>/var/log/"
-"syslog</filename> 파일에 저장합니다. 시리얼 콘솔을 통해서 설치하는 경우에는 "
-"이 파일을 확인해 보면 됩니다."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1918
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
-"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
-"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
-"list of available kernels."
-msgstr ""
-"설치 과정의 하나로 리눅스 커널을 설치합니다. 기본 우선순위로에서는 하드웨어"
-"에 가장 맞는 커널을 하나 선택합니다. 우선순위가 낮은 모드에서는, 사용 가능한 "
-"여러가지 커널 중에서 하나를 선택할 수 있습니다."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1930
+#: using-d-i.xml:1959
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installing Additional Software"
 msgstr "추가적인 소프트웨어를 설치하기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. "
-"Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it "
-"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even "
-"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or "
-"network."
+"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
+"install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the "
+"installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing "
+"the base system if you have a slow computer or network connection."
 msgstr ""
 "베이스 시스템이 모두 설치되었으면 시스템을 사용할 수는 있지만 아직 사용하는"
 "데 부족할 것입니다. 사용자들은 대부분 시스템에 소프트웨어를 설치하여 기호나 "
@@ -2862,13 +3009,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "걸릴 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1945
+#: using-d-i.xml:1975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring apt"
 msgstr "apt 설정하기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1947
+#: using-d-i.xml:1977
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program "
@@ -2902,17 +3049,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>aptitude</command>를 패키지 관리에 사용하길 권장합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1971
+#: using-d-i.xml:2001
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
 "retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file "
 "<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this "
 "file to your liking after the installation is complete."
-msgstr "<command>apt</command>에서 패키지를 어디서 가져올 지 설정해야 합니다. 설정한 내용은 <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>에 기록하고 설치가 끝나고 이 파일의 내용을 살펴보고 바꿀 수 있습니다."
+msgstr ""
+"<command>apt</command>에서 패키지를 어디서 가져올 지 설정해야 합니다. 설정한 "
+"내용은 <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>에 기록하고 설치가 끝나고 "
+"이 파일의 내용을 살펴보고 바꿀 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1978
+#: using-d-i.xml:2008
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -2924,7 +3074,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1987
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -2935,13 +3085,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:2028
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using a network mirror"
 msgstr "네트워크 미러 사용하기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2030
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a "
@@ -2950,7 +3100,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2006
+#: using-d-i.xml:2036
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -2962,7 +3112,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2015
+#: using-d-i.xml:2045
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a "
@@ -2978,7 +3128,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2033
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a "
@@ -2991,7 +3141,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2043
+#: using-d-i.xml:2073
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: "
@@ -3009,7 +3159,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2077
+#: using-d-i.xml:2107
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -3022,7 +3172,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2087
+#: using-d-i.xml:2117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may "
@@ -3031,13 +3181,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2102
+#: using-d-i.xml:2132
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
 msgstr "소프트웨어를 선택하고 설치하기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2134
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -3054,7 +3204,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2113
+#: using-d-i.xml:2143
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
@@ -3071,19 +3221,35 @@ msgid ""
 "<replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are "
 "looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> "
 "lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
-msgstr "따라서 먼저 <emphasis>태스크</emphasis>를 선택하고, 개별 패키지는 나중에 추가하는 순서를 밟습니다. 태스크는 <quote>데스크탑 환경</quote>라든지 <quote>웹서버</quote>, <quote>프린트 서버</quote> <footnote> <para> 설치 프로그램은 이 목록을 출력할 때 <command>tasksel</command>를 사용하는 것 뿐이라는 것을 아시기 바랍니다. <command>tasksel</command>는 시스템 설치를 끝낸 다음에도 언제든지 실행하여 패키지를 설치하고 지울 수 있습니다. <command>tasksel</command> 외에도 <command>aptitude</command>처럼 더 세세히 설치/지우기를 하는 프로그램을 사용할 수도 있습니다. 설치를 모두 마친 후 특정 패키지를 찾고자 한다면 <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>패키지</replaceable></userinput>을 입력하시면 됩니다. 이 때 패키지란 찾고자 하는 패키지의 이름을 뜻합니다. </para> </footnote> 등 컴퓨터로 할 수 있는 작업을 어느 정도 나타냅니다. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>에서 각 태스크마다 필요한 공간을 볼 수 있습니다."
+msgstr ""
+"따라서 먼저 <emphasis>태스크</emphasis>를 선택하고, 개별 패키지는 나중에 추가"
+"하는 순서를 밟습니다. 태스크는 <quote>데스크탑 환경</quote>라든지 <quote>웹서"
+"버</quote>, <quote>프린트 서버</quote> <footnote> <para> 설치 프로그램은 이 "
+"목록을 출력할 때 <command>tasksel</command>를 사용하는 것 뿐이라는 것을 아시"
+"기 바랍니다. <command>tasksel</command>는 시스템 설치를 끝낸 다음에도 언제든"
+"지 실행하여 패키지를 설치하고 지울 수 있습니다. <command>tasksel</command> 외"
+"에도 <command>aptitude</command>처럼 더 세세히 설치/지우기를 하는 프로그램을 "
+"사용할 수도 있습니다. 설치를 모두 마친 후 특정 패키지를 찾고자 한다면 "
+"<userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>패키지</replaceable></userinput>을 "
+"입력하시면 됩니다. 이 때 패키지란 찾고자 하는 패키지의 이름을 뜻합니다. </"
+"para> </footnote> 등 컴퓨터로 할 수 있는 작업을 어느 정도 나타냅니다. <xref "
+"linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>에서 각 태스크마다 필요한 공간을 볼 수 있습니"
+"다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2170
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
 "you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select "
 "the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
-msgstr "참고로 설치하고 있는 컴퓨터의 특성에 따라 미리 선택된 태스크가 있는 경우도 있습니다. 이 선택 내역을 바꾸려고 하면 태스크의 선택을 해제할 수 있습니다. 이시점에서 태스크를 하나도 선택하지 않을 수도 있습니다."
+msgstr ""
+"참고로 설치하고 있는 컴퓨터의 특성에 따라 미리 선택된 태스크가 있는 경우도 있"
+"습니다. 이 선택 내역을 바꾸려고 하면 태스크의 선택을 해제할 수 있습니다. 이시"
+"점에서 태스크를 하나도 선택하지 않을 수도 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2177
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop "
@@ -3094,7 +3260,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "로그램에 있는 옵션으로는 KDE같은 다른 데스크탑 환경을 선택할 수 없습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2155
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see "
@@ -3109,10 +3275,19 @@ msgid ""
 "downloaded from a mirror as KDE packages are not included on the first full "
 "CD; installing KDE this way should work fine if you are using a DVD image or "
 "any other installation method."
-msgstr "미리 설정을 사용하거나 (<xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/> 참고), 부팅 프롬프트에 <literal>tasks=\"standard, kde-desktop\"</literal>이라고 추가하면 설치 프로그램에서 KDE를 설치할 수 있습니다<footnote> <para> <literal>kde-desktop</literal> 대신에 <literal>xfce-desktop</literal>이라고 하면 더 가벼운 Xfce 데스크탑 환경을 선택할 수도 있습니다. </para> </footnote>. 하지만 이렇게 하더라도 KDE에 필요한 꾸러미가 실제로 있는 경우에만 동작합니다. 전체 CD 이미지를 사용해서 설치하는 경우에는, KDE 패키지는 첫 번째 CD에 없기 때문에 KDE 패키지는 미러 사이트에서 다운로드합니다. DVD 및 기타 설치 미디어를 사용하는 경우에는 이 방법이 잘 동작합니다."
+msgstr ""
+"미리 설정을 사용하거나 (<xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/> 참고), 부팅 프롬프"
+"트에 <literal>tasks=\"standard, kde-desktop\"</literal>이라고 추가하면 설치 "
+"프로그램에서 KDE를 설치할 수 있습니다<footnote> <para> <literal>kde-desktop</"
+"literal> 대신에 <literal>xfce-desktop</literal>이라고 하면 더 가벼운 Xfce 데"
+"스크탑 환경을 선택할 수도 있습니다. </para> </footnote>. 하지만 이렇게 하더라"
+"도 KDE에 필요한 꾸러미가 실제로 있는 경우에만 동작합니다. 전체 CD 이미지를 사"
+"용해서 설치하는 경우에는, KDE 패키지는 첫 번째 CD에 없기 때문에 KDE 패키지는 "
+"미러 사이트에서 다운로드합니다. DVD 및 기타 설치 미디어를 사용하는 경우에는 "
+"이 방법이 잘 동작합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2175
+#: using-d-i.xml:2205
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS "
@@ -3130,16 +3305,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "classname>; 웹 서버: <classname>apache</classname>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2187
+#: using-d-i.xml:2217
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
 "<command>aptitude</command> will install the packages that are part of the "
 "tasks you've selected."
-msgstr "태스크를 선택했으면, &BTN-CONT; 단추를 선택하십시오. 그러면 <command>aptitude</command>에서 해당 태스크에 들어 있는 패키지를 설치합니다."
+msgstr ""
+"태스크를 선택했으면, &BTN-CONT; 단추를 선택하십시오. 그러면 "
+"<command>aptitude</command>에서 해당 태스크에 들어 있는 패키지를 설치합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2194
+#: using-d-i.xml:2224
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3149,7 +3326,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "택하고 선택을 해제할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2230
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -3166,7 +3343,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2209
+#: using-d-i.xml:2239
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -3183,23 +3360,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "CD 이미지를 사용한 경우 이런 일이 발생합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
 "unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and "
 "<command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more "
 "information from the user, it will prompt you during this process."
-msgstr "<command>tasksel</command>로 선택한 패키지는 모두 <command>apt-get</command>와<command>dpkg</command>에서 차례로 다운로드하고 압축을 풀고 설치를 합니다. 사용자에게서 필요한 정보가 있을 경우 도중에 사용자에게 질문하기도 합니다."
+msgstr ""
+"<command>tasksel</command>로 선택한 패키지는 모두 <command>apt-get</command>"
+"와<command>dpkg</command>에서 차례로 다운로드하고 압축을 풀고 설치를 합니다. "
+"사용자에게서 필요한 정보가 있을 경우 도중에 사용자에게 질문하기도 합니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2231
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "시스템을 부팅 가능하게 만들기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2233
+#: using-d-i.xml:2263
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3213,13 +3393,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2248
+#: using-d-i.xml:2278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "다른 운영 체제 찾기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2250
+#: using-d-i.xml:2280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3234,7 +3414,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "수 있도록 설정할 것입니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2258
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3249,13 +3429,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "세한 사항을 찾아보십시오."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2276
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>aboot</command> 설치"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2277
+#: using-d-i.xml:2307
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -3276,13 +3456,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "command>를 설치하지 말고 플로피로 GNU/리눅스를 부팅해야 할 것입니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2297
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2298
+#: using-d-i.xml:2328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3298,52 +3478,60 @@ msgstr ""
 "문입니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2307
+#: using-d-i.xml:2337
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2319
+#: using-d-i.xml:2349
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>GRUB</command> 부트로더 설치"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2321
+#: using-d-i.xml:2351
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
 "flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for new users and "
 "old hands alike."
-msgstr "&architecture;의 주요 부트로더는 <quote>GRUB</quote>입니다. GRUB은 유연하고 안정적인 부트로더이고, 초보자와 오래된 사용자 모두에게 좋은 기본 부트로더입니다."
+msgstr ""
+"&architecture;의 주요 부트로더는 <quote>GRUB</quote>입니다. GRUB은 유연하고 "
+"안정적인 부트로더이고, 초보자와 오래된 사용자 모두에게 좋은 기본 부트로더입니"
+"다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2327
+#: using-d-i.xml:2357
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
 "it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you "
 "can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information."
-msgstr "기본값으로 GRUB은 마스터 부트 레코드에 (MBR) 설치합니다. 그래야 부팅 과정을 완전히 조종할 수 있습니다. 원하신다면 다른 위치에 설치할 수도 있습니다. 완전한 정보를 보려면 GRUB 안내서를 참고하십시오."
+msgstr ""
+"기본값으로 GRUB은 마스터 부트 레코드에 (MBR) 설치합니다. 그래야 부팅 과정을 "
+"완전히 조종할 수 있습니다. 원하신다면 다른 위치에 설치할 수도 있습니다. 완전"
+"한 정보를 보려면 GRUB 안내서를 참고하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2333
+#: using-d-i.xml:2363
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
 "the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to "
 "use."
-msgstr "GRUB을 아예 설치하지 않으려면, &BTN-GOBACK; 단추를 사용해서 주 메뉴로 이동한 다음에, 쓰고 싶은 부트로더를 선택하십시오."
+msgstr ""
+"GRUB을 아예 설치하지 않으려면, &BTN-GOBACK; 단추를 사용해서 주 메뉴로 이동한 "
+"다음에, 쓰고 싶은 부트로더를 선택하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2376
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>LILO</command> 부트로더 설치"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2348
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3359,7 +3547,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "mini-HOWTO</ulink>도 참고하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2358
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3372,7 +3560,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "뉴 항목을 수동으로 추가해야 할 수도 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2366
+#: using-d-i.xml:2396
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3382,13 +3570,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "니다:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드 (Master Boot Record, MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3397,13 +3585,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "이 방법으로 <command>LILO</command>가 부팅 과정을 완전히 책임지게 됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "새 데비안 파티션"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3414,23 +3602,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "새 데비안 파티션의 맨 앞쪽에 설치되어 보조 부트로더로서 동작합니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "기타"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
 "somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can "
 "use traditional device names such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or "
 "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
-msgstr "다른 위치에 <command>LILO</command>를 설치하려는 고급 사용자에게 좋습니다. 이 경우에 LILO를 설치하려는 위치를 물어봅니다. 전통적인 방식으로 <filename>/dev/hda</filename> 혹은 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>라고 쓸 수도 있습니다."
+msgstr ""
+"다른 위치에 <command>LILO</command>를 설치하려는 고급 사용자에게 좋습니다. "
+"이 경우에 LILO를 설치하려는 위치를 물어봅니다. 전통적인 방식으로 <filename>/"
+"dev/hda</filename> 혹은 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>라고 쓸 수도 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2399
+#: using-d-i.xml:2429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3446,13 +3637,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "필요합니다!"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2415
+#: using-d-i.xml:2445
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>ELILO</command> 부트로더 설치"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2417
+#: using-d-i.xml:2447
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3479,7 +3670,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "는 일을 합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2433
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3488,16 +3679,20 @@ msgid ""
 "an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the "
 "installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your "
 "<emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem."
-msgstr "<quote>elilo</quote> 설정과 설치는 베이스 패키지 설치의 맨 마지막에 합니다. EFI 파티션으로 쓸 수 있다고 찾은 파티션 목록이 나타납니다. 이전에 준비했던 파티션을 선택합니다. 보통 <emphasis>루트</emphasis> 파일 시스템이 들어 있는 같은 디스크의 파티션입니다."
+msgstr ""
+"<quote>elilo</quote> 설정과 설치는 베이스 패키지 설치의 맨 마지막에 합니다. "
+"EFI 파티션으로 쓸 수 있다고 찾은 파티션 목록이 나타납니다. 이전에 준비했던 파"
+"티션을 선택합니다. 보통 <emphasis>루트</emphasis> 파일 시스템이 들어 있는 같"
+"은 디스크의 파티션입니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "올바른 파티션을 고르십시오!"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -3506,16 +3701,21 @@ msgid ""
 "including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic "
 "partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition "
 "during the installation, erasing any previous contents!"
-msgstr "파티션을 고르는 기준은 <emphasis>부팅</emphasis> 플래그가 있는 FAT 포맷된 파일 시스템이라는 것입니다. &d-i;에서는 시스템의 모든 디스크를 검사해서 무엇을 찾았느냐에 따라 (다른 운영체제용 EFI 파티션과 EFI 진단 파티션 포함) 여러 파티션 중의 하나를 선택해야 할 수도 있습니다. <command>elilo</command>는 설치하는 동안 해당 파티션을 포맷할 수도 있고, 그러면 이전의 내용이 모두 지워집니다!"
+msgstr ""
+"파티션을 고르는 기준은 <emphasis>부팅</emphasis> 플래그가 있는 FAT 포맷된 파"
+"일 시스템이라는 것입니다. &d-i;에서는 시스템의 모든 디스크를 검사해서 무엇을 "
+"찾았느냐에 따라 (다른 운영체제용 EFI 파티션과 EFI 진단 파티션 포함) 여러 파티"
+"션 중의 하나를 선택해야 할 수도 있습니다. <command>elilo</command>는 설치하"
+"는 동안 해당 파티션을 포맷할 수도 있고, 그러면 이전의 내용이 모두 지워집니다!"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2462
+#: using-d-i.xml:2492
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "EFI 파티션 내용"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2464
+#: using-d-i.xml:2494
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3530,31 +3730,45 @@ msgid ""
 "<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may "
 "be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated "
 "or re-configured."
-msgstr "EFI 파티션은 시스템의 하드디스크 중 하나에 들어 있는 FAT 파일 시스템 파티션입니다. 보통 <emphasis>루트</emphasis> 파일 시스템이 들어 있는 디스크와 같은 디스크에 들어 있습니다. 이 파티션은 동작하고 있는 시스템에서 마운트하지 않습니다. <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>에서 시스템을 읽어들일 때만 사용하고, <command>elilo</command> 설치 도구는 마운트하지 않은 채로 파일 시스템에 직접 쓰기 작업을 합니다. <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> 유틸리티는 설치할 때 다음 파일을 EFI 파티션의 <filename>efi/debian</filename> 디렉토리에 써 넣습니다. 단 <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>는 이 파일을 찾을 때 <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename> 경로를 사용해서 찾습니다. 시간이 지남에 따라 시스템을 업데이트하거나 다시 설정할 때마다 이 파일 시스템에는 다른 파일이 들어갈 수 있습니다."
+msgstr ""
+"EFI 파티션은 시스템의 하드디스크 중 하나에 들어 있는 FAT 파일 시스템 파티션입"
+"니다. 보통 <emphasis>루트</emphasis> 파일 시스템이 들어 있는 디스크와 같은 디"
+"스크에 들어 있습니다. 이 파티션은 동작하고 있는 시스템에서 마운트하지 않습니"
+"다. <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>에서 시스템을 읽어들일 때만 사용하고, "
+"<command>elilo</command> 설치 도구는 마운트하지 않은 채로 파일 시스템에 직접 "
+"쓰기 작업을 합니다. <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> 유틸리티는 설치할 때 "
+"다음 파일을 EFI 파티션의 <filename>efi/debian</filename> 디렉토리에 써 넣습니"
+"다. 단 <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>는 이 파일을 찾을 때 "
+"<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename> 경로를 사용"
+"해서 찾습니다. 시간이 지남에 따라 시스템을 업데이트하거나 다시 설정할 때마다 "
+"이 파일 시스템에는 다른 파일이 들어갈 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2486
+#: using-d-i.xml:2516
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2517
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
 "a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-"
 "written to refer to files in the EFI partition."
-msgstr "부트로더가 시작할 때 읽는 설정 파일입니다. 이 파일은 <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> 파일과 동일하지만, EFI 파티션에 있는 파일을 참조하도록 그 안의 파일 이름을 바꾼 것입니다."
+msgstr ""
+"부트로더가 시작할 때 읽는 설정 파일입니다. 이 파일은 <filename>/etc/elilo."
+"conf</filename> 파일과 동일하지만, EFI 파티션에 있는 파일을 참조하도록 그 안"
+"의 파일 이름을 바꾼 것입니다."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2526
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2527
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3568,44 +3782,51 @@ msgstr ""
 "입니다."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2507
+#: using-d-i.xml:2537
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2508
+#: using-d-i.xml:2538
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
 "the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a "
 "standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</"
 "filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
-msgstr "커널을 부팅할 때 사용할 최초의 루트 파일 시스템입니다. <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>에서 참조하는 파일을 복사한 것입니다. 표준 데비안 설치에서는 이 파일이 <filename>/boot</filename> 안에 들어 있고 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 심볼릭 링크가 그 파일을 가리킵니다."
+msgstr ""
+"커널을 부팅할 때 사용할 최초의 루트 파일 시스템입니다. <filename>/etc/elilo."
+"conf</filename>에서 참조하는 파일을 복사한 것입니다. 표준 데비안 설치에서는 "
+"이 파일이 <filename>/boot</filename> 안에 들어 있고 <filename>/initrd.img</"
+"filename> 심볼릭 링크가 그 파일을 가리킵니다."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2521
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
 "managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be "
 "lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run."
-msgstr "작은 텍스트 파일로, 이 디렉토리의 내용은 <command>elilo</command>가 관리하므로 로컬에 바뀐 사항은 다음에 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>를 실행하면 없어진다는 사실을 알리는 내용이 들어 있습니다."
+msgstr ""
+"작은 텍스트 파일로, 이 디렉토리의 내용은 <command>elilo</command>가 관리하므"
+"로 로컬에 바뀐 사항은 다음에 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>를 실행하면 "
+"없어진다는 사실을 알리는 내용이 들어 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2561
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2532
+#: using-d-i.xml:2562
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -3619,13 +3840,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "을 가리킵니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2552
+#: using-d-i.xml:2582
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2553
+#: using-d-i.xml:2583
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3667,13 +3888,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "면 시스템을 하드 디스크에서 부팅할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2572
+#: using-d-i.xml:2602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2573
+#: using-d-i.xml:2603
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -3683,13 +3904,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "니다"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2581
+#: using-d-i.xml:2611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "disk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2582
+#: using-d-i.xml:2612
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
@@ -3697,13 +3918,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>를 설치한 하드디스크의 SCSI ID"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590 using-d-i.xml:2659
+#: using-d-i.xml:2620 using-d-i.xml:2689
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "partnr"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2591
+#: using-d-i.xml:2621
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3711,13 +3932,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2599
+#: using-d-i.xml:2629
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "config"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2630
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3727,13 +3948,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2621
+#: using-d-i.xml:2651
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2622
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3761,13 +3982,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample>"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2641
+#: using-d-i.xml:2671
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2642
+#: using-d-i.xml:2672
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -3777,20 +3998,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "<userinput>3</userinput>입니다"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2650
+#: using-d-i.xml:2680
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2681
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
 msgstr "<command>DELO</command>를 설치한 하드 디스크의 SCSI ID"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2660
+#: using-d-i.xml:2690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
@@ -3798,13 +4019,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "name"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2669
+#: using-d-i.xml:2699
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -3814,7 +4035,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "본값은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2709
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -3824,19 +4045,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "본 설정으로 부팅하는 경우, 다음을 사용하면 충분합니다:"
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2685
+#: using-d-i.xml:2715
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>yaboot</command> 설치"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2696
+#: using-d-i.xml:2726
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -3855,13 +4076,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "크가 부팅 가능하게 되고 OpenFirmware에서 &debian; 부팅 준비가 끝납니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2714
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>Quik</command> 설치"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -3875,13 +4096,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "품에서 동작한다고 알려져 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2761
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2732
+#: using-d-i.xml:2762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -3897,13 +4118,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "and Installation Commands</quote>를 보십시오."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2749
+#: using-d-i.xml:2779
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>SILO</command> 부트로더 설치"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2751
+#: using-d-i.xml:2781
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -3933,13 +4154,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Solaris와 같이 설치할 때 유용합니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2776
+#: using-d-i.xml:2806
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "부트로더 없이 계속"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2778
+#: using-d-i.xml:2808
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -3956,7 +4177,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "지하면서 기존 운영체제에서 GNU/리눅스를 부팅하는 경우에 사용합니다.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2787
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -3977,58 +4198,108 @@ msgstr ""
 "시스템의 디스크 및 파티션도 알아야 합니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2804
+#: using-d-i.xml:2834
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "설치 마치기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2805
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:2835
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
-"consists of tidying up after the &d-i;."
+"This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the "
+"installer will do any last minute tasks. It mostly consists of tidying up "
+"after the &d-i;."
 msgstr ""
 "다음은 새 데비안 시스템을 다시 시작하기 전에 할 마지막 작업입니다. 대부분은 "
 "&d-i;를 정리하는 작업들입니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2817
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
-msgstr "설치 마치기 및 다시 시작하기"
+#: using-d-i.xml:2848
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Setting the System Clock"
+msgstr "시스템 준비하기"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2850
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
+"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
+"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
+"systems are installed."
+msgstr ""
+"설치 프로그램에서 컴퓨터의 시계가 UTC로 설정되어 있는 지를 물어보기도 합니다."
+"설치 프로그램은 다른 운영체제가 설치되어 있는 지 등을 확인해서 UTC로 설정되어"
+"있는 지를 알아 봅니다. 이 경우 이 질문을 하지 않을 수도 있기 때문입니다."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2857
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
+"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
+"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
+"instead of UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
+"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
+"local time instead of UTC.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"전문가 모드에서는 항상 UTC로 설정되어 있는 지를 선택할 수 있습니다. <phrase "
+"arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">매킨토시 하드웨어는 주로 로컬 시간으로 설정되어 있습니"
+"다. 따라서 듀얼 부팅을 하고자 한다면 GMT 대신 로컬 시간대를 선택하십시오.</"
+"phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Dos나 윈도우도 같이 사용하는 시스템은 주로 로컬 "
+"시간대로 설정되어 있습니다. 따라서 듀얼 부팅을 하고자 한다면 GMT 대신에 로컬 "
+"시간대를 선택하십시오.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2819
+#: using-d-i.xml:2868
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
-"be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot "
-"the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot "
-"into your new Debian system."
+"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
+"system's hardware clock. This will be done either in UTC or local time, "
+"depending on the selection that was just made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Reboot the System"
+msgstr "시스템 준비하기"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
+"used to boot the installer. After that the system will be rebooted into your "
+"new Debian system."
 msgstr ""
 "데비안 설치 과정의 첫번째에서 제일 마지막 단계입니다. 설치 프로그램을 부팅할 "
 "때 사용했던 부팅 미디어를 (CD, 플로피 등) 빼라는 말이 나옵니다. 여기서 남은 "
 "작업을 다 마친 다음에, 새로 설치한 데비안 시스템으로 다시 시작합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
-"which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-"
-"title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you "
-"selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation."
-msgstr "<guimenuitem>설치 마치기</guimenuitem> 항목을 선택하면 시스템을 정지시킵니다. 이 경우에 &arch-title;에서는 컴퓨터 다시 시작을 지원하지 않기 때문입니다. 앞 단계에서 루트 파일 시스템으로 선택했던 DASD에서, 다음에 GNU/리눅스를 부팅하면 (IPL) 됩니다."
+"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
+"supported on &arch-title;. You then need to IPL &debian; from the DASD which "
+"you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"<guimenuitem>설치 마치기</guimenuitem> 항목을 선택하면 시스템을 정지시킵니"
+"다. 이 경우에 &arch-title;에서는 컴퓨터 다시 시작을 지원하지 않기 때문입니"
+"다. 앞 단계에서 루트 파일 시스템으로 선택했던 DASD에서, 다음에 GNU/리눅스를 "
+"부팅하면 (IPL) 됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2840
+#: using-d-i.xml:2904
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "기타"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2841
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -4039,13 +4310,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "하지만 백그라운드에서 기다리면서 잘못된 부분이 있을 때 도움이 됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2854
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "설치 로그 저장"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2856
+#: using-d-i.xml:2920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -4056,7 +4327,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> 파일에 자동으로 저장합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2863
+#: using-d-i.xml:2927
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -4064,16 +4335,20 @@ msgid ""
 "other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the "
 "installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to "
 "an installation report."
-msgstr "주 메뉴에서 <guimenuitem>디버깅 기록 저장</guimenuitem>을 선택하면 로그 파일을 플로피 디스크나 네트워크, 하드디스크 등등의 미디어에 저장할 수 있습니다. 설치 도중 심각한 문제가 발생했을 경우 다른 시스템에서 로그를 분석하거나, 로그를 설치 보고서에 첨부할 때 유용합니다."
+msgstr ""
+"주 메뉴에서 <guimenuitem>디버깅 기록 저장</guimenuitem>을 선택하면 로그 파일"
+"을 플로피 디스크나 네트워크, 하드디스크 등등의 미디어에 저장할 수 있습니다. "
+"설치 도중 심각한 문제가 발생했을 경우 다른 시스템에서 로그를 분석하거나, 로그"
+"를 설치 보고서에 첨부할 때 유용합니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "쉘 사용하기 및 로그 보기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2949
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -4098,7 +4373,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "설치 프로그램으로 다시 돌아올 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2903
+#: using-d-i.xml:2967
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -4106,10 +4381,14 @@ msgid ""
 "You can get to the main menu from most dialogs by using the &BTN-GOBACK; "
 "button one or more times. Type <userinput>exit</userinput> to close the "
 "shell and return to the installer."
-msgstr "콘솔을 전환할 수 없다면, 주 메뉴의 <guimenuitem>쉘 실행</guimenuitem> 항목을 이용해도 쉘을 시작할 수 있습니다. &BTN-GOBACK; 단추를 계속 눌러서 주 메뉴로 돌아올 수 있습니다. 설치 프로그램으로 돌아오려면 <userinput>exit</userinput>를 입력해서 쉘을 닫으십시오."
+msgstr ""
+"콘솔을 전환할 수 없다면, 주 메뉴의 <guimenuitem>쉘 실행</guimenuitem> 항목을 "
+"이용해도 쉘을 시작할 수 있습니다. &BTN-GOBACK; 단추를 계속 눌러서 주 메뉴로 "
+"돌아올 수 있습니다. 설치 프로그램으로 돌아오려면 <userinput>exit</userinput>"
+"를 입력해서 쉘을 닫으십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2911
+#: using-d-i.xml:2975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -4126,7 +4405,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "같은 훌륭한 기능도 일부 들어 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2920
+#: using-d-i.xml:2984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -4138,7 +4417,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "에 들어 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2927
+#: using-d-i.xml:2991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -4150,7 +4429,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "입니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2933
+#: using-d-i.xml:2997
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -4163,13 +4442,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "설치 프로그램에서 알아서 하도록 놔두고 쉘에서 직접 하지 않도록 하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2948
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr "네트워크를 통해 설치"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2950
+#: using-d-i.xml:3014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4186,7 +4465,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "에 따라 자동화할 수 있습니다.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2960
+#: using-d-i.xml:3024
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4207,7 +4486,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "목이 새로 생깁니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:3037
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4217,7 +4496,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "입니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2978
+#: using-d-i.xml:3042
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4228,10 +4507,16 @@ msgid ""
 "just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the "
 "fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to "
 "the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>."
-msgstr "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">새로 생긴 이 항목을 선택한 다음에, </phrase>설치 시스템에 연결하는데 사용할 새 암호를 입력하게 됩니다. 여기까지 하면 <emphasis>installer</emphasis> 사용자로 방금 입력한 암호를 이용해 원격에서 로그인할 수 있는 방법을 알려주는 화면을 표시합니다. 이 화면의 또 다른 중요한 정보는 시스템의 핑거프린트입니다. 이 핑거프린트를 <quote>시스템을 원격에서 설치할 사람에게</quote> 안전하게 전달해야 합니다."
+msgstr ""
+"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">새로 생긴 이 항목을 선택한 다음에, </phrase>설치 시"
+"스템에 연결하는데 사용할 새 암호를 입력하게 됩니다. 여기까지 하면 "
+"<emphasis>installer</emphasis> 사용자로 방금 입력한 암호를 이용해 원격에서 로"
+"그인할 수 있는 방법을 알려주는 화면을 표시합니다. 이 화면의 또 다른 중요한 정"
+"보는 시스템의 핑거프린트입니다. 이 핑거프린트를 <quote>시스템을 원격에서 설치"
+"할 사람에게</quote> 안전하게 전달해야 합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2990
+#: using-d-i.xml:3054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4242,7 +4527,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "주 메뉴로 돌아갈 수 있습니다. 주 메뉴에서 다른 구성 요소를 선택하면 됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2996
+#: using-d-i.xml:3060
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4272,7 +4557,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "핑거프린트가 표시될 것이고, 이 핑거프린트가 올바른 지 확인해야 합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3013
+#: using-d-i.xml:3077
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4289,7 +4574,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "당 줄을 지우고 다시 연결하면 됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3022
+#: using-d-i.xml:3086
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4308,7 +4593,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "야 합니다. 하지만 쉘의 경우에는 여러 개를 열어도 됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3032
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4323,7 +4608,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "발생할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3040
+#: using-d-i.xml:3104
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
@@ -4331,3 +4616,29 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "또 SSH 세션을 X 터미널에서 실행하는 경우 연결이 끊어질 수도 있으므로 창 크기"
 "를 바꾸지 말아야 합니다."
+
+#~ msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
+#~ msgstr "디스크 파티션하기"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be "
+#~ "used to set up the system it is about to install."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "파티션 작업이 끝난 후 설치 프로그램은 시스템을 설정할 때 필요한 정보를 얻"
+#~ "기 위해 질문은 몇 가지 더 할 것입니다."
+
+#~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
+#~ msgstr "시간대 설정"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
+#~ "time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
+#~ "after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not "
+#~ "set to UTC."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "참고로 설치 프로그램은 컴퓨터 시계의 시간을 직접 바꾸지 못합니다. 시계의 "
+#~ "시간이 잘못 설정되었거나 UTC가 아니었을 경우 설치를 모두 마친 후에 바꿀 "
+#~ "수 있습니다."
+
+#~ msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
+#~ msgstr "설치 마치기 및 다시 시작하기"
diff --git a/po/pot/preparing.pot b/po/pot/preparing.pot
index 5f49a63c6..f5d6474a4 100644
--- a/po/pot/preparing.pot
+++ b/po/pot/preparing.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:847
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes or CDs."
+msgid "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"di-partition\"/>), after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes or CDs."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
diff --git a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot
index a819a079e..04527c37f 100644
--- a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot
+++ b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-24 00:09+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -239,431 +239,473 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:230
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "partman"
+msgid "clock-setup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:230
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian."
+msgid "Updates the system clock and determines whether the clock is set to UTCr or not."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "autopartkit"
+msgid "tzsetup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
+msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "partitioner"
+msgid "partman"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen."
+msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "partconf"
+msgid "autopartkit"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected partitions according to user instructions."
+msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "lvmcfg"
+msgid "partitioner"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logical Volume Manager)."
+msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "mdcfg"
+msgid "partconf"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards."
+msgid "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected partitions according to user instructions."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "tzsetup"
+msgid "lvmcfg"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
+msgid "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logical Volume Manager)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "clock-setup"
+msgid "mdcfg"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Determines whether the clock is set to UTC or not."
+msgid "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "user-setup"
+msgid "base-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user."
+msgid "Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to operate under Linux when rebooted."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "base-installer"
+msgid "user-setup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to operate under Linux when rebooted."
+msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "apt-setup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is running from."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "pkgsel"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional software."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "os-prober"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to start."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "bootloader-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose an alternate operating system each time the computer boots."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "shell"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "save-logs"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:390
+#: using-d-i.xml:391
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using Individual Components"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:391
+#: using-d-i.xml:392
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your hardware."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:403
+#: using-d-i.xml:404
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting up Debian Installer and Hardware Configuration"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:404
+#: using-d-i.xml:405
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network mirror)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:417
+#: using-d-i.xml:418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:432
+#: using-d-i.xml:433
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Check available memory / low memory mode"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:434
+#: using-d-i.xml:435
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on your system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:441
+#: using-d-i.xml:442
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to disable translations, which means that the installation can only be done in English. Of course, you can still localize the installed system after the installation has completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:448
+#: using-d-i.xml:449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If that is not sufficient, the installer will further reduce memory consumption by loading only those components essential to complete a basic installation. This reduces the functionality of the installation system. You will be given the opportunity to load additional components manually, but you should be aware that each component you select will use additional memory and thus may cause the installation to fail."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:457
+#: using-d-i.xml:458
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If the installer runs in low memory mode, it is recommended to create a relatively large swap partition (64&ndash;128MB). The swap partition will be used as virtual memory and thus increases the amount of memory available to the system. The installer will activate the swap partition as early as possible in the installation process. Note that heavy use of swap will reduce performance of your system and may lead to high disk activity."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:467
+#: using-d-i.xml:468
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Despite these measures, it is still possible that your system freezes, that unexpected errors occur or that processes are killed by the kernel because the system runs out of memory (which will result in <quote>Out of memory</quote> messages on VT4 and in the syslog)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:474
+#: using-d-i.xml:475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "For example, it has been reported that creating a big ext3 file system fails in low memory mode when there is insufficient swap space. If a larger swap doesn't help, try creating the file system as ext2 (which is an essential component of the installer) instead. It is possible to change an ext2 partition to ext3 after the installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:482
+#: using-d-i.xml:483
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "It is possible to force the installer to use a higher lowmem level than the one based on available memory by using the boot parameter <quote>lowmem</quote> as described in <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:497
+#: using-d-i.xml:498
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting Localization Options"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:499
+#: using-d-i.xml:500
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and locales."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:506
+#: using-d-i.xml:507
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will default to English."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:513
+#: using-d-i.xml:514
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:520
+#: using-d-i.xml:521
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> package will not be installed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:532
+#: using-d-i.xml:533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will be selected automatically."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:550
+#: using-d-i.xml:551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:565
+#: using-d-i.xml:566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choosing a Keyboard"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:567
+#: using-d-i.xml:568
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you have completed the installation)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:577
+#: using-d-i.xml:578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press &enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight &mdash; they are in the same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:586
+#: using-d-i.xml:587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS kernel development."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:593
+#: using-d-i.xml:594
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us (Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two layouts are similar."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:623
+#: using-d-i.xml:624
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:624
+#: using-d-i.xml:625
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-scan</command> does exactly this."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:631
+#: using-d-i.xml:632
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices (e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>.ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for another image."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:648
+#: using-d-i.xml:649
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, <command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost directories, but really traverses whole filesystem."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:655
+#: using-d-i.xml:656
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the second console."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:676
+#: using-d-i.xml:677
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Network"
+msgid "Configuring the Network"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:678
+#: using-d-i.xml:679
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your <emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:689
+#: using-d-i.xml:690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your local network at all. For further explanation, check the error messages on the fourth console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or if you want to perform a manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:701
+#: using-d-i.xml:702
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:715
+#: using-d-i.xml:716
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP address and your netmask. The default broadcast address is calculated as the bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use the offered defaults &mdash; if necessary, you can change them by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> once the system has been installed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:758
+#: using-d-i.xml:761
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
+msgid "Configuring the Clock"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:759
+#: using-d-i.xml:763
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely related issues like LVM or RAID devices."
+msgid "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet (using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time during the installation process."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. Tag: title
+#. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:781
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
+msgid "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:788
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two options."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:783
+#: using-d-i.xml:799
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
+msgid "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:805
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:811
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:838
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely related options like RAID, LVM or encrypted devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:860
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:790
+#: using-d-i.xml:866
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
       "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not detect the size of the drive correctly. Creating a new partition table does not fix this issue. What does help, is to <quote>zero</quote> the first few sectors of the drive: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -672,157 +714,163 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:803
+#: using-d-i.xml:879
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Guided Partitioning"
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:810
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted LVM<footnote> <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> support. </para> </footnote>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#: using-d-i.xml:905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:830
+#: using-d-i.xml:910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#: using-d-i.xml:919
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may take some time depending on the size of your disk."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:848
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before they are written to disk."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:858
+#: using-d-i.xml:938
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify them."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:867
+#: using-d-i.xml:947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not possible."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:875
+#: using-d-i.xml:955
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
+#: using-d-i.xml:971
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning scheme"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:892
+#: using-d-i.xml:972
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum space"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
+#: using-d-i.xml:973
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Created partitions"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:899
+#: using-d-i.xml:979
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "All files in one partition"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:900
+#: using-d-i.xml:980
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "600MB"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:901
+#: using-d-i.xml:981
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:903
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home partition"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:904
+#: using-d-i.xml:984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "500MB"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:905
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:909
+#: using-d-i.xml:989
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:910
+#: using-d-i.xml:990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:911
+#: using-d-i.xml:991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:920
+#: using-d-i.xml:1000
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, including the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:926
+#: using-d-i.xml:1006
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:934
+#: using-d-i.xml:1014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
+#: using-d-i.xml:1020
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
+#: using-d-i.xml:1026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
       "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -845,553 +893,559 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1039
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1053
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Manual Partitioning"
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:969
+#: using-d-i.xml:1054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1062
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#: using-d-i.xml:1070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose a different filesystem for this partition, including options to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return to <command>partman</command>'s main screen."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#: using-d-i.xml:1092
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. This is the same screen as is used when creating a new partition, so you can change the same settings. One thing that may not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1018
+#: using-d-i.xml:1103
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1026
+#: using-d-i.xml:1111
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#: using-d-i.xml:1117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1040
+#: using-d-i.xml:1125
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1068
+#: using-d-i.xml:1153
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)"
+msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1069
+#: using-d-i.xml:1154
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1083
+#: using-d-i.xml:1168
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1091
+#: using-d-i.xml:1176
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1169
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1170
+#: using-d-i.xml:1255
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum Devices"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1171
+#: using-d-i.xml:1256
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Spare Device"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1172
+#: using-d-i.xml:1257
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Survives disk failure?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1258
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Available Space"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1179
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID0"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1180 using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265 using-d-i.xml:1273
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1181 using-d-i.xml:1182
+#: using-d-i.xml:1266 using-d-i.xml:1267
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1187
+#: using-d-i.xml:1272
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID1"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1189 using-d-i.xml:1197
+#: using-d-i.xml:1274 using-d-i.xml:1282
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "optional"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1190 using-d-i.xml:1198
+#: using-d-i.xml:1275 using-d-i.xml:1283
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1191
+#: using-d-i.xml:1276
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1195
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID5"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1281
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1199
+#: using-d-i.xml:1284
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1207
+#: using-d-i.xml:1292
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1212
+#: using-d-i.xml:1297
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1221
+#: using-d-i.xml:1306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1315
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1250
+#: using-d-i.xml:1335
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1262
+#: using-d-i.xml:1347
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID5 has a similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1270
+#: using-d-i.xml:1355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine the first partitions on all three disks into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1294
+#: using-d-i.xml:1379
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1295
+#: using-d-i.xml:1380
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1303
+#: using-d-i.xml:1388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical disks."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1313
+#: using-d-i.xml:1398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila &mdash; your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1324
+#: using-d-i.xml:1409
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside <command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1333
+#: using-d-i.xml:1418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows valid actions. The possible actions are:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1344
+#: using-d-i.xml:1429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1434
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create volume group"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1352
+#: using-d-i.xml:1437
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create logical volume"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1440
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete volume group"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1358
+#: using-d-i.xml:1443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete logical volume"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1446
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Extend volume group"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1364
+#: using-d-i.xml:1449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Reduce volume group"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1451
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</command> screen"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1372
+#: using-d-i.xml:1457
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create your logical volumes inside it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1377
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them as such)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1391
+#: using-d-i.xml:1476
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1392
+#: using-d-i.xml:1477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the hard drive will look like random characters."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1404
+#: using-d-i.xml:1489
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1419
+#: using-d-i.xml:1504
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, chosen cipher and a key length."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1426
+#: using-d-i.xml:1511
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1437
+#: using-d-i.xml:1522
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1449
+#: using-d-i.xml:1534
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully chosen with security in mind."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1459
+#: using-d-i.xml:1544
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1546
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st century."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1479
+#: using-d-i.xml:1564
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1481
+#: using-d-i.xml:1566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1493
+#: using-d-i.xml:1578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1495
+#: using-d-i.xml:1580
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the encrypted data."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1505
+#: using-d-i.xml:1590
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1517
+#: using-d-i.xml:1602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1519
+#: using-d-i.xml:1604
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1525
+#: using-d-i.xml:1610
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Passphrase"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1526
+#: using-d-i.xml:1611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase which you will be able to enter later in the process."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1541 using-d-i.xml:1634
+#: using-d-i.xml:1626 using-d-i.xml:1719
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Random key"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1542
+#: using-d-i.xml:1627
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable in our lifetime.)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1551
+#: using-d-i.xml:1636
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended data written to the swap partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1570 using-d-i.xml:1647
+#: using-d-i.xml:1655 using-d-i.xml:1732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1572
+#: using-d-i.xml:1657
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it harder to recover any leftover data from previous installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1592
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu changes to provide the following options:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1601
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1603
+#: using-d-i.xml:1688
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1613
+#: using-d-i.xml:1698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1615
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1621
+#: using-d-i.xml:1706
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1622
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase (you will be asked to provide one later in the process)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1635
+#: using-d-i.xml:1720
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the section on random keys above."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1649
+#: using-d-i.xml:1734
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using a <emphasis>passphrase</emphasis> as the encryption key."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1667
+#: using-d-i.xml:1752
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1677
+#: using-d-i.xml:1762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1686
+#: using-d-i.xml:1771
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet when entering the passphrase for the root file system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1784
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1715
+#: using-d-i.xml:1800
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
       "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -1404,577 +1458,535 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1728
+#: using-d-i.xml:1813
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this information later when booting the new system. The differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1738
+#: using-d-i.xml:1823
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1749
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Setting up the System"
+msgid "Installing the Base System"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1750
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used to set up the system it is about to install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1835
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
+msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1764
+#: using-d-i.xml:1848
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock"
+msgid "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1782
+#: using-d-i.xml:1857
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed."
+msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the installation is performed over a serial console."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1789
+#: using-d-i.xml:1863
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase>"
+msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1875
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set to UTC."
+msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1816
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1876
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
+msgid "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to set up the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. Other user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1819
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Set the Root Password"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1823
+#: using-d-i.xml:1894
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1831
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1839
+#: using-d-i.xml:1910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1849
+#: using-d-i.xml:1920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1851
+#: using-d-i.xml:1922
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1860
+#: using-d-i.xml:1931
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program &mdash; that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail &mdash; consider reading one if it is new to you."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1870
+#: using-d-i.xml:1941
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1877
+#: using-d-i.xml:1948
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Installing the Base System"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1890
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1903
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the installation is performed over a serial console."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1918
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1930
+#: using-d-i.xml:1959
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installing Additional Software"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network."
+msgid "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1945
+#: using-d-i.xml:1975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring apt"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1947
+#: using-d-i.xml:1977
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to automatically install other packages which are required to make the package you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, <command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package management."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1971
+#: using-d-i.xml:2001
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this file to your liking after the installation is complete."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1978
+#: using-d-i.xml:2008
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the <quote>volatile</quote> update service."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1987
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> sections of the archive."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:2028
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using a network mirror"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2030
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer should be fine, but there are some exceptions."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2006
+#: using-d-i.xml:2036
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2015
+#: using-d-i.xml:2045
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. The installer currently does not support using multiple CD or DVD images during the installation<footnote> <para> Adding that option is planned. </para> </footnote>. If you have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using only what's available on the CD and install additional packages after the installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2033
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a network mirror is a lot smaller, but there is still a chance that some packages that are part of the tasks you select in the next step will not be included on the first DVD. This is especially true if you are installing in another language than English: a number of font and localization packages are known to be on the second DVD. So, if you have a reasonable Internet connection it is still advisable to use a network mirror."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2043
+#: using-d-i.xml:2073
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> if you have additional CD/DVD images available (from same set as the installation CD/DVD you are using), you can add those to the <filename>sources.list</filename> using <command>apt-cdrom</command>; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> manually add a mirror to the <filename>sources.list</filename> using an editor. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> You can then use one of the package management front-ends to select and install additional packages<footnote> <para> It is possible to add both additional CDs or DVDs <emphasis>and</emphasis> a network mirror in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Also adding a network mirror has the advantage that it will make updates of packages in point releases of the distribution available for installation. </para> </footnote>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2077
+#: using-d-i.xml:2107
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a package is available on the CD/DVD, the installer will always use that. The amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus depends on a) the tasks you select in the next step of the installation, b) which packages are needed for those tasks, and c) which of those packages are present on the CD/DVD."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2087
+#: using-d-i.xml:2117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile update available for them and those services have been configured."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2102
+#: using-d-i.xml:2132
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2134
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2113
+#: using-d-i.xml:2143
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more packages (or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2170
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2177
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to select a different desktop environment such as for example KDE."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2155
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding <literal>tasks=\"standard, kde-desktop\"</literal> at the boot prompt when starting the installer<footnote> <para> A more lightweight Xfce desktop environment can be selected by using <literal>xfce-desktop</literal> instead of <literal>kde-desktop</literal>. If you are installing on a laptop, you could also add <literal>laptop</literal> to the tasks to be installed. </para> </footnote>. However, this will only work if the packages needed for KDE are actually available. If you are installing using a full CD image, they will need to be downloaded from a mirror as KDE packages are not included on the first full CD; installing KDE this way should work fine if you are using a DVD image or any other installation method."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2175
+#: using-d-i.xml:2205
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS server: <classname>bind9</classname>; File server: <classname>samba</classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; Mail server: <classname>exim4</classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</classname>; Print server: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL database: <classname>postgresql</classname>; Web server: <classname>apache</classname>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2187
+#: using-d-i.xml:2217
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages that are part of the tasks you've selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2194
+#: using-d-i.xml:2224
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2230
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. Especially when installing from a normal CD-ROM in combination with a mirror for packages not on the CD-ROM, the installer may want to retrieve a lot of packages over the network. If you have a relatively slow Internet connection, this can take a long time. There is no option to cancel the installation of packages once it has started."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2209
+#: using-d-i.xml:2239
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still retrieve them from the mirror if the version available on the mirror is more recent than the one included on the CD-ROM. If you are installing the stable distribution, this can happen after a point release (an update of the original stable release); if you are installing the testing distribution this will happen if you are using an older image."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2231
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2233
+#: using-d-i.xml:2263
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2248
+#: using-d-i.xml:2278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2250
+#: using-d-i.xml:2280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2258
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2276
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2277
+#: using-d-i.xml:2307
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful &mdash; it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2297
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2298
+#: using-d-i.xml:2328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2307
+#: using-d-i.xml:2337
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2319
+#: using-d-i.xml:2349
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2321
+#: using-d-i.xml:2351
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for new users and old hands alike."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2327
+#: using-d-i.xml:2357
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2333
+#: using-d-i.xml:2363
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2376
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2348
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2358
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2366
+#: using-d-i.xml:2396
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use traditional device names such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2399
+#: using-d-i.xml:2429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record &mdash; however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian!"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2415
+#: using-d-i.xml:2445
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2417
+#: using-d-i.xml:2447
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2433
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2462
+#: using-d-i.xml:2492
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2464
+#: using-d-i.xml:2494
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2486
+#: using-d-i.xml:2516
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2517
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2526
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2527
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2507
+#: using-d-i.xml:2537
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2508
+#: using-d-i.xml:2538
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2521
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2561
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2532
+#: using-d-i.xml:2562
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2552
+#: using-d-i.xml:2582
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2553
+#: using-d-i.xml:2583
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
       "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -1987,61 +1999,61 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2572
+#: using-d-i.xml:2602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2573
+#: using-d-i.xml:2603
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2581
+#: using-d-i.xml:2611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2582
+#: using-d-i.xml:2612
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590 using-d-i.xml:2659
+#: using-d-i.xml:2620 using-d-i.xml:2689
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2591
+#: using-d-i.xml:2621
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2599
+#: using-d-i.xml:2629
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2630
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2621
+#: using-d-i.xml:2651
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2622
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
       "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2050,265 +2062,289 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2641
+#: using-d-i.xml:2671
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2642
+#: using-d-i.xml:2672
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is <userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2650
+#: using-d-i.xml:2680
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2681
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2660
+#: using-d-i.xml:2690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> resides"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2669
+#: using-d-i.xml:2699
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2709
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2685
+#: using-d-i.xml:2715
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2696
+#: using-d-i.xml:2726
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2714
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2761
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2732
+#: using-d-i.xml:2762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2749
+#: using-d-i.xml:2779
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2751
+#: using-d-i.xml:2781
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2776
+#: using-d-i.xml:2806
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2778
+#: using-d-i.xml:2808
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2787
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2804
+#: using-d-i.xml:2834
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2805
+#: using-d-i.xml:2835
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;."
+msgid "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the installer will do any last minute tasks. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2817
+#: using-d-i.xml:2848
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Setting the System Clock"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2850
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2857
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of UTC.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2868
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
+msgid "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the system's hardware clock. This will be done either in UTC or local time, depending on the selection that was just made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Reboot the System"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2819
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot into your new Debian system."
+msgid "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. After that the system will be rebooted into your new Debian system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation."
+msgid "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title;. You then need to IPL &debian; from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2840
+#: using-d-i.xml:2904
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2841
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2854
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2856
+#: using-d-i.xml:2920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2863
+#: using-d-i.xml:2927
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2949
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to switch back to installer itself."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2903
+#: using-d-i.xml:2967
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. You can get to the main menu from most dialogs by using the &BTN-GOBACK; button one or more times. Type <userinput>exit</userinput> to close the shell and return to the installer."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2911
+#: using-d-i.xml:2975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like autocompletion and history."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2920
+#: using-d-i.xml:2984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</filename> directory."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2927
+#: using-d-i.xml:2991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in case something goes wrong and for debugging."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2933
+#: using-d-i.xml:2997
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not do this yourself from a shell."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2948
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2950
+#: using-d-i.xml:3014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2960
+#: using-d-i.xml:3024
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:3037
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2978
+#: using-d-i.xml:3042
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2990
+#: using-d-i.xml:3054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2996
+#: using-d-i.xml:3060
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
       "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2317,25 +2353,25 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3013
+#: using-d-i.xml:3077
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> and try again."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3022
+#: using-d-i.xml:3086
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3032
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3040
+#: using-d-i.xml:3104
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/po/pt/preparing.po b/po/pt/preparing.po
index b49044b71..37dc24fbd 100644
--- a/po/pt/preparing.po
+++ b/po/pt/preparing.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: preparing\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-05 12:11+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n"
@@ -1349,19 +1349,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:847
-#, no-c-format
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely "
 "replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to "
-"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), "
-"after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if "
-"you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a "
-"connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, "
-"and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus "
-"erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the "
-"first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate "
-"means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes "
-"or CDs."
+"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"di-partition"
+"\"/>), after you have booted the installation system. However this only "
+"works if you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files "
+"on a connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard "
+"disk, and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, "
+"thus erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is "
+"successful the first time around. At the least in this case, you should have "
+"some alternate means of reviving your machine like the original system's "
+"installation tapes or CDs."
 msgstr ""
 "Se a sua máquina tem apenas um disco rígido, e se desejar substituir "
 "completamente o sistema operativo actual por &debian;, pode também esperar "
diff --git a/po/pt/using-d-i.po b/po/pt/using-d-i.po
index ed524f85e..350ad5d01 100644
--- a/po/pt/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/pt/using-d-i.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-24 00:09+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-24 20:36+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n"
@@ -432,11 +432,38 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:230
 #, no-c-format
+msgid "clock-setup"
+msgstr "clock-setup"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Updates the system clock and determines whether the clock is set to UTCr or "
+"not."
+msgstr "Determina se o relógio está definido para UTC ou não."
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "tzsetup"
+msgstr "tzsetup"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolhe o fuso horário, baseado na localização escolhida anteriormente."
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
+#, no-c-format
 msgid "partman"
 msgstr "partman"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file "
@@ -451,13 +478,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "particionamento preferida em Debian."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "autopartkit"
 msgstr "autopartkit"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
@@ -466,13 +493,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "pré-definidas do utilizador."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partitioner"
 msgstr "partitioner"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning "
@@ -482,13 +509,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "programa apropriado de acordo com a arquitectura do seu computador."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partconf"
 msgstr "partconf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected "
@@ -498,13 +525,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "seleccionadas de acordo com as instruções do utilizador."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "lvmcfg"
 msgstr "lvmcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> "
@@ -514,13 +541,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "(Logical Volume Manager)."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mdcfg"
 msgstr "mdcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant "
@@ -533,66 +560,41 @@ msgstr ""
 "encontram em motherboards novas."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "tzsetup"
-msgstr "tzsetup"
+msgid "base-installer"
+msgstr "base-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
+msgid ""
+"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
+"operate under Linux when rebooted."
 msgstr ""
-"Escolhe o fuso horário, baseado na localização escolhida anteriormente."
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "clock-setup"
-msgstr "clock-setup"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Determines whether the clock is set to UTC or not."
-msgstr "Determina se o relógio está definido para UTC ou não."
+"Instala o conjunto de pacotes mais básicos que permitem ao computador operar "
+"sob Linux quando for reiniciado."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "user-setup"
 msgstr "user-setup"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user."
 msgstr "Define a password de root, e adiciona um utilizador que não o root."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "base-installer"
-msgstr "base-installer"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
-"operate under Linux when rebooted."
-msgstr ""
-"Instala o conjunto de pacotes mais básicos que permitem ao computador operar "
-"sob Linux quando for reiniciado."
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "apt-setup"
 msgstr "apt-setup"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is "
@@ -602,13 +604,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "instalador corre."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "pkgsel"
 msgstr "pkgsel"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional "
@@ -618,13 +620,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "adicional."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "os-prober"
 msgstr "os-prober"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes "
@@ -640,13 +642,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "escolher qual o sistema operativo em que quer arrancar."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "bootloader-installer"
 msgstr "bootloader-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the "
@@ -661,13 +663,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "inicia, escolher um sistema operativo alternativo."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "shell"
 msgstr "shell"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
@@ -676,13 +678,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "consola."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "save-logs"
 msgstr "save-logs"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, "
@@ -695,13 +697,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "software do instalador aos Debian Developers."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:390
+#: using-d-i.xml:391
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using Individual Components"
 msgstr "Utilizar Componentes Individuais"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:391
+#: using-d-i.xml:392
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The "
@@ -719,13 +721,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "escolhe e do seu hardware."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:403
+#: using-d-i.xml:404
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting up Debian Installer and Hardware Configuration"
 msgstr "Preparar o Instalador Debian e a Configuração de Hardware"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:404
+#: using-d-i.xml:405
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first "
@@ -749,7 +751,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "preferido, configuração do teclado ou qual o mirror de rede desejado)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:417
+#: using-d-i.xml:418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</"
@@ -766,13 +768,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "necessita de ser repetida posteriormente no processo."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:432
+#: using-d-i.xml:433
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Check available memory / low memory mode"
 msgstr "Verificar a memória disponível / modo de baixa memória"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:434
+#: using-d-i.xml:435
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the "
@@ -786,7 +788,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sistema."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:441
+#: using-d-i.xml:442
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to "
@@ -800,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "fazer a localização (definições regionais) do sistema."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:448
+#: using-d-i.xml:449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If that is not sufficient, the installer will further reduce memory "
@@ -818,7 +820,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "utilizar memória adicional e assim poderá fazer falhar a instalação."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:457
+#: using-d-i.xml:458
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installer runs in low memory mode, it is recommended to create a "
@@ -837,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "uma grande actividade do disco."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:467
+#: using-d-i.xml:468
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Despite these measures, it is still possible that your system freezes, that "
@@ -851,7 +853,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "quote> no VT4 e no syslog)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:474
+#: using-d-i.xml:475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For example, it has been reported that creating a big ext3 file system fails "
@@ -867,7 +869,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "uma partição em ext2 para ext3 após a instalação."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:482
+#: using-d-i.xml:483
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to force the installer to use a higher lowmem level than the "
@@ -880,13 +882,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"installer-args\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:497
+#: using-d-i.xml:498
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting Localization Options"
 msgstr "Selecção das Opções de Localização"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:499
+#: using-d-i.xml:500
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of "
@@ -900,7 +902,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "consistem no idioma, país e definições locais."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:506
+#: using-d-i.xml:507
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation "
@@ -914,7 +916,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "instalador utilizará por omissão o Inglês."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:513
+#: using-d-i.xml:514
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick "
@@ -929,7 +931,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "configurar seleccionar o seu teclado."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:520
+#: using-d-i.xml:521
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language "
@@ -953,7 +955,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "classname>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:532
+#: using-d-i.xml:533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for "
@@ -975,7 +977,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "automaticamente."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:550
+#: using-d-i.xml:551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and "
@@ -989,13 +991,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "definições locais adicionais para serem geradas no sistema instalado."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:565
+#: using-d-i.xml:566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choosing a Keyboard"
 msgstr "Escolher um teclado"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:567
+#: using-d-i.xml:568
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a "
@@ -1013,7 +1015,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>kbdconfig</command> após ter completado a instalação)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:577
+#: using-d-i.xml:578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press "
@@ -1030,7 +1032,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<keycap>F10</keycap> na linha superior."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:586
+#: using-d-i.xml:587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have "
@@ -1044,7 +1046,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "porque depende de futuros desenvolvimentos do kernel para Linux/MIPS."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:593
+#: using-d-i.xml:594
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us "
@@ -1064,13 +1066,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "layouts são similares."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:623
+#: using-d-i.xml:624
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image"
 msgstr "Procurar a Imagem ISO do Instalador do Debian"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:624
+#: using-d-i.xml:625
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be "
@@ -1084,7 +1086,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "componente <command>iso-scan</command> faz exactamente isto."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:631
+#: using-d-i.xml:632
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices "
@@ -1115,7 +1117,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "command> procura por outra imagem."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:648
+#: using-d-i.xml:649
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, "
@@ -1130,7 +1132,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ficheiros."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:655
+#: using-d-i.xml:656
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, "
@@ -1148,13 +1150,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "fazer isto na segunda consola, sem reiniciar."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:676
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Network"
+#: using-d-i.xml:677
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Network"
 msgstr "Configuração de Rede"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:678
+#: using-d-i.xml:679
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one "
@@ -1175,7 +1177,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "citerefentry>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:689
+#: using-d-i.xml:690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically "
@@ -1199,7 +1201,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "se pensa que está tudo em ordem, tente novamente."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:701
+#: using-d-i.xml:702
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your "
@@ -1223,7 +1225,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:715
+#: using-d-i.xml:716
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program "
@@ -1245,21 +1247,95 @@ msgstr ""
 "instalado, editando o ficheiro <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:758
+#: using-d-i.xml:761
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock"
+msgstr "Configurar o Relógio"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:763
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:781
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the "
+"system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Dependendo da localização escolhida no início do processo de instalação, "
+"poder-lhe-á ser mostrada uma lista de fusos horários relevantes para essa "
+"localização. Se a sua localização tem apenas um fuso horário, não lhe será "
+"perguntado nada e o sistema assumirá esse fuso horário."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:788
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:799
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:805
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:811
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:838
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
 msgstr "Particionar e Escolher os Pontos de Montagem"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:759
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
 "should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to "
 "do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of "
 "the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating "
 "filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely "
-"related issues like LVM or RAID devices."
+"related options like RAID, LVM or encrypted devices."
 msgstr ""
 "Neste ponto, após a detecção do hardware ter sido feita uma última vez, o  "
 "&d-i; deverá estar no auge, configurado para as necessidades do utilizador e "
@@ -1268,26 +1344,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "do disco, atribuição de pontos de montagem e opcionalmente configuração de "
 "aspectos relacionados com dispositivos LVM e RAID."
 
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:781
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
-msgstr "Particionar os Seus Discos"
-
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:783
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:860
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with "
-"partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend="
-"\"partitioning\"/>."
+"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
+"details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 "Agora é altura de particionar os discos. Se não estiver à vontade com o "
 "particionamento, ou se quiser obter mais informações veja o <xref linkend="
 "\"partitioning\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:790
+#: using-d-i.xml:866
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1309,7 +1378,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "disco incessíveis."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:803
+#: using-d-i.xml:879
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1323,8 +1392,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "particionar automaticamente, escolha <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> a "
 "partir do menu."
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Guided Partitioning"
+msgstr "Esquema de criação das partições"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:810
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -1342,7 +1417,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "crypt</quote> do kernel </para> </footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#: using-d-i.xml:905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -1351,7 +1426,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "arquitecturas."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:830
+#: using-d-i.xml:910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -1368,7 +1443,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "seus dados pessoais."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#: using-d-i.xml:919
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -1385,7 +1460,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tamanho do seu disco."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:848
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -1403,7 +1478,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "para confirmar estas alterações antes de serem escritas no disco."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:858
+#: using-d-i.xml:938
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) "
@@ -1421,7 +1496,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "discos pode ajudar a identificá-los."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:867
+#: using-d-i.xml:947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -1437,7 +1512,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "(encriptado) isto não é possível."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:875
+#: using-d-i.xml:955
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -1455,73 +1530,73 @@ msgstr ""
 "espaço (depende do esquema escolhido) o particionamento guiado irá falhar."
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
+#: using-d-i.xml:971
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning scheme"
 msgstr "Esquema de criação das partições"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:892
+#: using-d-i.xml:972
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum space"
 msgstr "Espaço mínimo"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
+#: using-d-i.xml:973
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Created partitions"
 msgstr "Partições criadas"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:899
+#: using-d-i.xml:979
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "All files in one partition"
 msgstr "Todos os ficheiros numa partição"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:900
+#: using-d-i.xml:980
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "600MB"
 msgstr "600MB"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:901
+#: using-d-i.xml:981
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:903
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home partition"
 msgstr "Partição /home separada"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:904
+#: using-d-i.xml:984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "500MB"
 msgstr "500MB"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:905
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:909
+#: using-d-i.xml:989
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions"
 msgstr "Partições /home, /usr, /var e /tmp separadas"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:910
+#: using-d-i.xml:990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:911
+#: using-d-i.xml:991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
@@ -1531,7 +1606,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:920
+#: using-d-i.xml:1000
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -1545,7 +1620,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dentro da partição LVM."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:926
+#: using-d-i.xml:1006
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an "
@@ -1560,7 +1635,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "partição de arranque EFI."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:934
+#: using-d-i.xml:1014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, "
@@ -1572,7 +1647,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "reservar este espaço para o gestor de arranque aboot."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
+#: using-d-i.xml:1020
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -1584,7 +1659,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "partições formatadas e onde serão montadas."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
+#: using-d-i.xml:1026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -1635,7 +1710,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "alcançada utilizando o particionamento manual."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1039
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -1655,8 +1730,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "novamente o assistente de particionamento, ou modificar as alterações "
 "propostas como descritas abaixo para o particionamento manual."
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1053
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Manual Partitioning"
+msgstr "Esquema de criação das partições"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:969
+#: using-d-i.xml:1054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -1672,7 +1753,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian será tema do resto desta secção."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1062
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -1687,7 +1768,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "debaixo do disco seleccionado."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#: using-d-i.xml:1070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -1729,7 +1810,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>partman</command>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#: using-d-i.xml:1092
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -1751,7 +1832,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ext3 e swap. Este menu permite-lhe ainda apagar uma partição."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1018
+#: using-d-i.xml:1103
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -1767,7 +1848,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "permitirá continuar até que corrija esta situação."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1026
+#: using-d-i.xml:1111
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</"
@@ -1779,7 +1860,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "continuar até que aloque uma."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#: using-d-i.xml:1117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -1795,7 +1876,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "xfs</filename>, ou <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1040
+#: using-d-i.xml:1125
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -1810,13 +1891,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "os sistemas de ficheiros sejam criados conforme foram pedidos."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)"
+#: using-d-i.xml:1153
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
 msgstr "Configurar o Dispositivo Multidisk (Software RAID)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1069
+#: using-d-i.xml:1154
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -1836,7 +1917,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sua variante mais famosa <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1083
+#: using-d-i.xml:1168
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -1851,7 +1932,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "atribuir um ponto de montagem, etc.)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1091
+#: using-d-i.xml:1176
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -1932,55 +2013,55 @@ msgstr ""
 "varlistentry> </variablelist> Para resumir :"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1169
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "Tipo"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1170
+#: using-d-i.xml:1255
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum Devices"
 msgstr "Dispositivos Mínimos"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1171
+#: using-d-i.xml:1256
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Spare Device"
 msgstr "Dispositivo Sobresselente"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1172
+#: using-d-i.xml:1257
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Survives disk failure?"
 msgstr "Sobrevive a falhas de disco?"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1258
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Available Space"
 msgstr "Espaço Disponível"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1179
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID0"
 msgstr "RAID0"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1180 using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265 using-d-i.xml:1273
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1181 using-d-i.xml:1182
+#: using-d-i.xml:1266 using-d-i.xml:1267
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>não</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1988,43 +2069,43 @@ msgstr ""
 "no RAID"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1187
+#: using-d-i.xml:1272
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID1"
 msgstr "RAID1"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1189 using-d-i.xml:1197
+#: using-d-i.xml:1274 using-d-i.xml:1282
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "optional"
 msgstr "opcional"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1190 using-d-i.xml:1198
+#: using-d-i.xml:1275 using-d-i.xml:1283
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>sim</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1191
+#: using-d-i.xml:1276
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
 msgstr "Dimensão da partição RAID mais pequena"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1195
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID5"
 msgstr "RAID5"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1281
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1199
+#: using-d-i.xml:1284
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2034,7 +2115,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "no RAID menos um)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1207
+#: using-d-i.xml:1292
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2044,7 +2125,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1212
+#: using-d-i.xml:1297
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2060,7 +2141,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1221
+#: using-d-i.xml:1306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may "
@@ -2078,7 +2159,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "forma manual através da shell."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1315
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2101,7 +2182,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "que seleccionar."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2113,7 +2194,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "formaram o MD."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1250
+#: using-d-i.xml:1335
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -2134,7 +2215,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "erro seja corrigido."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1262
+#: using-d-i.xml:1347
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID5 has a similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -2145,7 +2226,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "partições activas."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1270
+#: using-d-i.xml:1355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -2163,7 +2244,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "muito fiável de 100 GB para <filename>/home</filename>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -2178,13 +2259,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "habituais."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1294
+#: using-d-i.xml:1379
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
 msgstr "A configurar o Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1295
+#: using-d-i.xml:1380
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -2201,7 +2282,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "lado para o outro, fazer links simbólicos, etc."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1303
+#: using-d-i.xml:1388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -2221,7 +2302,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "podem ser fisicamente espalhadas por vários discos."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1313
+#: using-d-i.xml:1398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -2242,7 +2323,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1324
+#: using-d-i.xml:1409
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -2259,7 +2340,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1333
+#: using-d-i.xml:1418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -2279,7 +2360,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "contexto e apenas mostra acções válidas. As acções possíveis são:"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1344
+#: using-d-i.xml:1429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -2289,43 +2370,43 @@ msgstr ""
 "estructura do dispositivo LVM, nome e tamanhos dos volumes lógicos e mais."
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1434
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create volume group"
 msgstr "Criar grupo de volumes"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1352
+#: using-d-i.xml:1437
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create logical volume"
 msgstr "Criar volume lógico"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1440
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete volume group"
 msgstr "Apagar grupo de volumes"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1358
+#: using-d-i.xml:1443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete logical volume"
 msgstr "Apagar volume lógico"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1446
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Extend volume group"
 msgstr "Estender grupo de volumes"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1364
+#: using-d-i.xml:1449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Reduce volume group"
 msgstr "Reduzir grupo de volumes"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1451
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -2335,7 +2416,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>partman</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1372
+#: using-d-i.xml:1457
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -2345,7 +2426,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "depois criar os seus volumes lógicos dentro."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1377
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -2357,13 +2438,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "deverá tratá-las como tal)."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1391
+#: using-d-i.xml:1476
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
 msgstr "Configurar Volumes Encriptados"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1392
+#: using-d-i.xml:1477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -2386,7 +2467,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "caracteres aleatórios."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1404
+#: using-d-i.xml:1489
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -2414,7 +2495,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "carregar o kernel a partir de uma partição encriptada."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1419
+#: using-d-i.xml:1504
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -2429,7 +2510,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "chave."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1426
+#: using-d-i.xml:1511
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -2450,7 +2531,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "partição."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1437
+#: using-d-i.xml:1522
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is "
@@ -2467,7 +2548,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "escolha por omissão."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1449
+#: using-d-i.xml:1534
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
@@ -2481,13 +2562,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "foram cuidadosamente escolhidos com a segurança em mente."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1459
+#: using-d-i.xml:1544
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 msgstr "Encriptação: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1546
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -2513,13 +2594,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "século XXI."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1479
+#: using-d-i.xml:1564
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Comprimento da chave: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1481
+#: using-d-i.xml:1566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -2533,13 +2614,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "desempenho. Os comprimentos disponíveis das chaves variam consoante a cifra."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1493
+#: using-d-i.xml:1578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Algoritmo IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1495
+#: using-d-i.xml:1580
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -2557,7 +2638,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "repetidos nos dados encriptados."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1505
+#: using-d-i.xml:1590
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</"
@@ -2572,25 +2653,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "seja capaz de utilizar algoritmos mais recentes."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1517
+#: using-d-i.xml:1602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
 msgstr "Chave de encriptação: <userinput>Frase-chave</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1519
+#: using-d-i.xml:1604
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr "Pode escolher aqui o tipo de chave de encriptação para esta partição."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1525
+#: using-d-i.xml:1610
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Passphrase"
 msgstr "Frase-chave"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1526
+#: using-d-i.xml:1611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -2604,13 +2685,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "frase-chave na qual poderá introduzir no processo, mais à frente."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1541 using-d-i.xml:1634
+#: using-d-i.xml:1626 using-d-i.xml:1719
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Random key"
 msgstr "Chave aleatória"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1542
+#: using-d-i.xml:1627
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -2628,7 +2709,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "cifragem, isto não é alcançável durante a nossa vida.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1551
+#: using-d-i.xml:1636
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -2648,13 +2729,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "escritos para a partição de swap."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1570 using-d-i.xml:1647
+#: using-d-i.xml:1655 using-d-i.xml:1732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
 msgstr "Apagar dados: <userinput>sim</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1572
+#: using-d-i.xml:1657
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -2675,7 +2756,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dados mesmo após várias escritas na media megneto-óptica. </para></footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1592
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> "
@@ -2687,13 +2768,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "para disponibilizar as seguintes opções:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1601
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Encriptação: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1603
+#: using-d-i.xml:1688
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are "
@@ -2706,26 +2787,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "cifras e comprimentos de chave."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1613
+#: using-d-i.xml:1698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 msgstr "Chave de encriptação: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1615
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr ""
 "Pode seleccionar aqui o tipo de chave de encriptação para esta partição."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1621
+#: using-d-i.xml:1706
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)"
 msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1622
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the "
@@ -2739,19 +2820,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "chave apropriada (ser-lhe-á pedido para indicar uma, adiante no processo)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1635
+#: using-d-i.xml:1720
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the section on random keys above."
 msgstr "Por favor veja a secção acerca de chaves aleatórias, acima."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1649
+#: using-d-i.xml:1734
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above."
 msgstr "Por favor veja acima a secção acerca de apagar dados."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer "
@@ -2765,7 +2846,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<emphasis>frase-passe</emphasis> como chave de encriptação."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1667
+#: using-d-i.xml:1752
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -2784,7 +2865,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pode demorar algum tempo."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1677
+#: using-d-i.xml:1762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -2801,7 +2882,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de animais de estimação, nomes de familiares, etc.)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1686
+#: using-d-i.xml:1771
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -2826,7 +2907,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "chave para o sistema de ficheiros raiz."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1784
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -2849,7 +2930,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "cada partição a ser encriptada."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1715
+#: using-d-i.xml:1800
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -2883,7 +2964,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "valores por omissão não lhe servirem."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1728
+#: using-d-i.xml:1813
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses "
@@ -2903,7 +2984,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "encrypted-volumes\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1738
+#: using-d-i.xml:1823
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -2913,107 +2994,90 @@ msgstr ""
 "instalação."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1749
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Setting up the System"
-msgstr "Configurar o Sistema"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1750
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used "
-"to set up the system it is about to install."
-msgstr ""
-"Após o particionamento o instalador coloca mais algumas questões que serão "
-"utilizadas para configurar o sistema que vai ser instalado."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
-msgstr "Configurar O Seu Fuso Horário"
+msgid "Installing the Base System"
+msgstr "Instalar o Sistema Base"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1764
+#: using-d-i.xml:1835
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation "
-"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. "
-"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and "
-"the system will assume that time zone."
+"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
+"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
+"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
+"take some time."
 msgstr ""
-"Dependendo da localização escolhida no início do processo de instalação, "
-"poder-lhe-á ser mostrada uma lista de fusos horários relevantes para essa "
-"localização. Se a sua localização tem apenas um fuso horário, não lhe será "
-"perguntado nada e o sistema assumirá esse fuso horário."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock"
-msgstr "Configurar o Relógio"
+"Apesar desta fase ser a menos problemática, consome uma parte significativa "
+"pois faz download, verifica e extrai todo o sistema base. Se tiver um "
+"computador ou uma ligação de rede lenta, isto poderá demorar algum tempo."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1782
+#: using-d-i.xml:1848
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
-"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
-"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
-"systems are installed."
+"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
+"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
+"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
+"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 msgstr ""
-"O instalador poderá perguntar se o relógio do computador está definido para "
-"UTC. Normalmente, se possível, a questão é evitada e o instalador tenta "
-"verificar se o relógio está definido para UTC baseado em factores como que "
-"outros sistemas operativos estão instalados."
+"Durante a instalação do sistema base, as mensagens de extracção e da "
+"configuração de pacotes são redireccionadas para <userinput>tty4</"
+"userinput>. Pode aceder a este terminal premindo <keycombo><keycap>Alt "
+"squerdo</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; pode voltar ao processo "
+"principal do instalador com <keycombo><keycap>Alt esquerdo</"
+"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1789
+#: using-d-i.xml:1857
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
-"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
-"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
-"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
-"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
-"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>"
+"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
+"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
+"installation is performed over a serial console."
 msgstr ""
-"No modo expert poderá sempre poder escolher se o relógio está ou não "
-"definido para UTC.  <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Os relógios de hardware "
-"Macintosh estão normalmente definidos para hora local. Se quer utilizar dual-"
-"boot, escolha hora local em vez de GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86"
-"\">Sistemas que (também) corram Dos ou Windows estão normalmente definidos "
-"para hora local. Se deseja utilizar dual-boot, escolha hora local em vez de "
-"GMT.</phrase>"
+"As mensagens de extracção/configuração geradas durante esta fase são "
+"guardadas em <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Pode vê-las lá se a "
+"instalação foi feita através de uma consola série."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1863
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
-"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
-"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set "
-"to UTC."
+"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
+"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
+"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
+"list of available kernels."
 msgstr ""
-"Note que o instalador actualmente não lhe permite definir a hora no relógio "
-"do computador. Se estiver incorrecta ou se previamente não foi definido como "
-"UTC você pode acertar o relógio para a hora actual depois de ter instalado."
+"Como parte da instalação, um kernel Linux irá ser instalado. Como primeira "
+"prioridade, o instalador ir-lhe-á escolher um que melhor coincide com o seu "
+"hardware. Nos modos de prioridade mais baixa, você poderá escolher a partir "
+"de uma lista de kernels disponíveis."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1816
+#: using-d-i.xml:1875
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
 msgstr "Definir Utilizadores E Palavras Passe"
 
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1876
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to "
+"set up the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. "
+"Other user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1819
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Set the Root Password"
 msgstr "Definir a Palavra Passe de Root"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1823
+#: using-d-i.xml:1894
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -3028,7 +3092,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "possível."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1831
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -3045,7 +3109,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "possa ser adivinhada."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1839
+#: using-d-i.xml:1910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -3058,13 +3122,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "sistemas."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1849
+#: using-d-i.xml:1920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
 msgstr "Criar um Utilizador Normal"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1851
+#: using-d-i.xml:1922
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -3078,7 +3142,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "seu o acesso pessoal."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1860
+#: using-d-i.xml:1931
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -3099,7 +3163,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "for novo para si."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1870
+#: using-d-i.xml:1941
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -3114,7 +3178,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "conta."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1877
+#: using-d-i.xml:1948
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -3124,82 +3188,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "utilize o comando <command>adduser</command>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Installing the Base System"
-msgstr "Instalar o Sistema Base"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1890
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
-"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
-"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
-"take some time."
-msgstr ""
-"Apesar desta fase ser a menos problemática, consome uma parte significativa "
-"pois faz download, verifica e extrai todo o sistema base. Se tiver um "
-"computador ou uma ligação de rede lenta, isto poderá demorar algum tempo."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1903
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
-"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
-"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
-"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
-"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-msgstr ""
-"Durante a instalação do sistema base, as mensagens de extracção e da "
-"configuração de pacotes são redireccionadas para <userinput>tty4</"
-"userinput>. Pode aceder a este terminal premindo <keycombo><keycap>Alt "
-"squerdo</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; pode voltar ao processo "
-"principal do instalador com <keycombo><keycap>Alt esquerdo</"
-"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
-"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
-"installation is performed over a serial console."
-msgstr ""
-"As mensagens de extracção/configuração geradas durante esta fase são "
-"guardadas em <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Pode vê-las lá se a "
-"instalação foi feita através de uma consola série."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1918
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
-"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
-"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
-"list of available kernels."
-msgstr ""
-"Como parte da instalação, um kernel Linux irá ser instalado. Como primeira "
-"prioridade, o instalador ir-lhe-á escolher um que melhor coincide com o seu "
-"hardware. Nos modos de prioridade mais baixa, você poderá escolher a partir "
-"de uma lista de kernels disponíveis."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1930
+#: using-d-i.xml:1959
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installing Additional Software"
 msgstr "Instalar Software Adicional"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. "
-"Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it "
-"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even "
-"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or "
-"network."
+"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
+"install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the "
+"installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing "
+"the base system if you have a slow computer or network connection."
 msgstr ""
 "Após o sistema base estar instalado, você tem um sistema utilizável mas "
 "limitado. A maioria dos utilizadores irão querer acrescentar software "
@@ -3208,13 +3209,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "sistema base se tiver um computador ou uma rede lentos."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1945
+#: using-d-i.xml:1975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring apt"
 msgstr "Configurar o apt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1947
+#: using-d-i.xml:1977
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program "
@@ -3249,7 +3250,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "command> é agora o utilitário recomendado para gestão de pacotes."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1971
+#: using-d-i.xml:2001
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3263,7 +3264,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ficheiro ao seu gosto após a instalação estar completa."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1978
+#: using-d-i.xml:2008
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3282,7 +3283,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>volatile</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1987
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3298,13 +3299,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "quote> do arquivo."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:2028
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using a network mirror"
 msgstr "Utilizar um 'mirror' de rede"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2030
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a "
@@ -3316,7 +3317,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "resposta pré-definida deve estar bem, mas existem algumas excepções."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2006
+#: using-d-i.xml:2036
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -3334,7 +3335,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "próxima etapa da instalação."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2015
+#: using-d-i.xml:2045
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a "
@@ -3360,7 +3361,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "após ter reiniciado para o novo sistema)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2033
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a "
@@ -3381,7 +3382,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de rede."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2043
+#: using-d-i.xml:2073
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: "
@@ -3412,7 +3413,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2077
+#: using-d-i.xml:2107
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -3432,7 +3433,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "estão presentes no CD/DVD."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2087
+#: using-d-i.xml:2117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may "
@@ -3445,13 +3446,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "configurados."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2102
+#: using-d-i.xml:2132
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
 msgstr "Seleccionar e Instalar Software"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2134
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -3469,7 +3470,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "executar várias tarefas."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2113
+#: using-d-i.xml:2143
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
@@ -3503,7 +3504,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "size-list\"/> lista as necessidades de espaço para as tarefas disponíveis."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2170
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -3516,7 +3517,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "não instalar nenhuma tarefa."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2177
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop "
@@ -3528,7 +3529,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "escolher um ambiente de desktop diferente como por exemplo, o KDE."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2155
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see "
@@ -3559,7 +3560,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "imagem de DVD ou qualquer outro método de instalação."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2175
+#: using-d-i.xml:2205
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS "
@@ -3578,7 +3579,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<classname>apache</classname>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2187
+#: using-d-i.xml:2217
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -3590,7 +3591,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tarefas que escolheu."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2194
+#: using-d-i.xml:2224
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3600,7 +3601,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "barra de espaços para mudar a selecção de uma tarefa."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2230
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -3618,7 +3619,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "não existe opção para cancelar a instalação de pacotes."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2209
+#: using-d-i.xml:2239
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -3637,7 +3638,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "antiga."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
@@ -3652,13 +3653,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "este processo."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2231
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "Tornar o Sistema Iniciável"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2233
+#: using-d-i.xml:2263
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3673,13 +3674,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "sun\"/>.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2248
+#: using-d-i.xml:2278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "Detecção de outros sistemas operativos"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2250
+#: using-d-i.xml:2280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3695,7 +3696,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "adição ao Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2258
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3712,13 +3713,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "mais informações."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2276
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Instalar o <command>aboot</command> num Disco Rígido"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2277
+#: using-d-i.xml:2307
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -3740,13 +3741,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "terá que arrancar o GNU/Linux a partir de uma disquete."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2297
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2298
+#: using-d-i.xml:2328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3763,19 +3764,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "Linux."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2307
+#: using-d-i.xml:2337
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa FIXME ( mais informação necessária )"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2319
+#: using-d-i.xml:2349
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>Grub</command> num Disco Rígido"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2321
+#: using-d-i.xml:2351
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3788,7 +3789,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "experientes."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2327
+#: using-d-i.xml:2357
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3800,7 +3801,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "qualquer outro local. Veja o manual do grub para uma informação completa."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2333
+#: using-d-i.xml:2363
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -3812,13 +3813,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "utilizar."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2376
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>LILO</command> num Disco Rígido"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2348
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3835,7 +3836,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2358
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3849,7 +3850,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sistemas operativos como o GNU/Linux e GNU/Hurd depois da instalação."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2366
+#: using-d-i.xml:2396
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3859,13 +3860,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>LILO</command>."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3875,13 +3876,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "de arranque."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "nova partição Debian"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3893,13 +3894,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "gestor de arranque secundário."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "Outra escolha"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3913,7 +3914,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "como <filename>/dev/hda</filename> ou <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2399
+#: using-d-i.xml:2429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3929,14 +3930,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "utilizar outro método para voltar ao Debian!"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2415
+#: using-d-i.xml:2445
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>ELILO</command> num Disco Rígido"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2417
+#: using-d-i.xml:2447
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3965,7 +3966,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de carregar e arrancar o kernel Linux."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2433
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3983,13 +3984,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "contém o seu sistema de ficheiros <emphasis>root</emphasis>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "Escolha a partição correcta!"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -4008,13 +4009,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "anterior!"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2462
+#: using-d-i.xml:2492
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "Conteúdo das Partições EFI"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2464
+#: using-d-i.xml:2494
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -4044,13 +4045,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "conforme o sistema é actualizado ou reconfigurado."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2486
+#: using-d-i.xml:2516
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2517
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -4062,13 +4063,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "dos ficheiros reescritos de modo a referir os ficheiros da partição EFI."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2526
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2527
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -4082,13 +4083,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2507
+#: using-d-i.xml:2537
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2508
+#: using-d-i.xml:2538
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -4103,13 +4104,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2521
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4122,13 +4123,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "seja executado."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2561
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2532
+#: using-d-i.xml:2562
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4142,13 +4143,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2552
+#: using-d-i.xml:2582
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2553
+#: using-d-i.xml:2583
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -4192,13 +4193,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "executando <command>boot</command>."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2572
+#: using-d-i.xml:2602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2573
+#: using-d-i.xml:2603
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -4208,13 +4209,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "userinput> para controladores onboard."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2581
+#: using-d-i.xml:2611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "disk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2582
+#: using-d-i.xml:2612
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
@@ -4223,13 +4224,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>arcboot</command> está instalado"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590 using-d-i.xml:2659
+#: using-d-i.xml:2620 using-d-i.xml:2689
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "partnr"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2591
+#: using-d-i.xml:2621
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -4238,13 +4239,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> reside"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2599
+#: using-d-i.xml:2629
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "config"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2630
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -4254,13 +4255,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "que por omissão é <quote>linux</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2621
+#: using-d-i.xml:2651
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2622
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -4289,13 +4290,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample> na linha de comando do firmware."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2641
+#: using-d-i.xml:2671
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2642
+#: using-d-i.xml:2672
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -4305,13 +4306,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "parte das DECstations, <userinput>3</userinput> para controladores onboard"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2650
+#: using-d-i.xml:2680
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2681
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
@@ -4319,7 +4320,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>DELO</command> será instalado"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2660
+#: using-d-i.xml:2690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
@@ -4328,13 +4329,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> reside"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "nome"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2669
+#: using-d-i.xml:2699
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -4344,7 +4345,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "omissão <quote>linux</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2709
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -4355,19 +4356,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "para a sua utilização."
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2685
+#: using-d-i.xml:2715
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Instalar o <command>Yaboot</command> num Disco Rígido"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2696
+#: using-d-i.xml:2726
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4388,13 +4389,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "iniciar o &debian;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2714
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Instalar o <command>Quik</command> num Disco Rígido"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4409,13 +4410,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "clones da Power Computing."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2761
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2732
+#: using-d-i.xml:2762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4432,13 +4433,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>ZIPL</command>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2749
+#: using-d-i.xml:2779
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Instalar o gestor de arranque <command>SILO</command> num Disco Rígido"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2751
+#: using-d-i.xml:2781
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4470,13 +4471,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "instalação SunOS/Solaris já existente."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2776
+#: using-d-i.xml:2806
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "Continuar Sem Gestor de Arranque"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2778
+#: using-d-i.xml:2808
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -4495,7 +4496,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "arrancar o GNU/Linux.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2787
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -4517,35 +4518,83 @@ msgstr ""
 "numa partição separada."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2804
+#: using-d-i.xml:2834
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "Terminar a Instalação"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2805
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:2835
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
-"consists of tidying up after the &d-i;."
+"This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the "
+"installer will do any last minute tasks. It mostly consists of tidying up "
+"after the &d-i;."
 msgstr ""
 "Estes são os últimos detalhes a efectuar antes de reiniciar para o seu novo. "
 "Consiste basicamente em arrumar o &d-i;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2817
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
-msgstr "Terminar a Instalação e Reiniciar"
+#: using-d-i.xml:2848
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Setting the System Clock"
+msgstr "Configurar o Sistema"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2850
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
+"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
+"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
+"systems are installed."
+msgstr ""
+"O instalador poderá perguntar se o relógio do computador está definido para "
+"UTC. Normalmente, se possível, a questão é evitada e o instalador tenta "
+"verificar se o relógio está definido para UTC baseado em factores como que "
+"outros sistemas operativos estão instalados."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2819
+#: using-d-i.xml:2857
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
+"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
+"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
+"instead of UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
+"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
+"local time instead of UTC.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"No modo expert poderá sempre poder escolher se o relógio está ou não "
+"definido para UTC.  <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Os relógios de hardware "
+"Macintosh estão normalmente definidos para hora local. Se quer utilizar dual-"
+"boot, escolha hora local em vez de GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86"
+"\">Sistemas que (também) corram Dos ou Windows estão normalmente definidos "
+"para hora local. Se deseja utilizar dual-boot, escolha hora local em vez de "
+"GMT.</phrase>"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2868
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
-"be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot "
-"the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot "
-"into your new Debian system."
+"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
+"system's hardware clock. This will be done either in UTC or local time, "
+"depending on the selection that was just made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Reboot the System"
+msgstr "Configurar o Sistema"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
+"used to boot the installer. After that the system will be rebooted into your "
+"new Debian system."
 msgstr ""
 "Este é o último passo no processo inicial da instalação do Debian. Ser-lhe-á "
 "indicado que remova o meio de arranque (CD, floppy, etc) que usou para "
@@ -4553,13 +4602,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "reiniciará já no seu novo sistema Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
-"which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-"
-"title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you "
-"selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation."
+"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
+"supported on &arch-title;. You then need to IPL &debian; from the DASD which "
+"you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the "
+"installation."
 msgstr ""
 "Seleccione no menu <guimenuitem>Terminar a instalação</guimenuitem>, o que "
 "irá terminar o sistema pois a reinicialização não é suportada neste caso no "
@@ -4567,13 +4616,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "escolhido para sistema de ficheiros root durante a fase de instalação."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2840
+#: using-d-i.xml:2904
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "Miscelânea"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2841
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -4585,13 +4634,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "utilizador no caso de algo correr mal."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2854
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "Gravar os logs de instalação"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2856
+#: using-d-i.xml:2920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -4603,7 +4652,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "installer/</filename> no seu novo sistema Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2863
+#: using-d-i.xml:2927
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -4619,13 +4668,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "sistema ou incluí-los num relatório de instalação. "
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "Utilizar a Shell e Ver os Logs"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2949
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -4651,7 +4700,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> para voltar ao instalador."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2903
+#: using-d-i.xml:2967
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -4667,7 +4716,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<userinput>exit</userinput> para fechar a shell e voltar ao instalador."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2911
+#: using-d-i.xml:2975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -4685,7 +4734,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "agradáveis como auto-completar e histórico."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2920
+#: using-d-i.xml:2984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -4697,7 +4746,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "encontrados no directório <filename>/var/log</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2927
+#: using-d-i.xml:2991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -4709,7 +4758,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de alguma coisa correr mal e para depuração."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2933
+#: using-d-i.xml:2997
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -4723,13 +4772,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "não o faça você mesmo a partir da shell."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2948
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr "Instalação Através da Rede"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2950
+#: using-d-i.xml:3014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4747,7 +4796,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2960
+#: using-d-i.xml:3024
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4770,7 +4819,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "com SSH</guimenuitem>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:3037
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4780,7 +4829,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "configurar a rede."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2978
+#: using-d-i.xml:3042
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4803,7 +4852,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "remotamente</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2990
+#: using-d-i.xml:3054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4815,7 +4864,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "poderá escolher outro componente."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2996
+#: using-d-i.xml:3060
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4847,7 +4896,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de confirmar se é o correcto."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3013
+#: using-d-i.xml:3077
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4865,7 +4914,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> e tentar novamente."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3022
+#: using-d-i.xml:3086
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4885,7 +4934,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "SSH para o menu de instalação, mas pode iniciar várias sessões para shells."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3032
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4901,7 +4950,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sistema instalado."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3040
+#: using-d-i.xml:3104
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
@@ -4911,6 +4960,33 @@ msgstr ""
 "não deve redimensionar a janela já que irá fazer com que a ligação seja "
 "terminada."
 
+#~ msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
+#~ msgstr "Particionar os Seus Discos"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be "
+#~ "used to set up the system it is about to install."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Após o particionamento o instalador coloca mais algumas questões que "
+#~ "serão utilizadas para configurar o sistema que vai ser instalado."
+
+#~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
+#~ msgstr "Configurar O Seu Fuso Horário"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
+#~ "time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
+#~ "after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not "
+#~ "set to UTC."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Note que o instalador actualmente não lhe permite definir a hora no "
+#~ "relógio do computador. Se estiver incorrecta ou se previamente não foi "
+#~ "definido como UTC você pode acertar o relógio para a hora actual depois "
+#~ "de ter instalado."
+
+#~ msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
+#~ msgstr "Terminar a Instalação e Reiniciar"
+
 #~ msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent"
 #~ msgstr "Configurar o Mail Transport Agent"
 
diff --git a/po/ro/using-d-i.po b/po/ro/using-d-i.po
index a7e845559..1b52be8b3 100644
--- a/po/ro/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/ro/using-d-i.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-24 00:09+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-25 02:25+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Eddy Petrișor <eddy.petrisor@gmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Romanian <debian-l10n-romanian@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -434,11 +434,37 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:230
 #, no-c-format
+msgid "clock-setup"
+msgstr "configuratorul ceasului - clock-setup"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Updates the system clock and determines whether the clock is set to UTCr or "
+"not."
+msgstr "Determină dacă ceasul este configurat conform cu UTC sau nu."
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "tzsetup"
+msgstr "configuratorul fusului orar - tzsetup"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
+msgstr "Selectează fusul orar, bazat pe locaţia selectată anterior."
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
+#, no-c-format
 msgid "partman"
 msgstr "managerul de partiţii - partman"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file "
@@ -453,13 +479,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "preferată în Debian."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "autopartkit"
 msgstr "autopartkit"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
@@ -468,13 +494,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "preconfigurate ale utilizatorului."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partitioner"
 msgstr "partiţionatorul - partitioner"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning "
@@ -485,13 +511,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "dumneavoastră."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partconf"
 msgstr "configuratorul de partiţii - partconf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected "
@@ -501,13 +527,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "selectate, conform cu instrucţiunile utilizatorului."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "lvmcfg"
 msgstr "configuratorul LVM - lvmcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> "
@@ -517,13 +543,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "volume logice)."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mdcfg"
 msgstr "configuratorul md - mdcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant "
@@ -536,65 +562,41 @@ msgstr ""
 "găsite pe plăcile de bază mai noi."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "tzsetup"
-msgstr "configuratorul fusului orar - tzsetup"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
-msgstr "Selectează fusul orar, bazat pe locaţia selectată anterior."
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "clock-setup"
-msgstr "configuratorul ceasului - clock-setup"
+msgid "base-installer"
+msgstr "instalatorul bazei - base-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Determines whether the clock is set to UTC or not."
-msgstr "Determină dacă ceasul este configurat conform cu UTC sau nu."
+msgid ""
+"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
+"operate under Linux when rebooted."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalează un set de pachete de  bază care ar permite calculatorului să "
+"opereze în Linux după ce va fi repornit."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "user-setup"
 msgstr "configuratorul pentru utilizator - user-setup"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user."
 msgstr "Pregăteşte parola „de root”, şi adaugă un utilizator obişnuit."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "base-installer"
-msgstr "instalatorul bazei - base-installer"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
-"operate under Linux when rebooted."
-msgstr ""
-"Instalează un set de pachete de  bază care ar permite calculatorului să "
-"opereze în Linux după ce va fi repornit."
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "apt-setup"
 msgstr "pregătitorul apt - apt-setup"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is "
@@ -604,13 +606,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "mediul de instalare."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "pkgsel"
 msgstr "selectorul de pachete - pkgsel"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional "
@@ -620,13 +622,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "programe adiţionale."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "os-prober"
 msgstr "testorul de sisteme de operare - os-prober"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes "
@@ -642,13 +644,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "cu uşurinţă, la pornire, sistemul de operare care să fie pornit."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "bootloader-installer"
 msgstr "instalatorul de încărcător de sistem - bootloader-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the "
@@ -662,13 +664,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "aleagă "
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "shell"
 msgstr "consola - shell"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
@@ -677,13 +679,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "execute în cea de-a doua consolă."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "save-logs"
 msgstr "salvatorul de jurnale - save-logs"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, "
@@ -695,13 +697,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "mai târziu, către dezvoltatorii Debian probleme ale programului de instalare."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:390
+#: using-d-i.xml:391
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using Individual Components"
 msgstr "Folosirea componentelor individuale"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:391
+#: using-d-i.xml:392
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The "
@@ -719,14 +721,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "instalare folosită şi de componentele hardware."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:403
+#: using-d-i.xml:404
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting up Debian Installer and Hardware Configuration"
 msgstr ""
 "Pregătirea Programului de instalare al Debian şi a configuraţiei hardware"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:404
+#: using-d-i.xml:405
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first "
@@ -746,7 +748,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "îndeplinească."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:417
+#: using-d-i.xml:418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</"
@@ -763,13 +765,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "detecţie trebuie repetat mai târziu."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:432
+#: using-d-i.xml:433
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid "Check available memory / low memory mode"
 msgstr "Verificarea memoriei disponibile"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:434
+#: using-d-i.xml:435
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the "
@@ -783,7 +785,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "permite să instalaţi &debian; pe sistemul dumneavoastră."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:441
+#: using-d-i.xml:442
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to "
@@ -793,7 +795,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:448
+#: using-d-i.xml:449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If that is not sufficient, the installer will further reduce memory "
@@ -805,7 +807,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:457
+#: using-d-i.xml:458
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installer runs in low memory mode, it is recommended to create a "
@@ -817,7 +819,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:467
+#: using-d-i.xml:468
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Despite these measures, it is still possible that your system freezes, that "
@@ -827,7 +829,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:474
+#: using-d-i.xml:475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For example, it has been reported that creating a big ext3 file system fails "
@@ -838,7 +840,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:482
+#: using-d-i.xml:483
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to force the installer to use a higher lowmem level than the "
@@ -847,13 +849,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:497
+#: using-d-i.xml:498
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting Localization Options"
 msgstr "Selectarea opţiunilor de localizare"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:499
+#: using-d-i.xml:500
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of "
@@ -867,7 +869,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "localele."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:506
+#: using-d-i.xml:507
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation "
@@ -881,7 +883,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "instalare va folosi implicit engleza."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:513
+#: using-d-i.xml:514
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick "
@@ -896,7 +898,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "şi pentru alegerea tastaturii dumneavoastră."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:520
+#: using-d-i.xml:521
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language "
@@ -920,7 +922,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "classname> nu va fi instalat."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:532
+#: using-d-i.xml:533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for "
@@ -941,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "o ţară asociată, acea ţară va fi selectată automat."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:550
+#: using-d-i.xml:551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and "
@@ -955,13 +957,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "fi generate pentru sistemul instalat."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:565
+#: using-d-i.xml:566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choosing a Keyboard"
 msgstr "Alegerea tastaturii"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:567
+#: using-d-i.xml:568
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a "
@@ -980,7 +982,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # couldn't xml-ised quotes be used for the ' characters?
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:577
+#: using-d-i.xml:578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press "
@@ -996,7 +998,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "keycap> la <keycap>F10</keycap> deasupra şirului de sus."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:586
+#: using-d-i.xml:587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have "
@@ -1011,7 +1013,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Linux/MIPS."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:593
+#: using-d-i.xml:594
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us "
@@ -1031,13 +1033,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Mac). În celelalte privinţe, cele două aranjamente sunt similare."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:623
+#: using-d-i.xml:624
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image"
 msgstr "Căutarea imaginii ISO a Programului de instalare al Debian"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:624
+#: using-d-i.xml:625
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be "
@@ -1051,7 +1053,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Componenta <command>iso-scan</command> face chiar acest lucru."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:631
+#: using-d-i.xml:632
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices "
@@ -1081,7 +1083,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>iso-scan</command> caută o altă imagine."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:648
+#: using-d-i.xml:649
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, "
@@ -1095,7 +1097,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "chiar traversează întregul sistem de fişiere."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:655
+#: using-d-i.xml:656
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, "
@@ -1113,13 +1115,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Unix ar putea face aceste lucruri fără a reporni, de la a doua consolă."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:676
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Network"
+#: using-d-i.xml:677
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Network"
 msgstr "Configurarea reţelisticii"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:678
+#: using-d-i.xml:679
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one "
@@ -1140,7 +1142,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "citerefentry>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:689
+#: using-d-i.xml:690
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically "
@@ -1165,7 +1167,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "este cum trebuie, încercaţi din nou."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:701
+#: using-d-i.xml:702
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your "
@@ -1189,7 +1191,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:715
+#: using-d-i.xml:716
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program "
@@ -1214,21 +1216,91 @@ msgstr ""
 "de configurare a reţelei."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:758
+#: using-d-i.xml:761
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:763
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:781
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the "
+"system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:788
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:799
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:805
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:811
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:838
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
 msgstr "Partiţionarea şi selectarea punctelor de montare"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:759
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
 "should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to "
 "do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of "
 "the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating "
 "filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely "
-"related issues like LVM or RAID devices."
+"related options like RAID, LVM or encrypted devices."
 msgstr ""
 "Acum, după ce detecţia de hardware a fost executată o ultimă dată, &d-i; ar "
 "trebui sa fie în deplinătatea forţelor sale, particularizat pentru nevoile "
@@ -1239,26 +1311,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "precum Managerul de volume logice (<quote>LVM</quote>) sau dispozitivele "
 "RAID."
 
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:781
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
-msgstr "Partiţionarea discurilor"
-
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:783
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:860
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with "
-"partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend="
-"\"partitioning\"/>."
+"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
+"details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 "Acum este momentul să partiţionaţi discurile. Dacă nu vă simţiţi confortabil "
 "în legătură cu partiţionarea sau dacă doriţi să aflaţi mai multe detalii, a "
 "se vedea <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:790
+#: using-d-i.xml:866
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1272,7 +1337,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:803
+#: using-d-i.xml:879
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1285,8 +1350,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "şi partiţionare <quote>ghidată</quote>. Dacă nu doriţi să partiţionaţi "
 "automat, alegeţi din meniu metoda <guimenuitem>Manuală</guimenuitem> ."
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Guided Partitioning"
+msgstr "Schema de partiţionare"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:810
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -1303,7 +1374,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "(criptat) să nu fie prezentă pe toate arhitecturile."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#: using-d-i.xml:905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -1313,7 +1384,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # XXX: shouldn't real Note style be used instead of the inline string?
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:830
+#: using-d-i.xml:910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -1331,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pentru datele (personale ale) dumneavoastră."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#: using-d-i.xml:919
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -1348,7 +1419,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de dimensiunea discului."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:848
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -1366,7 +1437,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "cere să confirmaţi aceste schimbări înainte de a fi scrise pe disc."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:858
+#: using-d-i.xml:938
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) "
@@ -1385,7 +1456,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "identificarea lor."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:867
+#: using-d-i.xml:947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -1401,7 +1472,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "(criptat) acest lucru nu este posibil."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:875
+#: using-d-i.xml:955
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -1420,73 +1491,73 @@ msgstr ""
 "eşua."
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
+#: using-d-i.xml:971
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning scheme"
 msgstr "Schema de partiţionare"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:892
+#: using-d-i.xml:972
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum space"
 msgstr "Spaţiu minim"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
+#: using-d-i.xml:973
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Created partitions"
 msgstr "Partiţii create"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:899
+#: using-d-i.xml:979
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "All files in one partition"
 msgstr "Toate fişierele pe o partiţie"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:900
+#: using-d-i.xml:980
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "600MB"
 msgstr "600MO"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:901
+#: using-d-i.xml:981
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:903
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home partition"
 msgstr "Partiţie /home separată"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:904
+#: using-d-i.xml:984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "500MB"
 msgstr "500MO"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:905
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:909
+#: using-d-i.xml:989
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions"
 msgstr "Partiţii /home, /usr, /var şi /tmp separate"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:910
+#: using-d-i.xml:990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>1GO</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:911
+#: using-d-i.xml:991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
@@ -1496,7 +1567,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:920
+#: using-d-i.xml:1000
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -1510,7 +1581,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "partiţiei LVM."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:926
+#: using-d-i.xml:1006
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an "
@@ -1525,7 +1596,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "EFI."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:934
+#: using-d-i.xml:1014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, "
@@ -1537,7 +1608,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "a rezerva spaţiu pentru încărcătorul de sistem aboot."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
+#: using-d-i.xml:1020
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -1549,7 +1620,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "formatate şi dacă vor fi montate."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
+#: using-d-i.xml:1026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -1600,7 +1671,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "partiţionarea manuală."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1039
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -1620,8 +1691,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "să rulaţi partiţionarea ghidată din nou sau să modificaţi schimbările "
 "propuse după cum se va descrie mai jos la partiţionarea manuală."
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1053
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Manual Partitioning"
+msgstr "Schema de partiţionare"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:969
+#: using-d-i.xml:1054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -1637,7 +1714,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian vor fi acoperite în restul acestei secţiuni."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1062
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -1652,7 +1729,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "selectat."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#: using-d-i.xml:1070
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -1691,7 +1768,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>partman</command>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#: using-d-i.xml:1092
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -1713,7 +1790,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "şi să ştergeţi o partiţie."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1018
+#: using-d-i.xml:1103
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -1729,7 +1806,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "lăsa să continuaţi până nu corectaţi această problemă."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1026
+#: using-d-i.xml:1111
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</"
@@ -1741,7 +1818,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "continuaţi până când nu alocaţi una."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#: using-d-i.xml:1117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -1758,7 +1835,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1040
+#: using-d-i.xml:1125
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -1773,13 +1850,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "sistemele de fişiere ar trebui create aşa cum s-a cerut."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)"
+#: using-d-i.xml:1153
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
 msgstr "Configurarea dispozitivelor multi-disc (<quote>RAID software</quote>)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1069
+#: using-d-i.xml:1154
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -1800,7 +1877,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "software</firstterm></quote>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1083
+#: using-d-i.xml:1168
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -1815,7 +1892,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "montare, etc.)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1091
+#: using-d-i.xml:1176
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -1898,55 +1975,55 @@ msgstr ""
 "variablelist> Pentru a sumariza:"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1169
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "Tipul"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1170
+#: using-d-i.xml:1255
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum Devices"
 msgstr "Minim de dispozitive"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1171
+#: using-d-i.xml:1256
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Spare Device"
 msgstr "Dispozitive de rezervă"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1172
+#: using-d-i.xml:1257
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Survives disk failure?"
 msgstr "Supravieţuieşte la un defect de disc?"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1258
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Available Space"
 msgstr "Spaţiu disponibil"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1179
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID0"
 msgstr "RAID0"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1180 using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265 using-d-i.xml:1273
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1181 using-d-i.xml:1182
+#: using-d-i.xml:1266 using-d-i.xml:1267
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>nu</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1954,43 +2031,43 @@ msgstr ""
 "RAID"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1187
+#: using-d-i.xml:1272
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID1"
 msgstr "RAID1"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1189 using-d-i.xml:1197
+#: using-d-i.xml:1274 using-d-i.xml:1282
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "optional"
 msgstr "opţional"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1190 using-d-i.xml:1198
+#: using-d-i.xml:1275 using-d-i.xml:1283
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>da</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1191
+#: using-d-i.xml:1276
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
 msgstr "Dimensiunea celei mai mici partiţii din RAID"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1195
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID5"
 msgstr "RAID5"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1281
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1199
+#: using-d-i.xml:1284
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2000,7 +2077,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "RAID minus unu)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1207
+#: using-d-i.xml:1292
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2011,7 +2088,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "software</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1212
+#: using-d-i.xml:1297
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2028,7 +2105,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1221
+#: using-d-i.xml:1306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may "
@@ -2047,7 +2124,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de instalare sau configurare."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1315
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2069,7 +2146,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "depinde de tipul de dispozitiv MD selectat."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2081,7 +2158,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "selectaţi partiţiile care vor forma dispozitivul MD."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1250
+#: using-d-i.xml:1335
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -2102,7 +2179,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "problema."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1262
+#: using-d-i.xml:1347
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID5 has a similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -2113,7 +2190,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "emphasis> partiţii active."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1270
+#: using-d-i.xml:1355
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -2131,7 +2208,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "(partiţie de 100GO, destul de sigură pentru <filename>/home</filename>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -2146,13 +2223,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "precum punctele de montare."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1294
+#: using-d-i.xml:1379
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
 msgstr "Configurarea Managerului de volume logice (LVM)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1295
+#: using-d-i.xml:1380
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -2169,7 +2246,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "legături simbolice, etc."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1303
+#: using-d-i.xml:1388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -2189,7 +2266,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "se pot întinde peste mai multe discuri fizice."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1313
+#: using-d-i.xml:1398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -2210,7 +2287,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "fi bine să citiţi <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">Reţetarul LVM</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1324
+#: using-d-i.xml:1409
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -2227,7 +2304,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "fizic pentru LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1333
+#: using-d-i.xml:1418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -2240,7 +2317,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1344
+#: using-d-i.xml:1429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -2248,43 +2325,43 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1434
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create volume group"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1352
+#: using-d-i.xml:1437
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create logical volume"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1440
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete volume group"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1358
+#: using-d-i.xml:1443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete logical volume"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1446
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Extend volume group"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1364
+#: using-d-i.xml:1449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Reduce volume group"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1451
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -2292,7 +2369,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1372
+#: using-d-i.xml:1457
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -2300,7 +2377,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1377
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -2309,13 +2386,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1391
+#: using-d-i.xml:1476
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1392
+#: using-d-i.xml:1477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -2329,7 +2406,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1404
+#: using-d-i.xml:1489
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -2346,7 +2423,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1419
+#: using-d-i.xml:1504
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -2356,7 +2433,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1426
+#: using-d-i.xml:1511
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -2369,7 +2446,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1437
+#: using-d-i.xml:1522
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is "
@@ -2380,7 +2457,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1449
+#: using-d-i.xml:1534
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
@@ -2390,13 +2467,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1459
+#: using-d-i.xml:1544
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1546
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -2412,13 +2489,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1479
+#: using-d-i.xml:1564
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1481
+#: using-d-i.xml:1566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -2428,13 +2505,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1493
+#: using-d-i.xml:1578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1495
+#: using-d-i.xml:1580
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -2446,7 +2523,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1505
+#: using-d-i.xml:1590
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</"
@@ -2456,25 +2533,25 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1517
+#: using-d-i.xml:1602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1519
+#: using-d-i.xml:1604
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1525
+#: using-d-i.xml:1610
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Passphrase"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1526
+#: using-d-i.xml:1611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -2484,13 +2561,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1541 using-d-i.xml:1634
+#: using-d-i.xml:1626 using-d-i.xml:1719
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Random key"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1542
+#: using-d-i.xml:1627
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -2502,7 +2579,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1551
+#: using-d-i.xml:1636
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -2515,13 +2592,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1570 using-d-i.xml:1647
+#: using-d-i.xml:1655 using-d-i.xml:1732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1572
+#: using-d-i.xml:1657
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -2535,7 +2612,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1592
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> "
@@ -2544,13 +2621,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1601
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1603
+#: using-d-i.xml:1688
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are "
@@ -2559,25 +2636,25 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1613
+#: using-d-i.xml:1698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1615
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1621
+#: using-d-i.xml:1706
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1622
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the "
@@ -2587,19 +2664,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1635
+#: using-d-i.xml:1720
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the section on random keys above."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1649
+#: using-d-i.xml:1734
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer "
@@ -2609,7 +2686,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1667
+#: using-d-i.xml:1752
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -2621,7 +2698,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1677
+#: using-d-i.xml:1762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -2632,7 +2709,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1686
+#: using-d-i.xml:1771
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -2647,7 +2724,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1784
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -2661,7 +2738,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1715
+#: using-d-i.xml:1800
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -2681,7 +2758,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1728
+#: using-d-i.xml:1813
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses "
@@ -2694,7 +2771,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1738
+#: using-d-i.xml:1823
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -2702,87 +2779,80 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1749
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Setting up the System"
+msgid "Installing the Base System"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1750
+#: using-d-i.xml:1835
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used "
-"to set up the system it is about to install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
+"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
+"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
+"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
+"take some time."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1764
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:1848
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation "
-"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. "
-"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and "
-"the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock"
+"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
+"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
+"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
+"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 msgstr ""
+"Mesajele de eroare şi jurnalele sunt redirecţionate spre a patra consolă. "
+"Puteţi activa această consolă apăsând <keycombo><keycap>Alt stânga</"
+"keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> (ţineţi apăsată tasta <keycap>Alt "
+"stânga</keycap> în timp ce apăsaţi tasta funcţională <keycap>F4</keycap>); "
+"vă puteţi întoarce la procesul de instalare cu <keycombo><keycap>Alt stânga</"
+"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1782
+#: using-d-i.xml:1857
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
-"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
-"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
-"systems are installed."
+"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
+"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
+"installation is performed over a serial console."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1789
+#: using-d-i.xml:1863
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
-"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
-"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
-"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
-"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
-"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>"
+"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
+"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
+"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
+"list of available kernels."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1875
 #, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
-"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
-"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set "
-"to UTC."
+msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1816
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1876
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
+msgid ""
+"After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to "
+"set up the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. "
+"Other user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1819
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Set the Root Password"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1823
+#: using-d-i.xml:1894
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -2792,7 +2862,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1831
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -2803,7 +2873,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1839
+#: using-d-i.xml:1910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -2812,13 +2882,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1849
+#: using-d-i.xml:1920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1851
+#: using-d-i.xml:1922
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -2828,7 +2898,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1860
+#: using-d-i.xml:1931
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -2841,7 +2911,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1870
+#: using-d-i.xml:1941
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -2851,7 +2921,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1877
+#: using-d-i.xml:1948
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -2859,82 +2929,29 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Installing the Base System"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1890
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
-"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
-"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
-"take some time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1903
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
-"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
-"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
-"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
-"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-msgstr ""
-"Mesajele de eroare şi jurnalele sunt redirecţionate spre a patra consolă. "
-"Puteţi activa această consolă apăsând <keycombo><keycap>Alt stânga</"
-"keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> (ţineţi apăsată tasta <keycap>Alt "
-"stânga</keycap> în timp ce apăsaţi tasta funcţională <keycap>F4</keycap>); "
-"vă puteţi întoarce la procesul de instalare cu <keycombo><keycap>Alt stânga</"
-"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
-"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
-"installation is performed over a serial console."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1918
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
-"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
-"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
-"list of available kernels."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1930
+#: using-d-i.xml:1959
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installing Additional Software"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. "
-"Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it "
-"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even "
-"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or "
-"network."
+"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
+"install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the "
+"installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing "
+"the base system if you have a slow computer or network connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1945
+#: using-d-i.xml:1975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring apt"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1947
+#: using-d-i.xml:1977
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program "
@@ -2955,7 +2972,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1971
+#: using-d-i.xml:2001
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -2965,7 +2982,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1978
+#: using-d-i.xml:2008
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -2977,7 +2994,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1987
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -2988,13 +3005,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:2028
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using a network mirror"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2030
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a "
@@ -3003,7 +3020,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2006
+#: using-d-i.xml:2036
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -3015,7 +3032,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2015
+#: using-d-i.xml:2045
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a "
@@ -3031,7 +3048,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2033
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a "
@@ -3044,7 +3061,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2043
+#: using-d-i.xml:2073
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: "
@@ -3062,7 +3079,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2077
+#: using-d-i.xml:2107
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -3075,7 +3092,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2087
+#: using-d-i.xml:2117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may "
@@ -3084,13 +3101,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2102
+#: using-d-i.xml:2132
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2134
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -3102,7 +3119,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2113
+#: using-d-i.xml:2143
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
@@ -3122,7 +3139,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2170
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -3131,7 +3148,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2177
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop "
@@ -3140,7 +3157,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2155
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see "
@@ -3158,7 +3175,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2175
+#: using-d-i.xml:2205
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS "
@@ -3170,7 +3187,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2187
+#: using-d-i.xml:2217
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -3179,7 +3196,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2194
+#: using-d-i.xml:2224
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3187,7 +3204,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2230
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -3199,7 +3216,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2209
+#: using-d-i.xml:2239
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -3211,7 +3228,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
@@ -3221,13 +3238,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2231
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2233
+#: using-d-i.xml:2263
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3237,13 +3254,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2248
+#: using-d-i.xml:2278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2250
+#: using-d-i.xml:2280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3254,7 +3271,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2258
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3265,13 +3282,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2276
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2277
+#: using-d-i.xml:2307
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -3285,13 +3302,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2297
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2298
+#: using-d-i.xml:2328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3302,19 +3319,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2307
+#: using-d-i.xml:2337
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2319
+#: using-d-i.xml:2349
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2321
+#: using-d-i.xml:2351
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3323,7 +3340,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2327
+#: using-d-i.xml:2357
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3332,7 +3349,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2333
+#: using-d-i.xml:2363
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -3341,13 +3358,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2376
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2348
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3358,7 +3375,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2358
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3368,7 +3385,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2366
+#: using-d-i.xml:2396
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3376,13 +3393,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3390,13 +3407,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3405,13 +3422,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3421,7 +3438,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2399
+#: using-d-i.xml:2429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3432,13 +3449,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2415
+#: using-d-i.xml:2445
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2417
+#: using-d-i.xml:2447
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3455,7 +3472,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2433
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3467,13 +3484,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -3485,13 +3502,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2462
+#: using-d-i.xml:2492
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2464
+#: using-d-i.xml:2494
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3509,13 +3526,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2486
+#: using-d-i.xml:2516
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2517
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3524,13 +3541,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2526
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2527
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3540,13 +3557,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2507
+#: using-d-i.xml:2537
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2508
+#: using-d-i.xml:2538
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -3556,13 +3573,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2521
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -3571,13 +3588,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2561
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2532
+#: using-d-i.xml:2562
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -3587,13 +3604,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2552
+#: using-d-i.xml:2582
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2553
+#: using-d-i.xml:2583
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3618,13 +3635,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2572
+#: using-d-i.xml:2602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2573
+#: using-d-i.xml:2603
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -3632,13 +3649,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2581
+#: using-d-i.xml:2611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2582
+#: using-d-i.xml:2612
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
@@ -3646,13 +3663,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590 using-d-i.xml:2659
+#: using-d-i.xml:2620 using-d-i.xml:2689
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2591
+#: using-d-i.xml:2621
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3660,13 +3677,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2599
+#: using-d-i.xml:2629
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2630
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3674,13 +3691,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2621
+#: using-d-i.xml:2651
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2622
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3697,13 +3714,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2641
+#: using-d-i.xml:2671
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2642
+#: using-d-i.xml:2672
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -3711,20 +3728,20 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2650
+#: using-d-i.xml:2680
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2681
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2660
+#: using-d-i.xml:2690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
@@ -3732,13 +3749,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2669
+#: using-d-i.xml:2699
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -3746,7 +3763,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2709
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -3754,19 +3771,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2685
+#: using-d-i.xml:2715
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2696
+#: using-d-i.xml:2726
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -3779,13 +3796,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2714
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -3795,13 +3812,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2761
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2732
+#: using-d-i.xml:2762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -3812,13 +3829,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2749
+#: using-d-i.xml:2779
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2751
+#: using-d-i.xml:2781
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -3836,13 +3853,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2776
+#: using-d-i.xml:2806
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2778
+#: using-d-i.xml:2808
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -3854,7 +3871,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2787
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -3868,53 +3885,90 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2804
+#: using-d-i.xml:2834
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2805
+#: using-d-i.xml:2835
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
-"consists of tidying up after the &d-i;."
+"This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the "
+"installer will do any last minute tasks. It mostly consists of tidying up "
+"after the &d-i;."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2817
+#: using-d-i.xml:2848
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Setting the System Clock"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2850
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
+"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
+"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
+"systems are installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2857
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
+"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
+"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
+"instead of UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
+"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
+"local time instead of UTC.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2868
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
+"system's hardware clock. This will be done either in UTC or local time, "
+"depending on the selection that was just made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:2883
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
+msgid "Reboot the System"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2819
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
-"be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot "
-"the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot "
-"into your new Debian system."
+"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
+"used to boot the installer. After that the system will be rebooted into your "
+"new Debian system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
-"which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-"
-"title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you "
-"selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation."
+"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
+"supported on &arch-title;. You then need to IPL &debian; from the DASD which "
+"you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the "
+"installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2840
+#: using-d-i.xml:2904
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2841
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -3923,13 +3977,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2854
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2856
+#: using-d-i.xml:2920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -3938,7 +3992,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2863
+#: using-d-i.xml:2927
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -3949,13 +4003,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2949
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -3971,7 +4025,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2903
+#: using-d-i.xml:2967
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -3982,7 +4036,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2911
+#: using-d-i.xml:2975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -3994,7 +4048,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2920
+#: using-d-i.xml:2984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -4003,7 +4057,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2927
+#: using-d-i.xml:2991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -4012,7 +4066,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2933
+#: using-d-i.xml:2997
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -4022,13 +4076,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2948
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2950
+#: using-d-i.xml:3014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4040,7 +4094,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2960
+#: using-d-i.xml:3024
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4054,7 +4108,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:3037
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4062,7 +4116,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2978
+#: using-d-i.xml:3042
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4076,7 +4130,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2990
+#: using-d-i.xml:3054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4085,7 +4139,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2996
+#: using-d-i.xml:3060
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4104,7 +4158,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3013
+#: using-d-i.xml:3077
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4116,7 +4170,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3022
+#: using-d-i.xml:3086
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4129,7 +4183,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3032
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4140,13 +4194,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3040
+#: using-d-i.xml:3104
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
 "resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
+#~ msgstr "Partiţionarea discurilor"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of "
 #~ "the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the "
diff --git a/po/ru/preparing.po b/po/ru/preparing.po
index d358d7017..146ac728f 100644
--- a/po/ru/preparing.po
+++ b/po/ru/preparing.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: preparing\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-27 21:48+0400\n"
 "Last-Translator: D-R L10N Team <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
-"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
+"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:5
@@ -403,7 +404,8 @@ msgstr "Руководство по установке"
 #: preparing.xml:251
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This document you are now reading, in plain ASCII, HTML or PDF format."
-msgstr "Документ, который вы сейчас читаете, доступен в форматах ASCII, HTML или PDF."
+msgstr ""
+"Документ, который вы сейчас читаете, доступен в форматах ASCII, HTML или PDF."
 
 #. Tag: itemizedlist
 #: preparing.xml:257
@@ -445,7 +447,8 @@ msgstr "Техническая документация"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:285
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Often contains useful information on configuring or using your hardware."
+msgid ""
+"Often contains useful information on configuring or using your hardware."
 msgstr ""
 "Часто содержит полезную информацию по настройке и использованию вашего "
 "аппаратного обеспечения."
@@ -564,7 +567,8 @@ msgstr "Информацию по аппаратному обеспечению
 #: preparing.xml:398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The manuals that come with each piece of hardware."
-msgstr "В руководствах, которые были вместе с приобретённым аппаратным обеспечением."
+msgstr ""
+"В руководствах, которые были вместе с приобретённым аппаратным обеспечением."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:403
@@ -978,7 +982,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name "
 "Service) server."
-msgstr "Система в сети, которая используется как DNS (Domain Name Service) сервер."
+msgstr ""
+"Система в сети, которая используется как DNS (Domain Name Service) сервер."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:631
@@ -1044,10 +1049,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:678
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "A Pentium 4, 1GHz system is the minimum recommended for a desktop system."
+msgid ""
+"A Pentium 4, 1GHz system is the minimum recommended for a desktop system."
 msgstr ""
-"Минимальной рекомендуемой конфигурацией для настольной системы"
-"является машина с процессором Pentium 4, 1 ГГц."
+"Минимальной рекомендуемой конфигурацией для настольной системыявляется "
+"машина с процессором Pentium 4, 1 ГГц."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:683
@@ -1339,19 +1345,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:847
-#, no-c-format
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely "
 "replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to "
-"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), "
-"after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if "
-"you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a "
-"connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, "
-"and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus "
-"erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the "
-"first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate "
-"means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes "
-"or CDs."
+"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"di-partition"
+"\"/>), after you have booted the installation system. However this only "
+"works if you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files "
+"on a connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard "
+"disk, and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, "
+"thus erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is "
+"successful the first time around. At the least in this case, you should have "
+"some alternate means of reviving your machine like the original system's "
+"installation tapes or CDs."
 msgstr ""
 "Если ваша машина содержит только один жёсткий диск и вы хотите заменить "
 "установленную операционную систему на &debian;, то также можете произвести "
@@ -1520,7 +1526,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: preparing.xml:955
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Boot the Debian installer to continue installing Debian."
-msgstr "Загрузить программу установки Debian, чтобы продолжить установку Debian."
+msgstr ""
+"Загрузить программу установки Debian, чтобы продолжить установку Debian."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:969
@@ -2255,7 +2262,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: preparing.xml:1395
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Pre-Installation Hardware and Operating System Setup"
-msgstr "Настройка аппаратного обеспечения и операционной системы перед установкой"
+msgstr ""
+"Настройка аппаратного обеспечения и операционной системы перед установкой"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1396
@@ -2555,7 +2563,8 @@ msgstr "Изменение порядка загрузки на компьюте
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1603
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility."
+msgid ""
+"As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility."
 msgstr ""
 "Как только компьютер начнёт загружаться, нажмите клавиши для входа в меню "
 "настройки SCSI."
@@ -2591,7 +2600,8 @@ msgstr "Найдите пункт изменения порядка загруз
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1627
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list."
+msgid ""
+"Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list."
 msgstr "Настройте так, что SCSI ID привода компакт дисков был первым в списке."
 
 #. Tag: para
@@ -3291,4 +3301,3 @@ msgstr ""
 "программы установки вместо отображения пользовательского интерфейса, "
 "попробуйте изменить настройки экрана в MacOS на использование 256 цветов "
 "вместо <quote>тысяч</quote> или <quote>миллионов</quote>."
-
diff --git a/po/ru/using-d-i.po b/po/ru/using-d-i.po
index ffc2f2447..d8e3743e7 100644
--- a/po/ru/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/ru/using-d-i.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-24 00:09+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-27 15:16+0400\n"
 "Last-Translator: D-R L10N Team <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -13,7 +13,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
-"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
+"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:5
@@ -353,7 +354,8 @@ msgstr "iso-scan"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:184
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive."
+msgid ""
+"Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive."
 msgstr "Ищет файловые системы ISO в приводе CD-ROM или на жёстком диске."
 
 #. Tag: term
@@ -425,11 +427,37 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:230
 #, no-c-format
+msgid "clock-setup"
+msgstr "clock-setup"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Updates the system clock and determines whether the clock is set to UTCr or "
+"not."
+msgstr "Определяет установлены часы по Гринвичу (UTC) или нет."
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "tzsetup"
+msgstr "tzsetup"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
+msgstr "Выбирает часовой пояс, основываясь на местоположении указанном ранее."
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
+#, no-c-format
 msgid "partman"
 msgstr "partman"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file "
@@ -444,27 +472,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "утилита для работы с разделами в Debian."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "autopartkit"
 msgstr "autopartkit"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
+msgid ""
+"Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
 msgstr ""
 "Автоматически создаёт разделы на всём диске, согласно заданным пользователем "
 "установкам."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partitioner"
 msgstr "partitioner"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning "
@@ -474,13 +503,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "разметки будет соответствовать архитектуре вашего компьютера."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partconf"
 msgstr "partconf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected "
@@ -490,13 +519,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "согласно пользовательским указаниям."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "lvmcfg"
 msgstr "lvmcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> "
@@ -506,13 +535,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "логических томов)."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mdcfg"
 msgstr "mdcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant "
@@ -524,65 +553,42 @@ msgstr ""
 "дешёвые IDE (псевдо-аппаратные) RAID-контроллеры в новых материнских платах."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "tzsetup"
-msgstr "tzsetup"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
-msgstr "Выбирает часовой пояс, основываясь на местоположении указанном ранее."
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "clock-setup"
-msgstr "clock-setup"
+msgid "base-installer"
+msgstr "base-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Determines whether the clock is set to UTC or not."
-msgstr "Определяет установлены часы по Гринвичу (UTC) или нет."
+msgid ""
+"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
+"operate under Linux when rebooted."
+msgstr ""
+"Устанавливает самый минимальный набор пакетов, который позволит компьютеру "
+"работать под Linux после перезагрузки."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "user-setup"
 msgstr "user-setup"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user."
-msgstr "Настраивает пароль суперпользователя и добавляет обычного пользователя."
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "base-installer"
-msgstr "base-installer"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
-"operate under Linux when rebooted."
 msgstr ""
-"Устанавливает самый минимальный набор пакетов, который позволит компьютеру "
-"работать под Linux после перезагрузки."
+"Настраивает пароль суперпользователя и добавляет обычного пользователя."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "apt-setup"
 msgstr "apt-setup"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is "
@@ -592,13 +598,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "какого носителя была запущена программа установки."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "pkgsel"
 msgstr "pkgsel"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional "
@@ -608,13 +614,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "дополнительного ПО."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "os-prober"
 msgstr "os-prober"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes "
@@ -630,13 +636,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "момент загрузки."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "bootloader-installer"
 msgstr "bootloader-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the "
@@ -651,27 +657,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "компьютера."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "shell"
 msgstr "shell"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
 msgstr ""
 "Позволяет пользователю вызвать интерпретатор командной строки из меню или на "
 "второй консоли."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "save-logs"
 msgstr "save-logs"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, "
@@ -684,13 +691,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "установки."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:390
+#: using-d-i.xml:391
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using Individual Components"
 msgstr "Применение отдельных компонент"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:391
+#: using-d-i.xml:392
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The "
@@ -706,13 +713,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "метода установки и вашей аппаратуры некоторые модули могут не использоваться."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:403
+#: using-d-i.xml:404
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting up Debian Installer and Hardware Configuration"
 msgstr "Настройка программы установки Debian и оборудования"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:404
+#: using-d-i.xml:405
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first "
@@ -736,7 +743,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "раскладку клавиатуры или необходимый сетевой сервер-зеркало)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:417
+#: using-d-i.xml:418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</"
@@ -753,13 +760,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "установки."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:432
+#: using-d-i.xml:433
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Check available memory / low memory mode"
 msgstr "Определение доступной памяти / режим с малым потреблением памяти"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:434
+#: using-d-i.xml:435
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the "
@@ -773,7 +780,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "на вашу машину."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:441
+#: using-d-i.xml:442
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to "
@@ -787,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "системы после завершения установки."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:448
+#: using-d-i.xml:449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If that is not sufficient, the installer will further reduce memory "
@@ -806,7 +813,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "установки."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:457
+#: using-d-i.xml:458
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installer runs in low memory mode, it is recommended to create a "
@@ -825,7 +832,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "производительность системы и может привести к большой нагрузке на диск."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:467
+#: using-d-i.xml:468
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Despite these measures, it is still possible that your system freezes, that "
@@ -839,7 +846,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "в syslog)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:474
+#: using-d-i.xml:475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For example, it has been reported that creating a big ext3 file system fails "
@@ -856,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "возможно изменить раздел ext2 на ext3."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:482
+#: using-d-i.xml:483
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to force the installer to use a higher lowmem level than the "
@@ -869,13 +876,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "описано в <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:497
+#: using-d-i.xml:498
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting Localization Options"
 msgstr "Выбор параметров локализации"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:499
+#: using-d-i.xml:500
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of "
@@ -888,7 +895,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "параметры локализации входят язык, страна и локали."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:506
+#: using-d-i.xml:507
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation "
@@ -901,7 +908,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "недоступен, по умолчанию используется английский язык."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:513
+#: using-d-i.xml:514
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick "
@@ -916,7 +923,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "раскладки клавиатуры."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:520
+#: using-d-i.xml:521
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language "
@@ -939,7 +946,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<classname>locales</classname> в данном случае установлен не будет."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:532
+#: using-d-i.xml:533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for "
@@ -960,7 +967,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "автоматически."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:550
+#: using-d-i.xml:551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and "
@@ -974,13 +981,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "которые будут созданы для устанавливаемой системы."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:565
+#: using-d-i.xml:566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choosing a Keyboard"
 msgstr "Выбор клавиатуры"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:567
+#: using-d-i.xml:568
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a "
@@ -998,7 +1005,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "установки)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:577
+#: using-d-i.xml:578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press "
@@ -1014,7 +1021,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<keycap>F1</keycap> до <keycap>F10</keycap> в самом верхнем ряду клавиш."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:586
+#: using-d-i.xml:587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have "
@@ -1029,7 +1036,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "дальнейшем ядро Linux/MIPS."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:593
+#: using-d-i.xml:594
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us "
@@ -1049,13 +1056,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "отличаются."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:623
+#: using-d-i.xml:624
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image"
 msgstr "Поиск ISO образа программы установки Debian"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:624
+#: using-d-i.xml:625
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be "
@@ -1069,7 +1076,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "этого существует компонента <command>iso-scan</command>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:631
+#: using-d-i.xml:632
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices "
@@ -1099,7 +1106,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>iso-scan</command> будет искать другой образ."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:648
+#: using-d-i.xml:649
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, "
@@ -1112,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "этом случае будет произведён поиск по всей файловой системе."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:655
+#: using-d-i.xml:656
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, "
@@ -1130,13 +1137,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "сделать со второй консоли без перезагрузки."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:676
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Network"
+#: using-d-i.xml:677
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Network"
 msgstr "Настройка сети"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:678
+#: using-d-i.xml:679
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one "
@@ -1157,7 +1164,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "citerefentry>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:689
+#: using-d-i.xml:690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically "
@@ -1181,7 +1188,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "вы уверены, что всё в порядке, попробуйте ещё раз."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:701
+#: using-d-i.xml:702
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your "
@@ -1204,7 +1211,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "из <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:715
+#: using-d-i.xml:716
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program "
@@ -1226,21 +1233,95 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:758
+#: using-d-i.xml:761
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock"
+msgstr "Настройка времени"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:763
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:781
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the "
+"system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"В зависимости от места, выбранного в начале процесса установки, вам будет "
+"показан список часовых поясов возможных в вашей географической точке. Если в "
+"вашей местности только один часовой пояс, то вопрос задан не будет и система "
+"выберет этот часовой пояс."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:788
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:799
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:805
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:811
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:838
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
 msgstr "Разметка разделов и выбор точек монтирования"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:759
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
 "should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to "
 "do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of "
 "the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating "
 "filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely "
-"related issues like LVM or RAID devices."
+"related options like RAID, LVM or encrypted devices."
 msgstr ""
 "После того как определение оборудования было выполнено в последний раз, &d-"
 "i; должен быть во всей своей красе, подстроенный под нужды пользователя и "
@@ -1249,26 +1330,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "дисков, создание файловых систем, назначение точек монтирования и, возможно, "
 "настройка LVM или устройств RAID."
 
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:781
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
-msgstr "Разметка дисков"
-
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:783
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:860
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with "
-"partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend="
-"\"partitioning\"/>."
+"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
+"details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 "Теперь настало время разметки дисков. Если вы плохо знакомы с процедурой "
 "разметки, или просто хотите знать детали процесса, смотрите <xref linkend="
 "\"partitioning\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:790
+#: using-d-i.xml:866
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1290,7 +1364,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "станут недоступными."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:803
+#: using-d-i.xml:879
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1303,8 +1377,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "quote> разметка. Если вы не хотите использовать авторазметку, выберите в "
 "меню <guimenuitem>Вручную</guimenuitem>."
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Guided Partitioning"
+msgstr "Схема разметки"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:810
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -1322,13 +1402,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "</para> </footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#: using-d-i.xml:905
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
-msgstr "LVM или LVM с шифрованием может быть недоступно на некоторых архитектурах."
+msgid ""
+"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
+msgstr ""
+"LVM или LVM с шифрованием может быть недоступно на некоторых архитектурах."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:830
+#: using-d-i.xml:910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -1345,7 +1427,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "дополнительную безопасность вашим (личным) данным."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#: using-d-i.xml:919
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -1361,7 +1443,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "это занимает некоторое время в зависимости от размера диска."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:848
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -1378,7 +1460,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "записью на диск попросит вас подтвердить выполнение этих изменений."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:858
+#: using-d-i.xml:938
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) "
@@ -1396,7 +1478,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "диски вам поможет их показанный размер."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:867
+#: using-d-i.xml:947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -1411,7 +1493,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "самом конце; при использовании LVM (с шифрованием) это невозможно."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:875
+#: using-d-i.xml:955
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -1430,73 +1512,73 @@ msgstr ""
 "завершится неудачно."
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
+#: using-d-i.xml:971
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning scheme"
 msgstr "Схема разметки"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:892
+#: using-d-i.xml:972
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum space"
 msgstr "Минимальное пространство"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
+#: using-d-i.xml:973
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Created partitions"
 msgstr "Создаваемые разделы"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:899
+#: using-d-i.xml:979
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "All files in one partition"
 msgstr "Все файлы на одном разделе"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:900
+#: using-d-i.xml:980
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "600MB"
 msgstr "600МБ"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:901
+#: using-d-i.xml:981
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:903
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home partition"
 msgstr "Отдельный раздел /home"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:904
+#: using-d-i.xml:984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "500MB"
 msgstr "500МБ"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:905
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:909
+#: using-d-i.xml:989
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions"
 msgstr "Отдельные разделы /home, /usr, /var и /tmp"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:910
+#: using-d-i.xml:990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>1ГБ</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:911
+#: using-d-i.xml:991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
@@ -1506,7 +1588,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:920
+#: using-d-i.xml:1000
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -1520,7 +1602,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "раздела LVM."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:926
+#: using-d-i.xml:1006
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an "
@@ -1535,7 +1617,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "качестве загрузочного раздела EFI."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:934
+#: using-d-i.xml:1014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, "
@@ -1547,7 +1629,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "предназначен для резервирования места под системный загрузчик aboot."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
+#: using-d-i.xml:1020
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -1559,7 +1641,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "они будут смонтированы."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
+#: using-d-i.xml:1026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -1609,7 +1691,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "разметки, это просто пример, созданный с помощью разметки вручную."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1039
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -1628,8 +1710,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "guimenuitem> и запустить направляющую разметку снова или изменить "
 "предложенные изменения вручную, как описано ниже."
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1053
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Manual Partitioning"
+msgstr "Схема разметки"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:969
+#: using-d-i.xml:1054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -1644,7 +1732,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "разделы в Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1062
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -1658,7 +1746,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "строка <quote>СВОБОДНОЕ МЕСТО</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#: using-d-i.xml:1070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -1699,7 +1787,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "главное меню <command>partman</command>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#: using-d-i.xml:1092
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -1720,7 +1808,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "разделом подкачки. Также, из этого меню можно удалить раздел."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1018
+#: using-d-i.xml:1103
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -1737,7 +1825,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "исправите ошибку."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1026
+#: using-d-i.xml:1111
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</"
@@ -1749,7 +1837,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "вы создадите такой раздел."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#: using-d-i.xml:1117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -1765,7 +1853,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>partman-xfs</filename> или <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1040
+#: using-d-i.xml:1125
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -1779,13 +1867,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "подтвердить, что все представленные файловые системы должны быть созданы."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)"
+#: using-d-i.xml:1153
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
 msgstr "Настройка устройства Multidisk (программный RAID)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1069
+#: using-d-i.xml:1154
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -1806,7 +1894,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<firstterm>программный RAID</firstterm>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1083
+#: using-d-i.xml:1168
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -1821,7 +1909,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "точку монтирования и т.д.)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1091
+#: using-d-i.xml:1176
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -1899,101 +1987,101 @@ msgstr ""
 "varlistentry> </variablelist> Итог:"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1169
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "Тип"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1170
+#: using-d-i.xml:1255
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum Devices"
 msgstr "Минимум устройств"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1171
+#: using-d-i.xml:1256
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Spare Device"
 msgstr "Запасное устройство"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1172
+#: using-d-i.xml:1257
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Survives disk failure?"
 msgstr "Сохранятся ли данные при отказе диска?"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1258
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Available Space"
 msgstr "Доступное пространство"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1179
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID0"
 msgstr "RAID0"
 
 # index.docbook:1062, index.docbook:1070
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1180 using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265 using-d-i.xml:1273
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
 
 # index.docbook:1063, index.docbook:1064
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1181 using-d-i.xml:1182
+#: using-d-i.xml:1266 using-d-i.xml:1267
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>нет</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
 msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела умноженный на число устройств в RAID"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1187
+#: using-d-i.xml:1272
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID1"
 msgstr "RAID1"
 
 # index.docbook:1071, index.docbook:1079
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1189 using-d-i.xml:1197
+#: using-d-i.xml:1274 using-d-i.xml:1282
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "optional"
 msgstr "необязательно"
 
 # index.docbook:1072, index.docbook:1080
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1190 using-d-i.xml:1198
+#: using-d-i.xml:1275 using-d-i.xml:1283
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>да</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1191
+#: using-d-i.xml:1276
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
 msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела в RAID"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1195
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID5"
 msgstr "RAID5"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1281
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1199
+#: using-d-i.xml:1284
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2003,7 +2091,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "один)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1207
+#: using-d-i.xml:1292
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2013,7 +2101,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1212
+#: using-d-i.xml:1297
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2029,7 +2117,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "устройство RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1221
+#: using-d-i.xml:1306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may "
@@ -2047,7 +2135,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "некоторую настройку или шаги установки вручную из командной строки."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1315
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2069,7 +2157,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "зависят от типа выбранного MD."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2080,7 +2168,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "вашей задачей будет выбор разделов, из которых вы хотите сформировать MD."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1250
+#: using-d-i.xml:1335
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -2100,7 +2188,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "позволит вам продолжить, пока вы не исправите ошибку."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1262
+#: using-d-i.xml:1347
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID5 has a similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -2110,7 +2198,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "использовать как минимум <emphasis>три</emphasis> активных раздела."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1270
+#: using-d-i.xml:1355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -2128,7 +2216,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "для <filename>/home</filename>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -2142,13 +2230,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "новых MD устройствах и назначить им обычные атрибуты типа точек монтирования."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1294
+#: using-d-i.xml:1379
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
 msgstr "Настройка менеджера логических томов (LVM)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1295
+#: using-d-i.xml:1380
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -2165,7 +2253,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "и т.д."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1303
+#: using-d-i.xml:1388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -2185,7 +2273,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "их группы томов) можно распределить по нескольким физическим дискам."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1313
+#: using-d-i.xml:1398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -2206,7 +2294,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1324
+#: using-d-i.xml:1409
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -2223,7 +2311,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1333
+#: using-d-i.xml:1418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -2243,7 +2331,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Возможные действия:"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1344
+#: using-d-i.xml:1429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -2253,43 +2341,43 @@ msgstr ""
 "структуру LVM устройства, имена и размеры логических томов и т.д."
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1434
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create volume group"
 msgstr "Создать группу томов"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1352
+#: using-d-i.xml:1437
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create logical volume"
 msgstr "Создание логических томов"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1440
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete volume group"
 msgstr "Удалить группу томов"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1358
+#: using-d-i.xml:1443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete logical volume"
 msgstr "Удаление логических томов"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1446
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Extend volume group"
 msgstr "Расширить группу томов"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1364
+#: using-d-i.xml:1449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Reduce volume group"
 msgstr "Уменьшить группу томов"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1451
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -2299,7 +2387,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>partman</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1372
+#: using-d-i.xml:1457
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -2309,7 +2397,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "логические тома."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1377
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -2321,13 +2409,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "они одинаково)."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1391
+#: using-d-i.xml:1476
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
 msgstr "Настройка шифрованных томов"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1392
+#: using-d-i.xml:1477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -2349,7 +2437,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "данные на диске выглядят как случайный набор символов."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1404
+#: using-d-i.xml:1489
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -2377,7 +2465,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "загрузить ядро с шифрованного раздела."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1419
+#: using-d-i.xml:1504
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -2391,7 +2479,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "процессора, выбранного алгоритма шифрования и длины ключа."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1426
+#: using-d-i.xml:1511
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -2411,7 +2499,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "параметров шифрования."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1437
+#: using-d-i.xml:1522
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is "
@@ -2427,7 +2515,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "непреодолимых причин, рекомендуется использовать метод по умолчанию."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1449
+#: using-d-i.xml:1534
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
@@ -2441,13 +2529,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "вдумчиво выбирались исходя из соображений безопасности."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1459
+#: using-d-i.xml:1544
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 msgstr "Шифрование: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1546
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -2472,13 +2560,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "конфиденциальной информации в 21-ом веке."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1479
+#: using-d-i.xml:1564
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Размер ключа: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1481
+#: using-d-i.xml:1566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -2492,13 +2580,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "ключа зависят от шифра."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1493
+#: using-d-i.xml:1578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 msgstr "IV алгоритм: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1495
+#: using-d-i.xml:1580
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -2516,7 +2604,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "повторяющихся участков в шифрованных данных."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1505
+#: using-d-i.xml:1590
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</"
@@ -2531,25 +2619,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "задействовать новые алгоритмы."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1517
+#: using-d-i.xml:1602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
 msgstr "Ключ шифрования: <userinput>ключевая фраза</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1519
+#: using-d-i.xml:1604
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr "Здесь можно ввести тип ключа шифрования для этого раздела."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1525
+#: using-d-i.xml:1610
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Passphrase"
 msgstr "Ключевая фраза"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1526
+#: using-d-i.xml:1611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -2563,13 +2651,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "которую вы сможете ввести позже."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1541 using-d-i.xml:1634
+#: using-d-i.xml:1626 using-d-i.xml:1719
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Random key"
 msgstr "Произвольный ключ"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1542
+#: using-d-i.xml:1627
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -2587,7 +2675,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "продолжительность жизни.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1551
+#: using-d-i.xml:1636
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -2606,13 +2694,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "загрузки) восстановить приостановленные данные записанные в раздел подкачки."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1570 using-d-i.xml:1647
+#: using-d-i.xml:1655 using-d-i.xml:1732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
 msgstr "Стереть данные: <userinput>да</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1572
+#: using-d-i.xml:1657
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -2633,7 +2721,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "неоднократной перезаписи на магнитооптических носителях. </para></footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1592
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> "
@@ -2645,13 +2733,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "следующие параметры:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1601
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Шифрование: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1603
+#: using-d-i.xml:1688
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are "
@@ -2663,25 +2751,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "размерах ключей смотрите в разделах ранее."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1613
+#: using-d-i.xml:1698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 msgstr "Ключ шифрования: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1615
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr "Здесь вы можете выбрать тип ключа шифрования для этого раздела."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1621
+#: using-d-i.xml:1706
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)"
 msgstr "файл ключа (GnuPG)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1622
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the "
@@ -2696,19 +2784,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "позже в процессе установки)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1635
+#: using-d-i.xml:1720
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the section on random keys above."
 msgstr "Подробней о произвольных ключах смотрите в разделе ранее."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1649
+#: using-d-i.xml:1734
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above."
 msgstr "Подробней о стирании данных смотрите в разделе ранее."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer "
@@ -2722,7 +2810,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "качестве ключей шифрования."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1667
+#: using-d-i.xml:1752
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -2740,7 +2828,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "это может занять некоторое время."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1677
+#: using-d-i.xml:1762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -2757,7 +2845,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "родственников и тому подобное)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1686
+#: using-d-i.xml:1771
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -2781,7 +2869,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ключевой фразы для корневой файловой системы."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1784
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -2804,7 +2892,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "для каждого шифруемого раздела."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1715
+#: using-d-i.xml:1800
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -2838,7 +2926,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "устраивают."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1728
+#: using-d-i.xml:1813
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses "
@@ -2857,115 +2945,99 @@ msgstr ""
 "linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1738
+#: using-d-i.xml:1823
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
 "installation."
-msgstr "После того как вас полностью устроит схема разметки, продолжайте установку."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1749
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Setting up the System"
-msgstr "Настройка системы"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1750
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used "
-"to set up the system it is about to install."
 msgstr ""
-"После разметки программа установки задаст ещё несколько вопросов для "
-"настройки устанавливаемой системы."
+"После того как вас полностью устроит схема разметки, продолжайте установку."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
-msgstr "Настройка часового пояса"
+msgid "Installing the Base System"
+msgstr "Установка базовой системы"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1764
+#: using-d-i.xml:1835
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation "
-"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. "
-"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and "
-"the system will assume that time zone."
+"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
+"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
+"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
+"take some time."
 msgstr ""
-"В зависимости от места, выбранного в начале процесса установки, вам будет "
-"показан список часовых поясов возможных в вашей географической точке. Если в "
-"вашей местности только один часовой пояс, то вопрос задан не будет и система "
-"выберет этот часовой пояс."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock"
-msgstr "Настройка времени"
+"Хотя эта стадия наименее проблематична, она занимает наибольшую часть "
+"времени установки, потому что загружается, проверяется и распаковывается вся "
+"базовая система. Если у вас медленный компьютер или сетевое соединение, это "
+"может занять определённое время."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1782
+#: using-d-i.xml:1848
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
-"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
-"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
-"systems are installed."
+"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
+"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
+"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
+"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 msgstr ""
-"Программа установки может спросить вас показывают ли часы компьютера время "
-"по Гринвичу. Обычно этот вопрос, если возможно, не задаётся и программа "
-"установки решает, что часы показывают время по Гринвичу, если на машине не "
-"установлено других операционных систем."
+"Во время установки базовой системы сообщения о распаковке и настройке "
+"пакетов переправляются на <userinput>tty4</userinput>. Вы можете перейти на "
+"этот терминал, нажав <keycombo><keycap>левый Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</"
+"keycap></keycombo>; чтобы вернуться обратно в основной процесс установки "
+"нажмите <keycombo><keycap>левый Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1789
+#: using-d-i.xml:1857
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
-"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
-"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
-"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
-"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
-"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>"
+"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
+"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
+"installation is performed over a serial console."
 msgstr ""
-"В экспертном режиме вы всегда можете выбрать установлены ли часы по Гринвичу "
-"или нет. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Аппаратные часы на Macintosh обычно "
-"показывают локальное время. Если хотите использовать мультизагрузку, "
-"выберите локальное время вместо GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">В "
-"системах, в которых (также) работают под Dos или Windows часы обычно "
-"настроены на локальное время. Если хотите использовать мультизагрузку, "
-"выберите локальное время вместо GMT.</phrase>"
+"Сообщения распаковки/настройки во время этого этапа сохраняются в файле "
+"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Вы можете посмотреть их, если "
+"установка выполняется через консоль на последовательном порту."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1863
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
-"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
-"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set "
-"to UTC."
+"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
+"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
+"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
+"list of available kernels."
 msgstr ""
-"Заметим, что программа установки не изменяет настройку самих часов в "
-"компьютере. Вы можете установить нужное время после установки, если оно "
-"неправильное или если оно раньше показывало время не по Гринвичу."
+"Ядро Linux будет установлено как один из пакетов. С приоритетом по умолчанию "
+"программа установки выберет ядро наиболее подходящее для вашего "
+"оборудования. В режимах с низким приоритетом, это предложат сделать вам из "
+"списка доступных ядер."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1816
+#: using-d-i.xml:1875
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
 msgstr "Добавление пользователей и паролей"
 
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1876
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to "
+"set up the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. "
+"Other user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1819
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Set the Root Password"
 msgstr "Установка пароля суперпользователя (root)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1823
+#: using-d-i.xml:1894
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -2980,7 +3052,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "время."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1831
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -2996,7 +3068,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "персональной информации, которую можно угадать."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1839
+#: using-d-i.xml:1910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -3009,13 +3081,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "администраторами."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1849
+#: using-d-i.xml:1920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
 msgstr "Создание учётной записи обычного пользователя"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1851
+#: using-d-i.xml:1922
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -3030,7 +3102,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "персональной учётной записи."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1860
+#: using-d-i.xml:1931
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -3051,7 +3123,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "прочтите одну из них, если это для вас в новинку."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1870
+#: using-d-i.xml:1941
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -3064,7 +3136,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "вполне подойдёт. И, наконец, вас попросят ввести пароль учётной записи."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1877
+#: using-d-i.xml:1948
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -3074,82 +3146,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "запись, воспользуйтесь командой <command>adduser</command>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Installing the Base System"
-msgstr "Установка базовой системы"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1890
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
-"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
-"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
-"take some time."
-msgstr ""
-"Хотя эта стадия наименее проблематична, она занимает наибольшую часть "
-"времени установки, потому что загружается, проверяется и распаковывается вся "
-"базовая система. Если у вас медленный компьютер или сетевое соединение, это "
-"может занять определённое время."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1903
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
-"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
-"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
-"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
-"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-msgstr ""
-"Во время установки базовой системы сообщения о распаковке и настройке "
-"пакетов переправляются на <userinput>tty4</userinput>. Вы можете перейти на "
-"этот терминал, нажав <keycombo><keycap>левый Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</"
-"keycap></keycombo>; чтобы вернуться обратно в основной процесс установки "
-"нажмите <keycombo><keycap>левый Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
-"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
-"installation is performed over a serial console."
-msgstr ""
-"Сообщения распаковки/настройки во время этого этапа сохраняются в файле "
-"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Вы можете посмотреть их, если "
-"установка выполняется через консоль на последовательном порту."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1918
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
-"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
-"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
-"list of available kernels."
-msgstr ""
-"Ядро Linux будет установлено как один из пакетов. С приоритетом по умолчанию "
-"программа установки выберет ядро наиболее подходящее для вашего "
-"оборудования. В режимах с низким приоритетом, это предложат сделать вам из "
-"списка доступных ядер."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1930
+#: using-d-i.xml:1959
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installing Additional Software"
 msgstr "Установка дополнительного программного обеспечения"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. "
-"Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it "
-"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even "
-"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or "
-"network."
+"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
+"install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the "
+"installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing "
+"the base system if you have a slow computer or network connection."
 msgstr ""
 "После установки базовой системы получается рабочая, но ограниченная по "
 "возможностям система. Большинство пользователей хотело бы добавить "
@@ -3159,13 +3168,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "соединение с сетью."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1945
+#: using-d-i.xml:1975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring apt"
 msgstr "Настройка apt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1947
+#: using-d-i.xml:1977
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program "
@@ -3201,7 +3210,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "рекомендуется использовать для управления пакетами."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1971
+#: using-d-i.xml:2001
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3215,7 +3224,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "установки."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1978
+#: using-d-i.xml:2008
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3233,7 +3242,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "обновлений <quote>volatile</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1987
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3249,13 +3258,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>contrib</quote> и <quote>non-free</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:2028
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using a network mirror"
 msgstr "Использование сетевого сервера-зеркала"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2030
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a "
@@ -3267,7 +3276,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "по умолчанию вполне приемлемо, но не всегда."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2006
+#: using-d-i.xml:2036
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -3285,7 +3294,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "стол</literal> на следующем шаге установки."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2015
+#: using-d-i.xml:2045
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a "
@@ -3310,7 +3319,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "(то есть после перезагрузки в новую систему)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2033
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a "
@@ -3330,7 +3339,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "зеркало."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2043
+#: using-d-i.xml:2073
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: "
@@ -3361,7 +3370,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "дистрибутива. </para> </footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2077
+#: using-d-i.xml:2107
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -3380,7 +3389,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "необходимы для этих задач и в) какие из этих пакетов есть на CD/DVD."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2087
+#: using-d-i.xml:2117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may "
@@ -3393,13 +3402,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "версии (если эти были сервисы настроены)."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2102
+#: using-d-i.xml:2132
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
 msgstr "Выбор и установка программного обеспечения"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2134
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -3416,7 +3425,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "настроить компьютер на выполнение определённых задач."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2113
+#: using-d-i.xml:2143
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
@@ -3451,7 +3460,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "необходимое пространство для доступных задач."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2170
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -3464,7 +3473,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "устанавливать с помощью задач."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2177
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop "
@@ -3476,7 +3485,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "другое окружение рабочего стола, например, KDE."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2155
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see "
@@ -3506,7 +3515,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "если используется DVD-образ или другой метод установки."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2175
+#: using-d-i.xml:2205
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS "
@@ -3524,7 +3533,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<classname>postgresql</classname>; веб-сервер: <classname>apache</classname>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2187
+#: using-d-i.xml:2217
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -3535,7 +3544,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "начнёт установку пакетов, которые являются частью указанных задач."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2194
+#: using-d-i.xml:2224
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3545,7 +3554,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "отмены задач используется клавиша пробел."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2230
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -3562,7 +3571,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "времени. После начала установки пакетов её никак нельзя прервать."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2209
+#: using-d-i.xml:2239
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -3580,7 +3589,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "происходить, если у вас устаревший образ."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
@@ -3595,13 +3604,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "этого процесса."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2231
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "Установка и настройка системного загрузчика"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2233
+#: using-d-i.xml:2263
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3615,13 +3624,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "по умолчанию; смотрите <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2248
+#: using-d-i.xml:2278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "Обнаружение операционных систем"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2250
+#: using-d-i.xml:2280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3637,7 +3646,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "операционную систему в дополнении к Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2258
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3653,13 +3662,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "информацию можно найти в документации по менеджеру загрузки."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2276
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Установка <command>aboot</command> на жёсткий диск"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2277
+#: using-d-i.xml:2307
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -3681,13 +3690,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian, то используйте загрузку GNU/Linux с дискеты."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2297
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>palo</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2298
+#: using-d-i.xml:2328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3703,19 +3712,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "есть <command>PALO</command> умеет работать с разделами Linux."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2307
+#: using-d-i.xml:2337
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa FIXME (нужно больше информации)"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2319
+#: using-d-i.xml:2349
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
-msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск"
+msgstr ""
+"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2321
+#: using-d-i.xml:2351
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3727,7 +3737,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "хорошим выбором по умолчанию для новичков и опытных пользователей."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2327
+#: using-d-i.xml:2357
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3740,7 +3750,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "grub."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2333
+#: using-d-i.xml:2363
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -3752,13 +3762,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "хотите использовать."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2376
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
-msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск"
+msgstr ""
+"Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2348
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3775,7 +3786,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2358
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3789,7 +3800,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "операционных систем, например, GNU/Linux и GNU/Hurd после установки."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2366
+#: using-d-i.xml:2396
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3799,13 +3810,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>LILO</command>:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "Главная загрузочная запись (MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3815,13 +3826,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "загрузки."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "новый раздел Debian"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3833,13 +3844,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian и будет играть роль вторичного системного загрузчика."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "Другой"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3853,7 +3864,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "или <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2399
+#: using-d-i.xml:2429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3869,13 +3880,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "искать какой-то другой способ, чтобы попасть обратно в Debian!"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2415
+#: using-d-i.xml:2445
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
-msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск"
+msgstr ""
+"Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2417
+#: using-d-i.xml:2447
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3903,7 +3915,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "quote>, чтобы загрузить и выполнить ядро Linux."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2433
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3920,13 +3932,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "диске что и <emphasis>корневая</emphasis> файловая система."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "Выберите правильный раздел!"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -3944,13 +3956,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "установки стерев его содержимое!"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2462
+#: using-d-i.xml:2492
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "Содержимое EFI раздела"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2464
+#: using-d-i.xml:2494
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3980,13 +3992,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "настройки системы."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2486
+#: using-d-i.xml:2516
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2517
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3998,13 +4010,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "указывающими на файлы в EFI разделе."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2526
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2527
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -4018,13 +4030,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>менеджер загрузки EFI</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2507
+#: using-d-i.xml:2537
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2508
+#: using-d-i.xml:2538
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -4039,13 +4051,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "символическая ссылка <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2521
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4057,13 +4069,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "будут уничтожены при следующем запуске <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2561
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2532
+#: using-d-i.xml:2562
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4077,13 +4089,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "символическая ссылка <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2552
+#: using-d-i.xml:2582
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>arcboot</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2553
+#: using-d-i.xml:2583
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -4127,13 +4139,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>boot</command>."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2572
+#: using-d-i.xml:2602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2573
+#: using-d-i.xml:2603
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -4143,42 +4155,44 @@ msgstr ""
 "userinput> для встроенных контроллеров"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2581
+#: using-d-i.xml:2611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "disk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2582
+#: using-d-i.xml:2612
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
 "installed"
-msgstr "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>arcboot</command>"
+msgstr ""
+"это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>arcboot</command>"
 
 # index.docbook:1600, index.docbook:1669
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590 using-d-i.xml:2659
+#: using-d-i.xml:2620 using-d-i.xml:2689
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "partnr"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2591
+#: using-d-i.xml:2621
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
 "filename> resides"
-msgstr "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+"это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2599
+#: using-d-i.xml:2629
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "config"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2630
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -4188,13 +4202,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>linux</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2621
+#: using-d-i.xml:2651
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>delo</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2622
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -4222,13 +4236,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample> в приглашении микропрограммы."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2641
+#: using-d-i.xml:2671
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2642
+#: using-d-i.xml:2672
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -4239,33 +4253,36 @@ msgstr ""
 "встроенных контроллеров"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2650
+#: using-d-i.xml:2680
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2681
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
-msgstr "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>DELO</command>"
+msgid ""
+"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
+msgstr ""
+"это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>DELO</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2660
+#: using-d-i.xml:2690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
 "resides"
-msgstr "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+"это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "name"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2669
+#: using-d-i.xml:2699
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -4275,7 +4292,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>linux</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2709
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -4285,19 +4302,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "должна быть загружена конфигурация по умолчанию, то достаточно набрать"
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2685
+#: using-d-i.xml:2715
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
-msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск"
+msgstr ""
+"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2696
+#: using-d-i.xml:2726
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4317,13 +4335,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "OpenFirmware установлена на загрузку &debian;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2714
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
-msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск"
+msgstr ""
+"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4338,13 +4357,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "на некоторых клонах Power Computing."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2761
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>zipl</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2732
+#: using-d-i.xml:2762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4360,13 +4379,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "developerWorks, если хотите узнать больше о <command>ZIPL</command>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2749
+#: using-d-i.xml:2779
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
-msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск"
+msgstr ""
+"Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2751
+#: using-d-i.xml:2781
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4397,13 +4417,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Solaris."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2776
+#: using-d-i.xml:2806
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "Продолжение без системного загрузчика"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2778
+#: using-d-i.xml:2808
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -4422,7 +4442,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2787
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -4444,35 +4464,83 @@ msgstr ""
 "то также и раздел файловой системы с <filename>/boot</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2804
+#: using-d-i.xml:2834
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "Завершение установки"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2805
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:2835
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
-"consists of tidying up after the &d-i;."
+"This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the "
+"installer will do any last minute tasks. It mostly consists of tidying up "
+"after the &d-i;."
 msgstr ""
 "Перед первой загрузкой нужно ещё выполнить пару действий. В основном, это "
 "уборка за &d-i;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2817
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
-msgstr "Завершение установки и перезагрузка"
+#: using-d-i.xml:2848
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Setting the System Clock"
+msgstr "Настройка системы"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2819
+#: using-d-i.xml:2850
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
+"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
+"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
+"systems are installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Программа установки может спросить вас показывают ли часы компьютера время "
+"по Гринвичу. Обычно этот вопрос, если возможно, не задаётся и программа "
+"установки решает, что часы показывают время по Гринвичу, если на машине не "
+"установлено других операционных систем."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2857
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
+"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
+"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
+"instead of UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
+"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
+"local time instead of UTC.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"В экспертном режиме вы всегда можете выбрать установлены ли часы по Гринвичу "
+"или нет. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Аппаратные часы на Macintosh обычно "
+"показывают локальное время. Если хотите использовать мультизагрузку, "
+"выберите локальное время вместо GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">В "
+"системах, в которых (также) работают под Dos или Windows часы обычно "
+"настроены на локальное время. Если хотите использовать мультизагрузку, "
+"выберите локальное время вместо GMT.</phrase>"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2868
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
-"be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot "
-"the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot "
-"into your new Debian system."
+"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
+"system's hardware clock. This will be done either in UTC or local time, "
+"depending on the selection that was just made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Reboot the System"
+msgstr "Настройка системы"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
+"used to boot the installer. After that the system will be rebooted into your "
+"new Debian system."
 msgstr ""
 "Это последний шаг первой стадии процесса установки Debian. Вам предложат "
 "вынуть загрузочный носитель (CD, дискету, другой), который использовался для "
@@ -4480,13 +4548,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "действия, а затем перезагрузит машину в новую систему Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
-"which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-"
-"title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you "
-"selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation."
+"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
+"supported on &arch-title;. You then need to IPL &debian; from the DASD which "
+"you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the "
+"installation."
 msgstr ""
 "Выберите в меню <guimenuitem>Завершить установку</guimenuitem>, чтобы "
 "остановить систему, так как перезагрузка не поддерживается на &arch-title; в "
@@ -4494,13 +4562,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "качестве корневой файловой системы в самом начале установки."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2840
+#: using-d-i.xml:2904
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "Разное"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2841
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -4512,13 +4580,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "пойдёт не так."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2854
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "Сохранение протокола установки"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2856
+#: using-d-i.xml:2920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -4530,7 +4598,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "installer/</filename> в новой системе Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2863
+#: using-d-i.xml:2927
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -4546,13 +4614,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "протокол на другой системе или послать его вместе с отчётом об ошибке."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "Использование командной строки и просмотр журнальных файлов"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2949
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -4579,7 +4647,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2903
+#: using-d-i.xml:2967
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -4595,7 +4663,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "установки, введите <userinput>exit</userinput> для завершения оболочки."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2911
+#: using-d-i.xml:2975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -4613,7 +4681,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "автодополнение и история команд."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2920
+#: using-d-i.xml:2984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -4625,7 +4693,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "каталоге <filename>/var/log</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2927
+#: using-d-i.xml:2991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -4637,7 +4705,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "что-то заработает неправильно."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2933
+#: using-d-i.xml:2997
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -4651,13 +4719,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "самостоятельно из оболочки командной строки."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2948
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr "Установка по сети"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2950
+#: using-d-i.xml:3014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4675,7 +4743,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ">.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2960
+#: using-d-i.xml:3024
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4697,7 +4765,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<guimenuitem>Продолжение установки через SSH</guimenuitem>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:3037
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4707,7 +4775,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "после настройки сети."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2978
+#: using-d-i.xml:3042
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4729,7 +4797,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>человеку, который будет продолжать установку удалённо</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2990
+#: using-d-i.xml:3054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4741,7 +4809,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "компоненту."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2996
+#: using-d-i.xml:3060
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4772,7 +4840,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "чтобы вы смогли убедиться, что это именно тот компьютер."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3013
+#: using-d-i.xml:3077
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4790,7 +4858,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> и попробовать подключиться ещё раз."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3022
+#: using-d-i.xml:3086
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4810,7 +4878,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "для установочного меню и несколько для оболочки командной строки."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3032
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4825,7 +4893,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "завершению установки или проблемам в установленной системой."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3040
+#: using-d-i.xml:3104
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
@@ -4834,3 +4902,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "Также, если SSH сессия запускается из X терминала, вы не должны изменять "
 "размеры окна, так как это приведёт к разрыву соединения."
 
+#~ msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
+#~ msgstr "Разметка дисков"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be "
+#~ "used to set up the system it is about to install."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "После разметки программа установки задаст ещё несколько вопросов для "
+#~ "настройки устанавливаемой системы."
+
+#~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
+#~ msgstr "Настройка часового пояса"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
+#~ "time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
+#~ "after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not "
+#~ "set to UTC."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Заметим, что программа установки не изменяет настройку самих часов в "
+#~ "компьютере. Вы можете установить нужное время после установки, если оно "
+#~ "неправильное или если оно раньше показывало время не по Гринвичу."
+
+#~ msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
+#~ msgstr "Завершение установки и перезагрузка"
diff --git a/po/sv/preparing.po b/po/sv/preparing.po
index a2b4e64e4..df2c53827 100644
--- a/po/sv/preparing.po
+++ b/po/sv/preparing.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: installation guide 20051025 preparing\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-15 22:04+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n"
 "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n"
@@ -23,8 +23,15 @@ msgstr "Före installation av &debian;"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:6
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This chapter deals with the preparation for installing Debian before you even boot the installer. This includes backing up your data, gathering information about your hardware, and locating any necessary information."
-msgstr "Det här kapitlet går igenom förberedelser för installation av Debian innan du ens startar upp installationsprogrammet. Det inkluderar säkerhetskopiering av ditt data, insamling av information om din maskinvara och att hitta all nödvändig information."
+msgid ""
+"This chapter deals with the preparation for installing Debian before you "
+"even boot the installer. This includes backing up your data, gathering "
+"information about your hardware, and locating any necessary information."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här kapitlet går igenom förberedelser för installation av Debian innan "
+"du ens startar upp installationsprogrammet. Det inkluderar "
+"säkerhetskopiering av ditt data, insamling av information om din maskinvara "
+"och att hitta all nödvändig information."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:19
@@ -35,38 +42,83 @@ msgstr "Översikt av installationsprocessen"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:20
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "First, just a note about re-installations. With Debian, a circumstance that will require a complete re-installation of your system is very rare; perhaps mechanical failure of the hard disk would be the most common case."
-msgstr "Först, bara som en notering angående ominstallationer. Med Debian är omständigheter som kräver en total ominstallation av ditt system mycket ovanliga; kanske är mekaniska fel på hårddisken vanligaste orsaken."
+msgid ""
+"First, just a note about re-installations. With Debian, a circumstance that "
+"will require a complete re-installation of your system is very rare; perhaps "
+"mechanical failure of the hard disk would be the most common case."
+msgstr ""
+"Först, bara som en notering angående ominstallationer. Med Debian är "
+"omständigheter som kräver en total ominstallation av ditt system mycket "
+"ovanliga; kanske är mekaniska fel på hårddisken vanligaste orsaken."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:27
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Many common operating systems may require a complete installation to be performed when critical failures take place or for upgrades to new OS versions. Even if a completely new installation isn't required, often the programs you use must be re-installed to operate properly in the new OS."
-msgstr "Många vanliga operativsystem kan kräva att en total installation genomförs när kritiska fel inträffar eller för uppgraderingar till nyare versioner av operativsystemet. Även om en total nyinstallation inte krävs måste ofta program du använder installeras om för att fungera korrekt i det nya operativsystemet."
+msgid ""
+"Many common operating systems may require a complete installation to be "
+"performed when critical failures take place or for upgrades to new OS "
+"versions. Even if a completely new installation isn't required, often the "
+"programs you use must be re-installed to operate properly in the new OS."
+msgstr ""
+"Många vanliga operativsystem kan kräva att en total installation genomförs "
+"när kritiska fel inträffar eller för uppgraderingar till nyare versioner av "
+"operativsystemet. Även om en total nyinstallation inte krävs måste ofta "
+"program du använder installeras om för att fungera korrekt i det nya "
+"operativsystemet."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:35
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Under &debian;, it is much more likely that your OS can be repaired rather than replaced if things go wrong. Upgrades never require a wholesale installation; you can always upgrade in-place. And the programs are almost always compatible with successive OS releases. If a new program version requires newer supporting software, the Debian packaging system ensures that all the necessary software is automatically identified and installed. The point is, much effort has been put into avoiding the need for re-installation, so think of it as your very last option. The installer is <emphasis>not</emphasis> designed to re-install over an existing system."
-msgstr "Med &debian; är det troligt att ditt operativsystem kan lagas istället för att bytas ut om saker går fel. Uppgraderingar kräver aldrig en total fullständig installation; du kan alltid uppgradera direkt. Program är nästan alltid kompatibla med tidigare utgåvor av operativsystemet. Om en ny programversion kräver nyare hjälpprogramvara kommer Debians paketsystem att se till att all nödvändig programvara automatiskt identifieras och installeras. Mycket arbete har lagts på att ominstallationer inte ska behövas, så utgå därför ifrån att det är din absolut sista utväg. Installationsprogrammet är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> designad för att ominstallera ett befintligt system."
+msgid ""
+"Under &debian;, it is much more likely that your OS can be repaired rather "
+"than replaced if things go wrong. Upgrades never require a wholesale "
+"installation; you can always upgrade in-place. And the programs are almost "
+"always compatible with successive OS releases. If a new program version "
+"requires newer supporting software, the Debian packaging system ensures that "
+"all the necessary software is automatically identified and installed. The "
+"point is, much effort has been put into avoiding the need for re-"
+"installation, so think of it as your very last option. The installer is "
+"<emphasis>not</emphasis> designed to re-install over an existing system."
+msgstr ""
+"Med &debian; är det troligt att ditt operativsystem kan lagas istället för "
+"att bytas ut om saker går fel. Uppgraderingar kräver aldrig en total "
+"fullständig installation; du kan alltid uppgradera direkt. Program är nästan "
+"alltid kompatibla med tidigare utgåvor av operativsystemet. Om en ny "
+"programversion kräver nyare hjälpprogramvara kommer Debians paketsystem att "
+"se till att all nödvändig programvara automatiskt identifieras och "
+"installeras. Mycket arbete har lagts på att ominstallationer inte ska "
+"behövas, så utgå därför ifrån att det är din absolut sista utväg. "
+"Installationsprogrammet är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> designad för att "
+"ominstallera ett befintligt system."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:48
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Here's a road map for the steps you will take during the installation process."
-msgstr "Här är en översikt av de steg du kommer att ta under installationsprocessen."
+msgid ""
+"Here's a road map for the steps you will take during the installation "
+"process."
+msgstr ""
+"Här är en översikt av de steg du kommer att ta under installationsprocessen."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:56
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Back up any existing data or documents on the hard disk where you plan to install."
-msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera befintliga data eller dokument från hårddisken där du planerar att installera."
+msgid ""
+"Back up any existing data or documents on the hard disk where you plan to "
+"install."
+msgstr ""
+"Säkerhetskopiera befintliga data eller dokument från hårddisken där du "
+"planerar att installera."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:62
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Gather information about your computer and any needed documentation, before starting the installation."
-msgstr "Samla information om din dator och annan behövlig dokumentation innan du startar installationen."
+msgid ""
+"Gather information about your computer and any needed documentation, before "
+"starting the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Samla information om din dator och annan behövlig dokumentation innan du "
+"startar installationen."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:68
@@ -77,14 +129,23 @@ msgstr "Skapa partitionerbart utrymme för Debian på din hårddisk."
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:73
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Locate and/or download the installer software and any specialized driver files your machine requires (except Debian CD users)."
-msgstr "Skaffa installeringsprogramvaran och eventuella specialdrivrutiner som din maskin kräver (förutom användare med Debian-cd)."
+msgid ""
+"Locate and/or download the installer software and any specialized driver "
+"files your machine requires (except Debian CD users)."
+msgstr ""
+"Skaffa installeringsprogramvaran och eventuella specialdrivrutiner som din "
+"maskin kräver (förutom användare med Debian-cd)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:79
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Set up boot tapes/floppies/USB sticks, or place boot files (most Debian CD users can boot from one of the CDs)."
-msgstr "Ställ in datorn för uppstart från band, disketter eller USB-minnen, eller placera uppstartsfiler (de flesta användare med Debian-cd kan starta upp från en av cd-skivorna)."
+msgid ""
+"Set up boot tapes/floppies/USB sticks, or place boot files (most Debian CD "
+"users can boot from one of the CDs)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ställ in datorn för uppstart från band, disketter eller USB-minnen, eller "
+"placera uppstartsfiler (de flesta användare med Debian-cd kan starta upp "
+"från en av cd-skivorna)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:85
@@ -131,14 +192,22 @@ msgstr "Skapa och montera partitioner på vilka Debian kommer att installeras."
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:122
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Watch the automatic download/install/setup of the <firstterm>base system</firstterm>."
-msgstr "Se den automatiska hämtningen, installeringen och konfigureringen av <firstterm>grundsystemet</firstterm>."
+msgid ""
+"Watch the automatic download/install/setup of the <firstterm>base system</"
+"firstterm>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se den automatiska hämtningen, installeringen och konfigureringen av "
+"<firstterm>grundsystemet</firstterm>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:128
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Install a <firstterm>boot loader</firstterm> which can start up &debian; and/or your existing system."
-msgstr "Installera en <firstterm>starthanterare</firstterm> som kan starta upp &debian; eller dina andra operativsystem."
+msgid ""
+"Install a <firstterm>boot loader</firstterm> which can start up &debian; and/"
+"or your existing system."
+msgstr ""
+"Installera en <firstterm>starthanterare</firstterm> som kan starta upp "
+"&debian; eller dina andra operativsystem."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:134
@@ -149,38 +218,100 @@ msgstr "Starta det nyligen installerade systemet för första gången."
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:141
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "For &arch-title; you have the option of using <phrase arch=\"x86\">a</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">an experimental</phrase> graphical version of the installation system. For more information about this graphical installer, see <xref linkend=\"graphical\"/>."
-msgstr "För &arch-title; har du möjligheten att använda <phrase arch=\"x86\">en</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">en experimentell</phrase> grafisk version av installationssystemet. För mer information om det grafiska installationsprogrammet, se <xref linkend=\"graphical\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"For &arch-title; you have the option of using <phrase arch=\"x86\">a</"
+"phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">an experimental</phrase> graphical version "
+"of the installation system. For more information about this graphical "
+"installer, see <xref linkend=\"graphical\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"För &arch-title; har du möjligheten att använda <phrase arch=\"x86\">en</"
+"phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">en experimentell</phrase> grafisk version "
+"av installationssystemet. För mer information om det grafiska "
+"installationsprogrammet, se <xref linkend=\"graphical\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:149
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you have problems during the installation, it helps to know which packages are involved in which steps. Introducing the leading software actors in this installation drama:"
-msgstr "Om du får problem under installationen hjälper det att veta vilka paket som ingår i varje steg. Här är de ledande programvaruskådisarna i det här installationsdramat:"
+msgid ""
+"If you have problems during the installation, it helps to know which "
+"packages are involved in which steps. Introducing the leading software "
+"actors in this installation drama:"
+msgstr ""
+"Om du får problem under installationen hjälper det att veta vilka paket som "
+"ingår i varje steg. Här är de ledande programvaruskådisarna i det här "
+"installationsdramat:"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:155
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer software, <classname>debian-installer</classname>, is the primary concern of this manual. It detects hardware and loads appropriate drivers, uses <classname>dhcp-client</classname> to set up the network connection, runs <classname>debootstrap</classname> to install the base system packages, and runs <classname>tasksel</classname> to allow you to install certain additional software. Many more actors play smaller parts in this process, but <classname>debian-installer</classname> has completed its task when you load the new system for the first time."
-msgstr "Installeringsprogramvaran, <classname>debian-installer</classname>, är det primära målet för den här handboken. Den identifierar maskinvara och läser in lämpliga drivrutiner, använder <classname>dhcp-client</classname> för att ställa in nätverksanslutningen, och kör <classname>debootstrap</classname> för att installera paketen för grundsystemet och kör <classname>tasksel</classname> för att låta dig installera ytterligare programvara. Många fler skådespelare spelar mindre roller i den här processen, men <classname>debian-installer</classname> har gjort klart sin funktion när du startar upp det nya systemet för första gången."
+msgid ""
+"The installer software, <classname>debian-installer</classname>, is the "
+"primary concern of this manual. It detects hardware and loads appropriate "
+"drivers, uses <classname>dhcp-client</classname> to set up the network "
+"connection, runs <classname>debootstrap</classname> to install the base "
+"system packages, and runs <classname>tasksel</classname> to allow you to "
+"install certain additional software. Many more actors play smaller parts in "
+"this process, but <classname>debian-installer</classname> has completed its "
+"task when you load the new system for the first time."
+msgstr ""
+"Installeringsprogramvaran, <classname>debian-installer</classname>, är det "
+"primära målet för den här handboken. Den identifierar maskinvara och läser "
+"in lämpliga drivrutiner, använder <classname>dhcp-client</classname> för att "
+"ställa in nätverksanslutningen, och kör <classname>debootstrap</classname> "
+"för att installera paketen för grundsystemet och kör <classname>tasksel</"
+"classname> för att låta dig installera ytterligare programvara. Många fler "
+"skådespelare spelar mindre roller i den här processen, men <classname>debian-"
+"installer</classname> har gjort klart sin funktion när du startar upp det "
+"nya systemet för första gången."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:167
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "To tune the system to your needs, <classname>tasksel</classname> allows you to choose to install various predefined bundles of software like a Web server or a Desktop environment."
-msgstr "För att anpassa systemet för att passa dina behov, låter <classname>tasksel</classname> dig välja att installera olika fördefinierade samlingar av programvara såsom en webbserver eller en skrivbordsmiljö."
+msgid ""
+"To tune the system to your needs, <classname>tasksel</classname> allows you "
+"to choose to install various predefined bundles of software like a Web "
+"server or a Desktop environment."
+msgstr ""
+"För att anpassa systemet för att passa dina behov, låter <classname>tasksel</"
+"classname> dig välja att installera olika fördefinierade samlingar av "
+"programvara såsom en webbserver eller en skrivbordsmiljö."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:173
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "One important option during the installation is whether or not to install a graphical desktop environment, consisting of the X Window System and one of the available graphical desktop environments. If you choose not to select the <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task, you will only have a relatively basic, command line driven system. Installing the Desktop environment task is optional because it requires a fairly large amount of disk space, and because many &debian; systems are servers which don't really have any need for a graphical user interface to do their job."
-msgstr "Ett viktigt alternativ under installationen är huruvida en grafisk skrivbordsmiljö ska installeras eller inte, innehållandes X Window System och en av de tillgängliga grafiska skrivbordsmiljöerna. Om du väljer att inte markera funktionen <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, kommer du att få ett relativt grundläggande, kommandoradsdrivet system. Installering av funktionen Skrivbordsmiljö är valfri därför att den kräver den hel del diskutrymme, och för att många &debian;-system är servrar som egentligen inte har något behov för ett grafiskt användargränssnitt för att göra sitt jobb."
+msgid ""
+"One important option during the installation is whether or not to install a "
+"graphical desktop environment, consisting of the X Window System and one of "
+"the available graphical desktop environments. If you choose not to select "
+"the <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task, you will only have a relatively "
+"basic, command line driven system. Installing the Desktop environment task "
+"is optional because it requires a fairly large amount of disk space, and "
+"because many &debian; systems are servers which don't really have any need "
+"for a graphical user interface to do their job."
+msgstr ""
+"Ett viktigt alternativ under installationen är huruvida en grafisk "
+"skrivbordsmiljö ska installeras eller inte, innehållandes X Window System "
+"och en av de tillgängliga grafiska skrivbordsmiljöerna. Om du väljer att "
+"inte markera funktionen <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, kommer du att få ett "
+"relativt grundläggande, kommandoradsdrivet system. Installering av "
+"funktionen Skrivbordsmiljö är valfri därför att den kräver den hel del "
+"diskutrymme, och för att många &debian;-system är servrar som egentligen "
+"inte har något behov för ett grafiskt användargränssnitt för att göra sitt "
+"jobb."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:185
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Just be aware that the X Window System is completely separate from <classname>debian-installer</classname>, and in fact is much more complicated. Installation and troubleshooting of the X Window System is not within the scope of this manual."
-msgstr "Tänk dock på att X Window System är fullständigt separerat från <classname>debian-installer</classname>, och är dessutom mycket mer komplicerat. Installation och felsökning av X Window System täcks inte in av den här handboken."
+msgid ""
+"Just be aware that the X Window System is completely separate from "
+"<classname>debian-installer</classname>, and in fact is much more "
+"complicated. Installation and troubleshooting of the X Window System is not "
+"within the scope of this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Tänk dock på att X Window System är fullständigt separerat från "
+"<classname>debian-installer</classname>, och är dessutom mycket mer "
+"komplicerat. Installation och felsökning av X Window System täcks inte in av "
+"den här handboken."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:200
@@ -191,20 +322,62 @@ msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera dina befintliga data!"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:201
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Before you start, make sure to back up every file that is now on your system. If this is the first time a non-native operating system has been installed on your computer, it's quite likely you will need to re-partition your disk to make room for &debian;. Anytime you partition your disk, you run a risk of losing everything on the disk, no matter what program you use to do it. The programs used in installation are quite reliable and most have seen years of use; but they are also quite powerful and a false move can cost you. Even after backing up, be careful and think about your answers and actions. Two minutes of thinking can save hours of unnecessary work."
-msgstr "Innan du börjar, se till att säkerhetskopiera alla filer som nu finns på ditt system. Om det här är första gången som ett icke-urspungligt operativsystem installeras på din dator, är det antagligen så att du behöver partitionera om din disk för att skapa plats åt &debian;. När du partitionerar din disk bör du räkna med att allting på disken kan komma att förloras, oavsett vilket program du använder för att göra det. Programmen som används i installationen är ganska tillförlitliga och de flesta har använts i flera år; men de är också mycket kraftfulla och ett litet felsteg kan skapa stora problem. Även efter säkerhetskopieringen bör du vara försiktig och tänka dig för innan du svarar på frågor och åtgärder. Två minuters betänketid kan spara dig timmar av onödigt arbete."
+msgid ""
+"Before you start, make sure to back up every file that is now on your "
+"system. If this is the first time a non-native operating system has been "
+"installed on your computer, it's quite likely you will need to re-partition "
+"your disk to make room for &debian;. Anytime you partition your disk, you "
+"run a risk of losing everything on the disk, no matter what program you use "
+"to do it. The programs used in installation are quite reliable and most have "
+"seen years of use; but they are also quite powerful and a false move can "
+"cost you. Even after backing up, be careful and think about your answers and "
+"actions. Two minutes of thinking can save hours of unnecessary work."
+msgstr ""
+"Innan du börjar, se till att säkerhetskopiera alla filer som nu finns på "
+"ditt system. Om det här är första gången som ett icke-urspungligt "
+"operativsystem installeras på din dator, är det antagligen så att du behöver "
+"partitionera om din disk för att skapa plats åt &debian;. När du "
+"partitionerar din disk bör du räkna med att allting på disken kan komma att "
+"förloras, oavsett vilket program du använder för att göra det. Programmen "
+"som används i installationen är ganska tillförlitliga och de flesta har "
+"använts i flera år; men de är också mycket kraftfulla och ett litet felsteg "
+"kan skapa stora problem. Även efter säkerhetskopieringen bör du vara "
+"försiktig och tänka dig för innan du svarar på frågor och åtgärder. Två "
+"minuters betänketid kan spara dig timmar av onödigt arbete."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:214
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are creating a multi-boot system, make sure that you have the distribution media of any other present operating systems on hand. Especially if you repartition your boot drive, you might find that you have to reinstall your operating system's boot loader, or in many cases the whole operating system itself and all files on the affected partitions."
-msgstr "Om du skapar ett system med flera uppstartsval, se till att du har installationsmedia för de andra operativsystemen till hands. Speciellt om du partitionerar om din hårddisk behöver du kanske installera om starthanteraren för ditt operativsystem, eller i många fall kanske hela operativsystemet och alla filer på de berörda partitionerna."
+msgid ""
+"If you are creating a multi-boot system, make sure that you have the "
+"distribution media of any other present operating systems on hand. "
+"Especially if you repartition your boot drive, you might find that you have "
+"to reinstall your operating system's boot loader, or in many cases the whole "
+"operating system itself and all files on the affected partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du skapar ett system med flera uppstartsval, se till att du har "
+"installationsmedia för de andra operativsystemen till hands. Speciellt om du "
+"partitionerar om din hårddisk behöver du kanske installera om "
+"starthanteraren för ditt operativsystem, eller i många fall kanske hela "
+"operativsystemet och alla filer på de berörda partitionerna."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:225
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "With the exception of the BVM and Motorola VMEbus computers, the only supported installation method for m68k systems is booting from a local disk or floppy using an AmigaOS/TOS/MacOS-based bootstrap, for these machines you will need the original operating system in order to boot Linux. In order to boot Linux on the BVM and Motorola VMEbus machines you will need the <quote>BVMBug</quote> or <quote>16xBug</quote> boot ROMs."
-msgstr "Med undantaget för BVM och Motorola VMEbus-datorer, den enda installationsmetoden som stöds på m68k-system är uppstart från en lokal disk eller diskett med en AmigaOS/TOS/MacOS-baserad bootstrap, för de här maskinerna kommer du att behöva originaloperativsystemet för att starta upp Linux. För att starta upp Linux på BVM och Motorola VMEbus-maskiner behöver du uppstarts-ROM:en <quote>BVMBug</quote> eller <quote>16xBug</quote>."
+msgid ""
+"With the exception of the BVM and Motorola VMEbus computers, the only "
+"supported installation method for m68k systems is booting from a local disk "
+"or floppy using an AmigaOS/TOS/MacOS-based bootstrap, for these machines you "
+"will need the original operating system in order to boot Linux. In order to "
+"boot Linux on the BVM and Motorola VMEbus machines you will need the "
+"<quote>BVMBug</quote> or <quote>16xBug</quote> boot ROMs."
+msgstr ""
+"Med undantaget för BVM och Motorola VMEbus-datorer, den enda "
+"installationsmetoden som stöds på m68k-system är uppstart från en lokal disk "
+"eller diskett med en AmigaOS/TOS/MacOS-baserad bootstrap, för de här "
+"maskinerna kommer du att behöva originaloperativsystemet för att starta upp "
+"Linux. För att starta upp Linux på BVM och Motorola VMEbus-maskiner behöver "
+"du uppstarts-ROM:en <quote>BVMBug</quote> eller <quote>16xBug</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:243
@@ -228,7 +401,8 @@ msgstr "Installationshandbok"
 #: preparing.xml:251
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This document you are now reading, in plain ASCII, HTML or PDF format."
-msgstr "Det här dokumentet du nu läser, finns i ren ASCII, HTML eller PDF-format."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här dokumentet du nu läser, finns i ren ASCII, HTML eller PDF-format."
 
 #. Tag: itemizedlist
 #: preparing.xml:257
@@ -239,14 +413,28 @@ msgstr "&list-install-manual-files;"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:263
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The document you are now reading, which is the official version of the Installation Guide for the &releasename; release of Debian; available in <ulink url=\"&url-release-area;/installmanual\">various formats and translations</ulink>."
-msgstr "Dokumentet du nu läser, som är den officiella versionen av Installationsguiden för utgåvan &releasename; av Debian; tillgänglig i <ulink url=\"&url-release-area;/installmanual\">olika format och översättningar</ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"The document you are now reading, which is the official version of the "
+"Installation Guide for the &releasename; release of Debian; available in "
+"<ulink url=\"&url-release-area;/installmanual\">various formats and "
+"translations</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dokumentet du nu läser, som är den officiella versionen av "
+"Installationsguiden för utgåvan &releasename; av Debian; tillgänglig i "
+"<ulink url=\"&url-release-area;/installmanual\">olika format och "
+"översättningar</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:272
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The document you are now reading, which is a development version of the Installation Guide for the next release of Debian; available in <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\">various formats and translations</ulink>."
-msgstr "Dokumentet du nu läser, som är en utvecklingsversion av Installationsguiden för nästa utgåva av Debian; tillgänglig i <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\">olika format och översättningar</ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"The document you are now reading, which is a development version of the "
+"Installation Guide for the next release of Debian; available in <ulink url="
+"\"&url-d-i-alioth-manual;\">various formats and translations</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dokumentet du nu läser, som är en utvecklingsversion av Installationsguiden "
+"för nästa utgåva av Debian; tillgänglig i <ulink url=\"&url-d-i-alioth-"
+"manual;\">olika format och översättningar</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:284
@@ -257,8 +445,11 @@ msgstr "Maskinvarudokumentation"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:285
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Often contains useful information on configuring or using your hardware."
-msgstr "Innehåller ofta användbar information om hur du konfigurerar eller använder din maskinvara."
+msgid ""
+"Often contains useful information on configuring or using your hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"Innehåller ofta användbar information om hur du konfigurerar eller använder "
+"din maskinvara."
 
 #. Tag: ulink
 #: preparing.xml:296
@@ -299,8 +490,12 @@ msgstr "Maskinvarureferenser för &arch-title;"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:330
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Installation instructions and device drivers (DASD, XPRAM, Console, tape, z90 crypto, chandev, network) for Linux on &arch-title; using kernel 2.4"
-msgstr "Installationsinstruktioner och enhetsdrivrutiner (DASD, XPRAM, Console, tape, z90 crypto, chandev, network) för Linux på &arch-title; med 2.4-kärna"
+msgid ""
+"Installation instructions and device drivers (DASD, XPRAM, Console, tape, "
+"z90 crypto, chandev, network) for Linux on &arch-title; using kernel 2.4"
+msgstr ""
+"Installationsinstruktioner och enhetsdrivrutiner (DASD, XPRAM, Console, "
+"tape, z90 crypto, chandev, network) för Linux på &arch-title; med 2.4-kärna"
 
 #. Tag: ulink
 #: preparing.xml:342
@@ -311,8 +506,12 @@ msgstr "Enhetsdrivrutiner och installationskommandon"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:347
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "IBM Redbook describing how Linux can be combined with z/VM on zSeries and &arch-title; hardware."
-msgstr "IBM Redbook beskriver hur Linux kan kombineras med z/VM på zSeries och &arch-title;-maskinvara."
+msgid ""
+"IBM Redbook describing how Linux can be combined with z/VM on zSeries and "
+"&arch-title; hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"IBM Redbook beskriver hur Linux kan kombineras med z/VM på zSeries och &arch-"
+"title;-maskinvara."
 
 #. Tag: ulink
 #: preparing.xml:357
@@ -323,8 +522,14 @@ msgstr "Linux för &arch-title;"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:363
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "IBM Redbook describing the Linux distributions available for the mainframe. It has no chapter about Debian but the basic installation concepts are the same across all &arch-title; distributions."
-msgstr "IBM Redbook beskriver Linux-utgåvor för mainframe. Den har inget kapitel om Debian men grundläggande installationsconcept är samma för alla &arch-title; utgåvor."
+msgid ""
+"IBM Redbook describing the Linux distributions available for the mainframe. "
+"It has no chapter about Debian but the basic installation concepts are the "
+"same across all &arch-title; distributions."
+msgstr ""
+"IBM Redbook beskriver Linux-utgåvor för mainframe. Den har inget kapitel om "
+"Debian men grundläggande installationsconcept är samma för alla &arch-title; "
+"utgåvor."
 
 #. Tag: ulink
 #: preparing.xml:374
@@ -341,8 +546,14 @@ msgstr "Hitta informationskällor för maskinvara"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:385
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In many cases, the installer will be able to automatically detect your hardware. But to be prepared, we do recommend familiarizing yourself with your hardware before the install."
-msgstr "I många fall kan installationsprogrammet automatiskt identifiera din maskinvara. Men för att vara förberedd rekommenderar vi att du gör dig hemmastadd med din maskinvara före installationen."
+msgid ""
+"In many cases, the installer will be able to automatically detect your "
+"hardware. But to be prepared, we do recommend familiarizing yourself with "
+"your hardware before the install."
+msgstr ""
+"I många fall kan installationsprogrammet automatiskt identifiera din "
+"maskinvara. Men för att vara förberedd rekommenderar vi att du gör dig "
+"hemmastadd med din maskinvara före installationen."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:391
@@ -359,8 +570,14 @@ msgstr "Handböckerna som kommer med varje maskinvarudel."
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:403
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The BIOS setup screens of your computer. You can view these screens when you start your computer by pressing a combination of keys. Check your manual for the combination. Often, it is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key."
-msgstr "BIOS-inställningarna på din dator. Du kan se de här skärmarna när du startar din dator genom att trycka på en tangentkombination. Leta i din handbok efter kombinationen. Ofta är det tangenten <keycap>Delete</keycap>."
+msgid ""
+"The BIOS setup screens of your computer. You can view these screens when you "
+"start your computer by pressing a combination of keys. Check your manual for "
+"the combination. Often, it is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key."
+msgstr ""
+"BIOS-inställningarna på din dator. Du kan se de här skärmarna när du startar "
+"din dator genom att trycka på en tangentkombination. Leta i din handbok "
+"efter kombinationen. Ofta är det tangenten <keycap>Delete</keycap>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:410
@@ -377,14 +594,25 @@ msgstr "Systemfönstret i Windows kontrollpanel."
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:422
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "System commands or tools in another operating system, including file manager displays. This source is especially useful for information about RAM and hard drive memory."
-msgstr "Systemkommandon eller verktyg i ett annat operativsystem, inklusive filhanterarskärmar. Den här källan är speciellt användbar för information om RAM-minne och hårddisksutrymme."
+msgid ""
+"System commands or tools in another operating system, including file manager "
+"displays. This source is especially useful for information about RAM and "
+"hard drive memory."
+msgstr ""
+"Systemkommandon eller verktyg i ett annat operativsystem, inklusive "
+"filhanterarskärmar. Den här källan är speciellt användbar för information om "
+"RAM-minne och hårddisksutrymme."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:429
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Your system administrator or Internet Service Provider. These sources can tell you the settings you need to set up your networking and e-mail."
-msgstr "Din systemadministratör eller Internetleverantör. De här källorna kan informera dig om de inställningar du behöver för att ställa in din nätverksanslutning och e-post."
+msgid ""
+"Your system administrator or Internet Service Provider. These sources can "
+"tell you the settings you need to set up your networking and e-mail."
+msgstr ""
+"Din systemadministratör eller Internetleverantör. De här källorna kan "
+"informera dig om de inställningar du behöver för att ställa in din "
+"nätverksanslutning och e-post."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:441
@@ -435,8 +663,7 @@ msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most m68k computers are SCSI)."
 msgstr "Om IDE eller SCSI används (de flesta m68k-datorer använder SCSI)."
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: preparing.xml:462
-#: preparing.xml:514
+#: preparing.xml:462 preparing.xml:514
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Available free space."
 msgstr "Tillgängligt ledigt utrymme."
@@ -460,10 +687,7 @@ msgid "Monitor"
 msgstr "Skärm"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: preparing.xml:470
-#: preparing.xml:490
-#: preparing.xml:496
-#: preparing.xml:502
+#: preparing.xml:470 preparing.xml:490 preparing.xml:496 preparing.xml:502
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Model and manufacturer."
 msgstr "Modell och tillverkare."
@@ -529,15 +753,13 @@ msgid "Number of buttons."
 msgstr "Antal knappar."
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: preparing.xml:489
-#: preparing.xml:517
+#: preparing.xml:489 preparing.xml:517
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Network"
 msgstr "Nätverk"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: preparing.xml:492
-#: preparing.xml:518
+#: preparing.xml:492 preparing.xml:518
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Type of adapter."
 msgstr "Typ av adapter."
@@ -569,8 +791,12 @@ msgstr "Tillgängligt videominne."
 #. Tag: entry
 #: preparing.xml:506
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your monitor's capabilities)."
-msgstr "Upplösningar och färgdjup som stöds (dessa bör kontrolleras mot vad din skärm klarar av)."
+msgid ""
+"Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your "
+"monitor's capabilities)."
+msgstr ""
+"Upplösningar och färgdjup som stöds (dessa bör kontrolleras mot vad din "
+"skärm klarar av)."
 
 #. Tag: entry
 #: preparing.xml:511
@@ -605,26 +831,48 @@ msgstr "Maskinvarukompatibilitet"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:531
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware support in Linux is improving daily. However, Linux still does not run as many different types of hardware as some operating systems."
-msgstr "Många märkesprodukter fungerar utan problem på Linux. Mängden maskinvara som stöds av Linux ökar dagligen. Dock kan Linux fortfarande inte köra lika många olika typer av maskinvara som en del andra operativsystem."
+msgid ""
+"Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware "
+"support in Linux is improving daily. However, Linux still does not run as "
+"many different types of hardware as some operating systems."
+msgstr ""
+"Många märkesprodukter fungerar utan problem på Linux. Mängden maskinvara som "
+"stöds av Linux ökar dagligen. Dock kan Linux fortfarande inte köra lika "
+"många olika typer av maskinvara som en del andra operativsystem."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:537
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running version of Windows to work."
-msgstr "Speciellt kan Linux normalt sett inte köra maskinvara som kräver en körande version av Windows för att fungera."
+msgid ""
+"In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running "
+"version of Windows to work."
+msgstr ""
+"Speciellt kan Linux normalt sett inte köra maskinvara som kräver en körande "
+"version av Windows för att fungera."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:542
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing so usually requires extra effort. In addition, Linux drivers for Windows-specific hardware are usually specific to one Linux kernel. Therefore, they can quickly become obsolete."
-msgstr "Även om viss Windows-specifik maskinvara går att få igång på Linux betyder det ofta en extra arbetsinsats. Dessutom är Linux-drivrutiner för Windows-specifik maskinvara ofta specifik till en Linux-kärna. Därför kan de fort bli föråldrade."
+msgid ""
+"Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing "
+"so usually requires extra effort. In addition, Linux drivers for Windows-"
+"specific hardware are usually specific to one Linux kernel. Therefore, they "
+"can quickly become obsolete."
+msgstr ""
+"Även om viss Windows-specifik maskinvara går att få igång på Linux betyder "
+"det ofta en extra arbetsinsats. Dessutom är Linux-drivrutiner för Windows-"
+"specifik maskinvara ofta specifik till en Linux-kärna. Därför kan de fort "
+"bli föråldrade."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:549
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, printers and other equipment may also be Windows-specific."
-msgstr "Så kallade win-modem är den mest vanliga typen av den maskinvaran. Dock kan även skrivare och annan utrustning vara Windows-specifika."
+msgid ""
+"So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, "
+"printers and other equipment may also be Windows-specific."
+msgstr ""
+"Så kallade win-modem är den mest vanliga typen av den maskinvaran. Dock kan "
+"även skrivare och annan utrustning vara Windows-specifika."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:554
@@ -641,14 +889,23 @@ msgstr "Kontrollera tillverkarens webbplatser för nya drivrutiner."
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:564
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser known brands can sometimes use the drivers or settings for better-known ones."
-msgstr "Se på webbsidor eller läs handböcker och leta efter information om emulering. Mindre kända märken kan ibland använda drivrutiner eller inställningar från mer kända märken."
+msgid ""
+"Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser "
+"known brands can sometimes use the drivers or settings for better-known ones."
+msgstr ""
+"Se på webbsidor eller läs handböcker och leta efter information om "
+"emulering. Mindre kända märken kan ibland använda drivrutiner eller "
+"inställningar från mer kända märken."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:571
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to your architecture."
-msgstr "Sök i maskinvarukompatibilitetslistor för Linux på webbsidor som är inriktade på din arkitektur."
+msgid ""
+"Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to "
+"your architecture."
+msgstr ""
+"Sök i maskinvarukompatibilitetslistor för Linux på webbsidor som är "
+"inriktade på din arkitektur."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:577
@@ -665,8 +922,14 @@ msgstr "Nätverksinställningar"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:590
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet or equivalent connection &mdash; not a PPP connection), you should ask your network's system administrator for this information."
-msgstr "Om din dator är ansluten till ett nätverk dygnet runt (exempelvis via Ethernet eller liknande anslutning &mdash; inte en PPP-anslutning), bör du fråga din nätverksadministratör efter följande information."
+msgid ""
+"If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet "
+"or equivalent connection &mdash; not a PPP connection), you should ask your "
+"network's system administrator for this information."
+msgstr ""
+"Om din dator är ansluten till ett nätverk dygnet runt (exempelvis via "
+"Ethernet eller liknande anslutning &mdash; inte en PPP-anslutning), bör du "
+"fråga din nätverksadministratör efter följande information."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:597
@@ -695,20 +958,36 @@ msgstr "Nätmasken som används på ditt nätverk."
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:617
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your network <emphasis>has</emphasis> a gateway."
-msgstr "IP-adressen till den gateway som är standardrutten ut från ditt nätverk, om ditt nätverk <emphasis>har</emphasis> en gateway."
+msgid ""
+"The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your "
+"network <emphasis>has</emphasis> a gateway."
+msgstr ""
+"IP-adressen till den gateway som är standardrutten ut från ditt nätverk, om "
+"ditt nätverk <emphasis>har</emphasis> en gateway."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:623
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name Service) server."
-msgstr "Systemet på ditt nätverk som du ska använda som en DNS-server (Domännamnstjänst)."
+msgid ""
+"The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name "
+"Service) server."
+msgstr ""
+"Systemet på ditt nätverk som du ska använda som en DNS-server "
+"(Domännamnstjänst)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:631
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is available and is recommended, then you don't need this information because the DHCP server will provide it directly to your computer during the installation process."
-msgstr "Å andra sidan, om din administratör berättar för dig att en DHCP-server finns tillgänglig och rekommenderas, behöver du inte den här information då DHCP-servern kommer att ge ut den direkt till din dator under installationsprocessen."
+msgid ""
+"On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is "
+"available and is recommended, then you don't need this information because "
+"the DHCP server will provide it directly to your computer during the "
+"installation process."
+msgstr ""
+"Å andra sidan, om din administratör berättar för dig att en DHCP-server "
+"finns tillgänglig och rekommenderas, behöver du inte den här information då "
+"DHCP-servern kommer att ge ut den direkt till din dator under "
+"installationsprocessen."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:638
@@ -737,32 +1016,52 @@ msgstr "Matcha minimikrav för maskinvara"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:666
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check that your hardware will let you do the type of installation that you want to do."
-msgstr "När du har samlat in information om maskinvaran i din dator, kontrollera att din maskinvara låter dig göra den typ av installation som du vill göra."
+msgid ""
+"Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check "
+"that your hardware will let you do the type of installation that you want to "
+"do."
+msgstr ""
+"När du har samlat in information om maskinvaran i din dator, kontrollera att "
+"din maskinvara låter dig göra den typ av installation som du vill göra."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:672
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the recommended hardware listed in the table below. However, most users risk being frustrated if they ignore these suggestions."
-msgstr "Beroende på dina behov, kan du klara dig med mindre än vad som rekommenderas av maskinvaran listad i tabellen nedan. Många användare riskerar dock troligen att bli frustrerade om de ignorerar de här förslagen."
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the "
+"recommended hardware listed in the table below. However, most users risk "
+"being frustrated if they ignore these suggestions."
+msgstr ""
+"Beroende på dina behov, kan du klara dig med mindre än vad som rekommenderas "
+"av maskinvaran listad i tabellen nedan. Många användare riskerar dock "
+"troligen att bli frustrerade om de ignorerar de här förslagen."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:678
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "A Pentium 4, 1GHz system is the minimum recommended for a desktop system."
-msgstr "En Pentium 4 med 1 GHz-processor är minsta rekommenderade datorn för ett skrivbordssystem."
+msgid ""
+"A Pentium 4, 1GHz system is the minimum recommended for a desktop system."
+msgstr ""
+"En Pentium 4 med 1 GHz-processor är minsta rekommenderade datorn för ett "
+"skrivbordssystem."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:683
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by with a little less drive space than shown."
-msgstr "En 68030 eller bättre processor rekommenderas för m68k-installationer. Du kan klara dig undan med lite mindre diskutrymme än vad som anges här."
+msgid ""
+"A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by "
+"with a little less drive space than shown."
+msgstr ""
+"En 68030 eller bättre processor rekommenderas för m68k-installationer. Du "
+"kan klara dig undan med lite mindre diskutrymme än vad som anges här."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:688
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Any OldWorld or NewWorld PowerPC can serve well as a desktop system."
-msgstr "Alla OldWorld eller NewWorld PowerPC-datorer kan fungera bra som skrivbordssystem."
+msgstr ""
+"Alla OldWorld eller NewWorld PowerPC-datorer kan fungera bra som "
+"skrivbordssystem."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:695
@@ -801,8 +1100,7 @@ msgid "No desktop"
 msgstr "Ingen skrivbordsmiljö"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: preparing.xml:709
-#: preparing.xml:714
+#: preparing.xml:709 preparing.xml:714
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "64 megabytes"
 msgstr "64 megabyte"
@@ -840,32 +1138,87 @@ msgstr "5 gigabyte"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:721
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The actual minimum memory requirements are a lot less then the numbers listed in this table. Depending on the architecture, it is possible to install Debian with as little as 20MB (for s390) to 48MB (for i386 and amd64). The same goes for the disk space requirements, especially if you pick and choose which applications to install; see <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> for additional information on disk space requirements."
-msgstr "Det faktiska minimumkraven för minne är mycket mindre än de siffror som listas i den här tabellen. Beroende på arkitekturen är det möjligt att installera Debian med så lite som 20 MB (för s390) till 48 MB (för i386 och amd64). Det samma gäller för diskutrymmeskraven, speciellt om du väljer vilka program som ska installeras; se <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> för ytterligare information om diskutrymmeskraven."
+msgid ""
+"The actual minimum memory requirements are a lot less then the numbers "
+"listed in this table. Depending on the architecture, it is possible to "
+"install Debian with as little as 20MB (for s390) to 48MB (for i386 and "
+"amd64). The same goes for the disk space requirements, especially if you "
+"pick and choose which applications to install; see <xref linkend=\"tasksel-"
+"size-list\"/> for additional information on disk space requirements."
+msgstr ""
+"Det faktiska minimumkraven för minne är mycket mindre än de siffror som "
+"listas i den här tabellen. Beroende på arkitekturen är det möjligt att "
+"installera Debian med så lite som 20 MB (för s390) till 48 MB (för i386 och "
+"amd64). Det samma gäller för diskutrymmeskraven, speciellt om du väljer "
+"vilka program som ska installeras; se <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> "
+"för ytterligare information om diskutrymmeskraven."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:731
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "It is possible to run a graphical desktop environment on older or low-end systems, but in that case it is recommended to install a window manager that is less resource-hungry than those of the GNOME or KDE desktop environments; alternatives include <classname>xfce4</classname>, <classname>icewm</classname> and <classname>wmaker</classname>, but there are others to choose from."
-msgstr "Det är möjligt att köra en grafisk skrivbordsmiljö på äldre eller mindre kraftfulla system, men i det fallet rekommenderas det att installera en fönsterhanterare som är mindre resurshungrig än skrivbordsmiljöerna GNOME eller KDE; tänkbara alternativ är <classname>xfce4</classname>, <classname>icewm</classname> och <classname>wmaker</classname>, men det finns även andra att välja bland."
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to run a graphical desktop environment on older or low-end "
+"systems, but in that case it is recommended to install a window manager that "
+"is less resource-hungry than those of the GNOME or KDE desktop environments; "
+"alternatives include <classname>xfce4</classname>, <classname>icewm</"
+"classname> and <classname>wmaker</classname>, but there are others to choose "
+"from."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är möjligt att köra en grafisk skrivbordsmiljö på äldre eller mindre "
+"kraftfulla system, men i det fallet rekommenderas det att installera en "
+"fönsterhanterare som är mindre resurshungrig än skrivbordsmiljöerna GNOME "
+"eller KDE; tänkbara alternativ är <classname>xfce4</classname>, "
+"<classname>icewm</classname> och <classname>wmaker</classname>, men det "
+"finns även andra att välja bland."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:740
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "It is practically impossible to give general memory or disk space requirements for server installations as those very much depend on what the server is to be used for."
-msgstr "Det är praktiskt omöjligt att ge allmänna krav för minne eller diskutrymme för serverinstallationer eftersom det beror mycket på vad servern kommer att användas till."
+msgid ""
+"It is practically impossible to give general memory or disk space "
+"requirements for server installations as those very much depend on what the "
+"server is to be used for."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är praktiskt omöjligt att ge allmänna krav för minne eller diskutrymme "
+"för serverinstallationer eftersom det beror mycket på vad servern kommer att "
+"användas till."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:746
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are usually to be found, such as user files, mail, and data. It is always best to be generous when considering the space for your own files and data."
-msgstr "Kom ihåg att dessa storlekar inte inkluderar alla de andra material som vanligtvis hittas på ett system, såsom användarfiler, e-post och data. Det är alltid bäst att vara generös när du uppskattar utrymmet för dina egna filer och data."
+msgid ""
+"Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are "
+"usually to be found, such as user files, mail, and data. It is always best "
+"to be generous when considering the space for your own files and data."
+msgstr ""
+"Kom ihåg att dessa storlekar inte inkluderar alla de andra material som "
+"vanligtvis hittas på ett system, såsom användarfiler, e-post och data. Det "
+"är alltid bäst att vara generös när du uppskattar utrymmet för dina egna "
+"filer och data."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:753
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Disk space required for the smooth operation of the &debian; system itself is taken into account in these recommended system requirements. Notably, the <filename>/var</filename> partition contains a lot of state information specific to Debian in addition to its regular contents, like logfiles. The <command>dpkg</command> files (with information on all installed packages) can easily consume 40MB. Also, <command>apt-get</command> puts downloaded packages here before they are installed. You should usually allocate at least 200MB for <filename>/var</filename>, and a lot more if you install a graphical desktop environment."
-msgstr "Diskutrymmet som krävs för oproblematisk körning av själva &debian;-systemet är inkluderat i dessa rekommenderade systemkrav. Noterbart är att partitionen <filename>/var</filename> innehåller en hel del tillståndsinformation som är specifik för Debian i tillägg till dess vanliga innehåll, som loggfiler. Filerna för <command>dpkg</command> (med information om alla installerade paket) kan enkelt konsumera 40 MB. Även <command>apt-get</command> lägger hämtade paket här innan de installeras. Du bör vanligtvis allokera åtminstone 200 MB för <filename>/var</filename>, och en hel del mer om du installerar en grafisk skrivbordsmiljö."
+msgid ""
+"Disk space required for the smooth operation of the &debian; system itself "
+"is taken into account in these recommended system requirements. Notably, the "
+"<filename>/var</filename> partition contains a lot of state information "
+"specific to Debian in addition to its regular contents, like logfiles. The "
+"<command>dpkg</command> files (with information on all installed packages) "
+"can easily consume 40MB. Also, <command>apt-get</command> puts downloaded "
+"packages here before they are installed. You should usually allocate at "
+"least 200MB for <filename>/var</filename>, and a lot more if you install a "
+"graphical desktop environment."
+msgstr ""
+"Diskutrymmet som krävs för oproblematisk körning av själva &debian;-systemet "
+"är inkluderat i dessa rekommenderade systemkrav. Noterbart är att "
+"partitionen <filename>/var</filename> innehåller en hel del "
+"tillståndsinformation som är specifik för Debian i tillägg till dess vanliga "
+"innehåll, som loggfiler. Filerna för <command>dpkg</command> (med "
+"information om alla installerade paket) kan enkelt konsumera 40 MB. Även "
+"<command>apt-get</command> lägger hämtade paket här innan de installeras. Du "
+"bör vanligtvis allokera åtminstone 200 MB för <filename>/var</filename>, och "
+"en hel del mer om du installerar en grafisk skrivbordsmiljö."
 
 # Kolla denna
 #. Tag: title
@@ -877,32 +1230,91 @@ msgstr "Förpartionering för system med flera operativsystem"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:778
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk into sections. Each section is then independent of the others. It's roughly equivalent to putting up walls inside a house; if you add furniture to one room it doesn't affect any other room."
-msgstr "Partitionering av din disk refererar helt enkelt till processen att dela upp din disk i sektioner. Varje sektion blir då oberoende av de andra. Det är grovt sett likvärdigt med att sätta upp väggar inne i ett hus; om du ställer in möbler i ett rum så påverkar de inte något annat rum."
+msgid ""
+"Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk "
+"into sections. Each section is then independent of the others. It's roughly "
+"equivalent to putting up walls inside a house; if you add furniture to one "
+"room it doesn't affect any other room."
+msgstr ""
+"Partitionering av din disk refererar helt enkelt till processen att dela upp "
+"din disk i sektioner. Varje sektion blir då oberoende av de andra. Det är "
+"grovt sett likvärdigt med att sätta upp väggar inne i ett hus; om du ställer "
+"in möbler i ett rum så påverkar de inte något annat rum."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:785
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate this into a DASD or VM minidisk in the &arch-title; world. Also a machine means an LPAR or VM guest in this case."
-msgstr "När det här avsnittet nämner ordet <quote>diskar</quote> bör du översätta det till en DASD eller VM-minidisk i &arch-title;-världen. Även, en maskin betyder en LPAR eller VM-gäst i det här fallet."
+msgid ""
+"Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate "
+"this into a DASD or VM minidisk in the &arch-title; world. Also a machine "
+"means an LPAR or VM guest in this case."
+msgstr ""
+"När det här avsnittet nämner ordet <quote>diskar</quote> bör du översätta "
+"det till en DASD eller VM-minidisk i &arch-title;-världen. Även, en maskin "
+"betyder en LPAR eller VM-gäst i det här fallet."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:791
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"x86\"> (Windows 9x, Windows NT/2000/XP, OS/2, MacOS, Solaris, FreeBSD, &hellip;) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"alpha\"> (Tru64 (Digital UNIX), OpenVMS, Windows NT, FreeBSD, &hellip;) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\"> (VM, z/OS, OS/390, &hellip;) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> (Amiga OS, Atari TOS, Mac OS, &hellip;) </phrase> and want to stick Linux on the same disk, you will need to repartition the disk. Debian requires its own hard disk partitions. It cannot be installed on Windows or MacOS partitions. It may be able to share some partitions with other Linux systems, but that's not covered here. At the very least you will need a dedicated partition for the Debian root."
-msgstr "Om du redan har ett operativsystem på ditt system <phrase arch=\"x86\"> (Windows 9x, Windows NT/2000/XP, OS/2, MacOS, Solaris, FreeBSD, &hellip;) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"alpha\"> (Tru64 (Digital UNIX), OpenVMS, Windows NT, FreeBSD, &hellip;) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\"> (VM, z/OS, OS/390, &hellip;) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> (Amiga OS, Atari TOS, Mac OS, &hellip;) </phrase> och vill ha Linux på samma disk, behöver du antaglien partitionera om disken. Debian kräver sina egna hårddiskpartitioner och kan inte installeras på  Windows- eller MacOS-partitioner. Det kan dela vissa partitioner med andra Linux-system, men det täcks inte in här. Du behöver åtminstone en partition avsedd enbart för Debians rot."
+msgid ""
+"If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"x86\"> "
+"(Windows 9x, Windows NT/2000/XP, OS/2, MacOS, Solaris, FreeBSD, &hellip;) </"
+"phrase> <phrase arch=\"alpha\"> (Tru64 (Digital UNIX), OpenVMS, Windows NT, "
+"FreeBSD, &hellip;) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\"> (VM, z/OS, OS/390, "
+"&hellip;) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> (Amiga OS, Atari TOS, Mac OS, "
+"&hellip;) </phrase> and want to stick Linux on the same disk, you will need "
+"to repartition the disk. Debian requires its own hard disk partitions. It "
+"cannot be installed on Windows or MacOS partitions. It may be able to share "
+"some partitions with other Linux systems, but that's not covered here. At "
+"the very least you will need a dedicated partition for the Debian root."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du redan har ett operativsystem på ditt system <phrase arch=\"x86\"> "
+"(Windows 9x, Windows NT/2000/XP, OS/2, MacOS, Solaris, FreeBSD, &hellip;) </"
+"phrase> <phrase arch=\"alpha\"> (Tru64 (Digital UNIX), OpenVMS, Windows NT, "
+"FreeBSD, &hellip;) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\"> (VM, z/OS, OS/390, "
+"&hellip;) </phrase> <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> (Amiga OS, Atari TOS, Mac OS, "
+"&hellip;) </phrase> och vill ha Linux på samma disk, behöver du antaglien "
+"partitionera om disken. Debian kräver sina egna hårddiskpartitioner och kan "
+"inte installeras på  Windows- eller MacOS-partitioner. Det kan dela vissa "
+"partitioner med andra Linux-system, men det täcks inte in här. Du behöver "
+"åtminstone en partition avsedd enbart för Debians rot."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:818
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You can find information about your current partition setup by using a partitioning tool for your current operating system<phrase arch=\"x86\">, such as fdisk or PartitionMagic</phrase><phrase arch=\"powerpc\">, such as Drive Setup, HD Toolkit, or MacTools</phrase><phrase arch=\"m68k\">, such as HD SC Setup, HDToolBox, or SCSITool</phrase><phrase arch=\"s390\">, such as the VM diskmap</phrase>. Partitioning tools always provide a way to show existing partitions without making changes."
-msgstr "Du kan hitta information om din aktuella partitionskonfiguration genom att använda ett partitioneringsverktyg för ditt aktuella operativsystem<phrase arch=\"x86\">, såsom fdisk eller PartitionMagic</phrase><phrase arch=\"powerpc\">, såsom Drive Setup, HD Toolkit eller MacTools</phrase><phrase arch=\"m68k\">, såsom HD SC Setup, HDToolBox eller SCSITool</phrase><phrase arch=\"s390\">, såsom VM diskmap</phrase>. Partitioneringsverktyg tillhandahåller alltid ett sätt att visa befintliga partitioner utan att göra ändringar."
+msgid ""
+"You can find information about your current partition setup by using a "
+"partitioning tool for your current operating system<phrase arch=\"x86\">, "
+"such as fdisk or PartitionMagic</phrase><phrase arch=\"powerpc\">, such as "
+"Drive Setup, HD Toolkit, or MacTools</phrase><phrase arch=\"m68k\">, such as "
+"HD SC Setup, HDToolBox, or SCSITool</phrase><phrase arch=\"s390\">, such as "
+"the VM diskmap</phrase>. Partitioning tools always provide a way to show "
+"existing partitions without making changes."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan hitta information om din aktuella partitionskonfiguration genom att "
+"använda ett partitioneringsverktyg för ditt aktuella operativsystem<phrase "
+"arch=\"x86\">, såsom fdisk eller PartitionMagic</phrase><phrase arch="
+"\"powerpc\">, såsom Drive Setup, HD Toolkit eller MacTools</phrase><phrase "
+"arch=\"m68k\">, såsom HD SC Setup, HDToolBox eller SCSITool</phrase><phrase "
+"arch=\"s390\">, såsom VM diskmap</phrase>. Partitioneringsverktyg "
+"tillhandahåller alltid ett sätt att visa befintliga partitioner utan att "
+"göra ändringar."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:828
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will destroy any information there. Thus you should always make backups before doing any repartitioning. Using the analogy of the house, you would probably want to move all the furniture out of the way before moving a wall or you risk destroying it."
-msgstr "Normalt sett så kommer data och filer i ett filsystem på en partition att förstöras om partitionen ändras. Därför bör du alltid göra säkerhetskopior innan du partitionerar om. Om man använder jämförelsen med huset skulle du antagligen vilja flytta ut alla möbler innan väggarna flyttas då de annars riskerar att de förstörs."
+msgid ""
+"In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will "
+"destroy any information there. Thus you should always make backups before "
+"doing any repartitioning. Using the analogy of the house, you would probably "
+"want to move all the furniture out of the way before moving a wall or you "
+"risk destroying it."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalt sett så kommer data och filer i ett filsystem på en partition att "
+"förstöras om partitionen ändras. Därför bör du alltid göra säkerhetskopior "
+"innan du partitionerar om. Om man använder jämförelsen med huset skulle du "
+"antagligen vilja flytta ut alla möbler innan väggarna flyttas då de annars "
+"riskerar att de förstörs."
 
 #. Tag: emphasis
 #: preparing.xml:838
@@ -913,56 +1325,155 @@ msgstr "FIXME: skriva om HP-UX-diskar?"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:840
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one of the hard disks completely to Debian. If so, you don't need to partition that disk before booting the installation system; the installer's included partitioning program can handle the job nicely."
-msgstr "Om din dator har mer än en hårddisk kanske du vill avdela en av dem helt till Debian. Om så är fallet behöver du inte partitionera den disken före uppstarten av installationssystemet; installationsprogrammets inbyggda partitioneringsprogram är utmärkt för den uppgiften."
+msgid ""
+"If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one "
+"of the hard disks completely to Debian. If so, you don't need to partition "
+"that disk before booting the installation system; the installer's included "
+"partitioning program can handle the job nicely."
+msgstr ""
+"Om din dator har mer än en hårddisk kanske du vill avdela en av dem helt "
+"till Debian. Om så är fallet behöver du inte partitionera den disken före "
+"uppstarten av installationssystemet; installationsprogrammets inbyggda "
+"partitioneringsprogram är utmärkt för den uppgiften."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:847
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes or CDs."
-msgstr "Om din dator endast har en hårddisk, och du vill ersätta hela det redan installerade operativsystemet med &debian;, kan du också vänta med att partitionera som en del av installationsprocessen (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), efter du har startat upp installationssystemet. Dock fungerar endast det här om du planerar att starta upp installeringssystemet från band, cd-rom eller filer på en ansluten maskin. Tänk på att om du startar upp från filer placerade på hårddisken, och sedan partitionerar samma hårddisk i installationssystemet, och därigenom raderar uppstartsfilerna, är det bara att hoppas att installationen lyckas första gången. Åtminstone i det här fallet, bör du ha något alternativt sätt att återuppliva din dator såsom det ursprungliga systemets installationsband eller cd-skivor."
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely "
+"replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to "
+"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"di-partition"
+"\"/>), after you have booted the installation system. However this only "
+"works if you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files "
+"on a connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard "
+"disk, and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, "
+"thus erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is "
+"successful the first time around. At the least in this case, you should have "
+"some alternate means of reviving your machine like the original system's "
+"installation tapes or CDs."
+msgstr ""
+"Om din dator endast har en hårddisk, och du vill ersätta hela det redan "
+"installerade operativsystemet med &debian;, kan du också vänta med att "
+"partitionera som en del av installationsprocessen (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/"
+">), efter du har startat upp installationssystemet. Dock fungerar endast det "
+"här om du planerar att starta upp installeringssystemet från band, cd-rom "
+"eller filer på en ansluten maskin. Tänk på att om du startar upp från filer "
+"placerade på hårddisken, och sedan partitionerar samma hårddisk i "
+"installationssystemet, och därigenom raderar uppstartsfilerna, är det bara "
+"att hoppas att installationen lyckas första gången. Åtminstone i det här "
+"fallet, bör du ha något alternativt sätt att återuppliva din dator såsom det "
+"ursprungliga systemets installationsband eller cd-skivor."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:862
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be provided by deleting and replacing one or more of them, then you too can wait and use the Debian installer's partitioning program. You should still read through the material below, because there may be special circumstances like the order of the existing partitions within the partition map, that force you to partition before installing anyway."
-msgstr "Om din maskin redan har ett flertal partitioner, och tillräckligt utrymme kan erbjudas genom att ta bort och ersätta en eller flera av dem, kan du även då vänta och använda partitioneringsprogrammet i Debian Installer. Du bör fortfarande läsa genom materialet nedan, på grund av att det kan finnas speciella omständigheter såsom ordningen på befintliga partitioner inom partitionskartan, som ändå tvingar dig att partitionera före en installation."
+msgid ""
+"If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be "
+"provided by deleting and replacing one or more of them, then you too can "
+"wait and use the Debian installer's partitioning program. You should still "
+"read through the material below, because there may be special circumstances "
+"like the order of the existing partitions within the partition map, that "
+"force you to partition before installing anyway."
+msgstr ""
+"Om din maskin redan har ett flertal partitioner, och tillräckligt utrymme "
+"kan erbjudas genom att ta bort och ersätta en eller flera av dem, kan du "
+"även då vänta och använda partitioneringsprogrammet i Debian Installer. Du "
+"bör fortfarande läsa genom materialet nedan, på grund av att det kan finnas "
+"speciella omständigheter såsom ordningen på befintliga partitioner inom "
+"partitionskartan, som ändå tvingar dig att partitionera före en installation."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:872
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, you can wait and use Debian installer's partitioning program to resize the filesystem."
-msgstr "Om din maskin har ett FAT- eller NTFS-filsystem, som används av DOS och Windows, kan du vänta och använda partitioneringsprogrammet i Debian Installer för att ändra storleken på filsystemet."
+msgid ""
+"If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, "
+"you can wait and use Debian installer's partitioning program to resize the "
+"filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"Om din maskin har ett FAT- eller NTFS-filsystem, som används av DOS och "
+"Windows, kan du vänta och använda partitioneringsprogrammet i Debian "
+"Installer för att ändra storleken på filsystemet."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:878
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before starting the installation to create partition-able space for Debian. If some of the partitions will be owned by other operating systems, you should create those partitions using native operating system partitioning programs. We recommend that you do <emphasis>not</emphasis> attempt to create partitions for &debian; using another operating system's tools. Instead, you should just create the native operating system's partitions you will want to retain."
-msgstr "Om inget av ovanstående gäller för dig, behöver du partitionera din hårddisk innan du startar upp installationen för att skapa partitionerbart utrymme för Debian. Om några av partitionerna kommer att ägas av andra operativsystem, bör du skapa de partitionerna med partitionsprogrammen för det operativsystemet. Vi rekommenderar att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> försöker skapa partitioner för &debian; med verktyg från ett annat operativsystem. Du bör istället bara skapa de partitioner för det ursprungliga operativsystemet som du vill bibehålla."
+msgid ""
+"If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before "
+"starting the installation to create partition-able space for Debian. If some "
+"of the partitions will be owned by other operating systems, you should "
+"create those partitions using native operating system partitioning programs. "
+"We recommend that you do <emphasis>not</emphasis> attempt to create "
+"partitions for &debian; using another operating system's tools. Instead, you "
+"should just create the native operating system's partitions you will want to "
+"retain."
+msgstr ""
+"Om inget av ovanstående gäller för dig, behöver du partitionera din hårddisk "
+"innan du startar upp installationen för att skapa partitionerbart utrymme "
+"för Debian. Om några av partitionerna kommer att ägas av andra "
+"operativsystem, bör du skapa de partitionerna med partitionsprogrammen för "
+"det operativsystemet. Vi rekommenderar att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> "
+"försöker skapa partitioner för &debian; med verktyg från ett annat "
+"operativsystem. Du bör istället bara skapa de partitioner för det "
+"ursprungliga operativsystemet som du vill bibehålla."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:890
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same machine, you should install all other system(s) before proceeding with Linux installation. Windows and other OS installations may destroy your ability to start Linux, or encourage you to reformat non-native partitions."
-msgstr "Om du ska att installera fler än ett operativsystem på samma maskin, bör du installera alla andra system innan du börjar med Linux-installationen. Windows och andra installationer kan förstöra möjligheten att starta Linux, eller föreslå dig att formatera om icke ursprungliga partitioner."
+msgid ""
+"If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same "
+"machine, you should install all other system(s) before proceeding with Linux "
+"installation. Windows and other OS installations may destroy your ability to "
+"start Linux, or encourage you to reformat non-native partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du ska att installera fler än ett operativsystem på samma maskin, bör du "
+"installera alla andra system innan du börjar med Linux-installationen. "
+"Windows och andra installationer kan förstöra möjligheten att starta Linux, "
+"eller föreslå dig att formatera om icke ursprungliga partitioner."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:898
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native system first saves you trouble."
-msgstr "Du kan oftast reparera eventuella fel som uppstår efter de här åtgärderna eller undvika att felen uppstår, men att installera det ursprungliga systemet först besparar dig troligen en hel del problem."
+msgid ""
+"You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native "
+"system first saves you trouble."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan oftast reparera eventuella fel som uppstår efter de här åtgärderna "
+"eller undvika att felen uppstår, men att installera det ursprungliga "
+"systemet först besparar dig troligen en hel del problem."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:903
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux partitions should appear before all other partitions on the disk, especially MacOS boot partitions. This should be kept in mind when pre-partitioning; you should create a Linux placeholder partition to come <emphasis>before</emphasis> the other bootable partitions on the disk. (The small partitions dedicated to Apple disk drivers are not bootable.) You can delete the placeholder with the Linux partition tools later during the actual install, and replace it with Linux partitions."
-msgstr "För att OpenFirmware ska automatiskt starta upp &debian; bör Linux-partitionerna visas före alla andra partitioner på disken, speciellt uppstartspartitioner för MacOS. Det bör tänkas på vid förpartitionering; du bör skapa en tom Linux-partition som kommer <emphasis>före</emphasis> de andra uppstartsbara partitioner på disken. (De små partitionerna dedicerade för Apple-diskdrivrutiner är inte uppstartsbara.) Du kan ta bort den tomma partitionen med Linux egna partitionsverktyg senare under den faktiska installationen, och ersätta den med Linux-partitioner."
+msgid ""
+"In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux "
+"partitions should appear before all other partitions on the disk, especially "
+"MacOS boot partitions. This should be kept in mind when pre-partitioning; "
+"you should create a Linux placeholder partition to come <emphasis>before</"
+"emphasis> the other bootable partitions on the disk. (The small partitions "
+"dedicated to Apple disk drivers are not bootable.) You can delete the "
+"placeholder with the Linux partition tools later during the actual install, "
+"and replace it with Linux partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"För att OpenFirmware ska automatiskt starta upp &debian; bör Linux-"
+"partitionerna visas före alla andra partitioner på disken, speciellt "
+"uppstartspartitioner för MacOS. Det bör tänkas på vid förpartitionering; du "
+"bör skapa en tom Linux-partition som kommer <emphasis>före</emphasis> de "
+"andra uppstartsbara partitioner på disken. (De små partitionerna dedicerade "
+"för Apple-diskdrivrutiner är inte uppstartsbara.) Du kan ta bort den tomma "
+"partitionen med Linux egna partitionsverktyg senare under den faktiska "
+"installationen, och ersätta den med Linux-partitioner."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:915
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for desktop computers), and you want to multi-boot the native operating system and Debian, you will need to:"
-msgstr "Om du för närvarande har en hårddisk med en partition (en vanlig inställning för skrivbordsdatorer) och du vill få möjlighet att starta upp både det ursprungliga operativsystemet och Debian, behöver du göra följande: "
+msgid ""
+"If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for "
+"desktop computers), and you want to multi-boot the native operating system "
+"and Debian, you will need to:"
+msgstr ""
+"Om du för närvarande har en hårddisk med en partition (en vanlig inställning "
+"för skrivbordsdatorer) och du vill få möjlighet att starta upp både det "
+"ursprungliga operativsystemet och Debian, behöver du göra följande: "
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:922
@@ -973,14 +1484,27 @@ msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera allt på datorn."
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:927
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or tapes. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">When booting from a MacOS CD, hold the <keycap>c</keycap> key while booting to force the CD to become the active MacOS system.</phrase>"
-msgstr "Starta upp från det ursprungliga operativsystemets installationsmedia såsom cd-rom eller band. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">Vid uppstart från en MacOS-cd, håll nere tangenten <keycap>c</keycap> vid uppstart för att tvinga cd-skivan att bli det aktiva MacOS-systemet.</phrase>"
+msgid ""
+"Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or "
+"tapes. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">When booting from a MacOS CD, hold the "
+"<keycap>c</keycap> key while booting to force the CD to become the active "
+"MacOS system.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"Starta upp från det ursprungliga operativsystemets installationsmedia såsom "
+"cd-rom eller band. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">Vid uppstart från en MacOS-cd, "
+"håll nere tangenten <keycap>c</keycap> vid uppstart för att tvinga cd-skivan "
+"att bli det aktiva MacOS-systemet.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:937
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). Leave either a place holder partition or free space for &debian;."
-msgstr "Använd de ursprungliga partitioneringsverktygen för att skapa ursprungliga systempartition(er). Lämna antingen kvar en tom partition eller frigör utrymme för &debian;."
+msgid ""
+"Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). "
+"Leave either a place holder partition or free space for &debian;."
+msgstr ""
+"Använd de ursprungliga partitioneringsverktygen för att skapa ursprungliga "
+"systempartition(er). Lämna antingen kvar en tom partition eller frigör "
+"utrymme för &debian;."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:944
@@ -991,8 +1515,12 @@ msgstr "Installera det ursprungliga operativsystemet på dess nya partition."
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:949
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download the Debian installer boot files."
-msgstr "Starta upp det ursprungliga systemet igen för att kontrollera att allting är OK och hämta ner uppstartsfilerna för Debian Installer."
+msgid ""
+"Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download "
+"the Debian installer boot files."
+msgstr ""
+"Starta upp det ursprungliga systemet igen för att kontrollera att allting är "
+"OK och hämta ner uppstartsfilerna för Debian Installer."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:955
@@ -1009,32 +1537,99 @@ msgstr "Partitionering i Tru64 UNIX"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:970
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known as OSF/1, uses the partitioning scheme similar to the BSD <quote>disk label</quote>, which allows for up to eight partitions per disk drive. The partitions are numbered <quote>1</quote> through to <quote>8</quote> in Linux and <quote>lettered</quote> <quote>a</quote> through to <quote>h</quote> in UNIX. Linux kernels 2.2 and higher always correspond <quote>1</quote> to <quote>a</quote>, <quote>2</quote> to <quote>b</quote> and so on. For example, <filename>rz0e</filename> in Tru64 UNIX would most likely be called <filename>sda5</filename> in Linux."
-msgstr "Tru64 UNIX, tidigare känd som Digital UNIX, som i sin tur är känd som OSF/1, använder en partitioneringsplan liknande BSD <quote>disketikett</quote>, vilken tillåter upp till åtta partitioner per disk. Partitionerna numreras från <quote>1</quote> till <quote>8</quote> i Linux och <quote>bokstäverna</quote> <quote>a</quote> till <quote>h</quote> i UNIX. Linux 2.2-kärnor och högre motsvarar alltid <quote>1</quote> till <quote>a</quote>, <quote>2</quote> till <quote>b</quote> och så vidare. Till exempel, <filename>rz0e</filename> i Tru64 UNIX skulle sannolikt kallas för <filename>sda5</filename> i Linux."
+msgid ""
+"Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known "
+"as OSF/1, uses the partitioning scheme similar to the BSD <quote>disk label</"
+"quote>, which allows for up to eight partitions per disk drive. The "
+"partitions are numbered <quote>1</quote> through to <quote>8</quote> in "
+"Linux and <quote>lettered</quote> <quote>a</quote> through to <quote>h</"
+"quote> in UNIX. Linux kernels 2.2 and higher always correspond <quote>1</"
+"quote> to <quote>a</quote>, <quote>2</quote> to <quote>b</quote> and so on. "
+"For example, <filename>rz0e</filename> in Tru64 UNIX would most likely be "
+"called <filename>sda5</filename> in Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Tru64 UNIX, tidigare känd som Digital UNIX, som i sin tur är känd som OSF/1, "
+"använder en partitioneringsplan liknande BSD <quote>disketikett</quote>, "
+"vilken tillåter upp till åtta partitioner per disk. Partitionerna numreras "
+"från <quote>1</quote> till <quote>8</quote> i Linux och <quote>bokstäverna</"
+"quote> <quote>a</quote> till <quote>h</quote> i UNIX. Linux 2.2-kärnor och "
+"högre motsvarar alltid <quote>1</quote> till <quote>a</quote>, <quote>2</"
+"quote> till <quote>b</quote> och så vidare. Till exempel, <filename>rz0e</"
+"filename> i Tru64 UNIX skulle sannolikt kallas för <filename>sda5</filename> "
+"i Linux."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:982
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be used from Tru64, the <quote>c</quote> partition is required to span the entire disk (thus overlapping all other non-empty partitions). Under Linux this makes <filename>sda3</filename> identical to <filename>sda</filename> (<filename>sdb3</filename> to <filename>sdb</filename>, if present, and so on). However, the partman partitioning tool used by &d-i; cannot handle overlapping partitions at present. As a result, it is currently not recommended to share disks between Tru64 and Debian. Partitions on Tru64 disks can be mounted under Debian after installation has been completed."
-msgstr "Partitioner i en Tru64-disketikett kan överlappa varandra. Dessutom måste, om denna disk kommer att användas från Tru64, <quote>c</quote>-partitionen spänna över hela disken (och därigenom överlappa alla andra icke-tomma partitioner). Under Linux gör det att <filename>sda3</filename> är identisk med <filename>sda</filename> (<filename>sdb3</filename> till <filename>sdb</filename>, om den finns, och så vidare). Dock, partitioneringsverktyget partman som används av &d-i; kan inte hantera överlappande partitioner för tillfället. Som ett resultat av det rekommenderas det för närvarande inte att dela diskar mellan Tru64 och Debian. Partitioner på Tru64-diskar kan monteras under Debian efter en installation är färdig."
+msgid ""
+"Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be "
+"used from Tru64, the <quote>c</quote> partition is required to span the "
+"entire disk (thus overlapping all other non-empty partitions). Under Linux "
+"this makes <filename>sda3</filename> identical to <filename>sda</filename> "
+"(<filename>sdb3</filename> to <filename>sdb</filename>, if present, and so "
+"on). However, the partman partitioning tool used by &d-i; cannot handle "
+"overlapping partitions at present. As a result, it is currently not "
+"recommended to share disks between Tru64 and Debian. Partitions on Tru64 "
+"disks can be mounted under Debian after installation has been completed."
+msgstr ""
+"Partitioner i en Tru64-disketikett kan överlappa varandra. Dessutom måste, "
+"om denna disk kommer att användas från Tru64, <quote>c</quote>-partitionen "
+"spänna över hela disken (och därigenom överlappa alla andra icke-tomma "
+"partitioner). Under Linux gör det att <filename>sda3</filename> är identisk "
+"med <filename>sda</filename> (<filename>sdb3</filename> till <filename>sdb</"
+"filename>, om den finns, och så vidare). Dock, partitioneringsverktyget "
+"partman som används av &d-i; kan inte hantera överlappande partitioner för "
+"tillfället. Som ett resultat av det rekommenderas det för närvarande inte "
+"att dela diskar mellan Tru64 och Debian. Partitioner på Tru64-diskar kan "
+"monteras under Debian efter en installation är färdig."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:995
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to start from the beginning of the disk, so that it always includes the boot block with the disk label. If you intend to boot Debian from that disk, you need to size it at least 2MB to fit aboot and perhaps a kernel. Note that this partition is only required for compatibility; you must not put a file system onto it, or you'll destroy data."
-msgstr "Ett annat konventionellt krav är för <quote>a</quote>-partitionen att starta från början av disken, så att den alltid inkluderar startsektorn med disketiketten. Om du tänker starta upp Debian från den disken, behöver du ställa in den till åtminstone 2 MB för att få plats med aboot och kanske en kärna. Observera att den partitionen krävs endast för kompatibilitet; du får inte lägga ett filsystem på den, eller så förstör du data."
+msgid ""
+"Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to "
+"start from the beginning of the disk, so that it always includes the boot "
+"block with the disk label. If you intend to boot Debian from that disk, you "
+"need to size it at least 2MB to fit aboot and perhaps a kernel. Note that "
+"this partition is only required for compatibility; you must not put a file "
+"system onto it, or you'll destroy data."
+msgstr ""
+"Ett annat konventionellt krav är för <quote>a</quote>-partitionen att starta "
+"från början av disken, så att den alltid inkluderar startsektorn med "
+"disketiketten. Om du tänker starta upp Debian från den disken, behöver du "
+"ställa in den till åtminstone 2 MB för att få plats med aboot och kanske en "
+"kärna. Observera att den partitionen krävs endast för kompatibilitet; du får "
+"inte lägga ett filsystem på den, eller så förstör du data."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1004
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition between UNIX and Linux. In this case it will be needed to do a <command>mkswap</command> on that partition every time the system is rebooted from UNIX into Linux, as UNIX will damage the swap signature. You may want to run <command>mkswap</command> from the Linux start-up scripts before adding swap space with <command>swapon -a</command>."
-msgstr "Det är möjligt, ja rent av ganska vettigt, att dela en växlingspartition mellan UNIX och Linux. I detta fall behövs det göras en <command>mkswap</command> på den partitionen varje gång systemet startas om från UNIX till Linux, eftersom UNIX kommer att skada växlingssignaturen. Du kanske vill köra <command>mkswap</command> från uppstartsskripten i Linux innan växlingsutrymmet läggs till med <command>swapon -a</command>."
+msgid ""
+"It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition "
+"between UNIX and Linux. In this case it will be needed to do a "
+"<command>mkswap</command> on that partition every time the system is "
+"rebooted from UNIX into Linux, as UNIX will damage the swap signature. You "
+"may want to run <command>mkswap</command> from the Linux start-up scripts "
+"before adding swap space with <command>swapon -a</command>."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är möjligt, ja rent av ganska vettigt, att dela en växlingspartition "
+"mellan UNIX och Linux. I detta fall behövs det göras en <command>mkswap</"
+"command> på den partitionen varje gång systemet startas om från UNIX till "
+"Linux, eftersom UNIX kommer att skada växlingssignaturen. Du kanske vill "
+"köra <command>mkswap</command> från uppstartsskripten i Linux innan "
+"växlingsutrymmet läggs till med <command>swapon -a</command>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1013
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can use two different file system types, UFS and AdvFS, of which Linux only understands the former."
-msgstr "Om du vill montera UNIX-partitioner under Linux, observera att Digital UNIX kan använda två olika filsystemstyper, UFS och AdvFS, av vilka Linux endast förstår det senare."
+msgid ""
+"If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can "
+"use two different file system types, UFS and AdvFS, of which Linux only "
+"understands the former."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du vill montera UNIX-partitioner under Linux, observera att Digital UNIX "
+"kan använda två olika filsystemstyper, UFS och AdvFS, av vilka Linux endast "
+"förstår det senare."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1022
@@ -1045,14 +1640,45 @@ msgstr "Partitionering i Windows NT"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1024
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer to write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will destroy the partition information."
-msgstr "Windows NT använder en PC-liknande partitionstabell. Om du manipulerar befintliga FAT- eller NTFS-partitioner, rekommenderas det att du använder de verktyg som tillhör Windows NT (eller, mer lämpligt, så kan du även partitionera om din disk från inställningsmenyn i AlphaBIOS). Dock är det inte direkt nödvändigt att partitionera från Windows; Linux egna partitioneringsverktyg gör generellt sett ett bättre jobb. Observera att när du kör NT, kan Disk Administrator erbjuda dig att skriva en <quote>harmless signature</quote> på icke-Windows-diskar om du har några. Låt den <emphasis>aldrig</emphasis> göra det, eftersom den signaturen kommer att förstöra partitionsinformationen."
+msgid ""
+"Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating "
+"existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you use the native "
+"Windows NT tools (or, more conveniently, you can also repartition your disk "
+"from the AlphaBIOS setup menu). Otherwise, it is not really necessary to "
+"partition from Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a "
+"better job. Note that when you run NT, the Disk Administrator may offer to "
+"write a <quote>harmless signature</quote> on non-Windows disks if you have "
+"any. <emphasis>Never</emphasis> let it do that, as this signature will "
+"destroy the partition information."
+msgstr ""
+"Windows NT använder en PC-liknande partitionstabell. Om du manipulerar "
+"befintliga FAT- eller NTFS-partitioner, rekommenderas det att du använder de "
+"verktyg som tillhör Windows NT (eller, mer lämpligt, så kan du även "
+"partitionera om din disk från inställningsmenyn i AlphaBIOS). Dock är det "
+"inte direkt nödvändigt att partitionera från Windows; Linux egna "
+"partitioneringsverktyg gör generellt sett ett bättre jobb. Observera att när "
+"du kör NT, kan Disk Administrator erbjuda dig att skriva en <quote>harmless "
+"signature</quote> på icke-Windows-diskar om du har några. Låt den "
+"<emphasis>aldrig</emphasis> göra det, eftersom den signaturen kommer att "
+"förstöra partitionsinformationen."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1037
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will need a (small) FAT partition for MILO. 5 MB is quite sufficient. If Windows NT is installed, its 6 MB bootstrap partition can be employed for this purpose. Debian &releasename; does not support installing MILO. If you already have MILO installed on your system, or install MILO from other media, Debian can still be booted from ARC."
-msgstr "Om du planerar att starta upp Linux från en ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS-konsoll, behöver du en (liten) FAT-partition för MILO. 5 MB bör räcka. Om Windows NT är installerad kan dess 6 MB stora bootstrap-partition användas för detta ändamål. Debian &releasename; har inte stöd för att installera MILO. Om du redan har MILO installerad på ditt system, eller installera MILO från annat media, kan Debian fortfarande startas upp från ARC."
+msgid ""
+"If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will "
+"need a (small) FAT partition for MILO. 5 MB is quite sufficient. If Windows "
+"NT is installed, its 6 MB bootstrap partition can be employed for this "
+"purpose. Debian &releasename; does not support installing MILO. If you "
+"already have MILO installed on your system, or install MILO from other "
+"media, Debian can still be booted from ARC."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du planerar att starta upp Linux från en ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS-konsoll, "
+"behöver du en (liten) FAT-partition för MILO. 5 MB bör räcka. Om Windows NT "
+"är installerad kan dess 6 MB stora bootstrap-partition användas för detta "
+"ändamål. Debian &releasename; har inte stöd för att installera MILO. Om du "
+"redan har MILO installerad på ditt system, eller installera MILO från annat "
+"media, kan Debian fortfarande startas upp från ARC."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1054
@@ -1063,62 +1689,173 @@ msgstr "Partitionera från DOS eller Windows"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1055
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended that you either use the scheme below or native Windows or DOS tools. Otherwise, it is not really necessary to partition from DOS or Windows; the Linux partitioning tools will generally do a better job."
-msgstr "Om du manipulerar befintliga FAT- eller NTFS-partitioner, rekommenderas det att du antingen använder planen nedan eller de verktyg som tillhör Windows eller DOS. Om inte, är det egentligen inte nödvändigt att partitionera från DOS eller Windows; Linux egna partitioneringsverktyg gör generellt sett ett bättre jobb."
+msgid ""
+"If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended "
+"that you either use the scheme below or native Windows or DOS tools. "
+"Otherwise, it is not really necessary to partition from DOS or Windows; the "
+"Linux partitioning tools will generally do a better job."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du manipulerar befintliga FAT- eller NTFS-partitioner, rekommenderas det "
+"att du antingen använder planen nedan eller de verktyg som tillhör Windows "
+"eller DOS. Om inte, är det egentligen inte nödvändigt att partitionera från "
+"DOS eller Windows; Linux egna partitioneringsverktyg gör generellt sett ett "
+"bättre jobb."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1063
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "But if you have a large IDE disk, and are not using LBA addressing, overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), or a new (post 1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard disk (usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you move an existing FAT or NTFS partition."
-msgstr "Men om du har en stor IDE-disk och inte använder LBA-adressering, överliggande drivrutiner (tillhandahålls ibland av hårddisktillverkaren), eller ett nytt (efter 1998) BIOS som har stöd för utökningar för tillgång till stora diskar, då måste du noggrant placera din uppstartspartition för Debian. I det här fallet måste du lägga uppstartspartitionen inom de första 1024 cylindrarna på din hårddisk (vanligtvis runt 524 megabyte, utan BIOS-översättning). Det kan vara nödvändigt att flytta en befintlig FAT- eller NTFS-partition."
+msgid ""
+"But if you have a large IDE disk, and are not using LBA addressing, overlay "
+"drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), or a new (post "
+"1998) BIOS that supports large disk access extensions, then you must locate "
+"your Debian boot partition carefully. In this case, you will have to put the "
+"boot partition into the first 1024 cylinders of your hard disk (usually "
+"around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation). This may require that you "
+"move an existing FAT or NTFS partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Men om du har en stor IDE-disk och inte använder LBA-adressering, "
+"överliggande drivrutiner (tillhandahålls ibland av hårddisktillverkaren), "
+"eller ett nytt (efter 1998) BIOS som har stöd för utökningar för tillgång "
+"till stora diskar, då måste du noggrant placera din uppstartspartition för "
+"Debian. I det här fallet måste du lägga uppstartspartitionen inom de första "
+"1024 cylindrarna på din hårddisk (vanligtvis runt 524 megabyte, utan BIOS-"
+"översättning). Det kan vara nödvändigt att flytta en befintlig FAT- eller "
+"NTFS-partition."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1077
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Lossless Repartitioning When Starting From DOS, Win-32 or OS/2"
-msgstr "Ompartitionering utan att förlora data vid start från DOS, Win-32 eller OS/2"
+msgstr ""
+"Ompartitionering utan att förlora data vid start från DOS, Win-32 eller OS/2"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1080
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains DOS (including Windows 3.1), Win32 (such as Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP), or OS/2, and it is desired to put Debian onto the same disk without destroying the previous system. Note that the installer supports resizing of FAT and NTFS filesystems as used by DOS and Windows. Simply start the installer and when you get to the partitioning step, select the option for <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> partitioning, select the partition to resize, and specify its new size. So in most cases you should not need to use the method described below."
-msgstr "En av de vanligaste installationerna är på en dator som redan innehåller DOS (inklusive Windows 3.1), Win32 (såsom Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP) eller OS/2, och att det är önskvärt att lägga in Debian på samma disk utan att förstöra tidigare system. Observera att installationsprogrammet har stöd för att ändra storlek på FAT- och NTFS-filsystem som används av DOS och Windows. Starta helt enkelt installationsprogrammet, välj alternativet <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> partitionering, välj den partition som du ska ändra storlek på och ange dess nya storlek. I de flesta fall behöver du inte använda metoden som beskrivs här nedan."
+msgid ""
+"One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains "
+"DOS (including Windows 3.1), Win32 (such as Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, "
+"XP), or OS/2, and it is desired to put Debian onto the same disk without "
+"destroying the previous system. Note that the installer supports resizing of "
+"FAT and NTFS filesystems as used by DOS and Windows. Simply start the "
+"installer and when you get to the partitioning step, select the option for "
+"<menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> partitioning, "
+"select the partition to resize, and specify its new size. So in most cases "
+"you should not need to use the method described below."
+msgstr ""
+"En av de vanligaste installationerna är på en dator som redan innehåller DOS "
+"(inklusive Windows 3.1), Win32 (såsom Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP) "
+"eller OS/2, och att det är önskvärt att lägga in Debian på samma disk utan "
+"att förstöra tidigare system. Observera att installationsprogrammet har stöd "
+"för att ändra storlek på FAT- och NTFS-filsystem som används av DOS och "
+"Windows. Starta helt enkelt installationsprogrammet, välj alternativet "
+"<menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"partitionering, välj den partition som du ska ändra storlek på och ange dess "
+"nya storlek. I de flesta fall behöver du inte använda metoden som beskrivs "
+"här nedan."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1092
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing up the disk. The method in this section will only split a partition into two pieces. One will contain the original OS and the other will be used for Debian. During the installation of Debian, you will be given the opportunity to use the Debian portion of the disk as you see fit, i.e., as swap or as a file system."
-msgstr "Innan du fortsätter bör du ha bestämt dig för hur du ska dela upp disken. Metoden i det här avsnittet kommer endast att dela upp en befintlig partition i två delar. En kommer att innehålla originaloperativsystemet och den andra kommer att användas för Debian. Under installationen av Debian kommer du ges möjligheten att använda Debian-delen av disken som du vill, alltså, som växlingsutrymme eller som ett filsystem."
+msgid ""
+"Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing "
+"up the disk. The method in this section will only split a partition into two "
+"pieces. One will contain the original OS and the other will be used for "
+"Debian. During the installation of Debian, you will be given the opportunity "
+"to use the Debian portion of the disk as you see fit, i.e., as swap or as a "
+"file system."
+msgstr ""
+"Innan du fortsätter bör du ha bestämt dig för hur du ska dela upp disken. "
+"Metoden i det här avsnittet kommer endast att dela upp en befintlig "
+"partition i två delar. En kommer att innehålla originaloperativsystemet och "
+"den andra kommer att användas för Debian. Under installationen av Debian "
+"kommer du ges möjligheten att använda Debian-delen av disken som du vill, "
+"alltså, som växlingsutrymme eller som ett filsystem."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1101
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before changing the partition information, so that nothing will be lost. It is important that you do as little as possible between the data movement and repartitioning to minimize the chance of a file being written near the end of the partition as this will decrease the amount of space you can take from the partition."
-msgstr "Idén är att flytta all data på partitionen till början, före partitionsinformationen ändras, så att ingenting förloras. Det är viktigt att du gör så lite som möjligt mellan dataflytten och ompartitioneringen för att minimera chansen att en fil skrivs nära slutet på partitionen eftersom det här kommer att minska den mängd utrymme du kan ta från partitionen."
+msgid ""
+"The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before "
+"changing the partition information, so that nothing will be lost. It is "
+"important that you do as little as possible between the data movement and "
+"repartitioning to minimize the chance of a file being written near the end "
+"of the partition as this will decrease the amount of space you can take from "
+"the partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Idén är att flytta all data på partitionen till början, före "
+"partitionsinformationen ändras, så att ingenting förloras. Det är viktigt "
+"att du gör så lite som möjligt mellan dataflytten och ompartitioneringen för "
+"att minimera chansen att en fil skrivs nära slutet på partitionen eftersom "
+"det här kommer att minska den mängd utrymme du kan ta från partitionen."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1110
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is available in the <filename>tools/</filename> directory on your nearest Debian mirror. Unzip the archive and copy the files <filename>RESTORRB.EXE</filename>, <filename>FIPS.EXE</filename> and <filename>ERRORS.TXT</filename> to a bootable floppy. A bootable floppy can be created using the command <filename>sys a:</filename> under DOS. <command>fips</command> comes with very good documentation which you may want to read. You will definitely need to read the documentation if you use a disk compression driver or a disk manager. Create the disk and read the documentation <emphasis>before</emphasis> you defragment the disk."
-msgstr "Det första som behövs är en kopia av <command>fips</command> som finns tillgänglig i katalogen <filename>tools/</filename> på din närmaste Debian-spegel. Packa upp arkivet och kopiera filerna <filename>RESTORRB.EXE</filename>, <filename>FIPS.EXE</filename> och <filename>ERRORS.TXT</filename> till en startbar diskett. En startbar diskett kan skapas med kommandot <filename>sys a:</filename> under DOS. <command>fips</command> har en mycket bra dokumentation som du kanske vill läsa. Du kommer definitivt att behöva läsa dokumentationen om du använder en drivrutin för diskkomprimering eller en diskhanterare. Skapa disketten och läs dokumentationen <emphasis>innan</emphasis> du defragmenterar disken."
+msgid ""
+"The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is "
+"available in the <filename>tools/</filename> directory on your nearest "
+"Debian mirror. Unzip the archive and copy the files <filename>RESTORRB.EXE</"
+"filename>, <filename>FIPS.EXE</filename> and <filename>ERRORS.TXT</filename> "
+"to a bootable floppy. A bootable floppy can be created using the command "
+"<filename>sys a:</filename> under DOS. <command>fips</command> comes with "
+"very good documentation which you may want to read. You will definitely need "
+"to read the documentation if you use a disk compression driver or a disk "
+"manager. Create the disk and read the documentation <emphasis>before</"
+"emphasis> you defragment the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Det första som behövs är en kopia av <command>fips</command> som finns "
+"tillgänglig i katalogen <filename>tools/</filename> på din närmaste Debian-"
+"spegel. Packa upp arkivet och kopiera filerna <filename>RESTORRB.EXE</"
+"filename>, <filename>FIPS.EXE</filename> och <filename>ERRORS.TXT</filename> "
+"till en startbar diskett. En startbar diskett kan skapas med kommandot "
+"<filename>sys a:</filename> under DOS. <command>fips</command> har en mycket "
+"bra dokumentation som du kanske vill läsa. Du kommer definitivt att behöva "
+"läsa dokumentationen om du använder en drivrutin för diskkomprimering eller "
+"en diskhanterare. Skapa disketten och läs dokumentationen <emphasis>innan</"
+"emphasis> du defragmenterar disken."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1123
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the partition. <command>defrag</command>, which comes standard with DOS 6.0 and later, can easily do the job. See the <command>fips</command> documentation for a list of other software that may do the trick. Note that if you have Windows 9x, you must run <command>defrag</command> from there, since DOS doesn't understand VFAT, which is used to support for long filenames, used in Windows 95 and higher."
-msgstr "Nästa steg är att flytta all data till början av partitionen. <command>defrag</command>, som finns som standard i DOS 6.0 och senare, kan lätt göra jobbet. Se dokumentationen för <command>fips</command> för en lista på annan programvara som också kan göra det. Observera att om du har Windows 9x, måste du köra <command>defrag</command> därifrån, eftersom DOS inte förstår VFAT, som används för att ge stöd för långa filnamn, som används i Windows 95 och högre."
+msgid ""
+"The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the "
+"partition. <command>defrag</command>, which comes standard with DOS 6.0 and "
+"later, can easily do the job. See the <command>fips</command> documentation "
+"for a list of other software that may do the trick. Note that if you have "
+"Windows 9x, you must run <command>defrag</command> from there, since DOS "
+"doesn't understand VFAT, which is used to support for long filenames, used "
+"in Windows 95 and higher."
+msgstr ""
+"Nästa steg är att flytta all data till början av partitionen. "
+"<command>defrag</command>, som finns som standard i DOS 6.0 och senare, kan "
+"lätt göra jobbet. Se dokumentationen för <command>fips</command> för en "
+"lista på annan programvara som också kan göra det. Observera att om du har "
+"Windows 9x, måste du köra <command>defrag</command> därifrån, eftersom DOS "
+"inte förstår VFAT, som används för att ge stöd för långa filnamn, som "
+"används i Windows 95 och högre."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1133
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), reboot with the <command>fips</command> disk you created in the floppy drive. Simply type <filename>a:\\fips</filename> and follow the directions."
-msgstr "Efter att ha kört defragmenteraren (som kan ta en bra stund på en stor disk), starta om med <command>fips</command>-disketten som du skapade i diskettenheten. Ange <filename>a:\\fips</filename> och följ instruktionerna."
+msgid ""
+"After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), "
+"reboot with the <command>fips</command> disk you created in the floppy "
+"drive. Simply type <filename>a:\\fips</filename> and follow the directions."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att ha kört defragmenteraren (som kan ta en bra stund på en stor "
+"disk), starta om med <command>fips</command>-disketten som du skapade i "
+"diskettenheten. Ange <filename>a:\\fips</filename> och följ instruktionerna."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1139
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case <command>fips</command> doesn't do the trick for you."
-msgstr "Observera att det finns många andra partitionshanterare där ute, i fall att <command>fips</command> inte fungerar för dig."
+msgid ""
+"Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case "
+"<command>fips</command> doesn't do the trick for you."
+msgstr ""
+"Observera att det finns många andra partitionshanterare där ute, i fall att "
+"<command>fips</command> inte fungerar för dig."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1147
@@ -1129,14 +1866,32 @@ msgstr "Partitionering för DOS"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1149
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS partitions, using Linux tools, many people experience problems working with the resulting FAT partitions. For instance, some have reported slow performance, consistent problems with <command>scandisk</command>, or other weird errors in DOS or Windows."
-msgstr "Många som partitionerar för DOS-diskar, eller ändrar storleken på DOS-partitioner, med Linux-verktyg, har upplevt problem med att arbeta på de ändrade FAT-partitionerna. Till exempel har vissa rapporterat dålig prestanda, återkommande problem med <command>scandisk</command>, eller andra konstiga fel i DOS eller Windows."
+msgid ""
+"If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS "
+"partitions, using Linux tools, many people experience problems working with "
+"the resulting FAT partitions. For instance, some have reported slow "
+"performance, consistent problems with <command>scandisk</command>, or other "
+"weird errors in DOS or Windows."
+msgstr ""
+"Många som partitionerar för DOS-diskar, eller ändrar storleken på DOS-"
+"partitioner, med Linux-verktyg, har upplevt problem med att arbeta på de "
+"ändrade FAT-partitionerna. Till exempel har vissa rapporterat dålig "
+"prestanda, återkommande problem med <command>scandisk</command>, eller andra "
+"konstiga fel i DOS eller Windows."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1157
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a good idea to fill the first few sectors with zeros. You should do this prior to running DOS's <command>format</command> command by executing the following command from Linux:"
-msgstr "Det verkar vara så att när du än skapar eller ändrar storlek på en partition för DOS-användning, är det en bra idé att fylla de första sektorerna med nollor. Gör det här innan du kör DOS-kommandot <command>format</command>, genom att köra följande kommando från Linux:"
+msgid ""
+"Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a "
+"good idea to fill the first few sectors with zeros. You should do this prior "
+"to running DOS's <command>format</command> command by executing the "
+"following command from Linux:"
+msgstr ""
+"Det verkar vara så att när du än skapar eller ändrar storlek på en partition "
+"för DOS-användning, är det en bra idé att fylla de första sektorerna med "
+"nollor. Gör det här innan du kör DOS-kommandot <command>format</command>, "
+"genom att köra följande kommando från Linux:"
 
 #. Tag: screen
 #: preparing.xml:1164
@@ -1153,8 +1908,12 @@ msgstr "Partitionering i AmigaOS"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1176
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> program to adjust your native partitions prior to installation."
-msgstr "Om du kör AmigaOS, kan du använda programmet <command>HDToolBox</command> för att justera dina ursprungliga partitioner före installation."
+msgid ""
+"If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> "
+"program to adjust your native partitions prior to installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du kör AmigaOS, kan du använda programmet <command>HDToolBox</command> "
+"för att justera dina ursprungliga partitioner före installation."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1184
@@ -1165,56 +1924,154 @@ msgstr "Partitionering i Atari TOS"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1185
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for data and <quote>SWP</quote> for swap partitions. If using the low memory installation method, a small Minix partition is also needed (about 2 MB), for which the partition ID is <quote>MNX</quote>. Failure to set the appropriate partition IDs not only prevents the Debian installation process from recognizing the partitions, but also results in TOS attempting to use the Linux partitions, which confuses the hard disk driver and renders the whole disk inaccessible."
-msgstr "Ataris partitions-id är tre stycken ASCII-tecken, använd <quote>LNX</quote> för data och <quote>SWP</quote> för växlingspartitioner. Om metoden för litet minne används, behövs även en liten Minix-partition (ungefär 2 MB), för vilken partitions-id är <quote>MNX</quote>. Misslyckas att ställa in lämpligt partitions-id förhindrar inte bara Debians installationsprocess från att känna igen partitionerna, men resulterar även i att TOS försöker använda Linux-partitionerna, vilket gör hårddiskdrivrutinen förvirrad och gör hela disken otillgänglig."
+msgid ""
+"Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for "
+"data and <quote>SWP</quote> for swap partitions. If using the low memory "
+"installation method, a small Minix partition is also needed (about 2 MB), "
+"for which the partition ID is <quote>MNX</quote>. Failure to set the "
+"appropriate partition IDs not only prevents the Debian installation process "
+"from recognizing the partitions, but also results in TOS attempting to use "
+"the Linux partitions, which confuses the hard disk driver and renders the "
+"whole disk inaccessible."
+msgstr ""
+"Ataris partitions-id är tre stycken ASCII-tecken, använd <quote>LNX</quote> "
+"för data och <quote>SWP</quote> för växlingspartitioner. Om metoden för "
+"litet minne används, behövs även en liten Minix-partition (ungefär 2 MB), "
+"för vilken partitions-id är <quote>MNX</quote>. Misslyckas att ställa in "
+"lämpligt partitions-id förhindrar inte bara Debians installationsprocess "
+"från att känna igen partitionerna, men resulterar även i att TOS försöker "
+"använda Linux-partitionerna, vilket gör hårddiskdrivrutinen förvirrad och "
+"gör hela disken otillgänglig."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1196
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari <command>harddisk</command> utility doesn't permit changing the partition ID); this manual cannot give detailed descriptions for all of them. The following description covers <command>SCSITool</command> (from Hard+Soft GmBH)."
-msgstr "Det finns en mängd tredjepartsverktyg för partitionering tillgängliga (Atari-verktyget <command>harddisk</command> tillåter inte ändring av partitions-id); det här handboken kan inte ge detaljerade beskrivningar av dem alla. Följande beskrivning täcker in <command>SCSITool</command> (från Hard+Soft GmBH)."
+msgid ""
+"There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari "
+"<command>harddisk</command> utility doesn't permit changing the partition "
+"ID); this manual cannot give detailed descriptions for all of them. The "
+"following description covers <command>SCSITool</command> (from Hard+Soft "
+"GmBH)."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns en mängd tredjepartsverktyg för partitionering tillgängliga (Atari-"
+"verktyget <command>harddisk</command> tillåter inte ändring av partitions-"
+"id); det här handboken kan inte ge detaljerade beskrivningar av dem alla. "
+"Följande beskrivning täcker in <command>SCSITool</command> (från Hard+Soft "
+"GmBH)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1205
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition (<guimenu>Disk</guimenu> menu, item <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)."
-msgstr "Starta <command>SCSITool</command> och välj disken du vill partitionera (<guimenu>Disk</guimenu> menu, item <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)."
+msgid ""
+"Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition "
+"(<guimenu>Disk</guimenu> menu, item <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Starta <command>SCSITool</command> och välj disken du vill partitionera "
+"(<guimenu>Disk</guimenu> menu, item <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1211
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> to add new partitions or change the existing partition sizes, or <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> to change one specific partition. Unless you have already created partitions with the right sizes and only want to change the partition ID, <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> is probably the best choice."
-msgstr "Från <guimenu>Partitions</guimenu>-menyn, välj antingen <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> för att lägga till nya partitioner eller ändra befintliga partitionsstorlekar, eller <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> för att ändra en specifik partition. Om du inte redan har skapat partitioner med de rätta storlekarna och endast vill ändra partitions-id, <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> är antagligen det bästa valet."
+msgid ""
+"From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</"
+"guimenuitem> to add new partitions or change the existing partition sizes, "
+"or <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> to change one specific partition. "
+"Unless you have already created partitions with the right sizes and only "
+"want to change the partition ID, <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> is probably "
+"the best choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Från <guimenu>Partitions</guimenu>-menyn, välj antingen <guimenuitem>New</"
+"guimenuitem> för att lägga till nya partitioner eller ändra befintliga "
+"partitionsstorlekar, eller <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> för att ändra "
+"en specifik partition. Om du inte redan har skapat partitioner med de rätta "
+"storlekarna och endast vill ändra partitions-id, <guimenuitem>New</"
+"guimenuitem> är antagligen det bästa valet."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1221
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</guilabel> in the dialog box prompting the initial settings. The next window shows a list of existing partitions which you can adjust using the scroll buttons, or by clicking in the bar graphs. The first column in the partition list is the partition type; just click on the text field to edit it. When you are finished changing partition settings, save the changes by leaving the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "För valet <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem>, välj <guilabel>existing</guilabel> i dialogrutan som frågar efter initiala inställningar. Nästa fönster visar en lista över befintliga partitioner som du kan justera med rullknapparna, eller genom att klicka på radgraferna. Första kolumnen i partitionslistan är partitionstypen; klicka helt enkelt på textfältet för att redigera det. När du är klar med ändringen av partitionsinställningarna, spara ändringarna genom att lämna fönstret med <guibutton>OK</guibutton>-knappen."
+msgid ""
+"For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</"
+"guilabel> in the dialog box prompting the initial settings. The next window "
+"shows a list of existing partitions which you can adjust using the scroll "
+"buttons, or by clicking in the bar graphs. The first column in the partition "
+"list is the partition type; just click on the text field to edit it. When "
+"you are finished changing partition settings, save the changes by leaving "
+"the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"För valet <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem>, välj <guilabel>existing</guilabel> "
+"i dialogrutan som frågar efter initiala inställningar. Nästa fönster visar "
+"en lista över befintliga partitioner som du kan justera med rullknapparna, "
+"eller genom att klicka på radgraferna. Första kolumnen i partitionslistan är "
+"partitionstypen; klicka helt enkelt på textfältet för att redigera det. När "
+"du är klar med ändringen av partitionsinställningarna, spara ändringarna "
+"genom att lämna fönstret med <guibutton>OK</guibutton>-knappen."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1233
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to change in the selection list, and select <guilabel>other systems</guilabel> in the dialog box. The next window lists detailed information about the location of this partition, and lets you change the partition ID. Save changes by leaving the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "För alternativet <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem>, välj partition att ändra i listan, och välj <guilabel>other systems</guilabel> i dialogrutan. Nästa fönster listar detaljerad information om platsen för denna partition, och låter dig ändra partitionens id. Spara ändringarna genom att lämna fönstret med <guibutton>OK</guibutton>-knappen."
+msgid ""
+"For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to "
+"change in the selection list, and select <guilabel>other systems</guilabel> "
+"in the dialog box. The next window lists detailed information about the "
+"location of this partition, and lets you change the partition ID. Save "
+"changes by leaving the window with the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"För alternativet <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem>, välj partition att ändra "
+"i listan, och välj <guilabel>other systems</guilabel> i dialogrutan. Nästa "
+"fönster listar detaljerad information om platsen för denna partition, och "
+"låter dig ändra partitionens id. Spara ändringarna genom att lämna fönstret "
+"med <guibutton>OK</guibutton>-knappen."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1243
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed for use with Linux &mdash; see <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>."
-msgstr "Skriv ner Linux-namnet för varje partition som du skapat eller ändrat för användning med Linux &mdash; se <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed "
+"for use with Linux &mdash; see <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Skriv ner Linux-namnet för varje partition som du skapat eller ändrat för "
+"användning med Linux &mdash; se <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1249
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> item from the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. The computer will reboot to make sure the changed partition table is used by TOS. If you changed any TOS/GEM partitions, they will be invalidated and have to be reinitialized (we told you to back up everything on the disk, didn't we?)."
-msgstr "Avsluta <command>SCSITool</command> med posten <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> från <guimenu>File</guimenu>-menyn. Datorn kommer att starta om gör att se till att den ändrade partitionstabellen används av TOS. Om du ändrade några TOS/GEM-partitioner, kommer de bli invaliderade och måste återinitieras (vi berättade för dig att säkerhetskopiera allting på disken, eller hur?)."
+msgid ""
+"Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> "
+"item from the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. The computer will reboot to make "
+"sure the changed partition table is used by TOS. If you changed any TOS/GEM "
+"partitions, they will be invalidated and have to be reinitialized (we told "
+"you to back up everything on the disk, didn't we?)."
+msgstr ""
+"Avsluta <command>SCSITool</command> med posten <guimenuitem>Quit</"
+"guimenuitem> från <guimenu>File</guimenu>-menyn. Datorn kommer att starta om "
+"gör att se till att den ändrade partitionstabellen används av TOS. Om du "
+"ändrade några TOS/GEM-partitioner, kommer de bli invaliderade och måste "
+"återinitieras (vi berättade för dig att säkerhetskopiera allting på disken, "
+"eller hur?)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1261
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</command> in the installation system, but for now we recommend you partition your disk using a TOS partition editor or some disk tool. If your partition editor doesn't have an option to edit the partition type, you can do this crucial step at a later stage (from the booted temporary install RAMdisk). <command>SCSITool</command> is only one of the partition editors we know of which supports selection of arbitrary partition types. There may be others; select the tool that suits your needs."
-msgstr "Det finns ett partitioneringsverktyg för Linux/m68k kallat <command>atari-fdisk</command> i installationssystemet, men för tillfället rekommenderar vi att du partitionerar din disk med en TOS-partitionsredigerare eller något diskverktyg. Om din partitionsredigerare inte har ett alternativ för att redigera  partitionstyp, kan du göra detta viktiga steg vid ett senare tillfället (från den startade temporära installations RAM-disken). <command>SCSITool</command> är bara en av de partitionsredigerare som vi känner till som har stöd för att välja godtyckliga partitionstyper. Det kan finnas andra; välj det verktyg som passar dina behov."
+msgid ""
+"There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</"
+"command> in the installation system, but for now we recommend you partition "
+"your disk using a TOS partition editor or some disk tool. If your partition "
+"editor doesn't have an option to edit the partition type, you can do this "
+"crucial step at a later stage (from the booted temporary install RAMdisk). "
+"<command>SCSITool</command> is only one of the partition editors we know of "
+"which supports selection of arbitrary partition types. There may be others; "
+"select the tool that suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns ett partitioneringsverktyg för Linux/m68k kallat <command>atari-"
+"fdisk</command> i installationssystemet, men för tillfället rekommenderar vi "
+"att du partitionerar din disk med en TOS-partitionsredigerare eller något "
+"diskverktyg. Om din partitionsredigerare inte har ett alternativ för att "
+"redigera  partitionstyp, kan du göra detta viktiga steg vid ett senare "
+"tillfället (från den startade temporära installations RAM-disken). "
+"<command>SCSITool</command> är bara en av de partitionsredigerare som vi "
+"känner till som har stöd för att välja godtyckliga partitionstyper. Det kan "
+"finnas andra; välj det verktyg som passar dina behov."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1276
@@ -1225,14 +2082,41 @@ msgstr "Partitionering i MacOS"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1277
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, <command>HD SC Setup</command> 7.3.5 (Apple), <command>HDT</command> 1.8 (FWB), <command>SilverLining</command> (LaCie), and <command>DiskTool</command> (Tim Endres, GPL). Full versions are required for <command>HDT</command> and <command>SilverLining</command>. The Apple tool requires a patch in order to recognize third-party disks (a description on how to patch <command>HD SC Setup</command> using <command>ResEdit</command> can be found at <ulink url=\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)."
-msgstr "Utprovade partitionsverktyg för Macintosh inkluderar <command>pdisk</command>, <command>HD SC Setup</command> 7.3.5 (Apple), <command>HDT</command> 1.8 (FWB), <command>SilverLining</command> (LaCie), och <command>DiskTool</command> (Tim Endres, GPL). Fullständiga versioner krävs för <command>HDT</command> och <command>SilverLining</command>. Apple-verktyget kräver en programfix för att känna igen tredjepartsdiskar (en beskrivning på hur man installerar en programfix för <command>HD SC Setup</command> med <command>ResEdit</command> kan hittas på <ulink url=\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)."
+msgid ""
+"Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, "
+"<command>HD SC Setup</command> 7.3.5 (Apple), <command>HDT</command> 1.8 "
+"(FWB), <command>SilverLining</command> (LaCie), and <command>DiskTool</"
+"command> (Tim Endres, GPL). Full versions are required for <command>HDT</"
+"command> and <command>SilverLining</command>. The Apple tool requires a "
+"patch in order to recognize third-party disks (a description on how to patch "
+"<command>HD SC Setup</command> using <command>ResEdit</command> can be found "
+"at <ulink url=\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Utprovade partitionsverktyg för Macintosh inkluderar <command>pdisk</"
+"command>, <command>HD SC Setup</command> 7.3.5 (Apple), <command>HDT</"
+"command> 1.8 (FWB), <command>SilverLining</command> (LaCie), och "
+"<command>DiskTool</command> (Tim Endres, GPL). Fullständiga versioner krävs "
+"för <command>HDT</command> och <command>SilverLining</command>. Apple-"
+"verktyget kräver en programfix för att känna igen tredjepartsdiskar (en "
+"beskrivning på hur man installerar en programfix för <command>HD SC Setup</"
+"command> med <command>ResEdit</command> kan hittas på <ulink url=\"http://"
+"www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1288
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available for download from <ulink url=\"http://homepage.mac.com/alk/downloads/pdisk.sit.hqx\">Alsoft</ulink>."
-msgstr "För IDE-baserade Macintosh-datorer behöver du använda <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> för att skapa utrymme för Linux-partitionerna, och färdigställa partitioneringen under Linux, eller använda MacOS-versionen av pdisk som finns tillgänglig för hämtning från <ulink url=\"http://homepage.mac.com/alk/downloads/pdisk.sit.hqx\">Alsoft</ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to "
+"create empty space for the Linux partitions, and complete the partitioning "
+"under Linux, or use the MacOS version of pdisk available for download from "
+"<ulink url=\"http://homepage.mac.com/alk/downloads/pdisk.sit.hqx\">Alsoft</"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"För IDE-baserade Macintosh-datorer behöver du använda <command>Apple Drive "
+"Setup</command> för att skapa utrymme för Linux-partitionerna, och "
+"färdigställa partitioneringen under Linux, eller använda MacOS-versionen av "
+"pdisk som finns tillgänglig för hämtning från <ulink url=\"http://homepage."
+"mac.com/alk/downloads/pdisk.sit.hqx\">Alsoft</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1304
@@ -1243,8 +2127,20 @@ msgstr "Partitionering från SunOS"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1306
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you partition using SunOS prior to installing Debian. The Linux kernel understands Sun disk labels, so there are no problems there. SILO supports booting Linux and SunOS from any of EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs or iso9660 (CDROM) partitions."
-msgstr "Det är fullt möjligt att partitionera från SunOS; faktum är att om du tänker köra både SunOS och Debian på samma maskin, är det rekommenderat att du partitionerar med SunOS innan Debian installeras. Linux-kärnan förestår Suns disketiketter, så det är inga problem där. SILO har stöd för att starta upp Linux och SunOS från partitioner av typen EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs och iso9660 (CDROM)."
+msgid ""
+"It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run "
+"both SunOS and Debian on the same machine, it is recommended that you "
+"partition using SunOS prior to installing Debian. The Linux kernel "
+"understands Sun disk labels, so there are no problems there. SILO supports "
+"booting Linux and SunOS from any of EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs or "
+"iso9660 (CDROM) partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är fullt möjligt att partitionera från SunOS; faktum är att om du tänker "
+"köra både SunOS och Debian på samma maskin, är det rekommenderat att du "
+"partitionerar med SunOS innan Debian installeras. Linux-kärnan förestår Suns "
+"disketiketter, så det är inga problem där. SILO har stöd för att starta upp "
+"Linux och SunOS från partitioner av typen EXT2 (Linux), UFS (SunOS), romfs "
+"och iso9660 (CDROM)."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1318
@@ -1255,14 +2151,40 @@ msgstr "Partitionering från Linux eller annat OS"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1320
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This is the only kind of partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and so it's the only scheme from which you can boot. In <command>fdisk</command>, the <keycap>s</keycap> key is used to create Sun disk labels. You only need to do this on drives that do not already have a Sun disk label. If you are using a drive that was previously formatted using a PC (or other architecture) you must create a new disk label, or problems with the disk geometry will most likely occur."
-msgstr "Oavsett vilket system du använder för att partitionera, se till att du skapar en <quote>Sun disk label</quote> på din uppstartsdisk. Det är det enda sortens partitionsplan som OpenBoot PROM förstår, och det är det enda plan från vilket du kan starta upp. I <command>fdisk</command>, används tangenten <keycap>s</keycap> för att skapa Sun-disketiketter. Du behöver bara göra det på diskar som inte redan har en Sun-disketikett. Om du använder en disk som tidigare var formaterad med en PC (eller annan arkitektur) måste du skapa en ny disketikett, eller så kommer problem antagligen att inträffa med diskens geometri."
+msgid ""
+"Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a "
+"<quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This is the only kind of "
+"partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and so it's the only "
+"scheme from which you can boot. In <command>fdisk</command>, the <keycap>s</"
+"keycap> key is used to create Sun disk labels. You only need to do this on "
+"drives that do not already have a Sun disk label. If you are using a drive "
+"that was previously formatted using a PC (or other architecture) you must "
+"create a new disk label, or problems with the disk geometry will most likely "
+"occur."
+msgstr ""
+"Oavsett vilket system du använder för att partitionera, se till att du "
+"skapar en <quote>Sun disk label</quote> på din uppstartsdisk. Det är det "
+"enda sortens partitionsplan som OpenBoot PROM förstår, och det är det enda "
+"plan från vilket du kan starta upp. I <command>fdisk</command>, används "
+"tangenten <keycap>s</keycap> för att skapa Sun-disketiketter. Du behöver "
+"bara göra det på diskar som inte redan har en Sun-disketikett. Om du "
+"använder en disk som tidigare var formaterad med en PC (eller annan "
+"arkitektur) måste du skapa en ny disketikett, eller så kommer problem "
+"antagligen att inträffa med diskens geometri."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1332
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the small program which runs the operating system kernel). <command>SILO</command> has certain requirements for partition sizes and location; see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
-msgstr "Du kommer antagligen att använda <command>SILO</command> som din starthanterare (det lilla programmet som kör operativsystemets kärna). <command>SILO</command> har vissa krav för partitionsstorlekar och plats; se <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the "
+"small program which runs the operating system kernel). <command>SILO</"
+"command> has certain requirements for partition sizes and location; see "
+"<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kommer antagligen att använda <command>SILO</command> som din "
+"starthanterare (det lilla programmet som kör operativsystemets kärna). "
+"<command>SILO</command> har vissa krav för partitionsstorlekar och plats; se "
+"<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1347
@@ -1273,26 +2195,75 @@ msgstr "MacOS/OSX-partitionering"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1349
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in the <filename>Utilities</filename> folder on the MacOS CD. It will not adjust existing partitions; it is limited to partitioning the entire disk at once. The disk driver partitions don't show up in <application>Drive Setup</application>."
-msgstr "Programmet <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> kan hittas i mappen <filename>Utilities</filename> på MacOS cd-skivan. Den kommer inte att justera befintliga partitioner; den är begränsad till partitionering av hela disken på en gång. Diskdrivrutinspartitioner visas inte i <application>Drive Setup</application>."
+msgid ""
+"The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in "
+"the <filename>Utilities</filename> folder on the MacOS CD. It will not "
+"adjust existing partitions; it is limited to partitioning the entire disk at "
+"once. The disk driver partitions don't show up in <application>Drive Setup</"
+"application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Programmet <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> kan hittas i mappen "
+"<filename>Utilities</filename> på MacOS cd-skivan. Den kommer inte att "
+"justera befintliga partitioner; den är begränsad till partitionering av hela "
+"disken på en gång. Diskdrivrutinspartitioner visas inte i <application>Drive "
+"Setup</application>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1356
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably positioned first in the disk layout. it doesn't matter what type it is, it will be deleted and replaced later inside the &debian; installer."
-msgstr "Kom ihåg att skapa en tom partition för GNU/Linux, helst placerad först i disklayouten. Det spelar ingen roll vilken typ det är, den kommer att tas bort och ersättas senare av &debian;s installationsprogram."
+msgid ""
+"Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably "
+"positioned first in the disk layout. it doesn't matter what type it is, it "
+"will be deleted and replaced later inside the &debian; installer."
+msgstr ""
+"Kom ihåg att skapa en tom partition för GNU/Linux, helst placerad först i "
+"disklayouten. Det spelar ingen roll vilken typ det är, den kommer att tas "
+"bort och ersättas senare av &debian;s installationsprogram."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1362
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create separate partitions for OS 9 and OS X. If they are installed on the same partition, <application>Startup Disk</application> (and reboot) must be used to select between the two; the choice between the two systems can't be made at boot time. With separate partitions, separate options for OS 9 and OS X will appear when holding the <keycap>option</keycap> key at boot time, and separate options can be installed in the <application>yaboot</application> boot menu as well. Also, Startup Disk will de-bless all other mountable partitions, which can affect GNU/Linux booting. Both OS 9 and OS X partitions will be accessible from either OS 9 or OS X."
-msgstr "Om du planerar att installera både MacOS 9 och OS X, är det bäst att skapa separata partitioner för OS 9 och OS X. Om de installeras på samma partition, <application>Startup Disk</application> (och omstart) måste användas för att välja mellan de två; valet mellan de två systemen kan inte göra vid tid för uppstart. Med separata partitioner, kommer separata alternativ för OS 9 och OS X att visas när tangenten <keycap>option</keycap> hålls ner vid tid för uppstart, och separata alternativ kan även installeras i uppstartsmenyn i <application>yaboot</application>. Startup Disk kommer att gömma alla andra monteringsbara partitioner, något som kan påverka uppstart av GNU/Linux. Både OS 9- och OS X-partitioner kan kommas åt från antingen OS 9 eller OS X."
+msgid ""
+"If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create "
+"separate partitions for OS 9 and OS X. If they are installed on the same "
+"partition, <application>Startup Disk</application> (and reboot) must be used "
+"to select between the two; the choice between the two systems can't be made "
+"at boot time. With separate partitions, separate options for OS 9 and OS X "
+"will appear when holding the <keycap>option</keycap> key at boot time, and "
+"separate options can be installed in the <application>yaboot</application> "
+"boot menu as well. Also, Startup Disk will de-bless all other mountable "
+"partitions, which can affect GNU/Linux booting. Both OS 9 and OS X "
+"partitions will be accessible from either OS 9 or OS X."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du planerar att installera både MacOS 9 och OS X, är det bäst att skapa "
+"separata partitioner för OS 9 och OS X. Om de installeras på samma "
+"partition, <application>Startup Disk</application> (och omstart) måste "
+"användas för att välja mellan de två; valet mellan de två systemen kan inte "
+"göra vid tid för uppstart. Med separata partitioner, kommer separata "
+"alternativ för OS 9 och OS X att visas när tangenten <keycap>option</keycap> "
+"hålls ner vid tid för uppstart, och separata alternativ kan även installeras "
+"i uppstartsmenyn i <application>yaboot</application>. Startup Disk kommer "
+"att gömma alla andra monteringsbara partitioner, något som kan påverka "
+"uppstart av GNU/Linux. Både OS 9- och OS X-partitioner kan kommas åt från "
+"antingen OS 9 eller OS X."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1375
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does support HFS+ (aka MacOS Extended) partitions. OS X requires one of these two types for its boot partition. MacOS 9 can be installed on either HFS (aka MacOS Standard) or HFS+. To share information between the MacOS and GNU/Linux systems, an exchange partition is handy. HFS, HFS+ and MS-DOS FAT partitions are supported by both MacOS and Linux."
-msgstr "GNU/Linux kan inte komma åt information på UFS-partitioner, men har stöd för HFS+-partitioner (även kallad MacOS Extended). OS X kräver en av dessa två typer för sin uppstartspartition. MacOS 9 kan installeras på antingen HFS (även kallad MacOS Standard) eller HFS+. För att dela information mellan MacOS- och GNU/Linux-system, kan en utväxlingspartition vara behändig. HFS, HFS+ och MS-DOS FAT-partitioner stöds av både MacOS och Linux."
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does "
+"support HFS+ (aka MacOS Extended) partitions. OS X requires one of these two "
+"types for its boot partition. MacOS 9 can be installed on either HFS (aka "
+"MacOS Standard) or HFS+. To share information between the MacOS and GNU/"
+"Linux systems, an exchange partition is handy. HFS, HFS+ and MS-DOS FAT "
+"partitions are supported by both MacOS and Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux kan inte komma åt information på UFS-partitioner, men har stöd för "
+"HFS+-partitioner (även kallad MacOS Extended). OS X kräver en av dessa två "
+"typer för sin uppstartspartition. MacOS 9 kan installeras på antingen HFS "
+"(även kallad MacOS Standard) eller HFS+. För att dela information mellan "
+"MacOS- och GNU/Linux-system, kan en utväxlingspartition vara behändig. HFS, "
+"HFS+ och MS-DOS FAT-partitioner stöds av både MacOS och Linux."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1395
@@ -1303,8 +2274,22 @@ msgstr "Inställning av maskinvara och operativsystem före installation"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1396
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, that you will need to do prior to installing Debian. Generally, this involves checking and possibly changing firmware settings for your system. The <quote>firmware</quote> is the core software used by the hardware; it is most critically invoked during the bootstrap process (after power-up). Known hardware issues affecting the reliability of &debian; on your system are also highlighted."
-msgstr "Det här avsnittet kommer att gå igenom inställning av maskinvara före installationen, om någon, som du behöver göra innan Debian installeras. Generellt sett gäller det här kontroll och möjligen ändring av inställningar i den fasta programvaran för ditt system. <quote>Fast programvara</quote> (firmware) är kärnprogramvaran som används av maskinvaran; den anropas under bootstrap-processen (efter påslagning av ström). Kända maskinvaruproblem som påverkar tillförlitligheten för &debian; på ditt system kommer också tas med."
+msgid ""
+"This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, "
+"that you will need to do prior to installing Debian. Generally, this "
+"involves checking and possibly changing firmware settings for your system. "
+"The <quote>firmware</quote> is the core software used by the hardware; it is "
+"most critically invoked during the bootstrap process (after power-up). Known "
+"hardware issues affecting the reliability of &debian; on your system are "
+"also highlighted."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här avsnittet kommer att gå igenom inställning av maskinvara före "
+"installationen, om någon, som du behöver göra innan Debian installeras. "
+"Generellt sett gäller det här kontroll och möjligen ändring av inställningar "
+"i den fasta programvaran för ditt system. <quote>Fast programvara</quote> "
+"(firmware) är kärnprogramvaran som används av maskinvaran; den anropas under "
+"bootstrap-processen (efter påslagning av ström). Kända maskinvaruproblem som "
+"påverkar tillförlitligheten för &debian; på ditt system kommer också tas med."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1418
@@ -1315,14 +2300,33 @@ msgstr "Starta BIOS-inställningsmenyn"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1420
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your operating system to access your hardware. Your system probably provides a BIOS set-up menu, which is used to configure the BIOS. Before installing, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> ensure that your BIOS is setup correctly; not doing so can lead to intermittent crashes or an inability to install Debian."
-msgstr "BIOS tillhandahåller de grundläggande funktionerna som behövs för att starta upp din maskin och låta ditt operativsystem få tillgång till din maskinvara. Ditt system tillhandahåller antagligen en inställningsmeny för BIOS, som används för att konfigurera BIOS. Innan du installerar, <emphasis>måste</emphasis> du se till att ditt BIOS är inställt korrekt; att inte göra det kan leda till återkommande krascher eller att Debian inte kan installeras."
+msgid ""
+"BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your "
+"operating system to access your hardware. Your system probably provides a "
+"BIOS set-up menu, which is used to configure the BIOS. Before installing, "
+"you <emphasis>must</emphasis> ensure that your BIOS is setup correctly; not "
+"doing so can lead to intermittent crashes or an inability to install Debian."
+msgstr ""
+"BIOS tillhandahåller de grundläggande funktionerna som behövs för att starta "
+"upp din maskin och låta ditt operativsystem få tillgång till din maskinvara. "
+"Ditt system tillhandahåller antagligen en inställningsmeny för BIOS, som "
+"används för att konfigurera BIOS. Innan du installerar, <emphasis>måste</"
+"emphasis> du se till att ditt BIOS är inställt korrekt; att inte göra det "
+"kan leda till återkommande krascher eller att Debian inte kan installeras."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1429
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></ulink>, answering the question, <quote>How do I enter the CMOS configuration menu?</quote>. How you access the BIOS (or <quote>CMOS</quote>) configuration menu depends on who wrote your BIOS software:"
-msgstr "Resten av det här avsnittet är hämtat från <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></ulink>, som svar på frågan, <quote>Hur kommer jag till konfigurationsmenyn i CMOS?</quote>. Hur du kommer åt konfigurationsmenyn i BIOS (eller <quote>CMOS</quote>) beror på vem som skrev din BIOS-programvara:"
+msgid ""
+"The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></"
+"ulink>, answering the question, <quote>How do I enter the CMOS configuration "
+"menu?</quote>. How you access the BIOS (or <quote>CMOS</quote>) "
+"configuration menu depends on who wrote your BIOS software:"
+msgstr ""
+"Resten av det här avsnittet är hämtat från <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></"
+"ulink>, som svar på frågan, <quote>Hur kommer jag till konfigurationsmenyn i "
+"CMOS?</quote>. Hur du kommer åt konfigurationsmenyn i BIOS (eller "
+"<quote>CMOS</quote>) beror på vem som skrev din BIOS-programvara:"
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: preparing.xml:1443
@@ -1345,8 +2349,12 @@ msgstr "Award BIOS"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1453
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo>, or <keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST"
-msgstr "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo>, eller <keycap>Delete</keycap>-tangenten under självtestet"
+msgid ""
+"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </"
+"keycombo>, or <keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST"
+msgstr ""
+"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </"
+"keycombo>, eller <keycap>Delete</keycap>-tangenten under självtestet"
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: preparing.xml:1462
@@ -1369,8 +2377,14 @@ msgstr "IBM PS/2 BIOS"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1471
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> </keycombo> after <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>"
-msgstr "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> </keycombo> efter <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>"
+msgid ""
+"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> "
+"</keycombo> after <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</"
+"keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> "
+"</keycombo> efter <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</"
+"keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>"
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: preparing.xml:1485
@@ -1381,24 +2395,43 @@ msgstr "Phoenix BIOS"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1486
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>S</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>F1</keycap>"
-msgstr "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>S</keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>F1</keycap>"
+msgid ""
+"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </"
+"keycombo> or <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>S</"
+"keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>F1</keycap>"
+msgstr ""
+"<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </"
+"keycombo> eller <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</"
+"keycap><keycap>S</keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>F1</keycap>"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1502
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url=\"&url-invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>."
-msgstr "Information om anrop till andra BIOS-rutiner kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url="
+"\"&url-invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Information om anrop till andra BIOS-rutiner kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-"
+"invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1507
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. They require a software CMOS setup program. If you don't have the Installation and/or Diagnostics diskette for your machine, you can try using a shareware/freeware program. Try looking in <ulink url=\"&url-simtel;\"></ulink>."
-msgstr "Vissa &arch-title;-maskiner har inte en konfigurationsmeny för CMOS i BIOS. De kräver en programvara för CMOS-inställningar. Om du inte har disketten för installation och/eller diagnostik för din maskin, kan du försöka använda ett shareware-/freeware-program. Prova att leta i <ulink url=\"&url-simtel;\"></ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. "
+"They require a software CMOS setup program. If you don't have the "
+"Installation and/or Diagnostics diskette for your machine, you can try using "
+"a shareware/freeware program. Try looking in <ulink url=\"&url-simtel;\"></"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vissa &arch-title;-maskiner har inte en konfigurationsmeny för CMOS i BIOS. "
+"De kräver en programvara för CMOS-inställningar. Om du inte har disketten "
+"för installation och/eller diagnostik för din maskin, kan du försöka använda "
+"ett shareware-/freeware-program. Prova att leta i <ulink url=\"&url-simtel;"
+"\"></ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: preparing.xml:1518
-#: preparing.xml:1862
+#: preparing.xml:1518 preparing.xml:1862
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Boot Device Selection"
 msgstr "Val av uppstartsenhet"
@@ -1407,26 +2440,64 @@ msgstr "Val av uppstartsenhet"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1520
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to bootstrap the system. Set this to look for a bootable operating system on <filename>A:</filename> (the first floppy disk), then optionally the first CD-ROM device (possibly appearing as <filename>D:</filename> or <filename>E:</filename>), and then from <filename>C:</filename> (the first hard disk). This setting enables you to boot from either a floppy disk or a CD-ROM, which are the two most common boot devices used to install Debian."
-msgstr "Många BIOS har en inställningsmeny som låter dig välja de enheter som ska användas för att starta systemet. Ställ in den till att leta efter ett startbart operativsystem på <filename>A:</filename> (första diskettenheten), sedan eventuellt den första cd-rom-enheten (visas möjligen som <filename>D:</filename> eller <filename>E:</filename>), och sedan från <filename>C:</filename> (första hårddisken). Den här inställningen gör att du kan starta upp från antingen en diskett eller en cd-rom, vilka är de två mest vanliga uppstartsmetoderna som används för att installera Debian."
+msgid ""
+"Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to "
+"bootstrap the system. Set this to look for a bootable operating system on "
+"<filename>A:</filename> (the first floppy disk), then optionally the first "
+"CD-ROM device (possibly appearing as <filename>D:</filename> or <filename>E:"
+"</filename>), and then from <filename>C:</filename> (the first hard disk). "
+"This setting enables you to boot from either a floppy disk or a CD-ROM, "
+"which are the two most common boot devices used to install Debian."
+msgstr ""
+"Många BIOS har en inställningsmeny som låter dig välja de enheter som ska "
+"användas för att starta systemet. Ställ in den till att leta efter ett "
+"startbart operativsystem på <filename>A:</filename> (första diskettenheten), "
+"sedan eventuellt den första cd-rom-enheten (visas möjligen som <filename>D:</"
+"filename> eller <filename>E:</filename>), och sedan från <filename>C:</"
+"filename> (första hårddisken). Den här inställningen gör att du kan starta "
+"upp från antingen en diskett eller en cd-rom, vilka är de två mest vanliga "
+"uppstartsmetoderna som används för att installera Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1531
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to it, you are usually able to boot from the CD-ROM. All you have to do is enable booting from a CD-ROM in the SCSI-BIOS of your controller."
-msgstr "Om du har ett nyare SCSI-styrkort och du har en cd-rom-enhet ansluten till den, kan du normalt sett starta upp från den enheten. Allt du behöver göra är att aktivera uppstart från en cd-rom i SCSI-BIOS på ditt styrkort."
+msgid ""
+"If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to "
+"it, you are usually able to boot from the CD-ROM. All you have to do is "
+"enable booting from a CD-ROM in the SCSI-BIOS of your controller."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har ett nyare SCSI-styrkort och du har en cd-rom-enhet ansluten till "
+"den, kan du normalt sett starta upp från den enheten. Allt du behöver göra "
+"är att aktivera uppstart från en cd-rom i SCSI-BIOS på ditt styrkort."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1538
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Another popular option is to boot from a USB storage device (also called a USB memory stick or USB key). Some BIOSes can boot directly from a USB storage device, but some cannot. You may need to configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>Removable drive</quote> or even from <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device."
-msgstr "Ett annat populärt alternativ är att starta upp från en USB-lagringsenhet (kallas även USB-minne eller USB-nyckel). Vissa BIOS kan starta upp direkt från en USB-lagringsenhet och vissa kan det inte. Du kanske behöver konfigurera ditt BIOS för att starta upp från en <quote>Flyttbar enhet</quote> eller kanske en <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> för att få den att starta upp från USB-enheten."
+msgid ""
+"Another popular option is to boot from a USB storage device (also called a "
+"USB memory stick or USB key). Some BIOSes can boot directly from a USB "
+"storage device, but some cannot. You may need to configure your BIOS to boot "
+"from a <quote>Removable drive</quote> or even from <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to "
+"get it to boot from the USB device."
+msgstr ""
+"Ett annat populärt alternativ är att starta upp från en USB-lagringsenhet "
+"(kallas även USB-minne eller USB-nyckel). Vissa BIOS kan starta upp direkt "
+"från en USB-lagringsenhet och vissa kan det inte. Du kanske behöver "
+"konfigurera ditt BIOS för att starta upp från en <quote>Flyttbar enhet</"
+"quote> eller kanske en <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> för att få den att starta upp "
+"från USB-enheten."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1546
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the boot order after Linux is installed, so that you restart your machine from the hard drive."
-msgstr "Här är några detaljer om hur man ställer in uppstartsordningen. Kom ihåg att återställa uppstartsordningen efter att Linux har installerats, så att du startar om din maskin från hårddisken."
+msgid ""
+"Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the "
+"boot order after Linux is installed, so that you restart your machine from "
+"the hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Här är några detaljer om hur man ställer in uppstartsordningen. Kom ihåg att "
+"återställa uppstartsordningen efter att Linux har installerats, så att du "
+"startar om din maskin från hårddisken."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1555
@@ -1437,14 +2508,24 @@ msgstr "Ändra uppstartsordning på datorer med IDE"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1558
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key. However, consult the hardware documentation for the exact keystrokes."
-msgstr "När din dator startar, tryck tangenterna för att komma in i BIOS-verktyget. Ofta är det tangenten <keycap>Delete</keycap>. Konsultera dock maskinvarudokumentationen för de exakta tangenterna."
+msgid ""
+"As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it "
+"is the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key. However, consult the hardware "
+"documentation for the exact keystrokes."
+msgstr ""
+"När din dator startar, tryck tangenterna för att komma in i BIOS-verktyget. "
+"Ofta är det tangenten <keycap>Delete</keycap>. Konsultera dock "
+"maskinvarudokumentationen för de exakta tangenterna."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1565
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your BIOS, but you are looking for a field that lists drives."
-msgstr "Hitta uppstartssekvensen i inställningsverktyget. Dess placering beror på ditt BIOS men du ska leta efter ett fält som listar diskarna."
+msgid ""
+"Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your "
+"BIOS, but you are looking for a field that lists drives."
+msgstr ""
+"Hitta uppstartssekvensen i inställningsverktyget. Dess placering beror på "
+"ditt BIOS men du ska leta efter ett fält som listar diskarna."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1570
@@ -1461,14 +2542,24 @@ msgstr "C är hårddisken och A är diskettenheten."
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1581
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. Usually, the <keycap>Page Up</keycap> or <keycap>Page Down</keycap> keys cycle through the possible choices."
-msgstr "Ändra inställningen för uppstartssekvensen så att cd-rom eller disketten är först i listan. Vanligtvis är det tangenterna <keycap>Page Up</keycap> eller <keycap>Page Down</keycap> som växlar mellan de möjliga valen."
+msgid ""
+"Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. "
+"Usually, the <keycap>Page Up</keycap> or <keycap>Page Down</keycap> keys "
+"cycle through the possible choices."
+msgstr ""
+"Ändra inställningen för uppstartssekvensen så att cd-rom eller disketten är "
+"först i listan. Vanligtvis är det tangenterna <keycap>Page Up</keycap> eller "
+"<keycap>Page Down</keycap> som växlar mellan de möjliga valen."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1589
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the changes on your computer."
-msgstr "Spara din ändringar. Instruktioner på skärmen talar om för dig hur man sparar ändringarna på din dator."
+msgid ""
+"Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the "
+"changes on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Spara din ändringar. Instruktioner på skärmen talar om för dig hur man "
+"sparar ändringarna på din dator."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1599
@@ -1479,20 +2570,34 @@ msgstr "Ändra uppstartsordning på datorer med SCSI"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1603
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility."
-msgstr "När din dator startar, tryck tangenterna för att gå in i SCSI-inställningsverktyget."
+msgid ""
+"As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility."
+msgstr ""
+"När din dator startar, tryck tangenterna för att gå in i SCSI-"
+"inställningsverktyget."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1608
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message about how to start the BIOS utility displays when you start your computer."
-msgstr "Du kan starta SCSI-inställningsverktyget efter att minnestestet och meddelandet om hur man startar BIOS-verktyget visats när du startat din dator."
+msgid ""
+"You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message "
+"about how to start the BIOS utility displays when you start your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta SCSI-inställningsverktyget efter att minnestestet och "
+"meddelandet om hur man startar BIOS-verktyget visats när du startat din "
+"dator."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1614
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. However, consult your hardware documentation for the exact keystrokes."
-msgstr "Tangenttryckningarna du behöver beror på verktyget. Ofta är det <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. Konsultera dock din maskinvarudokumentation för de exakta tangenterna."
+msgid ""
+"The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. However, "
+"consult your hardware documentation for the exact keystrokes."
+msgstr ""
+"Tangenttryckningarna du behöver beror på verktyget. Ofta är det "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. Konsultera "
+"dock din maskinvarudokumentation för de exakta tangenterna."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1622
@@ -1503,14 +2608,20 @@ msgstr "Hitta verktyget för att ändra uppstartsordningen."
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1627
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list."
-msgstr "Ställ in verktyget så att SCSI ID för cd-enheten är den första i listan."
+msgid ""
+"Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list."
+msgstr ""
+"Ställ in verktyget så att SCSI ID för cd-enheten är den första i listan."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1633
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the changes on your computer. Often, you must press <keycap>F10</keycap>."
-msgstr "Spara dina ändringar. Instruktionerna på skärmen talar om för dig hur du sparar ändringarna på din dator. Ofta måste du trycka <keycap>F10</keycap>."
+msgid ""
+"Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the "
+"changes on your computer. Often, you must press <keycap>F10</keycap>."
+msgstr ""
+"Spara dina ändringar. Instruktionerna på skärmen talar om för dig hur du "
+"sparar ändringarna på din dator. Ofta måste du trycka <keycap>F10</keycap>."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1647
@@ -1527,8 +2638,16 @@ msgstr "Cd-rom-inställningar"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1650
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD speed. You should avoid that, and instead set it to, say, the lowest speed. If you get <userinput>seek failed</userinput> error messages, this may be your problem."
-msgstr "Vissa BIOS-system (såsom Award BIOS) låter dig automatiskt ställa in cd-hastigheten. Du bör undvika det och istället ställa in den till, låt oss säga, den lägsta hastigheten. Om du får felmeddelanden liknande <userinput>seek failed</userinput> (sökfel), beror det kanske på det här."
+msgid ""
+"Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD "
+"speed. You should avoid that, and instead set it to, say, the lowest speed. "
+"If you get <userinput>seek failed</userinput> error messages, this may be "
+"your problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Vissa BIOS-system (såsom Award BIOS) låter dig automatiskt ställa in cd-"
+"hastigheten. Du bör undvika det och istället ställa in den till, låt oss "
+"säga, den lägsta hastigheten. Om du får felmeddelanden liknande "
+"<userinput>seek failed</userinput> (sökfel), beror det kanske på det här."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1660
@@ -1539,8 +2658,16 @@ msgstr "Utökat mot Expanderat minne"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1661
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and ex<emphasis>pan</emphasis>ded memory, set it so that there is as much extended and as little expanded memory as possible. Linux requires extended memory and cannot use expanded memory."
-msgstr "Om ditt system ger både ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded (utökat) och ex<emphasis>pan</emphasis>ded (expanderat) minne, ställ in det så att det finns så mycket utökat och så lite expanderat minne som möjligt. Linux kräver utökat minne och kan inte använda expanderat minne."
+msgid ""
+"If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and "
+"ex<emphasis>pan</emphasis>ded memory, set it so that there is as much "
+"extended and as little expanded memory as possible. Linux requires extended "
+"memory and cannot use expanded memory."
+msgstr ""
+"Om ditt system ger både ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded (utökat) och "
+"ex<emphasis>pan</emphasis>ded (expanderat) minne, ställ in det så att det "
+"finns så mycket utökat och så lite expanderat minne som möjligt. Linux "
+"kräver utökat minne och kan inte använda expanderat minne."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1671
@@ -1551,8 +2678,27 @@ msgstr "Virusskydd"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1672
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a virus-protection board or other special hardware, make sure it is disabled or physically removed while running GNU/Linux. These aren't compatible with GNU/Linux; moreover, due to the file system permissions and protected memory of the Linux kernel, viruses are almost unheard of<footnote> <para> After installation you can enable Boot Sector protection if you want. This offers no additional security in Linux but if you also run Windows it may prevent a catastrophe. There is no need to tamper with the Master Boot Record (MBR) after the boot manager has been set up. </para> </footnote>."
-msgstr "Inaktivera alla funktioner för virusvarningar som ditt BIOS kan erbjuda. Om du har ett kort för virusskydd eller speciell maskinvara, se till att det är inaktiverat eller fysiskt borttaget när du kör GNU/Linux. De är inte kompatibla med GNU/Linux, och för övrigt är virus ganska sällsynta på grund av filsystemsbehörigheter och skyddat minne i Linux-kärnan<footnote> <para> Efter installationen kan du aktivera skydd för uppstartssektorn om du vill. Det ger ingen extra säkerhet i Linux men om du även kör Windows kan det förhindra en katastrof. Det finns ingen anledning att mixtra med huvudstartsektorn (MBR) efter att starthanteraren har ställts in. </para> </footnote>."
+msgid ""
+"Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a "
+"virus-protection board or other special hardware, make sure it is disabled "
+"or physically removed while running GNU/Linux. These aren't compatible with "
+"GNU/Linux; moreover, due to the file system permissions and protected memory "
+"of the Linux kernel, viruses are almost unheard of<footnote> <para> After "
+"installation you can enable Boot Sector protection if you want. This offers "
+"no additional security in Linux but if you also run Windows it may prevent a "
+"catastrophe. There is no need to tamper with the Master Boot Record (MBR) "
+"after the boot manager has been set up. </para> </footnote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Inaktivera alla funktioner för virusvarningar som ditt BIOS kan erbjuda. Om "
+"du har ett kort för virusskydd eller speciell maskinvara, se till att det är "
+"inaktiverat eller fysiskt borttaget när du kör GNU/Linux. De är inte "
+"kompatibla med GNU/Linux, och för övrigt är virus ganska sällsynta på grund "
+"av filsystemsbehörigheter och skyddat minne i Linux-kärnan<footnote> <para> "
+"Efter installationen kan du aktivera skydd för uppstartssektorn om du vill. "
+"Det ger ingen extra säkerhet i Linux men om du även kör Windows kan det "
+"förhindra en katastrof. Det finns ingen anledning att mixtra med "
+"huvudstartsektorn (MBR) efter att starthanteraren har ställts in. </para> </"
+"footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1693
@@ -1563,8 +2709,26 @@ msgstr "Shadow RAM"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1694
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS caching. You may see settings for <quote>Video BIOS Shadow</quote>, <quote>C800-CBFF Shadow</quote>, etc. <emphasis>Disable</emphasis> all shadow RAM. Shadow RAM is used to accelerate access to the ROMs on your motherboard and on some of the controller cards. Linux does not use these ROMs once it has booted because it provides its own faster 32-bit software in place of the 16-bit programs in the ROMs. Disabling the shadow RAM may make some of it available for programs to use as normal memory. Leaving the shadow RAM enabled may interfere with Linux access to hardware devices."
-msgstr "Ditt moderkort kan innehålla <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> eller BIOS-cachning. Du kan se inställningarna för <quote>Video BIOS Shadow</quote>, <quote>C800-CBFF Shadow</quote>, etc. <emphasis>Inaktivera</emphasis> allt shadow RAM. Shadow RAM används för att accelerera tillgång till ROM på ditt moderkort och på vissa styrkort. Linux använder inte ROM när den har startat upp på grund av att den har sin egna snabbare 32-bitars programvara istället för 16-bitar programmen i ROM. Inaktivering av shadow RAM kan göra något av det tillgängligt för program att använda som normalt minne. Lämna shadow RAM aktiverad kan störa när Linux behöver åtkomst till maskinvaruenheter."
+msgid ""
+"Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS "
+"caching. You may see settings for <quote>Video BIOS Shadow</quote>, "
+"<quote>C800-CBFF Shadow</quote>, etc. <emphasis>Disable</emphasis> all "
+"shadow RAM. Shadow RAM is used to accelerate access to the ROMs on your "
+"motherboard and on some of the controller cards. Linux does not use these "
+"ROMs once it has booted because it provides its own faster 32-bit software "
+"in place of the 16-bit programs in the ROMs. Disabling the shadow RAM may "
+"make some of it available for programs to use as normal memory. Leaving the "
+"shadow RAM enabled may interfere with Linux access to hardware devices."
+msgstr ""
+"Ditt moderkort kan innehålla <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> eller BIOS-"
+"cachning. Du kan se inställningarna för <quote>Video BIOS Shadow</quote>, "
+"<quote>C800-CBFF Shadow</quote>, etc. <emphasis>Inaktivera</emphasis> allt "
+"shadow RAM. Shadow RAM används för att accelerera tillgång till ROM på ditt "
+"moderkort och på vissa styrkort. Linux använder inte ROM när den har startat "
+"upp på grund av att den har sin egna snabbare 32-bitars programvara istället "
+"för 16-bitar programmen i ROM. Inaktivering av shadow RAM kan göra något av "
+"det tillgängligt för program att använda som normalt minne. Lämna shadow RAM "
+"aktiverad kan störa när Linux behöver åtkomst till maskinvaruenheter."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1711
@@ -1575,14 +2739,35 @@ msgstr "Minneshål"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1712
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15&ndash;16 MB Memory Hole</quote>, please disable that. Linux expects to find memory there if you have that much RAM."
-msgstr "Om ditt BIOS erbjuder något liknande <quote>15&ndash;16 MB Memory Hole</quote>, inaktivera det. Linux förväntar sig att hitta minne där om du har så mycket RAM."
+msgid ""
+"If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15&ndash;16 MB Memory Hole</"
+"quote>, please disable that. Linux expects to find memory there if you have "
+"that much RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Om ditt BIOS erbjuder något liknande <quote>15&ndash;16 MB Memory Hole</"
+"quote>, inaktivera det. Linux förväntar sig att hitta minne där om du har så "
+"mycket RAM."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1718
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an option called <quote>LFB</quote> or <quote>Linear Frame Buffer</quote>. This had two settings: <quote>Disabled</quote> and <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. Set it to <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. When disabled, the installation floppy was not read correctly, and the system eventually crashed. At this writing we don't understand what's going on with this particular device &mdash; it just worked with that setting and not without it."
-msgstr "Vi har fått en rapport om ett Intel Endeavor-moderkort på vilken det finns ett alternativ kallat <quote>LFB</quote> eller <quote>Linear Frame Buffer</quote>. Den har två inställningar: <quote>Disabled</quote> (inaktiverad) och <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. Ställ in den till <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. När den var inaktiverad lästes installationsdisketten inte helt korrekt, och systemet kraschade till slut. I skrivande stund förstår vi inte hur den här speciella enheten fungerar &mdash; det bara fungerade med den inställningen och inte utan den."
+msgid ""
+"We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an "
+"option called <quote>LFB</quote> or <quote>Linear Frame Buffer</quote>. This "
+"had two settings: <quote>Disabled</quote> and <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. Set "
+"it to <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. When disabled, the installation floppy was "
+"not read correctly, and the system eventually crashed. At this writing we "
+"don't understand what's going on with this particular device &mdash; it just "
+"worked with that setting and not without it."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi har fått en rapport om ett Intel Endeavor-moderkort på vilken det finns "
+"ett alternativ kallat <quote>LFB</quote> eller <quote>Linear Frame Buffer</"
+"quote>. Den har två inställningar: <quote>Disabled</quote> (inaktiverad) och "
+"<quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. Ställ in den till <quote>1 Megabyte</quote>. När "
+"den var inaktiverad lästes installationsdisketten inte helt korrekt, och "
+"systemet kraschade till slut. I skrivande stund förstår vi inte hur den här "
+"speciella enheten fungerar &mdash; det bara fungerade med den inställningen "
+"och inte utan den."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1734
@@ -1593,20 +2778,50 @@ msgstr "Avancerad strömhantering (APM)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1735
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it so that power management is controlled by APM. Disable the doze, standby, suspend, nap, and sleep modes, and disable the hard disk's power-down timer. Linux can take over control of these modes, and can do a better job of power-management than the BIOS."
-msgstr "Om ditt moderkort innehåller Advanced Power Management (APM), konfigurera det så att strömhantering kontrolleras av APM. Inaktivera lägena <quote>doze</quote>, <quote>standby</quote>, <quote>suspend</quote>, <quote>nap</quote>, och <quote>sleep</quote>, och inaktivera hårddiskens <quote>power-down timer</quote>. Linux kan ta kontrollen över de här lägena och kan göra ett bättre jobb för strömhantering än vad BIOS kan."
+msgid ""
+"If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it "
+"so that power management is controlled by APM. Disable the doze, standby, "
+"suspend, nap, and sleep modes, and disable the hard disk's power-down timer. "
+"Linux can take over control of these modes, and can do a better job of power-"
+"management than the BIOS."
+msgstr ""
+"Om ditt moderkort innehåller Advanced Power Management (APM), konfigurera "
+"det så att strömhantering kontrolleras av APM. Inaktivera lägena "
+"<quote>doze</quote>, <quote>standby</quote>, <quote>suspend</quote>, "
+"<quote>nap</quote>, och <quote>sleep</quote>, och inaktivera hårddiskens "
+"<quote>power-down timer</quote>. Linux kan ta kontrollen över de här lägena "
+"och kan göra ett bättre jobb för strömhantering än vad BIOS kan."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1753
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Firmware Revisions and Existing OS Setup"
-msgstr "Revisioner av fast programvara och konfigurering av befintligt operativsystem"
+msgstr ""
+"Revisioner av fast programvara och konfigurering av befintligt operativsystem"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1755
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require firmware configuration. However, you should make sure that you have the appropriate ROM and system patches. On the Macintosh, MacOS version >= 7.1 is recommended because version 7.0.1 contains a bug in the video drivers preventing the boot loader from deactivating the video interrupts, resulting in a boot hang. On the BVM VMEbus systems you should make sure you are using BVMBug revision G or higher boot ROMs. The BVMBug boot ROMs do not come as standard on the BVM systems but are available from BVM on request free of charge."
-msgstr "&arch-title;-maskiner är generellt sett självkonfigurerande och kräver inte konfiguration av den fasta programvaran. Dock bör du se till att du har de lämpliga ROM och systempatcharna. På Macintosh, MacOS version >= 7.1 är det rekommenderat på grund av att version 7.0.1 innehåller ett fel i videodrivrutinerna som förhindrar starthanteraren från att inaktivera videoavbrott, och som resulterar i att uppstarten hänger sig. På BVM VMEbus-system bör du se till att du använder uppstarts-ROM med BVMBug revision G eller högre. Uppstarts-ROM med BVMBug skeppas inte som standard på BVM-systemen men finns tillgängliga kostnadsfritt från BVM på begäran."
+msgid ""
+"&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require "
+"firmware configuration. However, you should make sure that you have the "
+"appropriate ROM and system patches. On the Macintosh, MacOS version >= 7.1 "
+"is recommended because version 7.0.1 contains a bug in the video drivers "
+"preventing the boot loader from deactivating the video interrupts, resulting "
+"in a boot hang. On the BVM VMEbus systems you should make sure you are using "
+"BVMBug revision G or higher boot ROMs. The BVMBug boot ROMs do not come as "
+"standard on the BVM systems but are available from BVM on request free of "
+"charge."
+msgstr ""
+"&arch-title;-maskiner är generellt sett självkonfigurerande och kräver inte "
+"konfiguration av den fasta programvaran. Dock bör du se till att du har de "
+"lämpliga ROM och systempatcharna. På Macintosh, MacOS version >= 7.1 är det "
+"rekommenderat på grund av att version 7.0.1 innehåller ett fel i "
+"videodrivrutinerna som förhindrar starthanteraren från att inaktivera "
+"videoavbrott, och som resulterar i att uppstarten hänger sig. På BVM VMEbus-"
+"system bör du se till att du använder uppstarts-ROM med BVMBug revision G "
+"eller högre. Uppstarts-ROM med BVMBug skeppas inte som standard på BVM-"
+"systemen men finns tillgängliga kostnadsfritt från BVM på begäran."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1778
@@ -1617,14 +2832,36 @@ msgstr "Starta OpenFirmware"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1779
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-title; systems. PReP and CHRP are equipped with OpenFirmware, but unfortunately, the means you use to invoke it vary from manufacturer to manufacturer. You'll have to consult the hardware documentation which came with your machine."
-msgstr "Det finns normalt sett inget behov att ställa in BIOS (kallas OpenFirmware) på &arch-title;-system. PReP och CHRP är utrustade med OpenFirmware men tyvärr är sättet du använder för att kalla upp det olika från tillverkare till tillverkare. Du får konsultera maskinvarudokumentationen som kom med din maskin."
+msgid ""
+"There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-"
+"title; systems. PReP and CHRP are equipped with OpenFirmware, but "
+"unfortunately, the means you use to invoke it vary from manufacturer to "
+"manufacturer. You'll have to consult the hardware documentation which came "
+"with your machine."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns normalt sett inget behov att ställa in BIOS (kallas OpenFirmware) "
+"på &arch-title;-system. PReP och CHRP är utrustade med OpenFirmware men "
+"tyvärr är sättet du använder för att kalla upp det olika från tillverkare "
+"till tillverkare. Du får konsultera maskinvarudokumentationen som kom med "
+"din maskin."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1787
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with <keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>O</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> while booting. Generally it will check for these keystrokes after the chime, but the exact timing varies from model to model. See <ulink url=\"&url-netbsd-powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> for more hints."
-msgstr "På &arch-title; Macintosh kallar du upp OpenFirmware med <keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>O</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> vid uppstart. Generellt sett kommer den att leta efter dessa tangenttryckningar efter klockljudet men den exakta tiden skiljer sig från modell till modell. Se <ulink url=\"&url-netbsd-powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> för fler tips."
+msgid ""
+"On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>O</"
+"keycap> <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> while booting. Generally it will check "
+"for these keystrokes after the chime, but the exact timing varies from model "
+"to model. See <ulink url=\"&url-netbsd-powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> for more "
+"hints."
+msgstr ""
+"På &arch-title; Macintosh kallar du upp OpenFirmware med "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>option</keycap> <keycap>O</"
+"keycap> <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> vid uppstart. Generellt sett kommer "
+"den att leta efter dessa tangenttryckningar efter klockljudet men den exakta "
+"tiden skiljer sig från modell till modell. Se <ulink url=\"&url-netbsd-"
+"powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> för fler tips."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1796
@@ -1633,18 +2870,45 @@ msgid ""
 "The OpenFirmware prompt looks like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
 "ok\n"
 "0 &gt;\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> Note that on older model &arch-title; Macs, the default and sometimes hardwired I/O for OpenFirmware user interaction is through the serial (modem) port. If you invoke OpenFirmware on one of these machines, you will just see a black screen. In that case, a terminal program running on another computer, connected to the modem port, is needed to interact with OpenFirmware."
+"</screen></informalexample> Note that on older model &arch-title; Macs, the "
+"default and sometimes hardwired I/O for OpenFirmware user interaction is "
+"through the serial (modem) port. If you invoke OpenFirmware on one of these "
+"machines, you will just see a black screen. In that case, a terminal program "
+"running on another computer, connected to the modem port, is needed to "
+"interact with OpenFirmware."
 msgstr ""
 "OpenFirmware-prompten ser ut så här: <informalexample><screen>\n"
 "ok\n"
 "0 &gt;\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> Observera att på äldre modeller av &arch-title; Mac-datorer, standarden och ibland hårdkodade in/ut för användarinteraktion i OpenFirmware är genom serieporten (modem). Om du startar OpenFirmware på en av dessa maskiner, kommer du bara se en svart skärm. I det fallet, behövs ett terminalprogram som kör på en annan dator, och ansluten till modemporten, för att interagera med OpenFirmware."
+"</screen></informalexample> Observera att på äldre modeller av &arch-title; "
+"Mac-datorer, standarden och ibland hårdkodade in/ut för användarinteraktion "
+"i OpenFirmware är genom serieporten (modem). Om du startar OpenFirmware på "
+"en av dessa maskiner, kommer du bara se en svart skärm. I det fallet, behövs "
+"ett terminalprogram som kör på en annan dator, och ansluten till "
+"modemporten, för att interagera med OpenFirmware."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1809
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, is broken. These machines will most likely not be able to boot from the hard drive unless the firmware is patched. A firmware patch is included in the <application>System Disk 2.3.1</application> utility, available from Apple at <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple.com/developer/macosxserver/utilities/SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. After unpacking the utility in MacOS, and launching it, select the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button to have the firmware patches installed to nvram."
-msgstr "OpenFirmware på OldWorld Beige G3-maskiner, OF-versionerna 2.0f1 och 2.4, är trasiga. Dessa maskiner kommer antagligen inte att kunna starta upp från hårddisken om inte den fasta programvaran blir uppdaterad. En programfix för den fasta programvaran finns inkluderad i verktyget <application>System Disk 2.3.1</application>, tillgänglig från Apple på <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple.com/developer/macosxserver/utilities/SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. Efter uppackning av verktyget i MacOS, och det startats, välj knappen <guibutton>Save</guibutton> för att få programfixarna för den fasta programvaran installerade till nvram."
+msgid ""
+"The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, "
+"is broken. These machines will most likely not be able to boot from the hard "
+"drive unless the firmware is patched. A firmware patch is included in the "
+"<application>System Disk 2.3.1</application> utility, available from Apple "
+"at <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple.com/developer/macosxserver/utilities/"
+"SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. After unpacking the utility in MacOS, "
+"and launching it, select the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button to have the "
+"firmware patches installed to nvram."
+msgstr ""
+"OpenFirmware på OldWorld Beige G3-maskiner, OF-versionerna 2.0f1 och 2.4, är "
+"trasiga. Dessa maskiner kommer antagligen inte att kunna starta upp från "
+"hårddisken om inte den fasta programvaran blir uppdaterad. En programfix för "
+"den fasta programvaran finns inkluderad i verktyget <application>System Disk "
+"2.3.1</application>, tillgänglig från Apple på <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.apple."
+"com/developer/macosxserver/utilities/SystemDisk2.3.1.smi.bin\"></ulink>. "
+"Efter uppackning av verktyget i MacOS, och det startats, välj knappen "
+"<guibutton>Save</guibutton> för att få programfixarna för den fasta "
+"programvaran installerade till nvram."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1829
@@ -1655,52 +2919,144 @@ msgstr "Starta OpenBoot"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1831
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; architecture. This is rather similar in function to the BIOS in the x86 architecture, although much nicer. The Sun boot PROMs have a built-in forth interpreter which lets you do quite a number of things with your machine, such as diagnostics and simple scripts."
-msgstr "OpenBoot tillhandahåller de grundläggande funktionerna som behövs för att starta upp arkitekturen &arch-title;. Den är ganska lik i funktionalitet som BIOS på x86-arkitekturen, fast mycket trevligare. Suns uppstarts-PROM har en inbyggd forth-tolkare som låter dig göra ett stort antal saker med din maskin, såsom diagnostik och enkla skript."
+msgid ""
+"OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; "
+"architecture. This is rather similar in function to the BIOS in the x86 "
+"architecture, although much nicer. The Sun boot PROMs have a built-in forth "
+"interpreter which lets you do quite a number of things with your machine, "
+"such as diagnostics and simple scripts."
+msgstr ""
+"OpenBoot tillhandahåller de grundläggande funktionerna som behövs för att "
+"starta upp arkitekturen &arch-title;. Den är ganska lik i funktionalitet som "
+"BIOS på x86-arkitekturen, fast mycket trevligare. Suns uppstarts-PROM har en "
+"inbyggd forth-tolkare som låter dig göra ett stort antal saker med din "
+"maskin, såsom diagnostik och enkla skript."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1839
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> key (on older type 4 keyboards, use the <keycap>L1</keycap> key, if you have a PC keyboard adapter, use the <keycap>Break</keycap> key) and press the <keycap>A</keycap> key. The boot PROM will give you a prompt, either <userinput>ok</userinput> or <userinput>&gt;</userinput>. It is preferred to have the <userinput>ok</userinput> prompt. So if you get the old style prompt, hit the <keycap>n</keycap> key to get the new style prompt."
-msgstr "För att komma till uppstartsprompten behöver du hålla ner tangenten <keycap>Stop</keycap> (på äldre typ 4-tangentbord, använd tangenten <keycap>L1</keycap>, om du har en PC-tangentbordsadapter, använd tangenten <keycap>Break</keycap>) och tryck på tangenten <keycap>A</keycap>. Uppstarts-PROM kommer att ge dig en prompt, antingen <userinput>ok</userinput> eller <userinput>&gt;</userinput>. Det föredras att ha <userinput>ok</userinput>-prompten. Så om du får den äldre varianten av prompten, tryck på tangenten <keycap>n</keycap> för att få den nya varianten."
+msgid ""
+"To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> "
+"key (on older type 4 keyboards, use the <keycap>L1</keycap> key, if you have "
+"a PC keyboard adapter, use the <keycap>Break</keycap> key) and press the "
+"<keycap>A</keycap> key. The boot PROM will give you a prompt, either "
+"<userinput>ok</userinput> or <userinput>&gt;</userinput>. It is preferred to "
+"have the <userinput>ok</userinput> prompt. So if you get the old style "
+"prompt, hit the <keycap>n</keycap> key to get the new style prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"För att komma till uppstartsprompten behöver du hålla ner tangenten "
+"<keycap>Stop</keycap> (på äldre typ 4-tangentbord, använd tangenten "
+"<keycap>L1</keycap>, om du har en PC-tangentbordsadapter, använd tangenten "
+"<keycap>Break</keycap>) och tryck på tangenten <keycap>A</keycap>. Uppstarts-"
+"PROM kommer att ge dig en prompt, antingen <userinput>ok</userinput> eller "
+"<userinput>&gt;</userinput>. Det föredras att ha <userinput>ok</userinput>-"
+"prompten. Så om du får den äldre varianten av prompten, tryck på tangenten "
+"<keycap>n</keycap> för att få den nya varianten."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1851
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With Minicom, use <keycap>Ctrl-A F</keycap>, with cu, hit <keycap>Enter</keycap>, then type <userinput>%~break</userinput>. Consult the documentation of your terminal emulator if you are using a different program."
-msgstr "Om du använder en seriekonsoll, skicka en avbrytssekvens till maskinen. Med Minicom, använd <keycap>Ctrl-A F</keycap>, med cu, tryck <keycap>Enter</keycap>, och ange sedan <userinput>%~break</userinput>. Konsultera dokumentationen för din terminalemulator om du använder ett annat program."
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With "
+"Minicom, use <keycap>Ctrl-A F</keycap>, with cu, hit <keycap>Enter</keycap>, "
+"then type <userinput>%~break</userinput>. Consult the documentation of your "
+"terminal emulator if you are using a different program."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du använder en seriekonsoll, skicka en avbrytssekvens till maskinen. Med "
+"Minicom, använd <keycap>Ctrl-A F</keycap>, med cu, tryck <keycap>Enter</"
+"keycap>, och ange sedan <userinput>%~break</userinput>. Konsultera "
+"dokumentationen för din terminalemulator om du använder ett annat program."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1864
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your default boot device. However, you need to know some details about how OpenBoot names devices; it's considerably different from Linux device naming, described in <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>. Also, the command will vary a bit, depending on what version of OpenBoot you have. More information about OpenBoot can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>."
-msgstr "Du kan använda OpenBoot för att starta upp från specifika enheter, och även för att ändra din standarduppstartsenhet. Dock behöver du känna till några detaljer om hur OpenBoot namnger enheter; det är mycket olikt från Linux namnstandard och beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>. Kommandot skiljer sig även en liten bit, beroende på vilken version av OpenBoot du har. Mer information om OpenBoot kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your "
+"default boot device. However, you need to know some details about how "
+"OpenBoot names devices; it's considerably different from Linux device "
+"naming, described in <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>. Also, the command "
+"will vary a bit, depending on what version of OpenBoot you have. More "
+"information about OpenBoot can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;"
+"\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan använda OpenBoot för att starta upp från specifika enheter, och även "
+"för att ändra din standarduppstartsenhet. Dock behöver du känna till några "
+"detaljer om hur OpenBoot namnger enheter; det är mycket olikt från Linux "
+"namnstandard och beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"device-names\"/>. Kommandot "
+"skiljer sig även en liten bit, beroende på vilken version av OpenBoot du "
+"har. Mer information om OpenBoot kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;"
+"\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1874
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Typically, with newer revisions, you can use OpenBoot devices such as <quote>floppy</quote>, <quote>cdrom</quote>, <quote>net</quote>, <quote>disk</quote>, or <quote>disk2</quote>. These have the obvious meanings; the <quote>net</quote> device is for booting from the network. Additionally, the device name can specify a particular partition of a disk, such as <quote>disk2:a</quote> to boot disk2, first partition. Full OpenBoot device names have the form: <informalexample> <screen>\n"
+"Typically, with newer revisions, you can use OpenBoot devices such as "
+"<quote>floppy</quote>, <quote>cdrom</quote>, <quote>net</quote>, "
+"<quote>disk</quote>, or <quote>disk2</quote>. These have the obvious "
+"meanings; the <quote>net</quote> device is for booting from the network. "
+"Additionally, the device name can specify a particular partition of a disk, "
+"such as <quote>disk2:a</quote> to boot disk2, first partition. Full OpenBoot "
+"device names have the form: <informalexample> <screen>\n"
 "<replaceable>driver-name</replaceable>@\n"
 "<replaceable>unit-address</replaceable>:\n"
 "<replaceable>device-arguments</replaceable>\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> In older revisions of OpenBoot, device naming is a bit different: the floppy device is called <quote>/fd</quote>, and SCSI disk devices are of the form <quote>sd(<replaceable>controller</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-target-id</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-lun</replaceable>)</quote>. The command <userinput>show-devs</userinput> in newer OpenBoot revisions is useful for viewing the currently configured devices. For full information, whatever your revision, see the <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>."
+"</screen></informalexample> In older revisions of OpenBoot, device naming is "
+"a bit different: the floppy device is called <quote>/fd</quote>, and SCSI "
+"disk devices are of the form <quote>sd(<replaceable>controller</"
+"replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-target-id</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-"
+"lun</replaceable>)</quote>. The command <userinput>show-devs</userinput> in "
+"newer OpenBoot revisions is useful for viewing the currently configured "
+"devices. For full information, whatever your revision, see the <ulink url="
+"\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>."
 msgstr ""
-"Normalt sett kan du, med nyare revisioner, använda OpenBoot-enheter såsom <quote>floppy</quote>, <quote>cdrom</quote>, <quote>net</quote>, <quote>disk</quote>, eller <quote>disk2</quote>. Dessa har självklara betydelser; enheten <quote>net</quote> är för uppstart från nätverket. Ytterligare, enhetsnamnet kan ange en specifik partition på en disk, såsom <quote>disk2:a</quote> för att starta upp disk2, första partitionen. Fullständiga OpenBoot-enhetsnamn har formatet <informalexample> <screen>\n"
+"Normalt sett kan du, med nyare revisioner, använda OpenBoot-enheter såsom "
+"<quote>floppy</quote>, <quote>cdrom</quote>, <quote>net</quote>, "
+"<quote>disk</quote>, eller <quote>disk2</quote>. Dessa har självklara "
+"betydelser; enheten <quote>net</quote> är för uppstart från nätverket. "
+"Ytterligare, enhetsnamnet kan ange en specifik partition på en disk, såsom "
+"<quote>disk2:a</quote> för att starta upp disk2, första partitionen. "
+"Fullständiga OpenBoot-enhetsnamn har formatet <informalexample> <screen>\n"
 "<replaceable>drivrutinsnamn</replaceable>@\n"
 "<replaceable>enhetsadress</replaceable>:\n"
 "<replaceable>enhetsargument</replaceable>\n"
-"</screen></informalexample>. I äldre revisioner av OpenBoot, var enhetsnamnen lite annorlunda: diskettenheten kallades för <quote>/fd</quote>, och SCSI-diskenheter är i formatet <quote>sd(<replaceable>styrkort</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-mål-id</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-lun</replaceable>)</quote>. Kommandot <userinput>show-devs</userinput> i nyare OpenBoot-revisioner är användbar för att visa de för närvarande konfigurerade enheterna. För fullständig information, oavsett din revision, se <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>."
+"</screen></informalexample>. I äldre revisioner av OpenBoot, var "
+"enhetsnamnen lite annorlunda: diskettenheten kallades för <quote>/fd</"
+"quote>, och SCSI-diskenheter är i formatet <quote>sd(<replaceable>styrkort</"
+"replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-mål-id</replaceable>, <replaceable>disk-lun</"
+"replaceable>)</quote>. Kommandot <userinput>show-devs</userinput> i nyare "
+"OpenBoot-revisioner är användbar för att visa de för närvarande "
+"konfigurerade enheterna. För fullständig information, oavsett din revision, "
+"se <ulink url=\"&url-openboot;\">Sun OpenBoot Reference</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1897
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"To boot from a specific device, use the command <userinput>boot <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. You can set this behavior as the default using the <userinput>setenv</userinput> command. However, the name of the variable to set changed between OpenBoot revisions. In OpenBoot 1.x, use the command <userinput>setenv boot-from <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. In later revisions of OpenBoot, use the command <userinput>setenv boot-device <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. Note, this is also configurable using the <command>eeprom</command> command on Solaris, or modifying the appropriate files in <filename>/proc/openprom/options/</filename>, for example under Linux: <informalexample><screen>\n"
+"To boot from a specific device, use the command <userinput>boot "
+"<replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. You can set this behavior as "
+"the default using the <userinput>setenv</userinput> command. However, the "
+"name of the variable to set changed between OpenBoot revisions. In OpenBoot "
+"1.x, use the command <userinput>setenv boot-from <replaceable>device</"
+"replaceable></userinput>. In later revisions of OpenBoot, use the command "
+"<userinput>setenv boot-device <replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput>. "
+"Note, this is also configurable using the <command>eeprom</command> command "
+"on Solaris, or modifying the appropriate files in <filename>/proc/openprom/"
+"options/</filename>, for example under Linux: <informalexample><screen>\n"
 "# echo disk1:1 &gt; /proc/openprom/options/boot-device\n"
 "</screen></informalexample> and under Solaris:"
 msgstr ""
-"För att starta upp från en specifik enhet, använd kommandot <userinput>boot <replaceable>enhet</replaceable></userinput>. Du kan ställa in detta beteende sp, standard med kommandot <userinput>setenv</userinput>. Dock, namnet på variabeln att ställa in har ändrats mellan olika OpenBoot-revisioner. I OpenBoot 1.x, använd kommandot <userinput>setenv boot-from <replaceable>enhet</replaceable></userinput>. I senare revisioner av OpenBoot, använd kommandot <userinput>setenv boot-device <replaceable>enhet</replaceable></userinput>. Observera att det här också är konfigureringsbart med kommandot <command>eeprom</command> på Solaris, eller ändra lämpliga filer i <filename>/proc/openprom/options/</filename>, till exempel under Linux: <informalexample><screen>\n"
+"För att starta upp från en specifik enhet, använd kommandot <userinput>boot "
+"<replaceable>enhet</replaceable></userinput>. Du kan ställa in detta "
+"beteende sp, standard med kommandot <userinput>setenv</userinput>. Dock, "
+"namnet på variabeln att ställa in har ändrats mellan olika OpenBoot-"
+"revisioner. I OpenBoot 1.x, använd kommandot <userinput>setenv boot-from "
+"<replaceable>enhet</replaceable></userinput>. I senare revisioner av "
+"OpenBoot, använd kommandot <userinput>setenv boot-device <replaceable>enhet</"
+"replaceable></userinput>. Observera att det här också är konfigureringsbart "
+"med kommandot <command>eeprom</command> på Solaris, eller ändra lämpliga "
+"filer i <filename>/proc/openprom/options/</filename>, till exempel under "
+"Linux: <informalexample><screen>\n"
 "# echo disk1:1 &gt; /proc/openprom/options/boot-device\n"
 "</screen></informalexample> och under Solaris:"
 
@@ -1719,20 +3075,70 @@ msgstr "BIOS-inställning"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1927
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have first boot a kernel into the system. The boot mechanism of this platform is inherently different to other ones, especially from PC-like systems: there are no floppy devices available at all. You will notice another big difference while you work with this platform: most (if not all) of the time you will work remote, with the help of some client session software like telnet, or a browser. This is due to that special system architecture where the 3215/3270 console is line-based instead of character-based."
-msgstr "För att installera &debian; på en &arch-title; eller zSeries-maskin behöver du först starta upp en kärna i systemen. Uppstartsmekanismen på denna plattform är annorlunda än andra, speciellt från PC-liknande system: det finns inga diskettenheter tillgängliga alls. Du kommer att upptäcka en annan stor skillnad när du arbetar med denna plattform: det mesta (om inte alltid) av tiden kommer du att fjärrarbeta, med hjälp av viss klientsessionsprogramvara såsom telnet, eller en webbläsare. Detta är på grund av det speciella systemarkitekturen där 3215/3270-konsollen är radbaserad istället för teckenbaserad."
+msgid ""
+"In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have "
+"first boot a kernel into the system. The boot mechanism of this platform is "
+"inherently different to other ones, especially from PC-like systems: there "
+"are no floppy devices available at all. You will notice another big "
+"difference while you work with this platform: most (if not all) of the time "
+"you will work remote, with the help of some client session software like "
+"telnet, or a browser. This is due to that special system architecture where "
+"the 3215/3270 console is line-based instead of character-based."
+msgstr ""
+"För att installera &debian; på en &arch-title; eller zSeries-maskin behöver "
+"du först starta upp en kärna i systemen. Uppstartsmekanismen på denna "
+"plattform är annorlunda än andra, speciellt från PC-liknande system: det "
+"finns inga diskettenheter tillgängliga alls. Du kommer att upptäcka en annan "
+"stor skillnad när du arbetar med denna plattform: det mesta (om inte alltid) "
+"av tiden kommer du att fjärrarbeta, med hjälp av viss "
+"klientsessionsprogramvara såsom telnet, eller en webbläsare. Detta är på "
+"grund av det speciella systemarkitekturen där 3215/3270-konsollen är "
+"radbaserad istället för teckenbaserad."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1939
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-called LPAR (Logical Partition) or in a virtual machine supplied by the VM system. You can use a boot tape on all of those systems; you may use some other boot media, too, but those may not be generally available. For example, you can use the virtual card reader of a virtual machine, or boot from the HMC (Hardware Management Console) of an LPAR if the HMC and this option is available for you."
-msgstr "Linux på denna plattform kör antingen direkt på en ren maskin, i en så kallad LPAR (Logisk partition) eller i en virtuell maskin som erbjuds av VM-systemet. Du kan använda ett uppstartsband på alla de här systemen; du kan använda andra uppstartsmedia också, men de kanske allmänt sett finns tillgängliga. Till exempel, kan du använda de virtuella kortläsaren på en virtuell maskin, eller starta upp från HMC (Hardware Management Console) på en LPAR om HMC och detta alternativ finns tillgängligt för dig."
+msgid ""
+"Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-"
+"called LPAR (Logical Partition) or in a virtual machine supplied by the VM "
+"system. You can use a boot tape on all of those systems; you may use some "
+"other boot media, too, but those may not be generally available. For "
+"example, you can use the virtual card reader of a virtual machine, or boot "
+"from the HMC (Hardware Management Console) of an LPAR if the HMC and this "
+"option is available for you."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux på denna plattform kör antingen direkt på en ren maskin, i en så "
+"kallad LPAR (Logisk partition) eller i en virtuell maskin som erbjuds av VM-"
+"systemet. Du kan använda ett uppstartsband på alla de här systemen; du kan "
+"använda andra uppstartsmedia också, men de kanske allmänt sett finns "
+"tillgängliga. Till exempel, kan du använda de virtuella kortläsaren på en "
+"virtuell maskin, eller starta upp från HMC (Hardware Management Console) på "
+"en LPAR om HMC och detta alternativ finns tillgängligt för dig."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1949
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually to boot from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data is needed and where to find it. Using both sources of information, you have to prepare your machine and the installation medium before you can perform a boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session, return to this document to go through the Debian-specific installation steps."
-msgstr "Innan du faktiskt genomför en installation, behöver du gå över några design- och förberedelsesteg. IBM har gjort dokumentation tillgänglig om hela processen, exempelvis hur man förbereder ett installationsmedia och hur man faktiskt startar upp från det mediet. Kopiera den informationen hit är varken möjlig eller nödvändig. Dock kommer vi här att beskriva vilken sorts Debian-specifik data som behövs och var du hittar den. Baserat på båda informationskällorna kan du förbereda din maskin och installationsmediet innan du genomför en uppstart från det. När du ser välkomstmeddelandet i din klientsession, kom tillbaka till det här dokumentet för att gå igenom de Debian-specifika installationsstegen."
+msgid ""
+"Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design "
+"and preparation steps. IBM has made documentation available about the whole "
+"process, e.g. how to prepare an installation medium and how actually to boot "
+"from that medium. Duplicating that information here is neither possible nor "
+"necessary. However, we will describe here which kind of Debian-specific data "
+"is needed and where to find it. Using both sources of information, you have "
+"to prepare your machine and the installation medium before you can perform a "
+"boot from it. When you see the welcome message in your client session, "
+"return to this document to go through the Debian-specific installation steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Innan du faktiskt genomför en installation, behöver du gå över några design- "
+"och förberedelsesteg. IBM har gjort dokumentation tillgänglig om hela "
+"processen, exempelvis hur man förbereder ett installationsmedia och hur man "
+"faktiskt startar upp från det mediet. Kopiera den informationen hit är "
+"varken möjlig eller nödvändig. Dock kommer vi här att beskriva vilken sorts "
+"Debian-specifik data som behövs och var du hittar den. Baserat på båda "
+"informationskällorna kan du förbereda din maskin och installationsmediet "
+"innan du genomför en uppstart från det. När du ser välkomstmeddelandet i din "
+"klientsession, kom tillbaka till det här dokumentet för att gå igenom de "
+"Debian-specifika installationsstegen."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1966
@@ -1743,8 +3149,18 @@ msgstr "Ursprunglig och LPAR-installationer"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1967
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook and chapter 3.2 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up an LPAR for Linux."
-msgstr "Referera till kapitel 5 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux för &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook och kapitel 3.2 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux för IBM eServer zSeries och &arch-title;: Distributioner</ulink> Redbook om hur man ställer in en LPAR för Linux."
+msgid ""
+"Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/"
+"pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook "
+"and chapter 3.2 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/"
+"redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: "
+"Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up an LPAR for Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Referera till kapitel 5 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/"
+"pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux för &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook och "
+"kapitel 3.2 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/"
+"sg246264.pdf\"> Linux för IBM eServer zSeries och &arch-title;: "
+"Distributioner</ulink> Redbook om hur man ställer in en LPAR för Linux."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:1981
@@ -1755,14 +3171,33 @@ msgstr "Installation som en VM-gäst"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1983
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook and chapter 3.1 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up a VM guest for running Linux."
-msgstr "Referera till kapitel 6 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux för &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook och kapitel 3.1 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux för IBM eServer zSeries och &arch-title;: Distributioner</ulink> Redbook om hur man ställer in en VM-gäst för att köra Linux."
+msgid ""
+"Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/"
+"pubs/pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux for &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook "
+"and chapter 3.1 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/"
+"redbooks/sg246264.pdf\"> Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: "
+"Distributions</ulink> Redbook on how to set up a VM guest for running Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Referera till kapitel 6 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/"
+"pdfs/redbooks/sg244987.pdf\"> Linux för &arch-title;</ulink> Redbook och "
+"kapitel 3.1 av <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/pubs/pdfs/redbooks/"
+"sg246264.pdf\"> Linux för IBM eServer zSeries och &arch-title;: "
+"Distributioner</ulink> Redbook om hur man ställer in en VM-gäst för att köra "
+"Linux."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:1993
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-directory to your CMS disk. Be sure to transfer <filename>kernel.debian</filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</filename> in binary mode with a fixed record length of 80 characters."
-msgstr "Du behöver kopiera alla filerna från underkatalogen <filename>generic</filename> till din CMS-disk. Se till att överföra <filename>kernel.debian</filename> och <filename>initrd.debian</filename> i binärt läge med en fixerad postlängd på 80 tecken."
+msgid ""
+"You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-"
+"directory to your CMS disk. Be sure to transfer <filename>kernel.debian</"
+"filename> and <filename>initrd.debian</filename> in binary mode with a fixed "
+"record length of 80 characters."
+msgstr ""
+"Du behöver kopiera alla filerna från underkatalogen <filename>generic</"
+"filename> till din CMS-disk. Se till att överföra <filename>kernel.debian</"
+"filename> och <filename>initrd.debian</filename> i binärt läge med en "
+"fixerad postlängd på 80 tecken."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:2005
@@ -1773,14 +3208,30 @@ msgstr "Ställa in en installationsserver"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:2007
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web proxy) you need to create a local installation server that can be accessed from your S/390. This server keeps all the packages you want to install and must make them available using NFS, HTTP or FTP."
-msgstr "Om du inte har en anslutning till Internet (antingen direkt eller via en webbproxy) behöver du skapa en lokal installationsserver som går att komma åt från din S/390. Den här servern håller alla paketen du vill installera och måste göra dem tillgängliga via NFS, HTTP eller FTP."
+msgid ""
+"If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web "
+"proxy) you need to create a local installation server that can be accessed "
+"from your S/390. This server keeps all the packages you want to install and "
+"must make them available using NFS, HTTP or FTP."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte har en anslutning till Internet (antingen direkt eller via en "
+"webbproxy) behöver du skapa en lokal installationsserver som går att komma "
+"åt från din S/390. Den här servern håller alla paketen du vill installera "
+"och måste göra dem tillgängliga via NFS, HTTP eller FTP."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:2015
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any &debian; mirror, but only the s390 and architecture-independent files are required. You can also copy the contents of all installation CDs into such a directory tree."
-msgstr "Installationsservern behöver kopiera den exakta katalogstrukturen från en &debian;-spegel men endast de s390 och arkitektursoberoende filerna är nödvändiga. Du kan även kopiera innehållet av alla installations-cd till ett sådant katalogträd."
+msgid ""
+"The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any "
+"&debian; mirror, but only the s390 and architecture-independent files are "
+"required. You can also copy the contents of all installation CDs into such a "
+"directory tree."
+msgstr ""
+"Installationsservern behöver kopiera den exakta katalogstrukturen från en "
+"&debian;-spegel men endast de s390 och arkitektursoberoende filerna är "
+"nödvändiga. Du kan även kopiera innehållet av alla installations-cd till ett "
+"sådant katalogträd."
 
 #. Tag: emphasis
 #: preparing.xml:2024
@@ -1797,8 +3248,18 @@ msgstr "Maskinvaruproblem att se upp för"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:2033
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you encounter any strange problems, try running at least the kernel in ST-RAM. Amiga users may need to exclude RAM using a booter memfile. <phrase condition=\"FIXME\"><emphasis> FIXME: more description of this needed. </emphasis></phrase>"
-msgstr "Atari TT RAM-brickor är välkända för RAM-problem under Linux; om du upptäcker några konstiga problem, försök köra kärnan i ST-RAM. Amiga-användare kan behöva att undanta RAM genom en \"booter memfile\". <phrase condition=\"FIXME\"><emphasis> FIXME: bättre beskrivning av det här behövs. </emphasis></phrase>"
+msgid ""
+"Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you "
+"encounter any strange problems, try running at least the kernel in ST-RAM. "
+"Amiga users may need to exclude RAM using a booter memfile. <phrase "
+"condition=\"FIXME\"><emphasis> FIXME: more description of this needed. </"
+"emphasis></phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"Atari TT RAM-brickor är välkända för RAM-problem under Linux; om du "
+"upptäcker några konstiga problem, försök köra kärnan i ST-RAM. Amiga-"
+"användare kan behöva att undanta RAM genom en \"booter memfile\". <phrase "
+"condition=\"FIXME\"><emphasis> FIXME: bättre beskrivning av det här behövs. "
+"</emphasis></phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:2048
@@ -1809,8 +3270,23 @@ msgstr "USB BIOS-stöd och tangentbord"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:2049
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to enable legacy AT keyboard emulation in your BIOS setup. Only do this if the installation system fails to use your keyboard in USB mode. Conversely, for some systems (especially laptops) you may need to disable legacy USB support if your keyboard does not respond. Consult your main board manual and look in the BIOS for <quote>Legacy keyboard emulation</quote> or <quote>USB keyboard support</quote> options."
-msgstr "Om du inte har ett AT-liknande tangentbord och endast en USB-modell kan du behöva aktivera emulering av äldre AT-tangentbord i dina BIOS-inställningar. Gör endast det här om installationssystemet misslyckas att använda ditt tangentbord i USB-läge. Tvärtemot, för vissa system (speciellt bärbara) kan du behöva inaktivera äldre USB-stöd om ditt tangentbord inte fungerar. Konsultera handboken för ditt moderkort och leta i BIOS efter alternativen <quote>Legacy keyboard emulation</quote> eller <quote>USB keyboard support</quote>."
+msgid ""
+"If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to "
+"enable legacy AT keyboard emulation in your BIOS setup. Only do this if the "
+"installation system fails to use your keyboard in USB mode. Conversely, for "
+"some systems (especially laptops) you may need to disable legacy USB support "
+"if your keyboard does not respond. Consult your main board manual and look "
+"in the BIOS for <quote>Legacy keyboard emulation</quote> or <quote>USB "
+"keyboard support</quote> options."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte har ett AT-liknande tangentbord och endast en USB-modell kan du "
+"behöva aktivera emulering av äldre AT-tangentbord i dina BIOS-inställningar. "
+"Gör endast det här om installationssystemet misslyckas att använda ditt "
+"tangentbord i USB-läge. Tvärtemot, för vissa system (speciellt bärbara) kan "
+"du behöva inaktivera äldre USB-stöd om ditt tangentbord inte fungerar. "
+"Konsultera handboken för ditt moderkort och leta i BIOS efter alternativen "
+"<quote>Legacy keyboard emulation</quote> eller <quote>USB keyboard support</"
+"quote>."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: preparing.xml:2063
@@ -1821,8 +3297,25 @@ msgstr "Skärmsynlighet på OldWorld Powermac-datorer"
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:2065
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> display driver, may not reliably produce a colormap under Linux when the display is configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such issues with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of <quote>thousands</quote> or <quote>millions</quote>."
-msgstr "Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>-grafikdrivrutinen, kanske inte producerar en färgkarta med pålitliga resultat i synbar utskrift under Linux när skärmen är konfigurerad för fler än 256 färger. Om du upplever liknande problem med din skärm efter omstart (du kan ibland se data på skärmen, men i andra fall inte se någonting alls), eller om skärmen blir svart efter uppstart av installationsprogrammet istället för att visa dig användargränssnittet, prova att ändra din skärminställning under MacOS till att använda 256 färger istället för <quote>tusentals</quote> eller <quote>miljoner</quote> färger."
+msgid ""
+"Some OldWorld Powermacs, most notably those with the <quote>control</quote> "
+"display driver, may not reliably produce a colormap under Linux when the "
+"display is configured for more than 256 colors. If you are experiencing such "
+"issues with your display after rebooting (you can sometimes see data on the "
+"monitor, but on other occasions cannot see anything) or, if the screen turns "
+"black after booting the installer instead of showing you the user interface, "
+"try changing your display settings under MacOS to use 256 colors instead of "
+"<quote>thousands</quote> or <quote>millions</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>-"
+"grafikdrivrutinen, kanske inte producerar en färgkarta med pålitliga "
+"resultat i synbar utskrift under Linux när skärmen är konfigurerad för fler "
+"än 256 färger. Om du upplever liknande problem med din skärm efter omstart "
+"(du kan ibland se data på skärmen, men i andra fall inte se någonting alls), "
+"eller om skärmen blir svart efter uppstart av installationsprogrammet "
+"istället för att visa dig användargränssnittet, prova att ändra din "
+"skärminställning under MacOS till att använda 256 färger istället för "
+"<quote>tusentals</quote> eller <quote>miljoner</quote> färger."
 
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "When <classname>debian-installer</classname> finishes, before the first "
@@ -1839,14 +3332,19 @@ msgstr "Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>
 #~ "är valfritt på grund av att många &debian;-system är servrar som "
 #~ "egentligen inte har något behov av ett grafiskt användargränssnitt för "
 #~ "att göra sitt jobb."
+
 #~ msgid "<entry>RAM</entry>"
 #~ msgstr "<entry>RAM</entry>"
+
 #~ msgid "450 megabytes"
 #~ msgstr "450 megabyte"
+
 #~ msgid "Server"
 #~ msgstr "Server"
+
 #~ msgid "4 gigabytes"
 #~ msgstr "4 gigabyte"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "Here is a sampling of some common Debian system configurations. You can "
 #~ "also get an idea of the disk space used by related groups of programs by "
@@ -1856,8 +3354,10 @@ msgstr "Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>
 #~ "Du kan också få en överblick om det diskutrymme som används av relaterade "
 #~ "programgrupper genom att referera till <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list"
 #~ "\"/>."
+
 #~ msgid "Standard Server"
 #~ msgstr "Standardserver"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "This is a small server profile, useful for a stripped down server which "
 #~ "does not have a lot of niceties for shell users. It includes an FTP "
@@ -1870,8 +3370,10 @@ msgstr "Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>
 #~ "server, en webbserver, DNS, NIS och POP. För den här bör 100 MB "
 #~ "diskutrymme räcka och sedan kan du behöva lägga till utrymme för de data "
 #~ "du vill lägga in."
+
 #~ msgid "Desktop"
 #~ msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljö"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "A standard desktop box, including the X window system, full desktop "
 #~ "environments, sound, editors, etc. You'll need about 2GB using the "
@@ -1880,8 +3382,10 @@ msgstr "Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>
 #~ "En standardskrivbordsburk, inklusive X-fönstersystemet, fullständiga "
 #~ "skrivbordsmiljöer, ljud, redigerare, etc. Du komma att behöva ungefär 2 "
 #~ "GB med standardskrivbordsfunktionen, även om den kan göras mycket mindre."
+
 #~ msgid "Work Console"
 #~ msgstr "Arbetskonsoll"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "A more stripped-down user machine, without the X window system or X "
 #~ "applications. Possibly suitable for a laptop or mobile computer. The size "
@@ -1890,8 +3394,10 @@ msgstr "Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>
 #~ "En mer avklädd användarmaskin, utan X-fönstersystemet eller X-program. "
 #~ "Passar möjligen för en bärbar eller mobil dator. Storleken är ungefär 140 "
 #~ "MB."
+
 #~ msgid "Developer"
 #~ msgstr "Utvecklare"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "A desktop setup with all the development packages, such as Perl, C, C++, "
 #~ "etc. Size is around 475MB. Assuming you are adding X11 and some "
@@ -1902,6 +3408,7 @@ msgstr "Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>
 #~ "etc. Installerad storlek är ungefär 475 MB. Om du lägger in X11 och några "
 #~ "ytterligare paket för annan användning, bör du planera ungefär 800 MB för "
 #~ "den här typen av maskin."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "Many people have tried operating their 90 MHz CPU at 100 MHz, etc. It "
 #~ "sometimes works, but is sensitive to temperature and other factors and "
@@ -1918,6 +3425,7 @@ msgstr "Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>
 #~ "systemet att avbryta programmet <command>gcc</command> med en oväntad "
 #~ "signal när det kompilerade kärnan för operativsystemet. Att ställa ned "
 #~ "processorhastigheten till sitt normala värde löste problemet."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "The <command>gcc</command> compiler is often the first thing to die from "
 #~ "bad memory modules (or other hardware problems that change data "
@@ -1933,6 +3441,7 @@ msgstr "Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>
 #~ "kommer att orsaka att den startar en ogiltig instruktion eller kommer åt "
 #~ "en icke-existerande adress. Symptomen för det här kommer att vara att "
 #~ "<command>gcc</command> dör av en oväntad signal."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "If you do have true-parity RAM and your motherboard can handle it, be "
 #~ "sure to enable any BIOS settings that cause the motherboard to interrupt "
@@ -1941,8 +3450,10 @@ msgstr "Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>
 #~ "Om du har RAM-minne med riktig paritet och ditt moderkort kan hantera "
 #~ "det, se till att aktivera de BIOS-inställningar som gör att moderkortet "
 #~ "avbryter vid paritetsfel i minnet."
+
 #~ msgid "The Turbo Switch"
 #~ msgstr "Turbo-knappen"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "Many systems have a <emphasis>turbo</emphasis> switch that controls the "
 #~ "speed of the CPU. Select the high-speed setting. If your BIOS allows you "
@@ -1959,8 +3470,10 @@ msgstr "Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>
 #~ "högsta läget. Vi har en rapport om ett speciellt system där Linux, när "
 #~ "det automatiskt sonderar (letar efter maskinvaruenheter), av misstag kan "
 #~ "ställa om programvarukontrollen för turboknappen."
+
 #~ msgid "Cyrix CPUs and Floppy Disk Errors"
 #~ msgstr "Cyrix-processorer och diskettfel"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "Many users of Cyrix CPUs have had to disable the cache in their systems "
 #~ "during installation, because the floppy disk has errors if they do not. "
@@ -1973,6 +3486,7 @@ msgstr "Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>
 #~ "inte gör det. Om du måste göra så här, se till att återaktivera cachen "
 #~ "när du är klar med installationen, eftersom systemet kör "
 #~ "<emphasis>mycket</emphasis> långsammare när cachen är inaktiverad."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "We don't think this is necessarily the fault of the Cyrix CPU. It may be "
 #~ "something that Linux can work around. We'll continue to look into the "
@@ -1983,8 +3497,10 @@ msgstr "Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>
 #~ "vara något som Linux kan komma runt. Vi fortsätter att studera problemet. "
 #~ "För de tekniska nyfikna, vi misstänker ett problem med att cachen är "
 #~ "ogiltig efter ett byte från 16- till 32-bitars kod."
+
 #~ msgid "Peripheral Hardware Settings"
 #~ msgstr "Inställningar för kringutrustning"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "You may have to change some settings or jumpers on your computer's "
 #~ "peripheral cards. Some cards have setup menus, while others rely on "
@@ -1996,6 +3512,7 @@ msgstr "Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>
 #~ "förlitar sig på byglar. Det här dokumentet kan inte ge komplett "
 #~ "information om varje maskinvaruenhet men avsikten är att ge användbara "
 #~ "tips."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "If any cards provide <quote>mapped memory</quote>, the memory should be "
 #~ "mapped somewhere between 0xA0000 and 0xFFFFF (from 640K to just below 1 "
@@ -2006,14 +3523,17 @@ msgstr "Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>
 #~ "någonstans mellan 0xA0000 och 0xFFFFF (från 640K till precis under 1 "
 #~ "megabyte) eller vid en adress åtminstone 1 megabyte större än den totala "
 #~ "mängden RAM-minne i ditt system."
+
 #~ msgid "More than 64 MB RAM"
 #~ msgstr "Mer än 64 MB RAM"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "The Linux Kernel cannot always detect what amount of RAM you have. If "
 #~ "this is the case please look at <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>."
 #~ msgstr ""
 #~ "Linux-kärnan kan inte alltid identifiera den mängd RAM-minne du har. Om "
 #~ "så är fallet, ta en titt på <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "The very best motherboards support parity RAM and will actually tell you "
 #~ "if your system has a single-bit error in RAM. Unfortunately, they don't "
@@ -2031,4 +3551,3 @@ msgstr "Vissa OldWorld Powermac-datorer, mestadels de med <quote>control</quote>
 #~ "än att det i tysthet lägger in fel i ditt data. Därför har de bästa "
 #~ "systemen moderkort som har stöd för minnesbrickor med paritet och riktig "
 #~ "paritet (true-parity); se <xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>."
-
diff --git a/po/sv/using-d-i.po b/po/sv/using-d-i.po
index 3d39a8e2f..bdd714c48 100644
--- a/po/sv/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/sv/using-d-i.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 using d-i\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-24 00:09+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 12:17+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n"
 "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n"
@@ -29,62 +29,184 @@ msgstr "Hur installationsprogrammet fungerar"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:8
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the installer is started."
-msgstr "Debians installationsprogram innehåller ett antal komponenter för speciella ändamål för att genomföra varje funktion i installationen. Varje komponent gör sin funktion och ställer frågor till användaren vars svar behövs för att utföra jobbet. Själva frågorna ger olika prioriteringar och prioriteten för frågorna som kommer att ställas ställs in när installationsprogrammet startas."
+msgid ""
+"The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to "
+"perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the "
+"user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are "
+"given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the "
+"installer is started."
+msgstr ""
+"Debians installationsprogram innehåller ett antal komponenter för speciella "
+"ändamål för att genomföra varje funktion i installationen. Varje komponent "
+"gör sin funktion och ställer frågor till användaren vars svar behövs för att "
+"utföra jobbet. Själva frågorna ger olika prioriteringar och prioriteten för "
+"frågorna som kommer att ställas ställs in när installationsprogrammet "
+"startas."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:16
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for questions that are not asked."
-msgstr "När en standardinstallation är genomförd kommer endast viktiga (hög prioritet) frågor att ställas. Det här resulterar i en mycket automatiserad installationsprocess med liten interaktivitet för användaren. Komponenter körs automatiskt i sekvens; vilka komponenter som körs beror huvudsakligen på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara. Installationsprogrammet kommer att använda förvalda värden för frågor som inte ställs."
+msgid ""
+"When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) "
+"questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation "
+"process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in "
+"sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method "
+"you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for "
+"questions that are not asked."
+msgstr ""
+"När en standardinstallation är genomförd kommer endast viktiga (hög "
+"prioritet) frågor att ställas. Det här resulterar i en mycket automatiserad "
+"installationsprocess med liten interaktivitet för användaren. Komponenter "
+"körs automatiskt i sekvens; vilka komponenter som körs beror huvudsakligen "
+"på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara. "
+"Installationsprogrammet kommer att använda förvalda värden för frågor som "
+"inte ställs."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:25
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified."
-msgstr "Om problem uppstår kommer användaren att se ett felmeddelande och installationsmenyn kan visas för att välja en alternativ åtgärd. Om det inte uppstår problem kommer användaren aldrig att se installationsmenyn utan kommer helt enkelt svara på frågor för varje komponent i turordning. Meddelanden om allvarliga fel har <quote>kritisk</quote> prioritet så att användaren alltid blir notifierad."
+msgid ""
+"If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer "
+"menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are "
+"no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply "
+"answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are "
+"set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified."
+msgstr ""
+"Om problem uppstår kommer användaren att se ett felmeddelande och "
+"installationsmenyn kan visas för att välja en alternativ åtgärd. Om det inte "
+"uppstår problem kommer användaren aldrig att se installationsmenyn utan "
+"kommer helt enkelt svara på frågor för varje komponent i turordning. "
+"Meddelanden om allvarliga fel har <quote>kritisk</quote> prioritet så att "
+"användaren alltid blir notifierad."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:34
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options."
-msgstr "Några av de förvalda värden som installationsprogrammet använder kan ges genom att skicka med uppstartsargument när &d-i; startas. Om, till exempel du önskar att tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration (DHCP används som standard om tillgänglig) kan du lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Se <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> för tillgängliga flaggor."
+msgid ""
+"Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing "
+"boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force "
+"static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you "
+"could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</"
+"userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options."
+msgstr ""
+"Några av de förvalda värden som installationsprogrammet använder kan ges "
+"genom att skicka med uppstartsargument när &d-i; startas. Om, till exempel "
+"du önskar att tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration (DHCP används som "
+"standard om tillgänglig) kan du lägga till uppstartsparametern "
+"<userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Se <xref linkend="
+"\"installer-args\"/> för tillgängliga flaggor."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:42
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>."
-msgstr "Erfarna användare kan känna sig mer komfortabla med ett menydrivet gränssnitt där varje steg kontrolleras av användaren i stället för att installationsprogrammet genomför varje steg automatiskt i sekvens. För att använda installationsprogrammet på ett manuellt menydrivet sätt kan du lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>."
+msgid ""
+"Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each "
+"step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each "
+"step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-"
+"driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Erfarna användare kan känna sig mer komfortabla med ett menydrivet "
+"gränssnitt där varje steg kontrolleras av användaren i stället för att "
+"installationsprogrammet genomför varje steg automatiskt i sekvens. För att "
+"använda installationsprogrammet på ett manuellt menydrivet sätt kan du lägga "
+"till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:50
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command to start the installer or by adding the boot argument <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over &d-i;."
-msgstr "Om din maskinvara kräver att du skickar med flaggor till kärnmodulerna när de installeras behöver du starta upp installationsprogrammet i <quote>expert</quote>läget. Det här kan göras genom att antingen använda kommandot <command>expert</command> för att starta installationsprogrammet eller genom att lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expertläget ger dig full kontroll över &d-i;."
+msgid ""
+"If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are "
+"installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> "
+"mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command "
+"to start the installer or by adding the boot argument "
+"<userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over "
+"&d-i;."
+msgstr ""
+"Om din maskinvara kräver att du skickar med flaggor till kärnmodulerna när "
+"de installeras behöver du starta upp installationsprogrammet i "
+"<quote>expert</quote>läget. Det här kan göras genom att antingen använda "
+"kommandot <command>expert</command> för att starta installationsprogrammet "
+"eller genom att lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=low</"
+"userinput>. Expertläget ger dig full kontroll över &d-i;."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:59
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The <keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The <keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use &enterkey; to activate choices."
-msgstr "Det normala installationsprogrammet är teckenbaserat (i motsats till det nu mer kända grafiska gränssnittet). Mus är inte användbar i den här miljön, istället används tangenter för att navigera i de olika dialogerna. <keycap>Tab</keycap> eller <keycap>höger</keycap> piltangent flyttar <quote>framåt</quote> och <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>vänster</keycap> piltangent flyttar <quote>bakåt</quote> mellan visade knappar och val. <keycap>upp</keycap> och <keycap>ned</keycap>-pilarna väljer olika poster i den rullbara listan och rullar även själva listan. Dessutom går det att, i långa listor, trycka en bokstav för att rulla direkt till det avsnitt som börjar med den bokstav du tryckte. Det går också att använda <keycap>PgUp</keycap> och <keycap>PgDown</keycap> för att rulla listan i avsnitt. <keycap>Blanksteg</keycap> väljer en post såsom en kryssruta. Använd &enterkey; för att aktivera val."
+msgid ""
+"The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more "
+"familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this "
+"environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various "
+"dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move "
+"<quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> "
+"<keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move "
+"<quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The "
+"<keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items "
+"within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in "
+"long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to "
+"the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-"
+"Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The "
+"<keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use "
+"&enterkey; to activate choices."
+msgstr ""
+"Det normala installationsprogrammet är teckenbaserat (i motsats till det nu "
+"mer kända grafiska gränssnittet). Mus är inte användbar i den här miljön, "
+"istället används tangenter för att navigera i de olika dialogerna. "
+"<keycap>Tab</keycap> eller <keycap>höger</keycap> piltangent flyttar "
+"<quote>framåt</quote> och <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</"
+"keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>vänster</keycap> piltangent flyttar "
+"<quote>bakåt</quote> mellan visade knappar och val. <keycap>upp</keycap> och "
+"<keycap>ned</keycap>-pilarna väljer olika poster i den rullbara listan och "
+"rullar även själva listan. Dessutom går det att, i långa listor, trycka en "
+"bokstav för att rulla direkt till det avsnitt som börjar med den bokstav du "
+"tryckte. Det går också att använda <keycap>PgUp</keycap> och <keycap>PgDown</"
+"keycap> för att rulla listan i avsnitt. <keycap>Blanksteg</keycap> väljer en "
+"post såsom en kryssruta. Använd &enterkey; för att aktivera val."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:77
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh session to view the logs described below."
-msgstr "S/390 har inte stöd för virtuella konsoller. Du kan öppna en andra och tredje ssh-session för att se loggar som beskrivs nedan."
+msgid ""
+"S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh "
+"session to view the logs described below."
+msgstr ""
+"S/390 har inte stöd för virtuella konsoller. Du kan öppna en andra och "
+"tredje ssh-session för att se loggar som beskrivs nedan."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:82
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-msgstr "Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå den här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installationsprogrammet med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
+msgid ""
+"Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access "
+"this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</"
+"keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing "
+"the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer "
+"process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></"
+"keycombo>."
+msgstr ""
+"Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå den här "
+"konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</"
+"keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du "
+"trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till "
+"huvudkonsollen för installationsprogrammet med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster "
+"Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:92
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system."
-msgstr "Dessa meddelanden kan också hittas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Efter installation blir den här loggen kopierad till <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> på ditt nya system. Andra installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under installationen och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter att datorn har startats om till det nya systemet."
+msgid ""
+"These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. "
+"After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/"
+"syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be "
+"found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and "
+"<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted "
+"into the installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Dessa meddelanden kan också hittas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. "
+"Efter installation blir den här loggen kopierad till <filename>/var/log/"
+"installer/syslog</filename> på ditt nya system. Andra "
+"installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under "
+"installationen och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter att datorn "
+"har startats om till det nya systemet."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:106
@@ -95,8 +217,14 @@ msgstr "Introduktion till komponenter"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:107
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>."
-msgstr "Här är en lista på installationskomponenter med en kort beskrivning av varje komponents syfte. Detaljer du kanske behöver känna till om en specifik komponent finns i <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each "
+"component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular "
+"component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Här är en lista på installationskomponenter med en kort beskrivning av varje "
+"komponents syfte. Detaljer du kanske behöver känna till om en specifik "
+"komponent finns i <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:118
@@ -107,14 +235,31 @@ msgstr "main-menu"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:118
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu may appear."
-msgstr "Visar listan av komponenter för användaren under installationen och startar en komponent när den väljs. Huvudmenyns frågor är satta till medium prioritet så om din prioritet är satt till hög eller kritisk (hög är förvald) kommer du inte att se den här menyn. Om det inträffar fel som kräver ingripande från dig kommer prioriteten att nergraderas temporärt för att låta dig lösa problemet och i så fall kommer menyn att visas."
+msgid ""
+"Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and "
+"starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to "
+"priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the "
+"default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error "
+"which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded "
+"temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu "
+"may appear."
+msgstr ""
+"Visar listan av komponenter för användaren under installationen och startar "
+"en komponent när den väljs. Huvudmenyns frågor är satta till medium "
+"prioritet så om din prioritet är satt till hög eller kritisk (hög är "
+"förvald) kommer du inte att se den här menyn. Om det inträffar fel som "
+"kräver ingripande från dig kommer prioriteten att nergraderas temporärt för "
+"att låta dig lösa problemet och i så fall kommer menyn att visas."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:128
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You can get to the main menu by selecting the &BTN-GOBACK; button repeatedly to back all the way out of the currently running component."
-msgstr "Du kan komma till huvudmenyn genom att välja &BTN-GOBACK;-knappen flera gånger för att backa hela vägen ut ur nuvarande komponent."
+msgid ""
+"You can get to the main menu by selecting the &BTN-GOBACK; button repeatedly "
+"to back all the way out of the currently running component."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan komma till huvudmenyn genom att välja &BTN-GOBACK;-knappen flera "
+"gånger för att backa hela vägen ut ur nuvarande komponent."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:137
@@ -125,8 +270,16 @@ msgstr "localechooser"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:137
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English."
-msgstr "Låter användaren lokalanpassa installationen och det installerade systemet: språk, land och lokaler. Installationsprogrammet kommer att visa meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett och då kommer vissa meddelanden att visas på engelska."
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the "
+"installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display "
+"messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language "
+"is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English."
+msgstr ""
+"Låter användaren lokalanpassa installationen och det installerade systemet: "
+"språk, land och lokaler. Installationsprogrammet kommer att visa meddelanden "
+"på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett "
+"och då kommer vissa meddelanden att visas på engelska."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:149
@@ -137,8 +290,12 @@ msgstr "kbd-chooser"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:149
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which matches his own."
-msgstr "Visar en lista på tangentbord från vilken användaren kan välja den modell som passar bäst."
+msgid ""
+"Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which "
+"matches his own."
+msgstr ""
+"Visar en lista på tangentbord från vilken användaren kan välja den modell "
+"som passar bäst."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:158
@@ -149,8 +306,12 @@ msgstr "hw-detect"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:158
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA."
-msgstr "Identifierar automatiskt det mesta av systemets maskinvara inklusive nätverkskort, diskettenheter och PCMCIA."
+msgid ""
+"Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network "
+"cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA."
+msgstr ""
+"Identifierar automatiskt det mesta av systemets maskinvara inklusive "
+"nätverkskort, diskettenheter och PCMCIA."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:167
@@ -173,8 +334,12 @@ msgstr "netcfg"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:175
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the internet."
-msgstr "Konfigurerar datorns nätverksanslutning så att den kan kommunicera mot Internet."
+msgid ""
+"Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the "
+"internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Konfigurerar datorns nätverksanslutning så att den kan kommunicera mot "
+"Internet."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:184
@@ -185,8 +350,10 @@ msgstr "iso-scan"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:184
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive."
-msgstr "Letar efter ISO-filsystem som kan finnas på en cd-rom eller på hårddisken."
+msgid ""
+"Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Letar efter ISO-filsystem som kan finnas på en cd-rom eller på hårddisken."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:193
@@ -197,8 +364,12 @@ msgstr "choose-mirror"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:193
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of his installation packages."
-msgstr "Presenterar en lista av Debian-arkivets speglar. Användaren kan välja källan för sina installationspaket."
+msgid ""
+"Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of "
+"his installation packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Presenterar en lista av Debian-arkivets speglar. Användaren kan välja källan "
+"för sina installationspaket."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:202
@@ -209,8 +380,12 @@ msgstr "cdrom-checker"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:202
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way, the user may assure him/herself that the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted."
-msgstr "Kontrollerar integriteten på en cd-rom. På det här sättet kan användare förlita sig på att installationsskivan inte är felaktig."
+msgid ""
+"Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way, the user may assure him/herself that "
+"the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontrollerar integriteten på en cd-rom. På det här sättet kan användare "
+"förlita sig på att installationsskivan inte är felaktig."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:211
@@ -221,8 +396,14 @@ msgstr "lowmem"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:211
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some features)."
-msgstr "Lowmem försöker att identifiera system med lite minne och gör då olika trick att ta bort onödiga delar av &d-i; från minnet (på bekostnad av vissa funktioner)."
+msgid ""
+"Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks "
+"to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some "
+"features)."
+msgstr ""
+"Lowmem försöker att identifiera system med lite minne och gör då olika trick "
+"att ta bort onödiga delar av &d-i; från minnet (på bekostnad av vissa "
+"funktioner)."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:221
@@ -233,599 +414,1241 @@ msgstr "anna"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:221
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the chosen mirror or CD."
-msgstr "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installerar paket som har hämtats från den valda spegeln eller cd-skiva."
+msgid ""
+"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the "
+"chosen mirror or CD."
+msgstr ""
+"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installerar paket som har hämtats från den valda "
+"spegeln eller cd-skiva."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:230
 #, no-c-format
+msgid "clock-setup"
+msgstr "clock-setup"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Updates the system clock and determines whether the clock is set to UTCr or "
+"not."
+msgstr "Faststämmer om klockan är inställd till UTC eller inte."
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "tzsetup"
+msgstr "tzsetup"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
+msgstr "Väljer tidszonen, baserat på platsen som valdes tidigare."
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
+#, no-c-format
 msgid "partman"
 msgstr "partman"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian."
-msgstr "Låter användaren partitionera hårddiskar ansluta till systemet, skapa filsystem på de valda partitionerna och ansluta dem till monteringspunkter. Inkluderat är också intressanta funktioner som ett fullt automatiskt läge eller stöd för LVM. Det här är det verktyg som föredras för partitionering i Debian."
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file "
+"systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. "
+"Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM "
+"support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian."
+msgstr ""
+"Låter användaren partitionera hårddiskar ansluta till systemet, skapa "
+"filsystem på de valda partitionerna och ansluta dem till monteringspunkter. "
+"Inkluderat är också intressanta funktioner som ett fullt automatiskt läge "
+"eller stöd för LVM. Det här är det verktyg som föredras för partitionering i "
+"Debian."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "autopartkit"
 msgstr "autopartkit"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
-msgstr "Partitionerar automatiskt en hel disk enligt förinställda egenskaper från användaren."
+msgid ""
+"Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
+msgstr ""
+"Partitionerar automatiskt en hel disk enligt förinställda egenskaper från "
+"användaren."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partitioner"
 msgstr "partitioner"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen."
-msgstr "Låter användaren partitionera disks kopplade till systemet. Ett partitioneringsprogram som lämpar sig för din dators arkitektur väljs."
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning "
+"program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen."
+msgstr ""
+"Låter användaren partitionera disks kopplade till systemet. Ett "
+"partitioneringsprogram som lämpar sig för din dators arkitektur väljs."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partconf"
 msgstr "partconf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected partitions according to user instructions."
-msgstr "Visar en lista av partitioner och skapar filsystem på de valda partitionerna enligt användarens instruktioner."
+msgid ""
+"Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected "
+"partitions according to user instructions."
+msgstr ""
+"Visar en lista av partitioner och skapar filsystem på de valda partitionerna "
+"enligt användarens instruktioner."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "lvmcfg"
 msgstr "lvmcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logical Volume Manager)."
-msgstr "Hjälper användaren med konfigurationen av <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (logisk volymhantering)."
+msgid ""
+"Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> "
+"(Logical Volume Manager)."
+msgstr ""
+"Hjälper användaren med konfigurationen av <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (logisk "
+"volymhantering)."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mdcfg"
 msgstr "mdcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards."
-msgstr "Låter användaren ställa in programvaru-<firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). Den här programvaru-RAID är normalt sett överlägsen till de billiga IDE (pseudomaskinvara) RAID-styrkort som finns på nyare moderkort."
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "tzsetup"
-msgstr "tzsetup"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
-msgstr "Väljer tidszonen, baserat på platsen som valdes tidigare."
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant "
+"Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the "
+"cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards."
+msgstr ""
+"Låter användaren ställa in programvaru-<firstterm>RAID</firstterm> "
+"(Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). Den här programvaru-RAID är normalt "
+"sett överlägsen till de billiga IDE (pseudomaskinvara) RAID-styrkort som "
+"finns på nyare moderkort."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "clock-setup"
-msgstr "clock-setup"
+msgid "base-installer"
+msgstr "base-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Determines whether the clock is set to UTC or not."
-msgstr "Faststämmer om klockan är inställd till UTC eller inte."
+msgid ""
+"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
+"operate under Linux when rebooted."
+msgstr ""
+"Installerar de mest enkla paketuppsättningar som tillåter datorn att köra "
+"Linux efter omstart."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "user-setup"
 msgstr "user-setup"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user."
 msgstr "Ställer in root-lösenordet och lägger till en icke-root-användare."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "base-installer"
-msgstr "base-installer"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to operate under Linux when rebooted."
-msgstr "Installerar de mest enkla paketuppsättningar som tillåter datorn att köra Linux efter omstart."
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "apt-setup"
 msgstr "apt-setup"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is running from."
-msgstr "Konfigurerar apt, mestadels automatiskt, baserad på vilket media som installationsprogrammet körs från."
+msgid ""
+"Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is "
+"running from."
+msgstr ""
+"Konfigurerar apt, mestadels automatiskt, baserad på vilket media som "
+"installationsprogrammet körs från."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "pkgsel"
 msgstr "pkgsel"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional software."
-msgstr "Använder <classname>tasksel</classname> för att välja och installera ytterligare programvara."
+msgid ""
+"Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Använder <classname>tasksel</classname> för att välja och installera "
+"ytterligare programvara."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "os-prober"
 msgstr "os-prober"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to start."
-msgstr "Identifierar nuvarande installerade operativsystem på datorn och skickar informationen till bootloader-installer vilken kan erbjuda dig möjligheten att lägga till upptäckta operativsystem till starthanterarens startmeny. Det här sättet gör att användaren lätt kan välja vilken operativsystem som ska startas vid uppstart."
+msgid ""
+"Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes "
+"this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability "
+"to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way "
+"the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to "
+"start."
+msgstr ""
+"Identifierar nuvarande installerade operativsystem på datorn och skickar "
+"informationen till bootloader-installer vilken kan erbjuda dig möjligheten "
+"att lägga till upptäckta operativsystem till starthanterarens startmeny. Det "
+"här sättet gör att användaren lätt kan välja vilken operativsystem som ska "
+"startas vid uppstart."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "bootloader-installer"
 msgstr "bootloader-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose an alternate operating system each time the computer boots."
-msgstr "De olika installerarna av starthanterare installerar ett starthanteringsprogram på hårddisken som är nödvändig för att datorn ska starta upp med Linux utan att använda en diskett eller cd-rom. Många starthanterare låter användaren välja ett alternativt operativsystem varje gång datorn startas."
+msgid ""
+"The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the "
+"hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux "
+"without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose "
+"an alternate operating system each time the computer boots."
+msgstr ""
+"De olika installerarna av starthanterare installerar ett "
+"starthanteringsprogram på hårddisken som är nödvändig för att datorn ska "
+"starta upp med Linux utan att använda en diskett eller cd-rom. Många "
+"starthanterare låter användaren välja ett alternativt operativsystem varje "
+"gång datorn startas."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "shell"
 msgstr "shell"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
-msgstr "Låter användaren starta ett skal från menyn eller på den andra konsollen."
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
+msgstr ""
+"Låter användaren starta ett skal från menyn eller på den andra konsollen."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "save-logs"
 msgstr "save-logs"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later."
-msgstr "Ger ett sätt för användaren att spela in information på en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller andra media när problem påträffas för att senare kunna skicka en noggrann rapport om problem i installationsprogramvaran till Debian-utvecklarna."
+msgid ""
+"Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, "
+"hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to "
+"accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later."
+msgstr ""
+"Ger ett sätt för användaren att spela in information på en diskett, nätverk, "
+"hårddisk eller andra media när problem påträffas för att senare kunna skicka "
+"en noggrann rapport om problem i installationsprogramvaran till Debian-"
+"utvecklarna."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:390
+#: using-d-i.xml:391
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using Individual Components"
 msgstr "Användning av individuella komponenter"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:391
+#: using-d-i.xml:392
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your hardware."
-msgstr "I det här avsnittet kommer vi att beskriva varje installationskomponent i detalj. Komponenterna har blivit grupperade i steg som bör kännas igen av användarna. De presenteras i den ordning de dyker upp under installationen. Observera att inte alla moduler kommer att användas för varje installation; vilka moduler som faktiskt används beror på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara."
+msgid ""
+"In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The "
+"components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for "
+"users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note "
+"that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are "
+"actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"I det här avsnittet kommer vi att beskriva varje installationskomponent i "
+"detalj. Komponenterna har blivit grupperade i steg som bör kännas igen av "
+"användarna. De presenteras i den ordning de dyker upp under installationen. "
+"Observera att inte alla moduler kommer att användas för varje installation; "
+"vilka moduler som faktiskt används beror på installationsmetoden du använder "
+"och på din maskinvara."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:403
+#: using-d-i.xml:404
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting up Debian Installer and Hardware Configuration"
 msgstr "Konfiguration av Debians installationsprogram och maskinvara"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:404
+#: using-d-i.xml:405
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network mirror)."
-msgstr "Låt oss anta att Debian Installer har startat upp och du ser dess första skärm. Vid den här punkten är de färdigheter som &d-i; har ganska begränsade. Den vet inte mycket om din maskinvara, vilket språk som föredras eller inte ens vilken funktion installation ska ha. Var lugn. På grund av att &d-i; är ganska smart kan den automatiskt söka av din maskinvara, lokalisera resten av sina komponenter och uppgradera sig själv till ett kapabelt installationssystem. Dock, du behöver fortfarande hjälpa &d-i; med viss information som den inte kan fastställa automatiskt (såsom välja ditt föredragna språk, tangentbordslayout eller val av nätverksspegel). "
+msgid ""
+"Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first "
+"screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It "
+"doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task "
+"it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can "
+"automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and "
+"upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to "
+"help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like "
+"selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network "
+"mirror)."
+msgstr ""
+"Låt oss anta att Debian Installer har startat upp och du ser dess första "
+"skärm. Vid den här punkten är de färdigheter som &d-i; har ganska "
+"begränsade. Den vet inte mycket om din maskinvara, vilket språk som föredras "
+"eller inte ens vilken funktion installation ska ha. Var lugn. På grund av "
+"att &d-i; är ganska smart kan den automatiskt söka av din maskinvara, "
+"lokalisera resten av sina komponenter och uppgradera sig själv till ett "
+"kapabelt installationssystem. Dock, du behöver fortfarande hjälpa &d-i; med "
+"viss information som den inte kan fastställa automatiskt (såsom välja ditt "
+"föredragna språk, tangentbordslayout eller val av nätverksspegel). "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:417
+#: using-d-i.xml:418
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process."
-msgstr "Du kommer att märka att &d-i; genomför <firstterm>identifiering av maskinvara</firstterm> flera gånger under det här steget. Första gången är målet den maskinvara som behövs för att läsa in komponenter för installationsprogrammet (exempelvis din cd-rom eller nätverkskort). Eftersom alla drivrutiner kanske inte finns tillgängliga under den första körningen behövs en repetering av identifieringen senare i processen. "
+msgid ""
+"You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</"
+"firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted "
+"specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your "
+"CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this "
+"first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kommer att märka att &d-i; genomför <firstterm>identifiering av "
+"maskinvara</firstterm> flera gånger under det här steget. Första gången är "
+"målet den maskinvara som behövs för att läsa in komponenter för "
+"installationsprogrammet (exempelvis din cd-rom eller nätverkskort). Eftersom "
+"alla drivrutiner kanske inte finns tillgängliga under den första körningen "
+"behövs en repetering av identifieringen senare i processen. "
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:432
+#: using-d-i.xml:433
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Check available memory / low memory mode"
 msgstr "Kontrollera tillgängligt minne / minimalt minnesläge"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:434
+#: using-d-i.xml:435
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on your system."
-msgstr "En av de första sakerna som &d-i; gör är att kontrollera tillgängligt minne. Om det tillgängliga minnet är begränsat kommer den här komponenten att göra ändringar i installationsprocessen som förhoppningsvis låter dig installera &debian; på ditt system."
+msgid ""
+"One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the "
+"available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the "
+"installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on "
+"your system."
+msgstr ""
+"En av de första sakerna som &d-i; gör är att kontrollera tillgängligt minne. "
+"Om det tillgängliga minnet är begränsat kommer den här komponenten att göra "
+"ändringar i installationsprocessen som förhoppningsvis låter dig installera "
+"&debian; på ditt system."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:441
+#: using-d-i.xml:442
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to disable translations, which means that the installation can only be done in English. Of course, you can still localize the installed system after the installation has completed."
-msgstr "Den första åtgärden man kan göra för att minska installationsprogrammets minneskonsumtion är att inaktivera översättningar, vilket betyder att installationen endast kan göras på engelska. Du kan så klart fortfarande lokalanpassa det installerade system tefter installationen har färdigställts."
+msgid ""
+"The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to "
+"disable translations, which means that the installation can only be done in "
+"English. Of course, you can still localize the installed system after the "
+"installation has completed."
+msgstr ""
+"Den första åtgärden man kan göra för att minska installationsprogrammets "
+"minneskonsumtion är att inaktivera översättningar, vilket betyder att "
+"installationen endast kan göras på engelska. Du kan så klart fortfarande "
+"lokalanpassa det installerade system tefter installationen har färdigställts."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:448
+#: using-d-i.xml:449
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If that is not sufficient, the installer will further reduce memory consumption by loading only those components essential to complete a basic installation. This reduces the functionality of the installation system. You will be given the opportunity to load additional components manually, but you should be aware that each component you select will use additional memory and thus may cause the installation to fail."
-msgstr "Om detta inte är tillräckligt kommer installationsprogrammet att minska minnesbehovet ytterligare genom att enbart läsa in de komponenter som är nödvändiga för att genomföra en grundinstallation. Det här minskar installationssystemets funktionalitet. Du kommer att ges möjlighet att läsa in individuella komponenter manuellt, men du ska vara medveten om att varje komponent du väljer använder ytterligare minne och kan således göra att installationen misslyckas."
+msgid ""
+"If that is not sufficient, the installer will further reduce memory "
+"consumption by loading only those components essential to complete a basic "
+"installation. This reduces the functionality of the installation system. You "
+"will be given the opportunity to load additional components manually, but "
+"you should be aware that each component you select will use additional "
+"memory and thus may cause the installation to fail."
+msgstr ""
+"Om detta inte är tillräckligt kommer installationsprogrammet att minska "
+"minnesbehovet ytterligare genom att enbart läsa in de komponenter som är "
+"nödvändiga för att genomföra en grundinstallation. Det här minskar "
+"installationssystemets funktionalitet. Du kommer att ges möjlighet att läsa "
+"in individuella komponenter manuellt, men du ska vara medveten om att varje "
+"komponent du väljer använder ytterligare minne och kan således göra att "
+"installationen misslyckas."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:457
+#: using-d-i.xml:458
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If the installer runs in low memory mode, it is recommended to create a relatively large swap partition (64&ndash;128MB). The swap partition will be used as virtual memory and thus increases the amount of memory available to the system. The installer will activate the swap partition as early as possible in the installation process. Note that heavy use of swap will reduce performance of your system and may lead to high disk activity."
-msgstr "När installationsprogrammet har anpassat sig till ett litet minne så bör du skapa en förhållandevis stor växlingspartition (64&ndash;128 MB). Växlingspartitionen används som virtuellt minne och ökar således mängden minne som är tillgängligt för systemet. Installationsprogrammet kommer att använda växlingspartitionen så snart som möjligt i installationsprocessen. Observera att mycket användning av växlingsutrymmet kommer att minska ditt systems prestanda och kan leda till hög nyttjandegrad av systemets disk."
+msgid ""
+"If the installer runs in low memory mode, it is recommended to create a "
+"relatively large swap partition (64&ndash;128MB). The swap partition will be "
+"used as virtual memory and thus increases the amount of memory available to "
+"the system. The installer will activate the swap partition as early as "
+"possible in the installation process. Note that heavy use of swap will "
+"reduce performance of your system and may lead to high disk activity."
+msgstr ""
+"När installationsprogrammet har anpassat sig till ett litet minne så bör du "
+"skapa en förhållandevis stor växlingspartition (64&ndash;128 MB). "
+"Växlingspartitionen används som virtuellt minne och ökar således mängden "
+"minne som är tillgängligt för systemet. Installationsprogrammet kommer att "
+"använda växlingspartitionen så snart som möjligt i installationsprocessen. "
+"Observera att mycket användning av växlingsutrymmet kommer att minska ditt "
+"systems prestanda och kan leda till hög nyttjandegrad av systemets disk."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:467
+#: using-d-i.xml:468
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Despite these measures, it is still possible that your system freezes, that unexpected errors occur or that processes are killed by the kernel because the system runs out of memory (which will result in <quote>Out of memory</quote> messages on VT4 and in the syslog)."
-msgstr "Trots dessa åtgärder är det ändå möjligt att ditt system låser sig, att oväntade fel uppstår eller att processer avslutas av kärnan för att systemet har slut på minne (vilket resulterar i <quote>Out of memory</quote>-meddelanden på VT4 och i systemloggen)."
+msgid ""
+"Despite these measures, it is still possible that your system freezes, that "
+"unexpected errors occur or that processes are killed by the kernel because "
+"the system runs out of memory (which will result in <quote>Out of memory</"
+"quote> messages on VT4 and in the syslog)."
+msgstr ""
+"Trots dessa åtgärder är det ändå möjligt att ditt system låser sig, att "
+"oväntade fel uppstår eller att processer avslutas av kärnan för att systemet "
+"har slut på minne (vilket resulterar i <quote>Out of memory</quote>-"
+"meddelanden på VT4 och i systemloggen)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:474
+#: using-d-i.xml:475
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "For example, it has been reported that creating a big ext3 file system fails in low memory mode when there is insufficient swap space. If a larger swap doesn't help, try creating the file system as ext2 (which is an essential component of the installer) instead. It is possible to change an ext2 partition to ext3 after the installation."
-msgstr "Det har till exempel rapporterats om misslyckanden med att skapa ett stort filsystem av typen ext3 i lågminnesläget, när det finns för lite växlingsutrymme. Om ett stort växlingsutrymme inte hjälper, prova då istället att skapa filsystemet som ext2 (vilket är en basfunktion i installationsprogrammet). Det är möjligt att ändra en ext2-partition till ext3 efter installationen."
+msgid ""
+"For example, it has been reported that creating a big ext3 file system fails "
+"in low memory mode when there is insufficient swap space. If a larger swap "
+"doesn't help, try creating the file system as ext2 (which is an essential "
+"component of the installer) instead. It is possible to change an ext2 "
+"partition to ext3 after the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Det har till exempel rapporterats om misslyckanden med att skapa ett stort "
+"filsystem av typen ext3 i lågminnesläget, när det finns för lite "
+"växlingsutrymme. Om ett stort växlingsutrymme inte hjälper, prova då "
+"istället att skapa filsystemet som ext2 (vilket är en basfunktion i "
+"installationsprogrammet). Det är möjligt att ändra en ext2-partition till "
+"ext3 efter installationen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:482
+#: using-d-i.xml:483
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "It is possible to force the installer to use a higher lowmem level than the one based on available memory by using the boot parameter <quote>lowmem</quote> as described in <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>."
-msgstr "Det är möjligt att tvinga installationsprogrammet till att använda en högre lowmem-nivå än den som är baserad på tillgängligt minne genom att använda uppstartsparametern <quote>lowmem</quote> som beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to force the installer to use a higher lowmem level than the "
+"one based on available memory by using the boot parameter <quote>lowmem</"
+"quote> as described in <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är möjligt att tvinga installationsprogrammet till att använda en högre "
+"lowmem-nivå än den som är baserad på tillgängligt minne genom att använda "
+"uppstartsparametern <quote>lowmem</quote> som beskrivs i <xref linkend="
+"\"installer-args\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:497
+#: using-d-i.xml:498
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting Localization Options"
 msgstr "Val av lokalanpassningsalternativ"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:499
+#: using-d-i.xml:500
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and locales."
-msgstr "I de flesta fall är de första frågorna som ställs angående valet av lokalanpassningsalternativ som kommer att användas både för installationen och för det installerade systemet. Lokalanpassningsalternativen består av språk, land och lokaler."
+msgid ""
+"In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of "
+"localization options to be used both for the installation and for the "
+"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and "
+"locales."
+msgstr ""
+"I de flesta fall är de första frågorna som ställs angående valet av "
+"lokalanpassningsalternativ som kommer att användas både för installationen "
+"och för det installerade systemet. Lokalanpassningsalternativen består av "
+"språk, land och lokaler."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:506
+#: using-d-i.xml:507
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will default to English."
-msgstr "Språket du väljer kommer att användas i resten av installationsprocessen om en översättning av de olika dialogerna finns tillgänglig. Om ingen giltig översättning finns tillgänglig för det valda språket kommer installationsprogrammet att falla tillbaka på engelska."
+msgid ""
+"The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation "
+"process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no "
+"valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will "
+"default to English."
+msgstr ""
+"Språket du väljer kommer att användas i resten av installationsprocessen om "
+"en översättning av de olika dialogerna finns tillgänglig. Om ingen giltig "
+"översättning finns tillgänglig för det valda språket kommer "
+"installationsprogrammet att falla tillbaka på engelska."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:513
+#: using-d-i.xml:514
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard."
-msgstr "Det valda landet kommer att användas senare i installationsprocessen för att välja den tidszon som ska vara standard och en Debian-spegel som är lämplig för ditt geografiska område. Språk och land kommer att användas tillsammans för att ställa in standardlokalen för ditt system och att hjälpa till att välja ditt tangentbord."
+msgid ""
+"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick "
+"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic "
+"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default "
+"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Det valda landet kommer att användas senare i installationsprocessen för att "
+"välja den tidszon som ska vara standard och en Debian-spegel som är lämplig "
+"för ditt geografiska område. Språk och land kommer att användas tillsammans "
+"för att ställa in standardlokalen för ditt system och att hjälpa till att "
+"välja ditt tangentbord."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:520
+#: using-d-i.xml:521
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> package will not be installed."
-msgstr "Du kommer först att bli frågad att välja ditt föredragna språk. Namnen på språken listas på både engelska (vänstra sidan) och på själva språket (högra sidan); namnen på högra sidan visas också i språkets korrekta skrift. Listan är sorterad efter de engelska namnen. På toppen av listan finns ett extra alternativ som låter dig att välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> istället för ett språk. Välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> betyder att installationen fortsätter på engelska; det installerade systemet kommer inte att ha något stöd för lokalanpassning eftersom paketet <classname>locales</classname> inte kommer att installeras."
+msgid ""
+"You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language "
+"names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself "
+"(right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper "
+"script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top "
+"of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</"
+"quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale "
+"will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system "
+"will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> "
+"package will not be installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kommer först att bli frågad att välja ditt föredragna språk. Namnen på "
+"språken listas på både engelska (vänstra sidan) och på själva språket (högra "
+"sidan); namnen på högra sidan visas också i språkets korrekta skrift. Listan "
+"är sorterad efter de engelska namnen. På toppen av listan finns ett extra "
+"alternativ som låter dig att välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> istället för ett "
+"språk. Välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> betyder att installationen fortsätter "
+"på engelska; det installerade systemet kommer inte att ha något stöd för "
+"lokalanpassning eftersom paketet <classname>locales</classname> inte kommer "
+"att installeras."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:532
+#: using-d-i.xml:533
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will be selected automatically."
-msgstr "Om du valde ett språk som är erkänt som ett officiellt språk för fler än ett land<footnote> <para> I tekniska termer: där multipla lokaler finns för det språket men med olika landskoder. </para> </footnote>, du kommer härnäst att bli frågad att välja ett land. Om du väljer <guimenuitem>Annat</guimenuitem> i slutet av listan, kommer du bli visad en lista på alla länder, grupperade efter kontinent. Om språket endast har ett land associerat med sig kommer det landet att automatiskt väljas."
+msgid ""
+"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for "
+"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple "
+"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </"
+"footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose "
+"<guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be "
+"presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the "
+"language has only one country associated with it, that country will be "
+"selected automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du valde ett språk som är erkänt som ett officiellt språk för fler än ett "
+"land<footnote> <para> I tekniska termer: där multipla lokaler finns för det "
+"språket men med olika landskoder. </para> </footnote>, du kommer härnäst att "
+"bli frågad att välja ett land. Om du väljer <guimenuitem>Annat</guimenuitem> "
+"i slutet av listan, kommer du bli visad en lista på alla länder, grupperade "
+"efter kontinent. Om språket endast har ett land associerat med sig kommer "
+"det landet att automatiskt väljas."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:550
+#: using-d-i.xml:551
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed system."
-msgstr "En standardlokal kommer att väljas baserad på det valda språket och landet. Om du installerar med medium eller låg prioritet, kommer du få möjligheten att välja en annan standardlokal och att välja ytterligare lokaler som ska genereras för det installerade systemet."
+msgid ""
+"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and "
+"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the "
+"option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional "
+"locales to be generated for the installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"En standardlokal kommer att väljas baserad på det valda språket och landet. "
+"Om du installerar med medium eller låg prioritet, kommer du få möjligheten "
+"att välja en annan standardlokal och att välja ytterligare lokaler som ska "
+"genereras för det installerade systemet."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:565
+#: using-d-i.xml:566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choosing a Keyboard"
 msgstr "Val av tangentbord"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:567
+#: using-d-i.xml:568
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you have completed the installation)."
-msgstr "Tangentbord är ofta anpassade efter de tecken som används i ett språk. Välj en layout som gäller för tangentbordet du använder, eller välj något som liknar det om tangentbordslayouten du vill välja inte finns. När installationen av systemet är färdig kommer du kunna välja en tangentbordslayout från en bredare skala (kör <command>kbdconfig</command> som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)."
+msgid ""
+"Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a "
+"layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something "
+"close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system "
+"installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a "
+"wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you "
+"have completed the installation)."
+msgstr ""
+"Tangentbord är ofta anpassade efter de tecken som används i ett språk. Välj "
+"en layout som gäller för tangentbordet du använder, eller välj något som "
+"liknar det om tangentbordslayouten du vill välja inte finns. När "
+"installationen av systemet är färdig kommer du kunna välja en "
+"tangentbordslayout från en bredare skala (kör <command>kbdconfig</command> "
+"som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:577
+#: using-d-i.xml:578
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press &enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight &mdash; they are in the same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row."
-msgstr "Flytta markören till tangentbordsvalet du önskar och tryck på &enterkey;. Använd piltangenterna för att flytta markören &mdash; de är på samma plats för alla tangentbordslayouter på alla språk, så de är oberoende av tangentbordskonfiguration. Ett \"utökat\"-tangentbord är ett med tangenterna <keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden."
+msgid ""
+"Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press "
+"&enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight &mdash; they are in the "
+"same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are "
+"independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one "
+"with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row."
+msgstr ""
+"Flytta markören till tangentbordsvalet du önskar och tryck på &enterkey;. "
+"Använd piltangenterna för att flytta markören &mdash; de är på samma plats "
+"för alla tangentbordslayouter på alla språk, så de är oberoende av "
+"tangentbordskonfiguration. Ett \"utökat\"-tangentbord är ett med tangenterna "
+"<keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:586
+#: using-d-i.xml:587
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS kernel development."
-msgstr "På DECstationer finns det för närvarande ingen inläsningsbar tangentstabell tillgänglig, så du kan hoppa över tangentbordsvalet och behålla kärnans standardtabeller (LK201 US). Det här kan ändras i framtiden eftersom det beror på ytterligare utveckling av Linux/MIPS-kärnan."
+msgid ""
+"On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have "
+"to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 "
+"US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS "
+"kernel development."
+msgstr ""
+"På DECstationer finns det för närvarande ingen inläsningsbar tangentstabell "
+"tillgänglig, så du kan hoppa över tangentbordsvalet och behålla kärnans "
+"standardtabeller (LK201 US). Det här kan ändras i framtiden eftersom det "
+"beror på ytterligare utveckling av Linux/MIPS-kärnan."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:593
+#: using-d-i.xml:594
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us (Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two layouts are similar."
-msgstr "Det finns två tangentbordslayouter för amerikanska tangentbord; layouten qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) har placerat Alt function på tangenten <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> (i tangentbordspositionen bredvid tangenten <keycap>blanksteg</keycap> liknande <keycap>Alt</keycap> på PC-tangentbord), medan layouten qwerty/us (Standard) kommer att placera Alt function på tangenten <keycap>Option</keycap> (markerad med \"alt\" på de flesta Mac-tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika."
+msgid ""
+"There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us "
+"(Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</"
+"keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key "
+"similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us "
+"(Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> "
+"key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two "
+"layouts are similar."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns två tangentbordslayouter för amerikanska tangentbord; layouten "
+"qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) har placerat Alt function på tangenten "
+"<keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> (i tangentbordspositionen bredvid tangenten "
+"<keycap>blanksteg</keycap> liknande <keycap>Alt</keycap> på PC-tangentbord), "
+"medan layouten qwerty/us (Standard) kommer att placera Alt function på "
+"tangenten <keycap>Option</keycap> (markerad med \"alt\" på de flesta Mac-"
+"tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:623
+#: using-d-i.xml:624
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image"
 msgstr "Leta efter en ISO-avbild för Debian Installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:624
+#: using-d-i.xml:625
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-scan</command> does exactly this."
-msgstr "När installation görs via metoden <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> kommer du till en punkt där du behöver hitta och montera iso-avbilden för Debian Installer för att få tag på resten av installationsfilerna. Komponenten <command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det."
+msgid ""
+"When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be "
+"a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in "
+"order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-"
+"scan</command> does exactly this."
+msgstr ""
+"När installation görs via metoden <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> kommer du "
+"till en punkt där du behöver hitta och montera iso-avbilden för Debian "
+"Installer för att få tag på resten av installationsfilerna. Komponenten "
+"<command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:631
+#: using-d-i.xml:632
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices (e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>.ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for another image."
-msgstr "Först monterar <command>iso-scan</command> automatiskt alla blockenheter (exempelvis partitioner) som har något känt filsystem på sig och söker sekventiellt efter filnamn som slutar på <filename>.iso</filename> (eller <filename>.ISO</filename> för den sakens skull). Tänk på att det första försöket söker endast av filer i rotkatalogen på i första nivån av underkatalogerna (alltså, den hittar <filename>/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>, men inte <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>). Efter en iso-avbild har hittats, kontrollerar <command>iso-scan</command> dess innehåll för att fastställa om avbilden är en giltig Debian-avbild eller inte. I det första fallet är vi klara, i det senare söker <command>iso-scan</command> efter en annan avbild."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:648
+msgid ""
+"At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices "
+"(e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially "
+"searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>."
+"ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only "
+"files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. "
+"it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, "
+"<filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not "
+"<filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). "
+"After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its "
+"content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the "
+"former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for "
+"another image."
+msgstr ""
+"Först monterar <command>iso-scan</command> automatiskt alla blockenheter "
+"(exempelvis partitioner) som har något känt filsystem på sig och söker "
+"sekventiellt efter filnamn som slutar på <filename>.iso</filename> (eller "
+"<filename>.ISO</filename> för den sakens skull). Tänk på att det första "
+"försöket söker endast av filer i rotkatalogen på i första nivån av "
+"underkatalogerna (alltså, den hittar <filename>/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</"
+"replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</"
+"replaceable>.iso</filename>, men inte <filename>/data/tmp/"
+"<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>). Efter en iso-avbild "
+"har hittats, kontrollerar <command>iso-scan</command> dess innehåll för att "
+"fastställa om avbilden är en giltig Debian-avbild eller inte. I det första "
+"fallet är vi klara, i det senare söker <command>iso-scan</command> efter en "
+"annan avbild."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:649
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, <command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost directories, but really traverses whole filesystem."
-msgstr "Om det tidigare försöket att hitta en iso-avbild för installationsprogrammet misslyckades, kommer <command>iso-scan</command> att fråga dig om du vill genomföra en mer genomgående sökning. Den här fasen kommer inte bara att se på de översta katalogerna utan gå igenom hela filsystemet."
+msgid ""
+"In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, "
+"<command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a "
+"more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost "
+"directories, but really traverses whole filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"Om det tidigare försöket att hitta en iso-avbild för installationsprogrammet "
+"misslyckades, kommer <command>iso-scan</command> att fråga dig om du vill "
+"genomföra en mer genomgående sökning. Den här fasen kommer inte bara att se "
+"på de översta katalogerna utan gå igenom hela filsystemet."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:655
+#: using-d-i.xml:656
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the second console."
-msgstr "Om <command>iso-scan</command> inte hittar din iso-avbild för installationsprogrammet,  starta om till ditt ursprungliga operativsystem och kontrollera om avbilden är namngiven korrekt (slutar på <filename>.iso</filename>), om den är placerad på ett filsystem som känns igen av &d-i;, och om det inte är skadat (validera kontrollsumman). Erfarna Unix-användare kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om."
+msgid ""
+"If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, "
+"reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is "
+"named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a "
+"filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the "
+"checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the "
+"second console."
+msgstr ""
+"Om <command>iso-scan</command> inte hittar din iso-avbild för "
+"installationsprogrammet,  starta om till ditt ursprungliga operativsystem "
+"och kontrollera om avbilden är namngiven korrekt (slutar på <filename>.iso</"
+"filename>), om den är placerad på ett filsystem som känns igen av &d-i;, och "
+"om det inte är skadat (validera kontrollsumman). Erfarna Unix-användare "
+"kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:676
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Network"
+#: using-d-i.xml:677
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Network"
 msgstr "Konfigurering av nätverk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:678
+#: using-d-i.xml:679
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your <emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page."
-msgstr "När du kommer till det här steget, om systemet upptäcker att du har fler än en nätverksenhet, kommer du att bli frågad att välja vilken enhet som ska vara ditt <emphasis>primära</emphasis> nätverksgränssnitt, alltså det som du vill använda för installationen. Övriga gränssnitt kommer inte att bli konfigurerade vid den här tidpunkten. Du kan konfigurera ytterligare gränssnitt efter att installationen är färdig; se manualsidan <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
+msgid ""
+"As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one "
+"network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your "
+"<emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want "
+"to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this "
+"time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is "
+"complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> "
+"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page."
+msgstr ""
+"När du kommer till det här steget, om systemet upptäcker att du har fler än "
+"en nätverksenhet, kommer du att bli frågad att välja vilken enhet som ska "
+"vara ditt <emphasis>primära</emphasis> nätverksgränssnitt, alltså det som du "
+"vill använda för installationen. Övriga gränssnitt kommer inte att bli "
+"konfigurerade vid den här tidpunkten. Du kan konfigurera ytterligare "
+"gränssnitt efter att installationen är färdig; se manualsidan <citerefentry> "
+"<refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
+"citerefentry>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:689
+#: using-d-i.xml:690
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your local network at all. For further explanation, check the error messages on the fourth console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or if you want to perform a manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again."
-msgstr "Som standard försöker &d-i; att konfigurera din dators nätverk automatiskt via DHCP. Om DHCP-sökningen lyckas, är du klar. Om sökningen misslyckas, kan det bero på många faktorer som sträcker sig från nätverkskablar som inte varit inkopplade till en felinställd DHCP-konfiguration. Det kan också vara så att du inte har en DHCP-server alls i ditt lokala nätverk. För vidare förklaringar kan du kontrollera felmeddelandena på den tredje konsollen. I alla fall, du kommer att bli frågad om du vill försöka igen, eller om du vill genomföra en manuell konfiguration. DHCP-servrar är ibland riktiga långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen."
+msgid ""
+"By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically "
+"via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it "
+"may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a "
+"misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your "
+"local network at all. For further explanation, check the error messages on "
+"the fourth console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or "
+"if you want to perform a manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really "
+"slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try "
+"again."
+msgstr ""
+"Som standard försöker &d-i; att konfigurera din dators nätverk automatiskt "
+"via DHCP. Om DHCP-sökningen lyckas, är du klar. Om sökningen misslyckas, kan "
+"det bero på många faktorer som sträcker sig från nätverkskablar som inte "
+"varit inkopplade till en felinställd DHCP-konfiguration. Det kan också vara "
+"så att du inte har en DHCP-server alls i ditt lokala nätverk. För vidare "
+"förklaringar kan du kontrollera felmeddelandena på den tredje konsollen. I "
+"alla fall, du kommer att bli frågad om du vill försöka igen, eller om du "
+"vill genomföra en manuell konfiguration. DHCP-servrar är ibland riktiga "
+"långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:701
+#: using-d-i.xml:702
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>."
-msgstr "Den manuella nätverkskonfigurationen kommer att fråga dig ett antal frågor om ditt nätverk, speciellt <computeroutput>IP-adress</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>nätmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>adresser till namnservrar</computeroutput>, och ett <computeroutput>värdnamn</computeroutput>. Dessutom, om du har ett trådlöst nätverkskort, kommer du att bli frågad att ange <computeroutput>ESSID</computeroutput> och en <computeroutput>WEP-nyckel</computeroutput> för ditt trådlösa nätverk. Fyll i svaren från <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your "
+"network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, "
+"<computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</"
+"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and "
+"a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a "
+"wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your "
+"<computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP "
+"key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/"
+">."
+msgstr ""
+"Den manuella nätverkskonfigurationen kommer att fråga dig ett antal frågor "
+"om ditt nätverk, speciellt <computeroutput>IP-adress</computeroutput>, "
+"<computeroutput>nätmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>gateway</"
+"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>adresser till namnservrar</computeroutput>, "
+"och ett <computeroutput>värdnamn</computeroutput>. Dessutom, om du har ett "
+"trådlöst nätverkskort, kommer du att bli frågad att ange "
+"<computeroutput>ESSID</computeroutput> och en <computeroutput>WEP-nyckel</"
+"computeroutput> för ditt trådlösa nätverk. Fyll i svaren från <xref linkend="
+"\"needed-info\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:715
+#: using-d-i.xml:716
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP address and your netmask. The default broadcast address is calculated as the bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use the offered defaults &mdash; if necessary, you can change them by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> once the system has been installed."
-msgstr "Några tekniska detaljer du kanske, eller kanske inte, tycker är smidiga: programmet antar att nätverkets IP-adress är bitvis-OCH av ditt systems IP-adress och din nätmask. Den kommer att gissa att broadcast-adressen är bitvis-ELLER av ditt systems IP-adress med bitvis negation av nätmasken. Den kommer även att gissa din gateway. Om du inte kan hitta något av de här svaren, använd dessa standardvärden &mdash; du kan ändra dem när systemet har installerats, om det behövs, genom att redigera <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> när systemet har blivit installerat."
+msgid ""
+"Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program "
+"assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP "
+"address and your netmask. The default broadcast address is calculated as the "
+"bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the "
+"netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these "
+"answers, use the offered defaults &mdash; if necessary, you can change them "
+"by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> once the system has "
+"been installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Några tekniska detaljer du kanske, eller kanske inte, tycker är smidiga: "
+"programmet antar att nätverkets IP-adress är bitvis-OCH av ditt systems IP-"
+"adress och din nätmask. Den kommer att gissa att broadcast-adressen är "
+"bitvis-ELLER av ditt systems IP-adress med bitvis negation av nätmasken. Den "
+"kommer även att gissa din gateway. Om du inte kan hitta något av de här "
+"svaren, använd dessa standardvärden &mdash; du kan ändra dem när systemet "
+"har installerats, om det behövs, genom att redigera <filename>/etc/network/"
+"interfaces</filename> när systemet har blivit installerat."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:758
+#: using-d-i.xml:761
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
-msgstr "Partitionering och val av monteringspunkter"
+msgid "Configuring the Clock"
+msgstr "Konfigurera klockan"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:759
+#: using-d-i.xml:763
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely related issues like LVM or RAID devices."
-msgstr "Vid den här tidpunkten, efter identifiering av maskinvara har startats en sista gång, bör &d-i; vara vid sin fulla kraft, anpassad för användarens behov och klar att göra ett riktigt jobb. Precis som titeln på det här avsnittet indikerar, är huvudfunktionen för de nästkommande komponenterna är partitionering av dina diskar, skapa filsystem, tilldela monteringspunkter och även konfigurering av närliggande saker som LVM eller RAID-enheter."
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
 
-#. Tag: title
+#. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:781
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the "
+"system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Beroende på platsen som valdes i början av installationsprocessen kommer du "
+"kanske att visas en lista på tidszoner som är relevanta för den platsen. Om "
+"din plats endast har en tidszon kommer du inte att bli tillfrågad utan "
+"systemet antar att det är rätt tidszon."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:788
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
-msgstr "Partitionera dina diskar"
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:783
+#: using-d-i.xml:799
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
-msgstr "Nu är det dags för att partitionera dina hårddiskar. Om du känner dig osäker med partitionering eller bara vill veta mer detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:805
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:790
+#: using-d-i.xml:811
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not detect the size of the drive correctly. Creating a new partition table does not fix this issue. What does help, is to <quote>zero</quote> the first few sectors of the drive: <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hd<replaceable>X</replaceable> bs=512 count=2; sync\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> Note that this will make any existing data on that disk inaccessible."
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
-"Om en hårddisk tidigare har använts under Solaris, kommer kanske inte partitioneraren att identifiera storleken på enheten korrekt. Skapa en ny partitionstabell rättar inte till det här problemet. Vad som hjälper är att <quote>nolla</quote> de första sektorerna på enheten: <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hd<replaceable>X</replaceable> bs=512 count=2; sync\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> Observera att det här kommer att göra eventuellt befintligt data på disken otillgängligt."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:803
+#: using-d-i.xml:825
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu."
-msgstr "Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel disk eller ledigt utrymme på en disk. Det finns också en så kallad <quote>guidad</quote> partitionering. Om du inte vill partitionera automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> från menyn."
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:838
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
+msgstr "Partitionering och val av monteringspunkter"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
+"should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to "
+"do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of "
+"the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating "
+"filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely "
+"related options like RAID, LVM or encrypted devices."
+msgstr ""
+"Vid den här tidpunkten, efter identifiering av maskinvara har startats en "
+"sista gång, bör &d-i; vara vid sin fulla kraft, anpassad för användarens "
+"behov och klar att göra ett riktigt jobb. Precis som titeln på det här "
+"avsnittet indikerar, är huvudfunktionen för de nästkommande komponenterna är "
+"partitionering av dina diskar, skapa filsystem, tilldela monteringspunkter "
+"och även konfigurering av närliggande saker som LVM eller RAID-enheter."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:860
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
+"details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu är det dags för att partitionera dina hårddiskar. Om du känner dig osäker "
+"med partitionering eller bara vill veta mer detaljer, se <xref linkend="
+"\"partitioning\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:810
+#: using-d-i.xml:866
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted LVM<footnote> <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> support. </para> </footnote>."
-msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering har du tre alternativ: skapa partitioner direkt på hårddisken (klassisk metod), skapa dem med logisk volymhantering (LVM), eller att skapa dem med krypterad LVM<footnote> <para> Installationsprogrammet kommer att kryptera LVM-volymgruppen med en 256 bitars AES-nyckel och använder kärnans stöd för <quote>dm-crypt</quote>. </para> </footnote>."
+msgid ""
+"If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
+"detect the size of the drive correctly. Creating a new partition table does "
+"not fix this issue. What does help, is to <quote>zero</quote> the first few "
+"sectors of the drive: <informalexample><screen>\n"
+"# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hd<replaceable>X</replaceable> bs=512 count=2; "
+"sync\n"
+"</screen></informalexample> Note that this will make any existing data on "
+"that disk inaccessible."
+msgstr ""
+"Om en hårddisk tidigare har använts under Solaris, kommer kanske inte "
+"partitioneraren att identifiera storleken på enheten korrekt. Skapa en ny "
+"partitionstabell rättar inte till det här problemet. Vad som hjälper är att "
+"<quote>nolla</quote> de första sektorerna på enheten: "
+"<informalexample><screen>\n"
+"# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hd<replaceable>X</replaceable> bs=512 count=2; "
+"sync\n"
+"</screen></informalexample> Observera att det här kommer att göra eventuellt "
+"befintligt data på disken otillgängligt."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#: using-d-i.xml:879
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
-msgstr "Alternativet att använda (krypterad) LVM kanske inte är tillgängligt på alla arkitekturer."
+msgid ""
+"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
+"entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called "
+"<quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, "
+"choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel "
+"disk eller ledigt utrymme på en disk. Det finns också en så kallad "
+"<quote>guidad</quote> partitionering. Om du inte vill partitionera "
+"automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> från menyn."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Guided Partitioning"
+msgstr "Partitioneringsplan"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:830
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data."
-msgstr "När LVM eller krypterad LVM används kommer installationsprogrammet att skapa de flesta partitioner inne i en stor partition; fördelen med den här metoden är att partitioner inne i den här stora partitionen kan man enkelt ändra storlek på senare. I fallet med krypterad LVM, kommer den stora partitionen inte vara läsbar utan att känna till en speciell nyckelfras, vilket ger extra säkerhet för ditt (personliga) data."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
+"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them "
+"using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted "
+"LVM<footnote> <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a "
+"256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> "
+"support. </para> </footnote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer guidad partitionering har du tre alternativ: skapa partitioner "
+"direkt på hårddisken (klassisk metod), skapa dem med logisk volymhantering "
+"(LVM), eller att skapa dem med krypterad LVM<footnote> <para> "
+"Installationsprogrammet kommer att kryptera LVM-volymgruppen med en 256 "
+"bitars AES-nyckel och använder kärnans stöd för <quote>dm-crypt</quote>. </"
+"para> </footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#: using-d-i.xml:905
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
+msgstr ""
+"Alternativet att använda (krypterad) LVM kanske inte är tillgängligt på alla "
+"arkitekturer."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:910
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may take some time depending on the size of your disk."
-msgstr "När krypterad LVM används, kommer installationsprogrammet även att automatiskt radera disken genom att skriva slumpmässig data till den. Det här ökar på säkerheten ytterligare (och gör det omöjligt att se vilka delar av disken som används och ser även till att eventuella spår av tidigare installationer raderas), men kan ta lite tid beroende på storleken på din disk."
+msgid ""
+"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
+"inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions "
+"inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the "
+"case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing "
+"a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data."
+msgstr ""
+"När LVM eller krypterad LVM används kommer installationsprogrammet att skapa "
+"de flesta partitioner inne i en stor partition; fördelen med den här metoden "
+"är att partitioner inne i den här stora partitionen kan man enkelt ändra "
+"storlek på senare. I fallet med krypterad LVM, kommer den stora partitionen "
+"inte vara läsbar utan att känna till en speciell nyckelfras, vilket ger "
+"extra säkerhet för ditt (personliga) data."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:848
+#: using-d-i.xml:919
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before they are written to disk."
-msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering med LVM eller krypterad LVM, kommer vissa ändringar i partitionstabellen att behöva skrivas till den valda disken när LVM konfigureras. Dessa ändringar raderar effektivt all data som för närvarande finns på den valda hårddisken och du kommer inte kunna ångra den här åtgärden. Dock kommer installationsprogrammet fråga dig att bekräfta dessa ändringar innan de skrivs till disken."
+msgid ""
+"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
+"disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it "
+"makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also "
+"makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may "
+"take some time depending on the size of your disk."
+msgstr ""
+"När krypterad LVM används, kommer installationsprogrammet även att "
+"automatiskt radera disken genom att skriva slumpmässig data till den. Det "
+"här ökar på säkerheten ytterligare (och gör det omöjligt att se vilka delar "
+"av disken som används och ser även till att eventuella spår av tidigare "
+"installationer raderas), men kan ta lite tid beroende på storleken på din "
+"disk."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:858
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify them."
-msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering (antingen klassisk eller med (krypterad) LVM) för en hel disk, kommer du först att bli tillfrågad att välja disken som du vill använda. Kontrollera att alla dina diskar är listade och, om du har flera diskar, se till att väljer den korrekta disken. Ordningen som de listas i kan skilja sig från vad du är van med. Storleken på diskarna kan hjälpa dig att särskilja dem."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
+"in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while "
+"LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is "
+"currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them "
+"later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before "
+"they are written to disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer guidad partitionering med LVM eller krypterad LVM, kommer vissa "
+"ändringar i partitionstabellen att behöva skrivas till den valda disken när "
+"LVM konfigureras. Dessa ändringar raderar effektivt all data som för "
+"närvarande finns på den valda hårddisken och du kommer inte kunna ångra den "
+"här åtgärden. Dock kommer installationsprogrammet fråga dig att bekräfta "
+"dessa ändringar innan de skrivs till disken."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:867
+#: using-d-i.xml:938
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not possible."
-msgstr "Allt data på disken du har valt kommer eventuellt att förloras, men du kommer alltid att bli tillfrågad att bekräfta ändringarna innan de skrivs på disken. Om du har valt klassisk metod för partitioneringen, kommer du kunna ångra ändringarna fram till slutet; när (krypterad) LVM används är det här inte möjligt."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) "
+"for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to "
+"use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, "
+"make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may "
+"differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer guidad partitionering (antingen klassisk eller med (krypterad) "
+"LVM) för en hel disk, kommer du först att bli tillfrågad att välja disken "
+"som du vill använda. Kontrollera att alla dina diskar är listade och, om du "
+"har flera diskar, se till att väljer den korrekta disken. Ordningen som de "
+"listas i kan skilja sig från vad du är van med. Storleken på diskarna kan "
+"hjälpa dig att särskilja dem."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:875
+#: using-d-i.xml:947
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail."
-msgstr "Härnäst kommer du att kunna välja från de planer som listas i tabellen nedan. Alla planer har sina för- och nackdelar, vissa av dem diskuteras i <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. Om du är osäker, välj den första. Tänk dock på att guidad partitionering behöver en viss minimal mängd av ledigt utrymme att arbeta med. Om du inte ger den åtminstone 1 GB utrymme (beroende på vald plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas."
+msgid ""
+"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
+"be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you "
+"have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo "
+"any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Allt data på disken du har valt kommer eventuellt att förloras, men du "
+"kommer alltid att bli tillfrågad att bekräfta ändringarna innan de skrivs på "
+"disken. Om du har valt klassisk metod för partitioneringen, kommer du kunna "
+"ångra ändringarna fram till slutet; när (krypterad) LVM används är det här "
+"inte möjligt."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:955
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
+"All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref "
+"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in "
+"mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space "
+"to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends "
+"on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail."
+msgstr ""
+"Härnäst kommer du att kunna välja från de planer som listas i tabellen "
+"nedan. Alla planer har sina för- och nackdelar, vissa av dem diskuteras i "
+"<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. Om du är osäker, välj den första. Tänk "
+"dock på att guidad partitionering behöver en viss minimal mängd av ledigt "
+"utrymme att arbeta med. Om du inte ger den åtminstone 1 GB utrymme (beroende "
+"på vald plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas."
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
+#: using-d-i.xml:971
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning scheme"
 msgstr "Partitioneringsplan"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:892
+#: using-d-i.xml:972
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum space"
 msgstr "Minsta utrymme"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
+#: using-d-i.xml:973
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Created partitions"
 msgstr "Skapade partitioner"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:899
+#: using-d-i.xml:979
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "All files in one partition"
 msgstr "Alla filer på en partition"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:900
+#: using-d-i.xml:980
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "600MB"
 msgstr "600 MB"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:901
+#: using-d-i.xml:981
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, växl"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:903
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home partition"
 msgstr "Separat partition för /home"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:904
+#: using-d-i.xml:984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "500MB"
 msgstr "500 MB"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:905
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, växl"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:909
+#: using-d-i.xml:989
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions"
 msgstr "Separata partitioner för /home, /usr, /var och /tmp"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:910
+#: using-d-i.xml:990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>1 GB</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:911
+#: using-d-i.xml:991
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
-msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, växl"
+msgid ""
+"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
+"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
+msgstr ""
+"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
+"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, växl"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:920
+#: using-d-i.xml:1000
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, including the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition."
-msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering med (krypterad) LVM kommer installationsprogrammet även att skapa en separat partition för <filename>/boot</filename>. De andra partitionerna, inklusive växlingsutrymmet, kommer att skapas inom LVM-partitionen."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
+"also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other "
+"partitions, including the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM "
+"partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer guidad partitionering med (krypterad) LVM kommer "
+"installationsprogrammet även att skapa en separat partition för <filename>/"
+"boot</filename>. De andra partitionerna, inklusive växlingsutrymmet, kommer "
+"att skapas inom LVM-partitionen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:926
+#: using-d-i.xml:1006
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition."
-msgstr "Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt IA-64-system, kommer det att finnas ytterligare en partition, formaterad som ett startbart FAT16-filsystem, för EFI-starthanteraren. Det finns också ytterligare en menypost i formateringsmenyn för att manuellt ställa in en partition som en EFI-uppstartspartition."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an "
+"additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI "
+"boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to "
+"manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt IA-64-system, kommer det att "
+"finnas ytterligare en partition, formaterad som ett startbart FAT16-"
+"filsystem, för EFI-starthanteraren. Det finns också ytterligare en menypost "
+"i formateringsmenyn för att manuellt ställa in en partition som en EFI-"
+"uppstartspartition."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:934
+#: using-d-i.xml:1014
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader."
-msgstr "Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt Alpha-system, kommer en extra oformaterad partition att allokeras i början av din disk för att reservera utrymme till starthanteraren aboot."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, "
+"unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to "
+"reserve this space for the aboot boot loader."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt Alpha-system, kommer en extra "
+"oformaterad partition att allokeras i början av din disk för att reservera "
+"utrymme till starthanteraren aboot."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
+#: using-d-i.xml:1020
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted."
-msgstr "Efter du valt en plan kommer nästa skärm att visa din nya partitionstabell, inklusive information om hur och om partitionerna kommer att formateras och var de kommer att monteras."
+msgid ""
+"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
+"table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted "
+"and where they will be mounted."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter du valt en plan kommer nästa skärm att visa din nya partitionstabell, "
+"inklusive information om hur och om partitionerna kommer att formateras och "
+"var de kommer att monteras."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
+#: using-d-i.xml:1026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -844,7 +1667,12 @@ msgid ""
 "        #7 logical  498.8 MB      ext3\n"
 "        #8 logical  551.5 MB      swap       swap\n"
 "        #9 logical   65.8 GB      ext2\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that can be achieved using manual partitioning."
+"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided "
+"into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition "
+"line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file "
+"system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be "
+"created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that "
+"can be achieved using manual partitioning."
 msgstr ""
 "Listan över partitioner kan se ut som den här: <informalexample><screen>\n"
 "  IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n"
@@ -862,1533 +1690,3282 @@ msgstr ""
 "        #7 logisk   498.8 MB      ext3\n"
 "        #8 logisk   551.5 MB      växl       växl\n"
 "        #9 logisk    65.8 GB      ext2\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> Det här exemplet visar två IDE-hårddiskar som delats upp i flera partitioner; första disken har ledigt utrymme. Varje partitionsrad innehåller partitionsnumret, dess typ, storlek, valfria flaggor, filsystem och monteringspunkt (om det finns någon). Observera: denna specifika konfiguration kan inte skapas med en guidad partitionering men det visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering."
+"</screen></informalexample> Det här exemplet visar två IDE-hårddiskar som "
+"delats upp i flera partitioner; första disken har ledigt utrymme. Varje "
+"partitionsrad innehåller partitionsnumret, dess typ, storlek, valfria "
+"flaggor, filsystem och monteringspunkt (om det finns någon). Observera: "
+"denna specifika konfiguration kan inte skapas med en guidad partitionering "
+"men det visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1039
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning."
-msgstr "Det här sammanfattar den guidade partitioneringen. Om du är nöjd med den genererade partitionstabellen kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från menyn för att implementera den nya partitionstabellen (som beskrivs i slutet av det här avsnittet). Om du inte är nöjd kan du välja att <guimenuitem>Ångra ändringarna på partitionerna</guimenuitem> och köra den guidade partitioneringen igen eller modifiera de föreslagna ändringarna som beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering."
+msgid ""
+"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
+"generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning "
+"and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new "
+"partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not "
+"happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</"
+"guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed "
+"changes as described below for manual partitioning."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här sammanfattar den guidade partitioneringen. Om du är nöjd med den "
+"genererade partitionstabellen kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför "
+"partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från "
+"menyn för att implementera den nya partitionstabellen (som beskrivs i slutet "
+"av det här avsnittet). Om du inte är nöjd kan du välja att "
+"<guimenuitem>Ångra ändringarna på partitionerna</guimenuitem> och köra den "
+"guidade partitioneringen igen eller modifiera de föreslagna ändringarna som "
+"beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering."
 
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:969
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section."
-msgstr "En liknande skärm till den som visades ovanför kommer att visas om du väljer manuell partitionering förutom att din befintliga partitionstabell kommer att visas och utan monteringspunkterna. Hur du manuellt konfigurerar din partitionstabell och användningen av partitioner av ditt nya Debian-system kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av det här avsnittet."
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1053
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Manual Partitioning"
+msgstr "Partitioneringsplan"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1054
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk."
-msgstr "Om du väljer en ren disk som inte har några partitioner eller ledigt utrymme på sig, kommer du bli tillfrågad om en ny partitionstabell ska skapas (det behövs så att du kan skapa nya partitioner). Efter det här ska en ny rad med texten <quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> visas i tabellen under en valda disken."
+msgid ""
+"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
+"manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown "
+"and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and "
+"the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the "
+"remainder of this section."
+msgstr ""
+"En liknande skärm till den som visades ovanför kommer att visas om du väljer "
+"manuell partitionering förutom att din befintliga partitionstabell kommer "
+"att visas och utan monteringspunkterna. Hur du manuellt konfigurerar din "
+"partitionstabell och användningen av partitioner av ditt nya Debian-system "
+"kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av det här avsnittet."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#: using-d-i.xml:1062
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose a different filesystem for this partition, including options to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return to <command>partman</command>'s main screen."
-msgstr "Om du väljer ett ledigt utrymme kommer du bli erbjuden att skapa en ny partition. Du kommer att få svara på några snabba frågor om dess storlek, typ (primär eller logisk), och plats (början eller slutet på det lediga utrymmet). Efter det kommer du att bli visad en detaljerad överblick av din nya partition. Huvudinställningen är <guimenuitem>Använd som:</guimenuitem>, vilken bestämmer om partitionen kommer att innehålla ett filsystem, eller användas som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, LVM, ett krypterat filsystem, eller inte användas alls. Andra inställningar inkluderar monteringspunkt, monteringsalternativ, och startbar-flaggan; vilka inställningar som visas beror på hur partitionen kommer att användas. Om de förinställda standardvärdena inte passar dig, kan du ändra dem för att passa ditt system. Till exempel genom att välja alternativet <guimenuitem>Använd som:</guimenuitem>, kan du välja ett annat filsystem för den här partitionen, inklusive alternativ för att använda partitionen som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, LVM, eller inte använda alls. En annan trevlig funktion är möjligheten att kopiera data från en befintlig partition till den nya. När du är nöjd med din nya partition, välj <guimenuitem>Klar med partitionen</guimenuitem> och du återvänder till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command>."
+msgid ""
+"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
+"it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is "
+"needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled "
+"<quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer en ren disk som inte har några partitioner eller ledigt utrymme "
+"på sig, kommer du bli tillfrågad om en ny partitionstabell ska skapas (det "
+"behövs så att du kan skapa nya partitioner). Efter det här ska en ny rad med "
+"texten <quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> visas i tabellen under en valda disken."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#: using-d-i.xml:1070
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
+"partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its "
+"size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free "
+"space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your "
+"new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which "
+"determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for "
+"swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. "
+"Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which "
+"settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't "
+"like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. "
+"by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose a "
+"different filesystem for this partition, including options to use the "
+"partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice "
+"feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this "
+"one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select "
+"<guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return "
+"to <command>partman</command>'s main screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer ett ledigt utrymme kommer du bli erbjuden att skapa en ny "
+"partition. Du kommer att få svara på några snabba frågor om dess storlek, "
+"typ (primär eller logisk), och plats (början eller slutet på det lediga "
+"utrymmet). Efter det kommer du att bli visad en detaljerad överblick av din "
+"nya partition. Huvudinställningen är <guimenuitem>Använd som:</guimenuitem>, "
+"vilken bestämmer om partitionen kommer att innehålla ett filsystem, eller "
+"användas som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, LVM, ett krypterat "
+"filsystem, eller inte användas alls. Andra inställningar inkluderar "
+"monteringspunkt, monteringsalternativ, och startbar-flaggan; vilka "
+"inställningar som visas beror på hur partitionen kommer att användas. Om de "
+"förinställda standardvärdena inte passar dig, kan du ändra dem för att passa "
+"ditt system. Till exempel genom att välja alternativet <guimenuitem>Använd "
+"som:</guimenuitem>, kan du välja ett annat filsystem för den här "
+"partitionen, inklusive alternativ för att använda partitionen som "
+"växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, LVM, eller inte använda alls. En annan "
+"trevlig funktion är möjligheten att kopiera data från en befintlig partition "
+"till den nya. När du är nöjd med din nya partition, välj <guimenuitem>Klar "
+"med partitionen</guimenuitem> och du återvänder till huvudskärmen i "
+"<command>partman</command>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1092
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. This is the same screen as is used when creating a new partition, so you can change the same settings. One thing that may not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition."
-msgstr "Om du bestämmer dig för att du vill ändra någonting på din partition, välj helt enkelt partitionen för att ta dig till konfigurationsmenyn för partitioner. Det här är samma skärm som när man skapar en ny partition, så du kan ändra samma inställningar. En sak som kanske inte är självklar vid första anblicken är att du kan ändra storleken på partitionen genom att välja posten som visar partitionens storlek. Filsystem som är kända att fungera är bland annat fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 och swap (växlingsutrymme). Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition."
+msgid ""
+"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
+"select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration "
+"menu. This is the same screen as is used when creating a new partition, so "
+"you can change the same settings. One thing that may not be very obvious at "
+"a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item "
+"displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least "
+"fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a "
+"partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du bestämmer dig för att du vill ändra någonting på din partition, välj "
+"helt enkelt partitionen för att ta dig till konfigurationsmenyn för "
+"partitioner. Det här är samma skärm som när man skapar en ny partition, så "
+"du kan ändra samma inställningar. En sak som kanske inte är självklar vid "
+"första anblicken är att du kan ändra storleken på partitionen genom att "
+"välja posten som visar partitionens storlek. Filsystem som är kända att "
+"fungera är bland annat fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 och swap (växlingsutrymme). "
+"Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1018
+#: using-d-i.xml:1103
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue."
-msgstr "Var säker på att du skapar åtminstone två partitioner: en för <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystemet (som måste monteras som <filename>/</filename>) och en för <emphasis>swap</emphasis> (växlingsutrymme). Om du glömde att montera rotfilsystemet kommer <command>partman</command> inte låta dig fortsätta förrän du har rättat till det."
+msgid ""
+"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
+"emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and "
+"one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root "
+"filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you "
+"correct this issue."
+msgstr ""
+"Var säker på att du skapar åtminstone två partitioner: en för <emphasis>rot</"
+"emphasis>filsystemet (som måste monteras som <filename>/</filename>) och en "
+"för <emphasis>swap</emphasis> (växlingsutrymme). Om du glömde att montera "
+"rotfilsystemet kommer <command>partman</command> inte låta dig fortsätta "
+"förrän du har rättat till det."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1026
+#: using-d-i.xml:1111
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one."
-msgstr "Om du glömmer att välja och formatera en uppstartspartition för EFI kommer <command>partman</command> att upptäcka det och inte låta dig fortsätta förrän du har allokerat en."
+msgid ""
+"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</"
+"command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du glömmer att välja och formatera en uppstartspartition för EFI kommer "
+"<command>partman</command> att upptäcka det och inte låta dig fortsätta "
+"förrän du har allokerat en."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#: using-d-i.xml:1117
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
-msgstr "Färdigheterna som <command>partman</command> besitter kan utökas med moduler, men är beroende på din systemarkitektur. Om du inte kan se alla utlovade godsaker, kontrollera om du har läst in alla nödvändiga moduler (exempelvis <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
+msgid ""
+"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
+"modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't "
+"see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e."
+"g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or "
+"<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Färdigheterna som <command>partman</command> besitter kan utökas med "
+"moduler, men är beroende på din systemarkitektur. Om du inte kan se alla "
+"utlovade godsaker, kontrollera om du har läst in alla nödvändiga moduler "
+"(exempelvis <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</"
+"filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1040
+#: using-d-i.xml:1125
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested."
-msgstr "Efter att du är nöjd med partitioneringen, välj <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från partitioneringsmenyn. Du kommer att bli visad ett sammandrag på ändringar gjorda på diskarna och bli frågad att bekräfta skapandet av begärda filsystem."
+msgid ""
+"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
+"partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning "
+"menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and "
+"asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att du är nöjd med partitioneringen, välj <guimenuitem>Slutför "
+"partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från "
+"partitioneringsmenyn. Du kommer att bli visad ett sammandrag på ändringar "
+"gjorda på diskarna och bli frågad att bekräfta skapandet av begärda "
+"filsystem."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)"
+#: using-d-i.xml:1153
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
 msgstr "Konfiguration av multidiskenhet (Programvaru-RAID)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1069
+#: using-d-i.xml:1154
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)."
-msgstr "Om du har fler än en hårddisk<footnote><para> Det går faktiskt att bygga en MD-enhet även från partitioner som finns på samma fysiska disk, men det kommer inte att ge dig något användbart. </para></footnote> i din dator, kan du använda <command>mdcfg</command> för att ställa in dina diskar för ökad prestanda eller bättre tillförlitlighet på ditt data. Resultatet kallas för <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (eller efter dess mest kända variant <firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)."
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
+"construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, "
+"but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your "
+"computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for "
+"increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is "
+"called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous "
+"variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har fler än en hårddisk<footnote><para> Det går faktiskt att bygga en "
+"MD-enhet även från partitioner som finns på samma fysiska disk, men det "
+"kommer inte att ge dig något användbart. </para></footnote> i din dator, kan "
+"du använda <command>mdcfg</command> för att ställa in dina diskar för ökad "
+"prestanda eller bättre tillförlitlighet på ditt data. Resultatet kallas för "
+"<firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (eller efter dess mest kända variant "
+"<firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1083
+#: using-d-i.xml:1168
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)."
-msgstr "MD är enkelt sett en samling partitioner som finns på olika diskar och kombineras ihop för att skapa en <emphasis>logisk</emphasis> enhet. Den här enheten kan sedan användas som en vanlig partition (alltså, i <command>partman</command> kan du formatera den, ge den en monteringspunkt, etc.)."
+msgid ""
+"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
+"combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device "
+"can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</"
+"command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+"MD är enkelt sett en samling partitioner som finns på olika diskar och "
+"kombineras ihop för att skapa en <emphasis>logisk</emphasis> enhet. Den här "
+"enheten kan sedan användas som en vanlig partition (alltså, i "
+"<command>partman</command> kan du formatera den, ge den en monteringspunkt, "
+"etc.)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1091
+#: using-d-i.xml:1176
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:"
-msgstr "Fördelarna som du får beror på den typ av MD-enhet du skapar. För närvarande stöds: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Är huvudsakligen riktad mot prestanda. RAID0 delar upp all inkommande data i <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> och distribuerar dem jämnt över alla diskar i kedjan. Det här kan öka hastigheten på läs- och skrivoperationer men när en av diskarna går sönder kommer du att förlora <emphasis>allting</emphasis> (delar av informationen finns fortfarande på den friska disken (eller flera), den andra delen <emphasis>fanns</emphasis> på den trasiga disken). </para><para> Typisk användning för RAID0 är en partition för videoredigering. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Är lämplig för konfigurationer där tillförlitlighet är ledordet. Den innehåller flera (vanligtvis två) lika stora partitioner där varje partition innehåller exakt samma data. Det här betyder tre saker. För det första, om en av dina diskar går sönder, kommer du fortfarande att ha data speglat på de återstående diskarna. För det andra, du kan endast använda en liten del av den tillgängliga kapaciteten (mer specifikt, det är storleken på den minsta partitionen i RAID-kedjan). För det tredje, filläsningar är lastbalanserade mellan diskarna, vilket kan öka prestandan på en server, såsom en filserver, som brukar vara belastad med fler diskläsningar än skrivningar. </para><para> Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för en trasig disk om något går fel. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Är en bra kompromiss mellan hastighet, tillförlitlighet och dataredundans. RAID5 delar upp all inkommande data i \"stripes\" och distribuerar dem jämnt på alla utan en disk (liknande RAID0). Tvärtemot RAID0 beräknar även RAID5 <firstterm>paritetsinformation</firstterm>, som skrivs på den återstående disken. Paritetsdisken är inte statisk (det skulle kallas för RAID4), utan förändras periodvis, så att partitetsinformationen distribueras jämnt över alla diskar. När en av diskarna går sönder, kan den saknade delen av informationen beräknas utifrån det återstående datat och dess paritet. RAID5 måste innehålla åtminstone tre aktiva partitioner. Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för en trasig disk om något går fel. </para><para> Som du kan se, RAID5 har tillförlitlighet som liknar den för RAID1 men erbjuder mindre redundans. Å andra sidan är den kanske lite långsammare på skrivoperationer än RAID0 på grund av beräkningarna av paritetsinformation. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> För att summera:"
+msgid ""
+"What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
+"Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</"
+"term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all "
+"incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them "
+"equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/"
+"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose "
+"<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the "
+"healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed "
+"disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video "
+"editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</"
+"term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first "
+"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where "
+"every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three "
+"things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored "
+"on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available "
+"capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the "
+"RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can "
+"improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be "
+"loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can "
+"have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk "
+"in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> "
+"<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, "
+"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes "
+"and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike "
+"RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which "
+"gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that "
+"would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity "
+"information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks "
+"fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data "
+"and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. "
+"Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place "
+"of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, "
+"RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less "
+"redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations "
+"than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </"
+"varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:"
+msgstr ""
+"Fördelarna som du får beror på den typ av MD-enhet du skapar. För närvarande "
+"stöds: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Är "
+"huvudsakligen riktad mot prestanda. RAID0 delar upp all inkommande data i "
+"<firstterm>stripes</firstterm> och distribuerar dem jämnt över alla diskar i "
+"kedjan. Det här kan öka hastigheten på läs- och skrivoperationer men när en "
+"av diskarna går sönder kommer du att förlora <emphasis>allting</emphasis> "
+"(delar av informationen finns fortfarande på den friska disken (eller "
+"flera), den andra delen <emphasis>fanns</emphasis> på den trasiga disken). </"
+"para><para> Typisk användning för RAID0 är en partition för videoredigering. "
+"</para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</"
+"term><listitem><para> Är lämplig för konfigurationer där tillförlitlighet är "
+"ledordet. Den innehåller flera (vanligtvis två) lika stora partitioner där "
+"varje partition innehåller exakt samma data. Det här betyder tre saker. För "
+"det första, om en av dina diskar går sönder, kommer du fortfarande att ha "
+"data speglat på de återstående diskarna. För det andra, du kan endast "
+"använda en liten del av den tillgängliga kapaciteten (mer specifikt, det är "
+"storleken på den minsta partitionen i RAID-kedjan). För det tredje, "
+"filläsningar är lastbalanserade mellan diskarna, vilket kan öka prestandan "
+"på en server, såsom en filserver, som brukar vara belastad med fler "
+"diskläsningar än skrivningar. </para><para> Du kan även ha en reservdisk i "
+"kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för en trasig disk om något går fel. </"
+"para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</"
+"term><listitem><para> Är en bra kompromiss mellan hastighet, "
+"tillförlitlighet och dataredundans. RAID5 delar upp all inkommande data i "
+"\"stripes\" och distribuerar dem jämnt på alla utan en disk (liknande "
+"RAID0). Tvärtemot RAID0 beräknar även RAID5 <firstterm>paritetsinformation</"
+"firstterm>, som skrivs på den återstående disken. Paritetsdisken är inte "
+"statisk (det skulle kallas för RAID4), utan förändras periodvis, så att "
+"partitetsinformationen distribueras jämnt över alla diskar. När en av "
+"diskarna går sönder, kan den saknade delen av informationen beräknas utifrån "
+"det återstående datat och dess paritet. RAID5 måste innehålla åtminstone tre "
+"aktiva partitioner. Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta "
+"över platsen för en trasig disk om något går fel. </para><para> Som du kan "
+"se, RAID5 har tillförlitlighet som liknar den för RAID1 men erbjuder mindre "
+"redundans. Å andra sidan är den kanske lite långsammare på skrivoperationer "
+"än RAID0 på grund av beräkningarna av paritetsinformation. </para></"
+"listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> För att summera:"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1169
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "Typ"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1170
+#: using-d-i.xml:1255
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum Devices"
 msgstr "Minimum antal enheter"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1171
+#: using-d-i.xml:1256
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Spare Device"
 msgstr "Reservenhet"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1172
+#: using-d-i.xml:1257
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Survives disk failure?"
 msgstr "Överlever diskfel?"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1258
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Available Space"
 msgstr "Tillgänglig plats"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1179
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID0"
 msgstr "RAID0"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1180
-#: using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265 using-d-i.xml:1273
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1181
-#: using-d-i.xml:1182
+#: using-d-i.xml:1266 using-d-i.xml:1267
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
-msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av antalet enheter i RAID"
+msgstr ""
+"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av antalet enheter i RAID"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1187
+#: using-d-i.xml:1272
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID1"
 msgstr "RAID1"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1189
-#: using-d-i.xml:1197
+#: using-d-i.xml:1274 using-d-i.xml:1282
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "optional"
 msgstr "valfri"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1190
-#: using-d-i.xml:1198
+#: using-d-i.xml:1275 using-d-i.xml:1283
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1191
+#: using-d-i.xml:1276
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
 msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen i RAID"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1195
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID5"
 msgstr "RAID5"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1281
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1199
+#: using-d-i.xml:1284
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)"
-msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av (antalet enheter i RAID minus en)"
+msgid ""
+"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
+"minus one)"
+msgstr ""
+"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av (antalet enheter i RAID "
+"minus en)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1207
+#: using-d-i.xml:1292
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
-msgstr "Om du vill veta mer om programvaru-RAID, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
+"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du vill veta mer om programvaru-RAID, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"&url-"
+"software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1212
+#: using-d-i.xml:1297
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
-msgstr "För att skapa en MD-enhet behöver du markera de partitioner som den ska innehålla markerade för användning i ett RAID. (Det här gör man i <command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
+msgid ""
+"To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
+"consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</"
+"command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should "
+"select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume "
+"for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
+msgstr ""
+"För att skapa en MD-enhet behöver du markera de partitioner som den ska "
+"innehålla markerade för användning i ett RAID. (Det här gör man i "
+"<command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</"
+"guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> "
+"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1221
+#: using-d-i.xml:1306
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell."
-msgstr "Stöd för MD är ett relativt nytt tillägg till installationsprogrammet. Du kan råka ut för problem för vissa RAID-nivåer och i kombination med vissa starthanterare om du försöker använda MD för rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</filename>). För erfarna användare kan det vara möjligt att komma runt en del av sådana problem genom att starta vissa konfigurations- eller installationssteg manuellt från ett skal."
+msgid ""
+"Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may "
+"experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some "
+"bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) "
+"filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of "
+"these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps "
+"manually from a shell."
+msgstr ""
+"Stöd för MD är ett relativt nytt tillägg till installationsprogrammet. Du "
+"kan råka ut för problem för vissa RAID-nivåer och i kombination med vissa "
+"starthanterare om du försöker använda MD för rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</"
+"filename>). För erfarna användare kan det vara möjligt att komma runt en del "
+"av sådana problem genom att starta vissa konfigurations- eller "
+"installationssteg manuellt från ett skal."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1315
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected."
-msgstr "Efter det ska du välja <guimenuitem>Konfigurera programvaru-RAID</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn i <command>partman</command>. (Menyn kommer endast att visas om du markerat minst en partition för användning som <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem>.) På första skärmen i <command>mdcfg</command>, välj helt enkelt <guimenuitem>Skapa MD-enhet</guimenuitem>. Du kommer att bli visad en lista på typer av MD-enheter som stöds, från vilken du bör välja en (t.ex. RAID1). Vad som kommer härnäst beror på den MD-typ du har valt."
+msgid ""
+"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
+"from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear "
+"after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical "
+"volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</"
+"command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will "
+"be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you "
+"should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you "
+"selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter det ska du välja <guimenuitem>Konfigurera programvaru-RAID</"
+"guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn i <command>partman</command>. (Menyn kommer "
+"endast att visas om du markerat minst en partition för användning som "
+"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem>.) På första skärmen i "
+"<command>mdcfg</command>, välj helt enkelt <guimenuitem>Skapa MD-enhet</"
+"guimenuitem>. Du kommer att bli visad en lista på typer av MD-enheter som "
+"stöds, från vilken du bör välja en (t.ex. RAID1). Vad som kommer härnäst "
+"beror på den MD-typ du har valt."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1328
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD."
-msgstr "RAID0 är enkel &mdash; du kommer att visas en lista över tillgängliga RAID-partitioner och du behöver endast välja de partitioner som ska utgöra MD-enheten."
+msgid ""
+"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
+"partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form "
+"the MD."
+msgstr ""
+"RAID0 är enkel &mdash; du kommer att visas en lista över tillgängliga RAID-"
+"partitioner och du behöver endast välja de partitioner som ska utgöra MD-"
+"enheten."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1250
+#: using-d-i.xml:1335
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue."
-msgstr "RAID1 är lite mer besvärlig. Först kommer du bli frågad att ange antalet aktiva enheter och antalet reservenheter som ska forma din MD. Sedan behöver du välja från listan av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner vilka som ska vara aktiva och sedan de som ska vara reserver. Antalet valda partitioner måste vara samma som antalet som angavs tidigare. Var lugn, om du gör ett misstag och väljer ett olikt antal partitioner kommer &d-i; inte att låta dig fortsätta tills du har rättat till det."
+msgid ""
+"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
+"active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, "
+"you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that "
+"will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected "
+"partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't "
+"worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the "
+"&d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue."
+msgstr ""
+"RAID1 är lite mer besvärlig. Först kommer du bli frågad att ange antalet "
+"aktiva enheter och antalet reservenheter som ska forma din MD. Sedan behöver "
+"du välja från listan av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner vilka som ska vara "
+"aktiva och sedan de som ska vara reserver. Antalet valda partitioner måste "
+"vara samma som antalet som angavs tidigare. Var lugn, om du gör ett misstag "
+"och väljer ett olikt antal partitioner kommer &d-i; inte att låta dig "
+"fortsätta tills du har rättat till det."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1262
+#: using-d-i.xml:1347
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "RAID5 has a similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions."
-msgstr "RAID5 har en liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner."
+msgid ""
+"RAID5 has a similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you "
+"need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"RAID5 har en liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du "
+"behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1270
+#: using-d-i.xml:1355
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine the first partitions on all three disks into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)."
-msgstr "Det är fullt möjligt att ha flera MD-typer samtidigt. Till exempel om du har tre stycken 200 GB stora hårddiskar dedicerade till MD, där varje hårddisk innehåller två stycken 100 GB stora partitioner, kan du kombinera de första partitionerna på alla tre hårddiskar till en RAID0 (300 GB stor för snabb videoredigering) och använda de övriga tre partitionerna (2 aktiva och 1 reserv) för RAID1 (ganska tillförlitlig 100 GB stor partition för <filename>/home</filename>)."
+msgid ""
+"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
+"if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two "
+"100 GB partitions, you can combine the first partitions on all three disks "
+"into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three "
+"partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition "
+"for <filename>/home</filename>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är fullt möjligt att ha flera MD-typer samtidigt. Till exempel om du har "
+"tre stycken 200 GB stora hårddiskar dedicerade till MD, där varje hårddisk "
+"innehåller två stycken 100 GB stora partitioner, kan du kombinera de första "
+"partitionerna på alla tre hårddiskar till en RAID0 (300 GB stor för snabb "
+"videoredigering) och använda de övriga tre partitionerna (2 aktiva och 1 "
+"reserv) för RAID1 (ganska tillförlitlig 100 GB stor partition för <filename>/"
+"home</filename>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1364
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints."
-msgstr "Efter att du har konfigurerat MD-enheterna efter dina behov kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem> i <command>mdcfg</command> för att återgå till <command>partman</command> för att skapa filsystem på dina nya MD-enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter."
+msgid ""
+"After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
+"guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the "
+"<command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and "
+"assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att du har konfigurerat MD-enheterna efter dina behov kan du välja "
+"<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem> i <command>mdcfg</command> för att återgå "
+"till <command>partman</command> för att skapa filsystem på dina nya MD-"
+"enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1294
+#: using-d-i.xml:1379
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
 msgstr "Konfigurering av den logiska volymhanteraren (LVM)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1295
+#: using-d-i.xml:1380
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc."
-msgstr "Om du arbetar med datorer som en systemadministratör eller <quote>avancerad</quote> användare har du säkert upplevt en situation där någon diskpartition (oftast den mest viktiga) fått slut på ledigt utrymme medan någon annan partition haft otroligt mycket oanvänt utrymme och du har behövt att hantera den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc."
+msgid ""
+"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
+"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some "
+"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while "
+"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this "
+"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du arbetar med datorer som en systemadministratör eller <quote>avancerad</"
+"quote> användare har du säkert upplevt en situation där någon diskpartition "
+"(oftast den mest viktiga) fått slut på ledigt utrymme medan någon annan "
+"partition haft otroligt mycket oanvänt utrymme och du har behövt att hantera "
+"den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1303
+#: using-d-i.xml:1388
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical disks."
-msgstr "För att undvika de beskrivna situationen kan du använda logisk volymhantering (LVM). Med LVM kan du kort sagt kombinera dina partitioner (<firstterm>fysiska volymer</firstterm> på LVM-språk) för att forma en virtuell disk (en så kallad <firstterm>volymgrupp</firstterm>) som sedan kan delas upp i virtuella partitioner (<firstterm>logiska volymer</firstterm>). Meningen är att logiska volymer (och så klart de underliggande volymgrupperna) kan spänna över ett flertal fysiska diskar."
+msgid ""
+"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
+"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical "
+"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called "
+"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual "
+"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that "
+"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across "
+"several physical disks."
+msgstr ""
+"För att undvika de beskrivna situationen kan du använda logisk "
+"volymhantering (LVM). Med LVM kan du kort sagt kombinera dina partitioner "
+"(<firstterm>fysiska volymer</firstterm> på LVM-språk) för att forma en "
+"virtuell disk (en så kallad <firstterm>volymgrupp</firstterm>) som sedan kan "
+"delas upp i virtuella partitioner (<firstterm>logiska volymer</firstterm>). "
+"Meningen är att logiska volymer (och så klart de underliggande "
+"volymgrupperna) kan spänna över ett flertal fysiska diskar."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1313
+#: using-d-i.xml:1398
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila &mdash; your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>."
-msgstr "Nu när du har insett att du behöver mer utrymme för din gamla 160 GB stora <filename>/home</filename>-partition kan du helt enkelt lägga till en ny 300 GB stor disk till datorn, låta den bli medlem av din befintliga volymgrupp och sedan förändra storleken på den logiska volymen som tillhandahåller filsystemet för <filename>/home</filename> och voilá &mdash; dina användare har mer plats igen på sin nya 460 GB stora partition. Det här exemplet är så klart lite grovt förenklat. Om du inte har läst den än bör du konsultera <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
+"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, "
+"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume "
+"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila &mdash; "
+"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This "
+"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you "
+"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu när du har insett att du behöver mer utrymme för din gamla 160 GB stora "
+"<filename>/home</filename>-partition kan du helt enkelt lägga till en ny 300 "
+"GB stor disk till datorn, låta den bli medlem av din befintliga volymgrupp "
+"och sedan förändra storleken på den logiska volymen som tillhandahåller "
+"filsystemet för <filename>/home</filename> och voilá &mdash; dina användare "
+"har mer plats igen på sin nya 460 GB stora partition. Det här exemplet är så "
+"klart lite grovt förenklat. Om du inte har läst den än bör du konsultera "
+"<ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1324
+#: using-d-i.xml:1409
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside <command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
-msgstr "LVM-konfiguration i &d-i; är ganska enkel och stöds fullständigt i <command>partman</command>. Först måste du markera de partitioner som ska användas som fysiska volymer för LVM. Det här görs i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du ska välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
+msgid ""
+"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
+"<command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be "
+"used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition "
+"settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:"
+"</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
+msgstr ""
+"LVM-konfiguration i &d-i; är ganska enkel och stöds fullständigt i "
+"<command>partman</command>. Först måste du markera de partitioner som ska "
+"användas som fysiska volymer för LVM. Det här görs i menyn "
+"<guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du ska välja <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för LVM</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1333
+#: using-d-i.xml:1418
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows valid actions. The possible actions are:"
-msgstr "När du återvänder till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du att se ett nytt alternativ <guimenuitem>Konfigurera den logiska volymhanteraren</guimenuitem>. När du väljer den kommer du att först bli frågad om att bekräfta väntande ändringar till partitionstabellen (om det finns några) och sedan kommer LVM-konfigurationsmenyn att visas. Ovanför menyn visas en sammanfattning av LVM-konfigurationen. Själva menyn är sammanhangskänslig och visar endast giltiga åtgärder. De möjliga åtgärderna är:"
+msgid ""
+"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
+"a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</"
+"guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm "
+"pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM "
+"configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM "
+"configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows "
+"valid actions. The possible actions are:"
+msgstr ""
+"När du återvänder till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du "
+"att se ett nytt alternativ <guimenuitem>Konfigurera den logiska "
+"volymhanteraren</guimenuitem>. När du väljer den kommer du att först bli "
+"frågad om att bekräfta väntande ändringar till partitionstabellen (om det "
+"finns några) och sedan kommer LVM-konfigurationsmenyn att visas. Ovanför "
+"menyn visas en sammanfattning av LVM-konfigurationen. Själva menyn är "
+"sammanhangskänslig och visar endast giltiga åtgärder. De möjliga åtgärderna "
+"är:"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1344
+#: using-d-i.xml:1429
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more"
-msgstr "<guimenuitem>Visa konfigurationsdetaljer</guimenuitem>: visar LVM-enhetsstrukturen, namn och storlekar på logiska volymer och annat"
+msgid ""
+"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
+"structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more"
+msgstr ""
+"<guimenuitem>Visa konfigurationsdetaljer</guimenuitem>: visar LVM-"
+"enhetsstrukturen, namn och storlekar på logiska volymer och annat"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1434
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create volume group"
 msgstr "Skapa volymgrupp"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1352
+#: using-d-i.xml:1437
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create logical volume"
 msgstr "Skapa logisk volym"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1440
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete volume group"
 msgstr "Ta bort volymgrupp"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1358
+#: using-d-i.xml:1443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete logical volume"
 msgstr "Ta bort logisk volym"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1446
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Extend volume group"
 msgstr "Utöka volymgrupp"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1364
+#: using-d-i.xml:1449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Reduce volume group"
 msgstr "Minska volymgrupp"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1451
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</command> screen"
-msgstr "<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem>: återvänd till huvudskärmen för <command>partman</command>"
+msgid ""
+"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
+"command> screen"
+msgstr ""
+"<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem>: återvänd till huvudskärmen för "
+"<command>partman</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1372
+#: using-d-i.xml:1457
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create your logical volumes inside it."
-msgstr "Använd alternativen i den menyn för att först skapa en volymgrupp och sedan skapa dina logiska volymer i den."
+msgid ""
+"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
+"your logical volumes inside it."
+msgstr ""
+"Använd alternativen i den menyn för att först skapa en volymgrupp och sedan "
+"skapa dina logiska volymer i den."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1377
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them as such)."
-msgstr "Efter du återvänt till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du att se skapade logiska volymer på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner (och du bör även behandla dem som det)."
+msgid ""
+"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
+"logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions "
+"(and you should treat them as such)."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter du återvänt till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du "
+"att se skapade logiska volymer på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner (och du "
+"bör även behandla dem som det)."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1391
+#: using-d-i.xml:1476
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
 msgstr "Konfigurera krypterade volymer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1392
+#: using-d-i.xml:1477
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the hard drive will look like random characters."
-msgstr "&d-i; låter dig konfigurera krypterade partitioner. Varje fil som du skriver på en sådan partition kommer omedelbart att sparas till enheten i krypterad form. Tillgång till krypterat data ges endast efter att en <firstterm>lösenfras</firstterm> har angivits när den krypterade partitionen ursprungligen skapades. Denna funktion är användbart för att skydda känsligt data om till exempel din bärbara dator eller hårddisk blir stulna. Tjuven kanske får fysisk tillgång till hårddisken men utan att känna till den rätta lösenfrasen kommer det data som finns på hårddisken bara att se ut som slumpmässiga tecken."
+msgid ""
+"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
+"such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. "
+"Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the "
+"<firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was "
+"originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case "
+"your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access "
+"to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the "
+"hard drive will look like random characters."
+msgstr ""
+"&d-i; låter dig konfigurera krypterade partitioner. Varje fil som du skriver "
+"på en sådan partition kommer omedelbart att sparas till enheten i krypterad "
+"form. Tillgång till krypterat data ges endast efter att en "
+"<firstterm>lösenfras</firstterm> har angivits när den krypterade partitionen "
+"ursprungligen skapades. Denna funktion är användbart för att skydda känsligt "
+"data om till exempel din bärbara dator eller hårddisk blir stulna. Tjuven "
+"kanske får fysisk tillgång till hårddisken men utan att känna till den rätta "
+"lösenfrasen kommer det data som finns på hårddisken bara att se ut som "
+"slumpmässiga tecken."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1404
+#: using-d-i.xml:1489
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted partition."
-msgstr "De två mest viktiga partitionerna att kryptera är: hempartitionen, där ditt privata data finns och växlingspartitionen, där känsligt data kan lagras temporärt under körning. Så klart, ingenting hindrar dig från att kryptera någon annan partition som är av intresse. Till exempel <filename>/var</filename> där databasservrar, e-postservrar eller utskriftsservrar lagras sitt data, eller <filename>/tmp</filename> som används av olika program för att lagra möjligen intressanta temporärfiler. Vissa personer kanske även vill kryptera hela sitt system. Det enda undantaget är partitionen för <filename>/boot</filename> som måste kvarstå som okrypterad, på grund av att det för närvarande inte finns något sätt att läsa in kärnan från en krypterad partition."
+msgid ""
+"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
+"your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data "
+"might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents "
+"you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For "
+"example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or "
+"print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used "
+"by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some "
+"people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is "
+"the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, "
+"because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted "
+"partition."
+msgstr ""
+"De två mest viktiga partitionerna att kryptera är: hempartitionen, där ditt "
+"privata data finns och växlingspartitionen, där känsligt data kan lagras "
+"temporärt under körning. Så klart, ingenting hindrar dig från att kryptera "
+"någon annan partition som är av intresse. Till exempel <filename>/var</"
+"filename> där databasservrar, e-postservrar eller utskriftsservrar lagras "
+"sitt data, eller <filename>/tmp</filename> som används av olika program för "
+"att lagra möjligen intressanta temporärfiler. Vissa personer kanske även "
+"vill kryptera hela sitt system. Det enda undantaget är partitionen för "
+"<filename>/boot</filename> som måste kvarstå som okrypterad, på grund av att "
+"det för närvarande inte finns något sätt att läsa in kärnan från en "
+"krypterad partition."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1419
+#: using-d-i.xml:1504
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, chosen cipher and a key length."
-msgstr "Observera att prestandan för krypterade partitioner kommer att vara mindre än för okrypterade eftersom datan behöver dekrypteras eller krypteras för varje läsning eller skrivning. Prestandaskillnaden beror på din processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd."
+msgid ""
+"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
+"that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted "
+"for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, "
+"chosen cipher and a key length."
+msgstr ""
+"Observera att prestandan för krypterade partitioner kommer att vara mindre "
+"än för okrypterade eftersom datan behöver dekrypteras eller krypteras för "
+"varje läsning eller skrivning. Prestandaskillnaden beror på din "
+"processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1426
+#: using-d-i.xml:1511
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition."
-msgstr "För att använda kryptering måste du skapa en ny partition genom att välja ett fritt utrymme i huvudpartitioneringsmenyn. Ett annat alternativ är att välja en befintlig partition (t.ex. en vanlig partition, en logisk LVM-volym eller en RAID-volym). I menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> behöver du välja <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för kryptering</guimenuitem> för alternativet <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> </menuchoice>. Menyn kommer att ändras till att inkludera flera krypteringsalternativ för partitionen."
+msgid ""
+"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
+"space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing "
+"partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID "
+"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to "
+"select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the "
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will "
+"then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition."
+msgstr ""
+"För att använda kryptering måste du skapa en ny partition genom att välja "
+"ett fritt utrymme i huvudpartitioneringsmenyn. Ett annat alternativ är att "
+"välja en befintlig partition (t.ex. en vanlig partition, en logisk LVM-volym "
+"eller en RAID-volym). I menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> "
+"behöver du välja <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för kryptering</guimenuitem> för "
+"alternativet <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> </menuchoice>. "
+"Menyn kommer att ändras till att inkludera flera krypteringsalternativ för "
+"partitionen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1437
+#: using-d-i.xml:1522
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default."
-msgstr "&d-i; har stöd för flera krypteringsmetoder. Standardmetoden är <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (inkluderad i nyare Linux-kärnor, kan hantera fysiska LVM-volymer), den andra är <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (äldre, underhålls separat från Linux-källkodsträd). Det rekommenderas att du använder standardmetoden såvida du inte har andra anledningar att göra annorlunda. "
+msgid ""
+"&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is "
+"<firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to "
+"host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> "
+"(older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have "
+"compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default."
+msgstr ""
+"&d-i; har stöd för flera krypteringsmetoder. Standardmetoden är "
+"<firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (inkluderad i nyare Linux-kärnor, kan "
+"hantera fysiska LVM-volymer), den andra är <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> "
+"(äldre, underhålls separat från Linux-källkodsträd). Det rekommenderas att "
+"du använder standardmetoden såvida du inte har andra anledningar att göra "
+"annorlunda. "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1449
+#: using-d-i.xml:1534
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully chosen with security in mind."
-msgstr "Låt oss först ta en titt på tillgängliga alternativ när du väljer <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> som krypteringsmetod. Som vanligt: när du är osäker, använd standardvalen därför att de har noga valts ut med tanke på säkerhet."
+msgid ""
+"First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
+"<userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As "
+"always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully "
+"chosen with security in mind."
+msgstr ""
+"Låt oss först ta en titt på tillgängliga alternativ när du väljer "
+"<userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> som krypteringsmetod. Som "
+"vanligt: när du är osäker, använd standardvalen därför att de har noga valts "
+"ut med tanke på säkerhet."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1459
+#: using-d-i.xml:1544
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1546
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st century."
-msgstr "Detta alternativ låter dig välja krypteringsalgoritm (<firstterm>chiffer</firstterm>) som kommer att användas för att kryptera data på partitionen. &d-i; har för närvarande stöd för följande blockchiffer: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm> och <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Det är utanför omfånget för detta dokument att diskutera kvaliteterna för dessa olika algoritmer, dock kan det hjälpa dig i ditt val att år 2000 valdes <emphasis>AES</emphasis> av American National Institute of Standards and Technology som standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet."
+msgid ""
+"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
+"firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; "
+"currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, "
+"<firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and "
+"<firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to "
+"discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help "
+"your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by "
+"the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard "
+"encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st "
+"century."
+msgstr ""
+"Detta alternativ låter dig välja krypteringsalgoritm (<firstterm>chiffer</"
+"firstterm>) som kommer att användas för att kryptera data på partitionen. &d-"
+"i; har för närvarande stöd för följande blockchiffer: <firstterm>aes</"
+"firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm> "
+"och <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Det är utanför omfånget för detta "
+"dokument att diskutera kvaliteterna för dessa olika algoritmer, dock kan det "
+"hjälpa dig i ditt val att år 2000 valdes <emphasis>AES</emphasis> av "
+"American National Institute of Standards and Technology som "
+"standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1479
+#: using-d-i.xml:1564
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Nyckellängd: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1481
+#: using-d-i.xml:1566
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher."
-msgstr "Här kan du ange längden för krypteringsnyckeln. En större nyckellängd ökar generellt styrkan på krypteringen. På andra sidan, ökning av längden på nyckeln har en negativ inverkan på prestandan. Tillgängliga nyckellängder är olika beroende på valt chiffer."
+msgid ""
+"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
+"size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other "
+"hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on "
+"performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher."
+msgstr ""
+"Här kan du ange längden för krypteringsnyckeln. En större nyckellängd ökar "
+"generellt styrkan på krypteringen. På andra sidan, ökning av längden på "
+"nyckeln har en negativ inverkan på prestandan. Tillgängliga nyckellängder är "
+"olika beroende på valt chiffer."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1493
+#: using-d-i.xml:1578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 msgstr "IV-algoritm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1495
+#: using-d-i.xml:1580
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the encrypted data."
-msgstr "<firstterm>Initieringsvektorn</firstterm> eller <firstterm>IV</firstterm>-algoritm används i kryptografi för att se till att tillämpningen av chiffret på samma <firstterm>klartext</firstterm>data med samma nyckel, alltid producerar en unik <firstterm>chiffertext</firstterm>. Idén är att förhindra en attackerare från att kunna utläsa information från upprepade mönster i krypterat data."
+msgid ""
+"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
+"firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the "
+"cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key "
+"always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to "
+"prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the "
+"encrypted data."
+msgstr ""
+"<firstterm>Initieringsvektorn</firstterm> eller <firstterm>IV</firstterm>-"
+"algoritm används i kryptografi för att se till att tillämpningen av chiffret "
+"på samma <firstterm>klartext</firstterm>data med samma nyckel, alltid "
+"producerar en unik <firstterm>chiffertext</firstterm>. Idén är att förhindra "
+"en attackerare från att kunna utläsa information från upprepade mönster i "
+"krypterat data."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1505
+#: using-d-i.xml:1590
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms."
-msgstr "Det minst sårbara alternativet för kända attacker av de som tillhandahålls är standardvalet <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>. Använd endast de andra alternativen när du behöver kompatibilitet med tidigare installerade system som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer."
+msgid ""
+"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</"
+"userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other "
+"alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously "
+"installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms."
+msgstr ""
+"Det minst sårbara alternativet för kända attacker av de som tillhandahålls "
+"är standardvalet <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>. Använd endast de "
+"andra alternativen när du behöver kompatibilitet med tidigare installerade "
+"system som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1517
+#: using-d-i.xml:1602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
 msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel: <userinput>Lösenfras</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1519
+#: using-d-i.xml:1604
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr "Här kan du välja typ av krypteringsnyckel för denna partition."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1525
+#: using-d-i.xml:1610
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Passphrase"
 msgstr "Lösenfras"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1526
+#: using-d-i.xml:1611
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase which you will be able to enter later in the process."
-msgstr "Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att beräknas<footnote> <para> Att använda en lösenfras som nyckel betyder att partitionen måste konfigureras med <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> med en lösenfras som basis och som du kan ange senare i processen."
+msgid ""
+"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
+"the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url="
+"\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase "
+"which you will be able to enter later in the process."
+msgstr ""
+"Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att beräknas<footnote> <para> Att använda en "
+"lösenfras som nyckel betyder att partitionen måste konfigureras med <ulink "
+"url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> med en lösenfras som "
+"basis och som du kan ange senare i processen."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1541
-#: using-d-i.xml:1634
+#: using-d-i.xml:1626 using-d-i.xml:1719
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Random key"
 msgstr "Slumpmässig nyckel"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1542
+#: using-d-i.xml:1627
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable in our lifetime.)"
-msgstr "En ny krypteringsnyckel kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data varje gång du försöker att ta fram den krypterade partitionen. Med andra ord: vid varje nedstängning av systemet kommer innehållet på partitionen att förloras eftersom nyckeln raderas från minnet. (Så klart, du kan försöka att ta fram nyckeln via en brute force-attack, men såvida det inte finns en okänd sårbarhet i chifferalgoritmen kommer detta inte kunna göras under vår livstid.)"
+msgid ""
+"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
+"bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the "
+"content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of "
+"course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless "
+"there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable "
+"in our lifetime.)"
+msgstr ""
+"En ny krypteringsnyckel kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data varje "
+"gång du försöker att ta fram den krypterade partitionen. Med andra ord: vid "
+"varje nedstängning av systemet kommer innehållet på partitionen att förloras "
+"eftersom nyckeln raderas från minnet. (Så klart, du kan försöka att ta fram "
+"nyckeln via en brute force-attack, men såvida det inte finns en okänd "
+"sårbarhet i chifferalgoritmen kommer detta inte kunna göras under vår "
+"livstid.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1551
+#: using-d-i.xml:1636
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended data written to the swap partition."
-msgstr "Slumpmässiga nycklar är användbara för växlingspartitioner därför att du inte behöver bry dig om att komma ihåg lösenfrasen eller att radera känslig information från växlingspartitionen före nedstängning av din dator. Dock betyder det även att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> kommer att kunna använda funktionalitet som <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> som erbjuds av nyare Linux-kärnor eftersom det blir omöjligt (under en efterföljande uppstart) att återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen."
+msgid ""
+"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
+"yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information "
+"from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also "
+"means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the "
+"<quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels "
+"as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended "
+"data written to the swap partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Slumpmässiga nycklar är användbara för växlingspartitioner därför att du "
+"inte behöver bry dig om att komma ihåg lösenfrasen eller att radera känslig "
+"information från växlingspartitionen före nedstängning av din dator. Dock "
+"betyder det även att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> kommer att kunna använda "
+"funktionalitet som <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> som erbjuds av nyare Linux-"
+"kärnor eftersom det blir omöjligt (under en efterföljande uppstart) att "
+"återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1570
-#: using-d-i.xml:1647
+#: using-d-i.xml:1655 using-d-i.xml:1732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
 msgstr "Radera data: <userinput>ja</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1572
+#: using-d-i.xml:1657
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it harder to recover any leftover data from previous installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>."
-msgstr "Bestämmer huruvida innehållet på denna partition ska skrivas över med slumpmässigt data före krypteringen ställs in. Detta rekommenderas därför att det kan annars vara möjligt för en attackerare att avgöra vilka delar av partitionen som används och vilka som inte används. Dessutom blir det svårare att återskapa data som partitionen innehållit tidigare<footnote><para> Det är dock troligt att personal från tre-bokstavs-myndigheter kan återskapa data från magnetoptiska media även efter ett flertal överskrivningar. </para></footnote>."
+msgid ""
+"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
+"random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it "
+"might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the "
+"partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it "
+"harder to recover any leftover data from previous "
+"installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter "
+"agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the "
+"magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bestämmer huruvida innehållet på denna partition ska skrivas över med "
+"slumpmässigt data före krypteringen ställs in. Detta rekommenderas därför "
+"att det kan annars vara möjligt för en attackerare att avgöra vilka delar av "
+"partitionen som används och vilka som inte används. Dessutom blir det "
+"svårare att återskapa data som partitionen innehållit "
+"tidigare<footnote><para> Det är dock troligt att personal från tre-bokstavs-"
+"myndigheter kan återskapa data från magnetoptiska media även efter ett "
+"flertal överskrivningar. </para></footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1592
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu changes to provide the following options:"
-msgstr "Om du väljer <menuchoice> <guimenu>Krypteringsmetod:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, kommer menyn att ändras för att tillhandahålla följande alternativ:"
+msgid ""
+"If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> "
+"<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu "
+"changes to provide the following options:"
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer <menuchoice> <guimenu>Krypteringsmetod:</guimenu> "
+"<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, kommer menyn "
+"att ändras för att tillhandahålla följande alternativ:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1601
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1603
+#: using-d-i.xml:1688
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information."
-msgstr "För loop-AES, till skillnad från dm-crypt, kombineras alternativen för chiffer och nyckellängder så att du kan välja båda samtidigt. För ytterligare information, se ovanstående avsnitt angående chiffer och nyckellängder."
+msgid ""
+"For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are "
+"combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above "
+"sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information."
+msgstr ""
+"För loop-AES, till skillnad från dm-crypt, kombineras alternativen för "
+"chiffer och nyckellängder så att du kan välja båda samtidigt. För "
+"ytterligare information, se ovanstående avsnitt angående chiffer och "
+"nyckellängder."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1613
+#: using-d-i.xml:1698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel: <userinput>Nyckelfil (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1615
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr "Här kan du välja typ av krypteringsnyckel för denna partition."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1621
+#: using-d-i.xml:1706
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)"
 msgstr "Nyckelfil (GnuPG)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1622
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase (you will be asked to provide one later in the process)."
-msgstr "Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data under installationen. Dessutom kommer denna nyckel att krypteras med <application>GnuPG</application>, så för att använda den behöver du ange den korrekta lösenfrasen (du kommer att bli tillfrågad att ange en senare i processen)."
+msgid ""
+"The encryption key will be generated from random data during the "
+"installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</"
+"application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase "
+"(you will be asked to provide one later in the process)."
+msgstr ""
+"Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data under "
+"installationen. Dessutom kommer denna nyckel att krypteras med "
+"<application>GnuPG</application>, så för att använda den behöver du ange den "
+"korrekta lösenfrasen (du kommer att bli tillfrågad att ange en senare i "
+"processen)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1635
+#: using-d-i.xml:1720
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the section on random keys above."
 msgstr "Se ovanstående avsnitt angående slumpmässiga nycklar."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1649
+#: using-d-i.xml:1734
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above."
 msgstr "Se ovanstående avsnitt angående radering av data."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1744
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using a <emphasis>passphrase</emphasis> as the encryption key."
-msgstr "Observera att den <emphasis>grafiska</emphasis> versionen av installationsprogrammet fortfarande har vissa begränsningar jämfört med den textbaserade. För det kryptografiska betyder det att du endast kan konfigurera volymer med en <emphasis>lösenfras</emphasis> som krypteringsnyckel."
+msgid ""
+"Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer "
+"still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For "
+"cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using a "
+"<emphasis>passphrase</emphasis> as the encryption key."
+msgstr ""
+"Observera att den <emphasis>grafiska</emphasis> versionen av "
+"installationsprogrammet fortfarande har vissa begränsningar jämfört med den "
+"textbaserade. För det kryptografiska betyder det att du endast kan "
+"konfigurera volymer med en <emphasis>lösenfras</emphasis> som "
+"krypteringsnyckel."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1667
+#: using-d-i.xml:1752
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time."
-msgstr "När du har valt de önskade parametrarna för dina krypterade partitioner, återgå till huvudmenyn för partitionering. Det ska nu finnas en ny menypost som kallas <guimenu>Konfigurera krypterade volymer</guimenu>. När du väljer den kommer du att bli frågad att bekräfta borttagningen av data på de partitioner som markerats för radering och möjligen även andra åtgärder såsom skrivning av en ny partitionstabell. För större partitioner kan detta ta lite tid."
+msgid ""
+"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
+"partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a "
+"new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After "
+"you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on "
+"partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a "
+"new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time."
+msgstr ""
+"När du har valt de önskade parametrarna för dina krypterade partitioner, "
+"återgå till huvudmenyn för partitionering. Det ska nu finnas en ny menypost "
+"som kallas <guimenu>Konfigurera krypterade volymer</guimenu>. När du väljer "
+"den kommer du att bli frågad att bekräfta borttagningen av data på de "
+"partitioner som markerats för radering och möjligen även andra åtgärder "
+"såsom skrivning av en ny partitionstabell. För större partitioner kan detta "
+"ta lite tid."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1677
+#: using-d-i.xml:1762
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)."
-msgstr "Härnäst kommer du att bli frågad att ange en lösenfras för de partitioner som konfigurerats att använda en. Bra lösenfraser bör vara längre än 8 tecken, bör innehålla en blandning av bokstäver, siffror och andra tecken och bör inte innehålla vanliga ord som hittas i ordböcker eller information som lätt kan kopplas samman med dig (såsom födelsedatum, eventuell hobby, namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)."
+msgid ""
+"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
+"use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a "
+"mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain "
+"common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as "
+"birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+"Härnäst kommer du att bli frågad att ange en lösenfras för de partitioner "
+"som konfigurerats att använda en. Bra lösenfraser bör vara längre än 8 "
+"tecken, bör innehålla en blandning av bokstäver, siffror och andra tecken "
+"och bör inte innehålla vanliga ord som hittas i ordböcker eller information "
+"som lätt kan kopplas samman med dig (såsom födelsedatum, eventuell hobby, "
+"namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1686
+#: using-d-i.xml:1771
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet when entering the passphrase for the root file system."
-msgstr "Innan du matar in några lösenfraser bör du se till att ditt tangentbord är konfigurerat korrekt och genererar de tecken som förväntas. Om du är osäker kan du växla till den andra virtuella konsollen och skriva in text vid prompten. Detta för att du inte bli förvånad senare, t.ex. genom att försöka mata in en lösenfras med en qwerty-tangentbordslayout när du använde en azerty-layout under installationen. Denna situation kan ha flera orsaker. Kanske har du bytt till en annan tangentbordslayout under installationen, eller att den valda tangentbordslayouten kanske inte har ställts in ännu när lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges."
+msgid ""
+"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
+"keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If "
+"you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some "
+"text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by "
+"trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an "
+"azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several "
+"causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the "
+"installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet "
+"when entering the passphrase for the root file system."
+msgstr ""
+"Innan du matar in några lösenfraser bör du se till att ditt tangentbord är "
+"konfigurerat korrekt och genererar de tecken som förväntas. Om du är osäker "
+"kan du växla till den andra virtuella konsollen och skriva in text vid "
+"prompten. Detta för att du inte bli förvånad senare, t.ex. genom att försöka "
+"mata in en lösenfras med en qwerty-tangentbordslayout när du använde en "
+"azerty-layout under installationen. Denna situation kan ha flera orsaker. "
+"Kanske har du bytt till en annan tangentbordslayout under installationen, "
+"eller att den valda tangentbordslayouten kanske inte har ställts in ännu när "
+"lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1784
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted."
-msgstr "Om du väljer att använda andra metoder än ett lösenord för att skapa krypteringsnycklar, kan de genereras nu. På grund av att kärnan kanske inte har samlat in en tillräcklig mängd av slumpmässigt data så tidigt i installationen kan denna process ta lång tid. Du kan hjälpa till att snabba på processen genom att generera slumpmässigt data: t.ex. genom att trycka slumpmässigt valda tangenter eller genom att växla till skalet på den andra virtuella konsollen och generera lite nätverk- och disktrafik (hämta några filer, skicka stora filer till <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). Detta kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras."
+msgid ""
+"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
+"keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a "
+"sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the "
+"process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by "
+"generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the "
+"shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk "
+"traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</"
+"filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer att använda andra metoder än ett lösenord för att skapa "
+"krypteringsnycklar, kan de genereras nu. På grund av att kärnan kanske inte "
+"har samlat in en tillräcklig mängd av slumpmässigt data så tidigt i "
+"installationen kan denna process ta lång tid. Du kan hjälpa till att snabba "
+"på processen genom att generera slumpmässigt data: t.ex. genom att trycka "
+"slumpmässigt valda tangenter eller genom att växla till skalet på den andra "
+"virtuella konsollen och generera lite nätverk- och disktrafik (hämta några "
+"filer, skicka stora filer till <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). Detta "
+"kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1715
+#: using-d-i.xml:1800
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-mapper\n"
+"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
+"volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as "
+"ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The "
+"first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. "
+"<informalexample><screen>\n"
+"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux "
+"device-mapper\n"
 "     #1 115.1 GB  F ext3\n"
 "\n"
 "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 keyfile\n"
 "     #1 515.2 MB  F ext3\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> Now is the time to assign mount points to the volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not suit you."
+"</screen></informalexample> Now is the time to assign mount points to the "
+"volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not "
+"suit you."
 msgstr ""
-"Efter att du har återvänt till huvudmenyn för partitioneringen kommer du att se alla krypterade volymer som ytterligare partitioner som kan konfigureras på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner. Följande exempel visar två olika volymer. Den första är krypterad via dm-crypt, den andra via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"Krypterad volym (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-mapper\n"
+"Efter att du har återvänt till huvudmenyn för partitioneringen kommer du att "
+"se alla krypterade volymer som ytterligare partitioner som kan konfigureras "
+"på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner. Följande exempel visar två olika "
+"volymer. Den första är krypterad via dm-crypt, den andra via loop-AES. "
+"<informalexample><screen>\n"
+"Krypterad volym (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux "
+"device-mapper\n"
 "     #1 115.1 GB  F ext3\n"
 "\n"
 "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 nyckelfil\n"
 "     #1 515.2 MB  F ext3\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> Nu är det dags att tilldela monteringspunkter till volymerna och eventuellt även ändra filsystemstypen om standardvalet inte passar för dig."
+"</screen></informalexample> Nu är det dags att tilldela monteringspunkter "
+"till volymerna och eventuellt även ändra filsystemstypen om standardvalet "
+"inte passar för dig."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1728
+#: using-d-i.xml:1813
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this information later when booting the new system. The differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
-msgstr "En sak att notera här är identifierarna inom parantes (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> och <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> i detta fall) och monteringspunkterna du har tilldelat varje krypterad volym. Du kommer att behöva denna information senare vid uppstart av det nya systemet. Skillnaderna mellan en vanlig uppstartsprocess och en uppstartsprocess med kryptering beskrivs i  <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses "
+"(<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> "
+"in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. "
+"You will need this information later when booting the new system. The "
+"differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption "
+"involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/"
+">."
+msgstr ""
+"En sak att notera här är identifierarna inom parantes "
+"(<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> och <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> "
+"i detta fall) och monteringspunkterna du har tilldelat varje krypterad "
+"volym. Du kommer att behöva denna information senare vid uppstart av det nya "
+"systemet. Skillnaderna mellan en vanlig uppstartsprocess och en "
+"uppstartsprocess med kryptering beskrivs i  <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-"
+"volumes\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1738
+#: using-d-i.xml:1823
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the installation."
+msgid ""
+"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
+"installation."
 msgstr "När du är nöjd med partitioneringsplanen, fortsätt med installationen."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1749
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Setting up the System"
-msgstr "Ställ in systemet"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1750
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used to set up the system it is about to install."
-msgstr "Efter partitioneringen ställer installationsprogrammet ett par frågor som kommer att användas för att ställa in systemet den är på väg att installera."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
-msgstr "Konfigurera din tidszon"
+msgid "Installing the Base System"
+msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr "Beroende på platsen som valdes i början av installationsprocessen kommer du kanske att visas en lista på tidszoner som är relevanta för den platsen. Om din plats endast har en tidszon kommer du inte att bli tillfrågad utan systemet antar att det är rätt tidszon."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1835
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock"
-msgstr "Konfigurera klockan"
+msgid ""
+"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
+"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
+"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
+"take some time."
+msgstr ""
+"Även om det här steget är det minst problematiska så tar det en större del "
+"av installationen på grund av att det hämtar, validerar och packar upp hela "
+"grundsystemet. Om du har en långsam dator eller nätverksanslutning kan det "
+"här ta en stund."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1782
+#: using-d-i.xml:1848
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed."
-msgstr "Installationsprogrammet kan fråga dig om datorns klocka är inställd till UTC. Normalt sett undviks den här frågan om möjligt och installationsprogrammet försöker lista ut om klockan är inställd till UTC baserat på saker såsom vilka andra operativsystem som är installerade."
+msgid ""
+"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
+"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
+"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
+"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
+msgstr ""
+"Under installationen av grundsystemet, kommer meddelanden om uppackning och "
+"konfigurering omdirigeras till <userinput>tty4</userinput>. Du kan komma åt "
+"den här terminalen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</"
+"keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; gå tillbaka till huvudprocessen för "
+"installationsprogrammet med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</"
+"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1789
+#: using-d-i.xml:1857
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase>"
-msgstr "I expertläget kan du alltid välja om eller inte klockan är inställd till UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Maskinvaruklockor på Macintosh är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">System som (även) kör Dos eller Windows är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase>"
+msgid ""
+"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
+"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
+"installation is performed over a serial console."
+msgstr ""
+"De olika meddelandena om uppackning/konfigurering som genereras under den "
+"här fasen, sparas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Du kan kontrollera "
+"dem där om installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1863
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set to UTC."
-msgstr "Observera att installationsprogrammet för närvarande inte låter dig att faktiskt ställa in tiden på datorns klocka. Du kan ställa in klockan till aktuell tid efter du har installerat, om den är felaktig eller om den tidigare inte var inställd till UTC."
+msgid ""
+"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
+"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
+"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
+"list of available kernels."
+msgstr ""
+"Som en del av installationen kommer en Linux-kärna att installeras. Vid "
+"standardprioritet kommer installationsprogrammet att välja en åt dig som "
+"bäst passar din maskinvara. I lägre prioritetslägen kommer du kunna välja "
+"från en lista av tillgängliga kärnor."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1816
+#: using-d-i.xml:1875
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
 msgstr "Skapa användare och lösenord"
 
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1876
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to "
+"set up the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. "
+"Other user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1819
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Set the Root Password"
 msgstr "Ställa in ett lösenord för root"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1823
+#: using-d-i.xml:1894
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible."
-msgstr "Kontot <emphasis>root</emphasis> kallas även för <emphasis>superanvändare</emphasis>; det är ett konto som kringgår alla säkerhetsskydd på ditt system. Root-kontot bör endast användas för systemadministration och endast användas under en så kort tid som möjligt."
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
+"user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your "
+"system. The root account should only be used to perform system "
+"administration, and only used for as short a time as possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontot <emphasis>root</emphasis> kallas även för <emphasis>superanvändare</"
+"emphasis>; det är ett konto som kringgår alla säkerhetsskydd på ditt system. "
+"Root-kontot bör endast användas för systemadministration och endast användas "
+"under en så kort tid som möjligt."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1831
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed."
-msgstr "Lösenord som du skapar bör innehålla åtminstone 6 tecken och bör innehålla både versaler och gemener, såväl som specialtecken. Ta extra hänsyn när du ställer in ditt root-lösenord eftersom det är ett sådant kraftfullt konto. Undvik ord som man hittar i ordböcker eller användning av personlig information som lätt kan gissas."
+msgid ""
+"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
+"contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation "
+"characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is "
+"such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal "
+"information which could be guessed."
+msgstr ""
+"Lösenord som du skapar bör innehålla åtminstone 6 tecken och bör innehålla "
+"både versaler och gemener, såväl som specialtecken. Ta extra hänsyn när du "
+"ställer in ditt root-lösenord eftersom det är ett sådant kraftfullt konto. "
+"Undvik ord som man hittar i ordböcker eller användning av personlig "
+"information som lätt kan gissas."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1839
+#: using-d-i.xml:1910
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator."
-msgstr "Om någon berättar för dig att de behöver ditt root-lösenord, var extremt försiktig. Du bör normalt sett aldrig ge ut ditt root-lösenord, om du inte administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör."
+msgid ""
+"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
+"You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are "
+"administering a machine with more than one system administrator."
+msgstr ""
+"Om någon berättar för dig att de behöver ditt root-lösenord, var extremt "
+"försiktig. Du bör normalt sett aldrig ge ut ditt root-lösenord, om du inte "
+"administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1849
+#: using-d-i.xml:1920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
 msgstr "Skapa en vanlig användare"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1851
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login."
-msgstr "Systemet kommer att fråga dig om du önskar att skapa ett vanligt användarkonto vid den här punkten. Det här kontot bör vara ditt huvudsakliga personliga konto. Du bör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> använda rootkontot för dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1860
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program &mdash; that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail &mdash; consider reading one if it is new to you."
-msgstr "Varför inte? Tja, en anledning är att undvika att använda roots privilegier är att det är mycket lätt att skada något som root och som inte går att rätta till. En annan anledning är att du kanske luras till att köra en <emphasis>trojansk häst</emphasis> &mdash; det är ett program som utnyttjar krafterna av din superanvändare för att åsidosätta säkerheten i ditt system bakom din rygg. En bra bok om systemadministration i Unix täcker in det här ämnet mer i detalj &mdash; om det här är nytt för dig, fundera på att läsa en sådan bok."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1870
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account."
-msgstr "Du kommer första att bli frågad efter användarens fullständiga namn. Sedan kommer du att bli frågad efter ett namn på användarens konto; generellt sett ditt förnamn eller något liknande det bör räcka och det är även standardvalet här. Till slut kommer du bli frågad efter ett lösenord för kontot."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1877
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command."
-msgstr "Om du vill skapa en annan användare vid en senare punkt efter installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
+#: using-d-i.xml:1922
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Installing the Base System"
-msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1890
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time."
-msgstr "Även om det här steget är det minst problematiska så tar det en större del av installationen på grund av att det hämtar, validerar och packar upp hela grundsystemet. Om du har en långsam dator eller nätverksanslutning kan det här ta en stund."
+msgid ""
+"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
+"at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should "
+"<emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your "
+"personal login."
+msgstr ""
+"Systemet kommer att fråga dig om du önskar att skapa ett vanligt "
+"användarkonto vid den här punkten. Det här kontot bör vara ditt huvudsakliga "
+"personliga konto. Du bör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> använda rootkontot för "
+"dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1903
+#: using-d-i.xml:1931
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-msgstr "Under installationen av grundsystemet, kommer meddelanden om uppackning och konfigurering omdirigeras till <userinput>tty4</userinput>. Du kan komma åt den här terminalen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; gå tillbaka till huvudprocessen för installationsprogrammet med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
+msgid ""
+"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
+"very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might "
+"be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program &mdash; "
+"that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to "
+"compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on "
+"Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail &mdash; "
+"consider reading one if it is new to you."
+msgstr ""
+"Varför inte? Tja, en anledning är att undvika att använda roots privilegier "
+"är att det är mycket lätt att skada något som root och som inte går att "
+"rätta till. En annan anledning är att du kanske luras till att köra en "
+"<emphasis>trojansk häst</emphasis> &mdash; det är ett program som utnyttjar "
+"krafterna av din superanvändare för att åsidosätta säkerheten i ditt system "
+"bakom din rygg. En bra bok om systemadministration i Unix täcker in det här "
+"ämnet mer i detalj &mdash; om det här är nytt för dig, fundera på att läsa "
+"en sådan bok."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
+#: using-d-i.xml:1941
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the installation is performed over a serial console."
-msgstr "De olika meddelandena om uppackning/konfigurering som genereras under den här fasen, sparas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Du kan kontrollera dem där om installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll."
+msgid ""
+"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
+"for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something "
+"similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be "
+"prompted for a password for this account."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kommer första att bli frågad efter användarens fullständiga namn. Sedan "
+"kommer du att bli frågad efter ett namn på användarens konto; generellt sett "
+"ditt förnamn eller något liknande det bör räcka och det är även "
+"standardvalet här. Till slut kommer du bli frågad efter ett lösenord för "
+"kontot."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1918
+#: using-d-i.xml:1948
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels."
-msgstr "Som en del av installationen kommer en Linux-kärna att installeras. Vid standardprioritet kommer installationsprogrammet att välja en åt dig som bäst passar din maskinvara. I lägre prioritetslägen kommer du kunna välja från en lista av tillgängliga kärnor."
+msgid ""
+"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
+"use the <command>adduser</command> command."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du vill skapa en annan användare vid en senare punkt efter "
+"installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1930
+#: using-d-i.xml:1959
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installing Additional Software"
 msgstr "Installera ytterligare programvara"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network."
-msgstr "Efter att grundsystemet har installerats kommer du ha ett användbart men begränsat system. De flesta användare vill installera ytterligare programvara på systemet för att anpassa det till sina behov och installationsprogrammet låter dig göra det. Det här steget kan ta ännu längre tid än installationen av grundsystemet om du har en långsam dator eller nätverk."
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
+"install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the "
+"installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing "
+"the base system if you have a slow computer or network connection."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att grundsystemet har installerats kommer du ha ett användbart men "
+"begränsat system. De flesta användare vill installera ytterligare "
+"programvara på systemet för att anpassa det till sina behov och "
+"installationsprogrammet låter dig göra det. Det här steget kan ta ännu "
+"längre tid än installationen av grundsystemet om du har en långsam dator "
+"eller nätverk."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1945
+#: using-d-i.xml:1975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring apt"
 msgstr "Konfigurera apt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1947
+#: using-d-i.xml:1977
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to automatically install other packages which are required to make the package you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, <command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package management."
-msgstr "Ett av verktygen som används för att installera paket på ett &debian;-system är ett program som kallas <command>apt-get</command>, från paketet <classname>apt</classname><footnote> <para> Observera att det program som faktiskt installerar paketen kallas för <command>dpkg</command>. Dock är det här programmet mer av ett lågnivåverktyg. <command>apt-get</command> är ett verktyg på högre nivå som anropar <command>dpkg</command> när det behövs. Det vet hur man hämtar paket från din cd, nätverket, eller varifrån. Det har också möjligheten att automatiskt installera andra paket som krävs för att få det paket som du försöker installera att fungera korrekt. </para> </footnote> Andra gränssnitt för pakethantering, såsom <command>aptitude</command> och <command>synaptic</command> används också. Dessa gränssnitt rekommenderas för nybörjare, eftersom de innehåller vissa extrafunktioner (paketsökning och statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt. Faktum är att <command>aptitude</command> numera är det rekommenderade verktyget för pakethantering."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1971
+msgid ""
+"One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program "
+"called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> "
+"package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the "
+"packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of "
+"a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which "
+"will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve "
+"packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to "
+"automatically install other packages which are required to make the package "
+"you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-"
+"ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and "
+"<command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are "
+"recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features "
+"(package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, "
+"<command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package "
+"management."
+msgstr ""
+"Ett av verktygen som används för att installera paket på ett &debian;-system "
+"är ett program som kallas <command>apt-get</command>, från paketet "
+"<classname>apt</classname><footnote> <para> Observera att det program som "
+"faktiskt installerar paketen kallas för <command>dpkg</command>. Dock är det "
+"här programmet mer av ett lågnivåverktyg. <command>apt-get</command> är ett "
+"verktyg på högre nivå som anropar <command>dpkg</command> när det behövs. "
+"Det vet hur man hämtar paket från din cd, nätverket, eller varifrån. Det har "
+"också möjligheten att automatiskt installera andra paket som krävs för att "
+"få det paket som du försöker installera att fungera korrekt. </para> </"
+"footnote> Andra gränssnitt för pakethantering, såsom <command>aptitude</"
+"command> och <command>synaptic</command> används också. Dessa gränssnitt "
+"rekommenderas för nybörjare, eftersom de innehåller vissa extrafunktioner "
+"(paketsökning och statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt. "
+"Faktum är att <command>aptitude</command> numera är det rekommenderade "
+"verktyget för pakethantering."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2001
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this file to your liking after the installation is complete."
-msgstr "<command>apt</command> måste konfiguras så att den vet var den ska hämta paket ifrån. Resultat av den här konfigurationen skrivs till filen <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och du kan undersöka och redigera den för att passa dina behov efter att installationen är färdig."
+msgid ""
+"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
+"retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file "
+"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this "
+"file to your liking after the installation is complete."
+msgstr ""
+"<command>apt</command> måste konfiguras så att den vet var den ska hämta "
+"paket ifrån. Resultat av den här konfigurationen skrivs till filen "
+"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och du kan undersöka och redigera "
+"den för att passa dina behov efter att installationen är färdig."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1978
+#: using-d-i.xml:2008
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the <quote>volatile</quote> update service."
-msgstr "Om du installerar med standardprioritet kommer installationsprogrammet att ta hand om det mesta av konfigurationen automatiskt, baserat på installationsmetoden som du använder och om möjligt använda val gjorda tidigare i installationen. I de flesta fall kommer installationsprogrammet att automatiskt lägga till en säkerhetsspegel och, om du installerar den stabila distributionen, en spegel för uppdateringstjänsten <quote>volatile</quote>."
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
+"care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method "
+"you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. "
+"In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if "
+"you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the "
+"<quote>volatile</quote> update service."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du installerar med standardprioritet kommer installationsprogrammet att "
+"ta hand om det mesta av konfigurationen automatiskt, baserat på "
+"installationsmetoden som du använder och om möjligt använda val gjorda "
+"tidigare i installationen. I de flesta fall kommer installationsprogrammet "
+"att automatiskt lägga till en säkerhetsspegel och, om du installerar den "
+"stabila distributionen, en spegel för uppdateringstjänsten <quote>volatile</"
+"quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1987
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> sections of the archive."
-msgstr "Om du installerar med en lägre priotet (t.ex. i expertläget) kommer du att kunna bestämma mer vad som ska göras. Du kan välja om du vill använda uppdateringstjänsten för säkerhet och/eller volatile, och du kan välja att lägga till paket från sektionerna <quote>contrib</quote> och <quote>non-free</quote> i arkivet."
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
+"able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use "
+"the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add "
+"packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> "
+"sections of the archive."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du installerar med en lägre priotet (t.ex. i expertläget) kommer du att "
+"kunna bestämma mer vad som ska göras. Du kan välja om du vill använda "
+"uppdateringstjänsten för säkerhet och/eller volatile, och du kan välja att "
+"lägga till paket från sektionerna <quote>contrib</quote> och <quote>non-"
+"free</quote> i arkivet."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:2028
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using a network mirror"
 msgstr "Använda en nätverksspegel"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2030
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer should be fine, but there are some exceptions."
-msgstr "En fråga som kommer att ställas i de flesta fall är om en nätverksspegel ska användas som en paketkälla. I de flesta fall är standardsvaret ett bra svar men det finns undantag."
+msgid ""
+"One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a "
+"network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer "
+"should be fine, but there are some exceptions."
+msgstr ""
+"En fråga som kommer att ställas i de flesta fall är om en nätverksspegel ska "
+"användas som en paketkälla. I de flesta fall är standardsvaret ett bra svar "
+"men det finns undantag."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2006
+#: using-d-i.xml:2036
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the installation."
-msgstr "Om du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> installerar från en komplett cd- eller dvd-skiva eller använder en komplett cd/dvd-avbild, bör du använda en nätverksspegel eftersom du annars kommer att få ett mycket minimalt system. Dock, om du har en begränsad internetanslutning är det bäst att <emphasis>inte</emphasis> välja funktionen <literal>desktop</literal> i nästa steg av installationen."
+msgid ""
+"If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
+"using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as "
+"otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you "
+"have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to "
+"select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> installerar från en komplett cd- eller dvd-"
+"skiva eller använder en komplett cd/dvd-avbild, bör du använda en "
+"nätverksspegel eftersom du annars kommer att få ett mycket minimalt system. "
+"Dock, om du har en begränsad internetanslutning är det bäst att "
+"<emphasis>inte</emphasis> välja funktionen <literal>desktop</literal> i "
+"nästa steg av installationen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2015
+#: using-d-i.xml:2045
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. The installer currently does not support using multiple CD or DVD images during the installation<footnote> <para> Adding that option is planned. </para> </footnote>. If you have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using only what's available on the CD and install additional packages after the installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)."
-msgstr "Om du installerar från en komplett cd eller använder en cd-avbild (inte dvd), är användningen av en nätverksspegel inte nödvändigt, men det rekommenderas starkt eftersom en enda cd-skiva innehåller ett begränsat antal paket. Installationsprogrammet saknar stöd för att använda flera cd- eller dvd-avbilder under installationen<footnote> <para> Alternativet att göra så är planerat. </para> </footnote>. Om du har en begränsad internetanslutning kan det fortfarande vara bäst att <emphasis>inte</emphasis> välja en nätverksspegel här, utan att färdigställa installationen med endast det som finns tillgängliga på cd-skivan och installera ytterligare paket efter installationen (alltså efter att du har startat upp det nya systemet)."
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a "
+"network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a "
+"single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. The installer "
+"currently does not support using multiple CD or DVD images during the "
+"installation<footnote> <para> Adding that option is planned. </para> </"
+"footnote>. If you have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to "
+"<emphasis>not</emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the "
+"installation using only what's available on the CD and install additional "
+"packages after the installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new "
+"system)."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du installerar från en komplett cd eller använder en cd-avbild (inte "
+"dvd), är användningen av en nätverksspegel inte nödvändigt, men det "
+"rekommenderas starkt eftersom en enda cd-skiva innehåller ett begränsat "
+"antal paket. Installationsprogrammet saknar stöd för att använda flera cd- "
+"eller dvd-avbilder under installationen<footnote> <para> Alternativet att "
+"göra så är planerat. </para> </footnote>. Om du har en begränsad "
+"internetanslutning kan det fortfarande vara bäst att <emphasis>inte</"
+"emphasis> välja en nätverksspegel här, utan att färdigställa installationen "
+"med endast det som finns tillgängliga på cd-skivan och installera "
+"ytterligare paket efter installationen (alltså efter att du har startat upp "
+"det nya systemet)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2033
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a network mirror is a lot smaller, but there is still a chance that some packages that are part of the tasks you select in the next step will not be included on the first DVD. This is especially true if you are installing in another language than English: a number of font and localization packages are known to be on the second DVD. So, if you have a reasonable Internet connection it is still advisable to use a network mirror."
-msgstr "Om du installerar från en dvd eller använder en dvd-avbild är behovet av en nätverksspegel mycket mindre, men det finns en liten chans att vissa paket som är en del av funktionerna du väljer i nästa steg inte är inkluderade på den första dvd-skivan. Det gäller speciellt om du installerar med ett annat språk än engelska: ett antal paket med typsnitt och lokalanpassningar finns på den andra dvd-skivan. Så om du har en hyffsat snabb internetanslutning är det fortfarande rekommenderat att använda en nätverksspegel."
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a "
+"network mirror is a lot smaller, but there is still a chance that some "
+"packages that are part of the tasks you select in the next step will not be "
+"included on the first DVD. This is especially true if you are installing in "
+"another language than English: a number of font and localization packages "
+"are known to be on the second DVD. So, if you have a reasonable Internet "
+"connection it is still advisable to use a network mirror."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du installerar från en dvd eller använder en dvd-avbild är behovet av en "
+"nätverksspegel mycket mindre, men det finns en liten chans att vissa paket "
+"som är en del av funktionerna du väljer i nästa steg inte är inkluderade på "
+"den första dvd-skivan. Det gäller speciellt om du installerar med ett annat "
+"språk än engelska: ett antal paket med typsnitt och lokalanpassningar finns "
+"på den andra dvd-skivan. Så om du har en hyffsat snabb internetanslutning är "
+"det fortfarande rekommenderat att använda en nätverksspegel."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2043
+#: using-d-i.xml:2073
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> if you have additional CD/DVD images available (from same set as the installation CD/DVD you are using), you can add those to the <filename>sources.list</filename> using <command>apt-cdrom</command>; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> manually add a mirror to the <filename>sources.list</filename> using an editor. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> You can then use one of the package management front-ends to select and install additional packages<footnote> <para> It is possible to add both additional CDs or DVDs <emphasis>and</emphasis> a network mirror in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Also adding a network mirror has the advantage that it will make updates of packages in point releases of the distribution available for installation. </para> </footnote>."
-msgstr "Du har två alternativ för att installera ytterligare paket efter installationen: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> om du har ytterligare cd/dvd-avbilder tillgängliga (från samma uppsättning som installationskivan du använder), kan du lägga till dessa till <filename>sources.list</filename> med hjälp av <command>apt-cdrom</command>; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> manuellt lägga till en spegel till <filename>sources.list</filename> med en textredigerare. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> Du kan sedan använda en av pakethanterarna för att välja och installera ytterligare paket<footnote> <para> Det är möjligt att lägga till både ytterligare cd- eller dvd-skivor <emphasis>och</emphasis> en nätverksspegel i <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Att lägga till en nätverksspegel har även fördelen att paketuppdateringar i punktutgåvor blir tillgängliga för installation. </para> </footnote>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2077
+msgid ""
+"To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: "
+"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> if you have additional CD/DVD images "
+"available (from same set as the installation CD/DVD you are using), you can "
+"add those to the <filename>sources.list</filename> using <command>apt-cdrom</"
+"command>; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> manually add a mirror to the "
+"<filename>sources.list</filename> using an editor. </para></listitem> </"
+"orderedlist> You can then use one of the package management front-ends to "
+"select and install additional packages<footnote> <para> It is possible to "
+"add both additional CDs or DVDs <emphasis>and</emphasis> a network mirror in "
+"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Also adding a network mirror has "
+"the advantage that it will make updates of packages in point releases of the "
+"distribution available for installation. </para> </footnote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du har två alternativ för att installera ytterligare paket efter "
+"installationen: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> om du har ytterligare cd/dvd-"
+"avbilder tillgängliga (från samma uppsättning som installationskivan du "
+"använder), kan du lägga till dessa till <filename>sources.list</filename> "
+"med hjälp av <command>apt-cdrom</command>; </para></listitem> "
+"<listitem><para> manuellt lägga till en spegel till <filename>sources.list</"
+"filename> med en textredigerare. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> Du kan "
+"sedan använda en av pakethanterarna för att välja och installera ytterligare "
+"paket<footnote> <para> Det är möjligt att lägga till både ytterligare cd- "
+"eller dvd-skivor <emphasis>och</emphasis> en nätverksspegel i <filename>/etc/"
+"apt/sources.list</filename>. Att lägga till en nätverksspegel har även "
+"fördelen att paketuppdateringar i punktutgåvor blir tillgängliga för "
+"installation. </para> </footnote>."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2107
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a package is available on the CD/DVD, the installer will always use that. The amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus depends on a) the tasks you select in the next step of the installation, b) which packages are needed for those tasks, and c) which of those packages are present on the CD/DVD."
-msgstr "För att summera: välja en nätverksspegel är oftast en bra idé, förutom när du har en långsam internetanslutning. Om den aktuella versionen för ett paket finns tillgänglig på cd/dvd-skivan så kommer installationsprogrammet att använda den. Mängden data som kommer att hämtas ner om du väljer en spegel beror på a) funktionerna som du väljer i nästa steg av installationen, b) vilka paket som behövs för dessa funktioner, och c) vilka paket som finns på cd/dvd-skivan."
+msgid ""
+"In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
+"you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a "
+"package is available on the CD/DVD, the installer will always use that. The "
+"amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus "
+"depends on a) the tasks you select in the next step of the installation, b) "
+"which packages are needed for those tasks, and c) which of those packages "
+"are present on the CD/DVD."
+msgstr ""
+"För att summera: välja en nätverksspegel är oftast en bra idé, förutom när "
+"du har en långsam internetanslutning. Om den aktuella versionen för ett "
+"paket finns tillgänglig på cd/dvd-skivan så kommer installationsprogrammet "
+"att använda den. Mängden data som kommer att hämtas ner om du väljer en "
+"spegel beror på a) funktionerna som du väljer i nästa steg av "
+"installationen, b) vilka paket som behövs för dessa funktioner, och c) vilka "
+"paket som finns på cd/dvd-skivan."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2087
+#: using-d-i.xml:2117
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile update available for them and those services have been configured."
-msgstr "Observera att även om du väljer att inte använda en nätverksspegel kan vissa paket hämtas ner från Internet ändå, oftast när det finns en säkerhets- eller volatile-uppdatering tillgänglig för dem och dessa tjänster har konfigurerats."
+msgid ""
+"Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may "
+"still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile "
+"update available for them and those services have been configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Observera att även om du väljer att inte använda en nätverksspegel kan vissa "
+"paket hämtas ner från Internet ändå, oftast när det finns en säkerhets- "
+"eller volatile-uppdatering tillgänglig för dem och dessa tjänster har "
+"konfigurerats."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2102
+#: using-d-i.xml:2132
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
 msgstr "Val och installation av programvara"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2134
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks."
-msgstr "Under installationsprocessen får du möjligheten att välja ytterligare programvara att installera. Hellre än att välja individuella programvarupaket från de &num-of-distrib-pkgs; paket som finns tillgängliga fokuserar det här steget av installationsprocessen på att välja och installera fördefinierade samlingar av programvara för att snabbt ställa in din dator att genomföra olika funktioner."
+msgid ""
+"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
+"additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software "
+"packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of "
+"the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined "
+"collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various "
+"tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Under installationsprocessen får du möjligheten att välja ytterligare "
+"programvara att installera. Hellre än att välja individuella "
+"programvarupaket från de &num-of-distrib-pkgs; paket som finns tillgängliga "
+"fokuserar det här steget av installationsprocessen på att välja och "
+"installera fördefinierade samlingar av programvara för att snabbt ställa in "
+"din dator att genomföra olika funktioner."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2113
+#: using-d-i.xml:2143
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more packages (or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
-msgstr "Du har alltså möjligheten att välja <emphasis>funktioner</emphasis> först, och sedan lägga till mer individuella paket senare. De här funktionerna representerar löst ett antal olika jobb eller saker du vill utföra med din dator, såsom <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, <quote>Webbserver</quote>, eller <quote>Utskriftsserver</quote><footnote> <para> Du bör känna till att för att visa den här listan, anropar installationsprogrammet helt enkelt programmet <command>tasksel</command>. Det kan köras när som helst efter installationen för att installera (eller ta bort) fler paket, eller så kan du använda ett mer finkornigt verktyg såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Om du letar efter ett enda specifikt paket, efter att installationen är färdig, kör helt enkelt <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paket</replaceable></userinput>, där <replaceable>paket</replaceable> är namnet på paketet du letar efter. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+msgid ""
+"So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
+"then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a "
+"number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such "
+"as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or "
+"<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present "
+"this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> "
+"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more "
+"packages (or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
+"<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single "
+"package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude "
+"install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where "
+"<replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are "
+"looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> "
+"lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Du har alltså möjligheten att välja <emphasis>funktioner</emphasis> först, "
+"och sedan lägga till mer individuella paket senare. De här funktionerna "
+"representerar löst ett antal olika jobb eller saker du vill utföra med din "
+"dator, såsom <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, <quote>Webbserver</quote>, "
+"eller <quote>Utskriftsserver</quote><footnote> <para> Du bör känna till att "
+"för att visa den här listan, anropar installationsprogrammet helt enkelt "
+"programmet <command>tasksel</command>. Det kan köras när som helst efter "
+"installationen för att installera (eller ta bort) fler paket, eller så kan "
+"du använda ett mer finkornigt verktyg såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Om "
+"du letar efter ett enda specifikt paket, efter att installationen är färdig, "
+"kör helt enkelt <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paket</"
+"replaceable></userinput>, där <replaceable>paket</replaceable> är namnet på "
+"paketet du letar efter. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-"
+"list\"/> listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2170
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
-msgstr "Observera att vissa funktioner kan vara förvalda baserade på egenskaperna för datorn du installerar. Om du inte godkänner de här valen kan du avmarkera funktionerna. Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner alls."
+msgid ""
+"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
+"you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select "
+"the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
+msgstr ""
+"Observera att vissa funktioner kan vara förvalda baserade på egenskaperna "
+"för datorn du installerar. Om du inte godkänner de här valen kan du "
+"avmarkera funktionerna. Du kan även välja att inte installera några "
+"funktioner alls."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2177
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to select a different desktop environment such as for example KDE."
-msgstr "Funktionen <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote> kommer att installera skrivbordsmiljön GNOME. Alternativen som erbjuds av installationsprogrammet tillåter för närvarande inte att en annan skrivbordsmiljö väljs, till exempel KDE."
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop "
+"environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to "
+"select a different desktop environment such as for example KDE."
+msgstr ""
+"Funktionen <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote> kommer att installera "
+"skrivbordsmiljön GNOME. Alternativen som erbjuds av installationsprogrammet "
+"tillåter för närvarande inte att en annan skrivbordsmiljö väljs, till "
+"exempel KDE."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2155
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding <literal>tasks=\"standard, kde-desktop\"</literal> at the boot prompt when starting the installer<footnote> <para> A more lightweight Xfce desktop environment can be selected by using <literal>xfce-desktop</literal> instead of <literal>kde-desktop</literal>. If you are installing on a laptop, you could also add <literal>laptop</literal> to the tasks to be installed. </para> </footnote>. However, this will only work if the packages needed for KDE are actually available. If you are installing using a full CD image, they will need to be downloaded from a mirror as KDE packages are not included on the first full CD; installing KDE this way should work fine if you are using a DVD image or any other installation method."
-msgstr "Det är möjligt att få installationsprogrammet att installera KDE genom att använda förinställning (se <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) eller genom att lägga till <literal>tasks=\"standard, kde-desktop\"</literal> vid uppstartsprompten när installationsprogrammet startar<footnote> <para> Den mer resurssnåla skrivbordsmiljön Xfce kan väljas genom att använda <literal>xfce-desktop</literal> istället för <literal>kde-desktop</literal>. Om du installerar på en bärbar dator kan du även lägga till <literal>laptop</literal> till de funktioner som ska installeras. </para> </footnote>. Dock kommer det här endast att fungera om paketen som behövs för KDE faktiskt är tillgängliga. Om du installerar med en fullständig cd-avbild kommer de att behöva att hämtas ner från en spegel eftersom KDE-paketen inte är inkluderade på den första fullständiga cd-skivan; installera KDE på det här sättet bör fungera bra om du använder en dvd-avbild eller någon annan installationsmetod."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2175
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see "
+"<xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding <literal>tasks=\"standard, "
+"kde-desktop\"</literal> at the boot prompt when starting the "
+"installer<footnote> <para> A more lightweight Xfce desktop environment can "
+"be selected by using <literal>xfce-desktop</literal> instead of <literal>kde-"
+"desktop</literal>. If you are installing on a laptop, you could also add "
+"<literal>laptop</literal> to the tasks to be installed. </para> </footnote>. "
+"However, this will only work if the packages needed for KDE are actually "
+"available. If you are installing using a full CD image, they will need to be "
+"downloaded from a mirror as KDE packages are not included on the first full "
+"CD; installing KDE this way should work fine if you are using a DVD image or "
+"any other installation method."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är möjligt att få installationsprogrammet att installera KDE genom att "
+"använda förinställning (se <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) eller genom "
+"att lägga till <literal>tasks=\"standard, kde-desktop\"</literal> vid "
+"uppstartsprompten när installationsprogrammet startar<footnote> <para> Den "
+"mer resurssnåla skrivbordsmiljön Xfce kan väljas genom att använda "
+"<literal>xfce-desktop</literal> istället för <literal>kde-desktop</literal>. "
+"Om du installerar på en bärbar dator kan du även lägga till <literal>laptop</"
+"literal> till de funktioner som ska installeras. </para> </footnote>. Dock "
+"kommer det här endast att fungera om paketen som behövs för KDE faktiskt är "
+"tillgängliga. Om du installerar med en fullständig cd-avbild kommer de att "
+"behöva att hämtas ner från en spegel eftersom KDE-paketen inte är "
+"inkluderade på den första fullständiga cd-skivan; installera KDE på det här "
+"sättet bör fungera bra om du använder en dvd-avbild eller någon annan "
+"installationsmetod."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2205
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS server: <classname>bind9</classname>; File server: <classname>samba</classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; Mail server: <classname>exim4</classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</classname>; Print server: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL database: <classname>postgresql</classname>; Web server: <classname>apache</classname>."
-msgstr "De olika serverfunktionerna kommer att installera programvara ungefär så här. DNS-server: <classname>bind9</classname>; Filserver: <classname>samba</classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; E-postserver: <classname>exim4</classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</classname>; Utskriftsserver: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL-databas: <classname>postgresql</classname>; Webbserver: <classname>apache</classname>."
+msgid ""
+"The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS "
+"server: <classname>bind9</classname>; File server: <classname>samba</"
+"classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; Mail server: <classname>exim4</"
+"classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</"
+"classname>; Print server: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL database: "
+"<classname>postgresql</classname>; Web server: <classname>apache</classname>."
+msgstr ""
+"De olika serverfunktionerna kommer att installera programvara ungefär så "
+"här. DNS-server: <classname>bind9</classname>; Filserver: <classname>samba</"
+"classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; E-postserver: <classname>exim4</"
+"classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</"
+"classname>; Utskriftsserver: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL-databas: "
+"<classname>postgresql</classname>; Webbserver: <classname>apache</classname>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2187
+#: using-d-i.xml:2217
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages that are part of the tasks you've selected."
-msgstr "När du har valt dina funktioner, välj &BTN-CONT;. Vid det här tillfället kommer <command>aptitude</command> att installera paketen som är en del av de funktioner som du har valt."
+msgid ""
+"Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
+"<command>aptitude</command> will install the packages that are part of the "
+"tasks you've selected."
+msgstr ""
+"När du har valt dina funktioner, välj &BTN-CONT;. Vid det här tillfället "
+"kommer <command>aptitude</command> att installera paketen som är en del av "
+"de funktioner som du har valt."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2194
+#: using-d-i.xml:2224
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task."
-msgstr "I standardanvändargränssnittet för installationsprogrammet kan du använda blankslag för att växla markering av en funktion."
+msgid ""
+"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
+"to toggle selection of a task."
+msgstr ""
+"I standardanvändargränssnittet för installationsprogrammet kan du använda "
+"blankslag för att växla markering av en funktion."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2230
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. Especially when installing from a normal CD-ROM in combination with a mirror for packages not on the CD-ROM, the installer may want to retrieve a lot of packages over the network. If you have a relatively slow Internet connection, this can take a long time. There is no option to cancel the installation of packages once it has started."
-msgstr "Du bör vara medveten om att speciellt funktionen Skrivbord är mycket stor. Speciellt vid installation från en normal cd-rom i kombination med en spegel för paket som inte finns på cd-skivan, kan installationsprogrammet behöva hämta en hel del paket över nätverket. Om du har en relativt långsam Internetanslutning, kan det här ta lång tid. Det finns inget alternativ att avbryta installationen av paket när den väl har startats."
+msgid ""
+"You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
+"Especially when installing from a normal CD-ROM in combination with a mirror "
+"for packages not on the CD-ROM, the installer may want to retrieve a lot of "
+"packages over the network. If you have a relatively slow Internet "
+"connection, this can take a long time. There is no option to cancel the "
+"installation of packages once it has started."
+msgstr ""
+"Du bör vara medveten om att speciellt funktionen Skrivbord är mycket stor. "
+"Speciellt vid installation från en normal cd-rom i kombination med en spegel "
+"för paket som inte finns på cd-skivan, kan installationsprogrammet behöva "
+"hämta en hel del paket över nätverket. Om du har en relativt långsam "
+"Internetanslutning, kan det här ta lång tid. Det finns inget alternativ att "
+"avbryta installationen av paket när den väl har startats."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2209
+#: using-d-i.xml:2239
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still retrieve them from the mirror if the version available on the mirror is more recent than the one included on the CD-ROM. If you are installing the stable distribution, this can happen after a point release (an update of the original stable release); if you are installing the testing distribution this will happen if you are using an older image."
-msgstr "Även när paket har inkluderats på cd-skivan, kan installationsprogrammet fortfarande behöva hämta dem från spegeln om den tillgängliga versionen på spegeln är nyare än den som inkluderats på cd-skivan. Om du installerar den stabila utgåvan, kan det här hända efter en punktutgåva (en uppdatering av den ursprungliga stabila utgåvan); om du installerar testutgåvan kommer det här att hända om du använder en äldre avbild."
+msgid ""
+"Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
+"retrieve them from the mirror if the version available on the mirror is more "
+"recent than the one included on the CD-ROM. If you are installing the stable "
+"distribution, this can happen after a point release (an update of the "
+"original stable release); if you are installing the testing distribution "
+"this will happen if you are using an older image."
+msgstr ""
+"Även när paket har inkluderats på cd-skivan, kan installationsprogrammet "
+"fortfarande behöva hämta dem från spegeln om den tillgängliga versionen på "
+"spegeln är nyare än den som inkluderats på cd-skivan. Om du installerar den "
+"stabila utgåvan, kan det här hända efter en punktutgåva (en uppdatering av "
+"den ursprungliga stabila utgåvan); om du installerar testutgåvan kommer det "
+"här att hända om du använder en äldre avbild."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process."
-msgstr "Varje paket du väljer med <command>tasksel</command> hämtas ner, packas upp och sedan installeras i turordning av programmen <command>apt-get</command> och <command>dpkg</command>. Om ett speciellt program behöver mer information från användaren, kommer det att fråga dig under den här processen."
+msgid ""
+"Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
+"unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and "
+"<command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more "
+"information from the user, it will prompt you during this process."
+msgstr ""
+"Varje paket du väljer med <command>tasksel</command> hämtas ner, packas upp "
+"och sedan installeras i turordning av programmen <command>apt-get</command> "
+"och <command>dpkg</command>. Om ett speciellt program behöver mer "
+"information från användaren, kommer det att fråga dig under den här "
+"processen."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2231
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "Gör ditt system klart för uppstart"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2233
+#: using-d-i.xml:2263
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
-msgstr "Om du installerar en disklös arbetsstation, är uppstarter från den lokala disken så klart inte ett användbart alternativ och det här steget kommer att hoppas över. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">Du kanske vill ställa in OpenBoot att starta upp från nätverket som standard; se <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
+"local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase "
+"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by "
+"default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"Om du installerar en disklös arbetsstation, är uppstarter från den lokala "
+"disken så klart inte ett användbart alternativ och det här steget kommer att "
+"hoppas över. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">Du kanske vill ställa in OpenBoot att "
+"starta upp från nätverket som standard; se <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-"
+"sun\"/>.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2248
+#: using-d-i.xml:2278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "Sökning efter andra operativsystem"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2250
+#: using-d-i.xml:2280
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian."
-msgstr "Innan en starthanterare blir installerad kommer installationsprogrammet att försöka att söka efter andra operativsystem som finns installerade på maskinen. Om den hittar ett operativsystem som stöds kommer du bli informerad om det under installationssteget för starthanteraren och datorn kommer att bli konfigurerad att starta upp det här andra operativsystemet i tillägg till Debian."
+msgid ""
+"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
+"other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a "
+"supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot "
+"loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this "
+"other operating system in addition to Debian."
+msgstr ""
+"Innan en starthanterare blir installerad kommer installationsprogrammet att "
+"försöka att söka efter andra operativsystem som finns installerade på "
+"maskinen. Om den hittar ett operativsystem som stöds kommer du bli "
+"informerad om det under installationssteget för starthanteraren och datorn "
+"kommer att bli konfigurerad att starta upp det här andra operativsystemet i "
+"tillägg till Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2258
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information."
-msgstr "Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande är lite av svart magi. Det automatiska stödet för identifiering och inställning av starthanterare för att starta upp andra operativsystem varierar mellan arkitekturer och även för underarkitekturer. Om det inte fungerar bör du konsultera dokumentationen för din starthanterare för mer information."
+msgid ""
+"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
+"something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up "
+"boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even "
+"by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot "
+"manager's documentation for more information."
+msgstr ""
+"Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande "
+"är lite av svart magi. Det automatiska stödet för identifiering och "
+"inställning av starthanterare för att starta upp andra operativsystem "
+"varierar mellan arkitekturer och även för underarkitekturer. Om det inte "
+"fungerar bör du konsultera dokumentationen för din starthanterare för mer "
+"information."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2276
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Installera <command>aboot</command> på en hårddisk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2277
+#: using-d-i.xml:2307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful &mdash; it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead."
-msgstr "Om du har startat upp från SRM och du har valt detta alternativ, kommer installationsprogrammet att skriva <command>aboot</command> till första sektorn på den disk du installerade Debian på. Var <emphasis>mycket</emphasis> försiktig &mdash; det är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> möjligt att starta upp flera operativsystem (t.ex. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 även känt som Digital Unix och även känt som Tru64 Unix, eller OpenVMS) från samma disk. Om du även har ett annat operativsystem installerat på disken där du har installerat Debian, måste du istället starta upp GNU/Linux från en diskett."
+msgid ""
+"If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will "
+"write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you "
+"installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful &mdash; it is "
+"<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. "
+"GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or "
+"OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system "
+"installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot "
+"GNU/Linux from a floppy instead."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har startat upp från SRM och du har valt detta alternativ, kommer "
+"installationsprogrammet att skriva <command>aboot</command> till första "
+"sektorn på den disk du installerade Debian på. Var <emphasis>mycket</"
+"emphasis> försiktig &mdash; det är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> möjligt att "
+"starta upp flera operativsystem (t.ex. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 "
+"även känt som Digital Unix och även känt som Tru64 Unix, eller OpenVMS) från "
+"samma disk. Om du även har ett annat operativsystem installerat på disken "
+"där du har installerat Debian, måste du istället starta upp GNU/Linux från "
+"en diskett."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2297
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installerare"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2298
+#: using-d-i.xml:2328
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions."
-msgstr "Starthanteraren på PA-RISC är <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> är lik konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command> , med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>PALO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din uppstartspartition. Det är på grund av att <command>PALO</command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner."
+msgid ""
+"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
+"similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few "
+"exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any "
+"kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> "
+"can actually read Linux partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Starthanteraren på PA-RISC är <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> "
+"är lik konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command> , med ett "
+"fåtal undantag. Först, <command>PALO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri "
+"kärnavbild på din uppstartspartition. Det är på grund av att <command>PALO</"
+"command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2307
+#: using-d-i.xml:2337
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa FIXME ( behöver mer info )"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2319
+#: using-d-i.xml:2349
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>Grub</command> på en hårddisk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2321
+#: using-d-i.xml:2351
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for new users and old hands alike."
-msgstr "Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>grub</quote>. Grub är en flexibel och robust starthanterare och ett bra standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna användare."
+msgid ""
+"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
+"flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for new users and "
+"old hands alike."
+msgstr ""
+"Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>grub</"
+"quote>. Grub är en flexibel och robust starthanterare och ett bra "
+"standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna användare."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2327
+#: using-d-i.xml:2357
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information."
-msgstr "Som standard kommer grub att installeras i huvudstartsektorn (MBR), där den kommer att ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen. Om du önskar, kan du installera den någon annanstans. Se manualsidan för grub för mer komplett information."
+msgid ""
+"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
+"it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you "
+"can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information."
+msgstr ""
+"Som standard kommer grub att installeras i huvudstartsektorn (MBR), där den "
+"kommer att ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen. Om du önskar, kan "
+"du installera den någon annanstans. Se manualsidan för grub för mer komplett "
+"information."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2333
+#: using-d-i.xml:2363
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use."
-msgstr "Om du inte vill installera grub alls kan du använda &BTN-GOBACK;-knappen för att komma till huvudmenyn och därifrån välja den starthanterare som du vill använda."
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
+"the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to "
+"use."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte vill installera grub alls kan du använda &BTN-GOBACK;-knappen för "
+"att komma till huvudmenyn och därifrån välja den starthanterare som du vill "
+"använda."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2376
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> på en hårddisk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2348
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
-msgstr "Den andra starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>LILO</quote>. Det är ett gammalt och komplext program som erbjuder massor av funktionalitet, inklusive starthantering för DOS, Windows och OS/2. Läs noga igenom instruktionerna i katalogen <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> om du har speciella behov; se även <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
+"an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, "
+"Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in "
+"the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special "
+"needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Den andra starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>LILO</quote>. "
+"Det är ett gammalt och komplext program som erbjuder massor av "
+"funktionalitet, inklusive starthantering för DOS, Windows och OS/2. Läs noga "
+"igenom instruktionerna i katalogen <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> "
+"om du har speciella behov; se även <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-"
+"HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2358
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation."
-msgstr "För närvarande kommer LILO-installationen endast att skapa menyposter för andra operativsystem om de kan bli <firstterm>kedjeinlästa</firstterm>. Det betyder att du måste manuellt lägga till en menypost för operativsystem som GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen."
+msgid ""
+"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
+"operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This "
+"means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like "
+"GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"För närvarande kommer LILO-installationen endast att skapa menyposter för "
+"andra operativsystem om de kan bli <firstterm>kedjeinlästa</firstterm>. Det "
+"betyder att du måste manuellt lägga till en menypost för operativsystem som "
+"GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2366
+#: using-d-i.xml:2396
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:"
-msgstr "&d-i; erbjuder dig tre valmöjligheter om var starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> ska installeras:"
+msgid ""
+"&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
+"command> boot loader:"
+msgstr ""
+"&d-i; erbjuder dig tre valmöjligheter om var starthanteraren <command>LILO</"
+"command> ska installeras:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "Huvudstartsektor (MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process."
-msgstr "På det här sättet kan <command>LILO</command> ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen."
+msgid ""
+"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
+"process."
+msgstr ""
+"På det här sättet kan <command>LILO</command> ta komplett kontroll över "
+"uppstartsprocessen."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "Ny Debianpartition"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader."
-msgstr "Välj den här om du vill använda en annan starthanterare. <command>LILO</command> kommer att installera sig själv i början av den nya Debian-partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare."
+msgid ""
+"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
+"will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will "
+"serve as a secondary boot loader."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj den här om du vill använda en annan starthanterare. <command>LILO</"
+"command> kommer att installera sig själv i början av den nya Debian-"
+"partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "Annat val"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use traditional device names such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
-msgstr "Användbar för erfarna användare som vill installera <command>LILO</command> någon annanstans. I det här fallet kommer du bli tillfrågad om att ange en plats. Du kan använda traditionella enhetsnamn som <filename>/dev/hda</filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
+"somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can "
+"use traditional device names such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or "
+"<filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Användbar för erfarna användare som vill installera <command>LILO</command> "
+"någon annanstans. I det här fallet kommer du bli tillfrågad om att ange en "
+"plats. Du kan använda traditionella enhetsnamn som <filename>/dev/hda</"
+"filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2399
+#: using-d-i.xml:2429
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record &mdash; however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian!"
-msgstr "Om du inte längre kan starta upp Windows 9x (eller DOS) efter det här steget, behöver du använda en startdiskett för Windows 9x (MS-DOS) och använda kommandot <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> för att installera om MS-DOS egna huvudstartsektor (MBR) &mdash; det här betyder dock att du behöver använda något annat sätt att komma tillbaka in i Debian!"
+msgid ""
+"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
+"need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /"
+"mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record &mdash; "
+"however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into "
+"Debian!"
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte längre kan starta upp Windows 9x (eller DOS) efter det här "
+"steget, behöver du använda en startdiskett för Windows 9x (MS-DOS) och "
+"använda kommandot <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> för att installera om MS-"
+"DOS egna huvudstartsektor (MBR) &mdash; det här betyder dock att du behöver "
+"använda något annat sätt att komma tillbaka in i Debian!"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2415
+#: using-d-i.xml:2445
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command> på en hårddisk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2417
+#: using-d-i.xml:2447
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel."
-msgstr "Starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>elilo</quote>. Den är designad efter starthanteraren <quote>lilo</quote> för x86-arkitekturen och använder en liknande konfigurationsfil. Dock, istället för att skriva en MBR eller uppstartspartitionsfält på disken, kopierar den de nödvändiga filerna till en separat FAT-formaterad diskpartition och ändrar i <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem>-menyn i den fast programvaran för att peka till filerna på EFI-partitionen. Starthanteraren <command>elilo</command> innehåller egentligen två delar. Kommandot <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> hanterar partitionen och kopierar filer till den. Programmet <filename>elilo.efi</filename> kopieras till EFI-partitionen och körs sedan av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att faktiskt göra inläsningen och uppstarten av Linux-kärnan."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2433
+msgid ""
+"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
+"on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a "
+"similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition "
+"boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT "
+"formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</"
+"guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI "
+"partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. "
+"The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and "
+"copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied "
+"into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
+"to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel."
+msgstr ""
+"Starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>elilo</quote>. Den är "
+"designad efter starthanteraren <quote>lilo</quote> för x86-arkitekturen och "
+"använder en liknande konfigurationsfil. Dock, istället för att skriva en MBR "
+"eller uppstartspartitionsfält på disken, kopierar den de nödvändiga filerna "
+"till en separat FAT-formaterad diskpartition och ändrar i <guimenuitem>EFI "
+"Boot Manager</guimenuitem>-menyn i den fast programvaran för att peka till "
+"filerna på EFI-partitionen. Starthanteraren <command>elilo</command> "
+"innehåller egentligen två delar. Kommandot <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</"
+"filename> hanterar partitionen och kopierar filer till den. Programmet "
+"<filename>elilo.efi</filename> kopieras till EFI-partitionen och körs sedan "
+"av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att faktiskt göra inläsningen och "
+"uppstarten av Linux-kärnan."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem."
-msgstr "Konfigurationen och installation av <quote>elilo</quote> görs som det sista steget i installationen av paketen i grundinstallationen. &d-i; kommer att visa dig en lista på möjliga diskpartitioner som den har hittat som lämpliga för en EFI-partition. Välj den partition du ställt in tidigare i installationen, vanligtvis en partition på samma disk som innehåller ditt <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem."
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
+"step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present "
+"you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for "
+"an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the "
+"installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your "
+"<emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"Konfigurationen och installation av <quote>elilo</quote> görs som det sista "
+"steget i installationen av paketen i grundinstallationen. &d-i; kommer att "
+"visa dig en lista på möjliga diskpartitioner som den har hittat som lämpliga "
+"för en EFI-partition. Välj den partition du ställt in tidigare i "
+"installationen, vanligtvis en partition på samma disk som innehåller ditt "
+"<emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "Välj den korrekta partitionen!"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2477
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!"
-msgstr "Villkoret för att välja en partition är att den har ett FAT-formaterat filsystem med sin <emphasis>boot</emphasis>-flagga inställd. &d-i; kan visa flera val beroende på vad den hittar vid avsökningen av alla diskar på systemet, inklusive EFI-partitioner för andra systemdiskar och EFI-diagnostikpartitioner. Kom ihåg att <command>elilo</command> kan formatera partitionen under installationen, vilket raderar allt tidigare innehåll!"
+msgid ""
+"The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
+"with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices "
+"depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system "
+"including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic "
+"partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition "
+"during the installation, erasing any previous contents!"
+msgstr ""
+"Villkoret för att välja en partition är att den har ett FAT-formaterat "
+"filsystem med sin <emphasis>boot</emphasis>-flagga inställd. &d-i; kan visa "
+"flera val beroende på vad den hittar vid avsökningen av alla diskar på "
+"systemet, inklusive EFI-partitioner för andra systemdiskar och EFI-"
+"diagnostikpartitioner. Kom ihåg att <command>elilo</command> kan formatera "
+"partitionen under installationen, vilket raderar allt tidigare innehåll!"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2462
+#: using-d-i.xml:2492
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "EFI-partitionens innehåll"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2464
+#: using-d-i.xml:2494
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured."
-msgstr "EFI-partitionen är ett FAT-formaterat filsystem på en av hårddiskarna i systemet, normalt sett samma disk som innehåller <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystemet. Den är normalt sett inte monterad på ett körande system eftersom den endast behövs av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att läsa in systemet och installationsprogrammet del av <command>elilo</command> skriver till filsystemet direkt. Verktyget <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> skriver följande filer till katalogen <filename>efi/debian</filename> på EFI-partitionen under installationen. Observera att <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> skulle hitta dessa filer med sökvägen <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. Det kan även finnas andra filer i detta filsystem framöver eftersom systemet uppdateras eller konfigureras om."
+msgid ""
+"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
+"disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</"
+"emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it "
+"is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and "
+"the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem "
+"directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the "
+"following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the "
+"EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot "
+"Manager</quote> would find these files using the path "
+"<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may "
+"be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated "
+"or re-configured."
+msgstr ""
+"EFI-partitionen är ett FAT-formaterat filsystem på en av hårddiskarna i "
+"systemet, normalt sett samma disk som innehåller <emphasis>rot</"
+"emphasis>filsystemet. Den är normalt sett inte monterad på ett körande "
+"system eftersom den endast behövs av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att "
+"läsa in systemet och installationsprogrammet del av <command>elilo</command> "
+"skriver till filsystemet direkt. Verktyget <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</"
+"command> skriver följande filer till katalogen <filename>efi/debian</"
+"filename> på EFI-partitionen under installationen. Observera att <quote>EFI "
+"Boot Manager</quote> skulle hitta dessa filer med sökvägen "
+"<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. Det kan "
+"även finnas andra filer i detta filsystem framöver eftersom systemet "
+"uppdateras eller konfigureras om."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2486
+#: using-d-i.xml:2516
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2517
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition."
-msgstr "Det här är konfigurationsfilen som läses av starthanteraren när den startar. Det är en kopia av <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> med filnamnen omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen."
+msgid ""
+"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
+"a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-"
+"written to refer to files in the EFI partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här är konfigurationsfilen som läses av starthanteraren när den startar. "
+"Det är en kopia av <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> med filnamnen "
+"omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2526
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2527
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu."
-msgstr "Det här är starthanterarprogrammet som <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> kör för att starta upp systemet. Det är programmet bakom menyposten <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> i kommandomenyn i <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>."
+msgid ""
+"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
+"runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian "
+"GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
+"command menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här är starthanterarprogrammet som <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> kör "
+"för att starta upp systemet. Det är programmet bakom menyposten "
+"<guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> i kommandomenyn i <quote>EFI "
+"Boot Manager</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2507
+#: using-d-i.xml:2537
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2508
+#: using-d-i.xml:2538
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
-msgstr "Det här är det initiala rotfilsystemet som används för att starta upp kärnan. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
+"the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a "
+"standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</"
+"filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här är det initiala rotfilsystemet som används för att starta upp "
+"kärnan. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</"
+"filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i "
+"<filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/"
+"initrd.img</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2521
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run."
-msgstr "Det här är en liten textfil som varnar dig att innehållet i katalogen hanteras av <command>elilo</command> och att alla lokala ändringar kommer att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör."
+msgid ""
+"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
+"managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be "
+"lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här är en liten textfil som varnar dig att innehållet i katalogen "
+"hanteras av <command>elilo</command> och att alla lokala ändringar kommer "
+"att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2561
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2532
+#: using-d-i.xml:2562
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
-msgstr "Det här är själva kärnan i komprimerad form. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
+"the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation "
+"it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the "
+"symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här är själva kärnan i komprimerad form. Det är en kopia av filen som "
+"omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av "
+"Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den "
+"symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2552
+#: using-d-i.xml:2582
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installerare"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2553
+#: using-d-i.xml:2583
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n"
-"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>)</userinput>\n"
+"The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
+"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by "
+"the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up "
+"in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique "
+"name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. "
+"After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by "
+"setting some firmware environment variables entering "
+"<informalexample><screen>\n"
+"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk"
+"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n"
+"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk"
+"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</"
+"replaceable>)</userinput>\n"
 "<userinput> setenv OSLoader arcboot</userinput>\n"
-"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></"
+"userinput>\n"
 "<userinput> setenv AutoLoad yes</userinput>\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing <command>boot</command>."
+"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing "
+"<command>boot</command>."
 msgstr ""
-"Starthanteraren på SGI-maskiner är <command>arcboot</command>. Den måste installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av installationsprogrammet). Arcboot har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapats av installationsprogrammet är <quote>linux</quote>. Efter arcboot har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom att ställa in några miljövariabler i firmware genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n"
-"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>)</userinput>\n"
+"Starthanteraren på SGI-maskiner är <command>arcboot</command>. Den måste "
+"installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av "
+"installationsprogrammet). Arcboot har stöd för olika konfigurationer som "
+"ställs in i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har "
+"ett unikt namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapats av "
+"installationsprogrammet är <quote>linux</quote>. Efter arcboot har "
+"installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom att ställa in "
+"några miljövariabler i firmware genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n"
+"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk"
+"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n"
+"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk"
+"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</"
+"replaceable>)</userinput>\n"
 "<userinput> setenv OSLoader arcboot</userinput>\n"
-"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></"
+"userinput>\n"
 "<userinput> setenv AutoLoad yes</userinput>\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten, och sedan ange <command>boot</command>."
+"</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten, och sedan ange "
+"<command>boot</command>."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2572
+#: using-d-i.xml:2602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2573
+#: using-d-i.xml:2603
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers"
-msgstr "är SCSI-bussen som ska startas från, den här är <userinput>0</userinput> för inbyggda styrkort"
+msgid ""
+"is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
+"onboard controllers"
+msgstr ""
+"är SCSI-bussen som ska startas från, den här är <userinput>0</userinput> för "
+"inbyggda styrkort"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2581
+#: using-d-i.xml:2611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "disk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2582
+#: using-d-i.xml:2612
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed"
-msgstr "är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad"
+msgid ""
+"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
+"installed"
+msgstr ""
+"är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590
-#: using-d-i.xml:2659
+#: using-d-i.xml:2620 using-d-i.xml:2689
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "partnr"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2591
+#: using-d-i.xml:2621
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides"
-msgstr "är numret på partitionen på vilken <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> finns"
+msgid ""
+"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
+"filename> resides"
+msgstr ""
+"är numret på partitionen på vilken <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> "
+"finns"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2599
+#: using-d-i.xml:2629
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "konfig"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2630
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default."
-msgstr "är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard."
+msgid ""
+"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
+"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default."
+msgstr ""
+"är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, "
+"vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2621
+#: using-d-i.xml:2651
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installerare"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2622
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
+"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by "
+"the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in "
+"<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, "
+"the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After "
+"DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering "
+"<informalexample><screen>\n"
+"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> "
+"<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></"
+"userinput>\n"
 "</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt."
 msgstr ""
-"Starthanteraren på DECstation är <command>DELO</command>. Den måste installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av installationsprogrammet). DELO har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapas av installationsprogrammet är <quote>linux</quote>. Efter DELO har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>namn</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"Starthanteraren på DECstation är <command>DELO</command>. Den måste "
+"installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av "
+"installationsprogrammet). DELO har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs "
+"in i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt "
+"namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapas av installationsprogrammet är "
+"<quote>linux</quote>. Efter DELO har installerats, kan systemet startas upp "
+"från hårddisken genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n"
+"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> "
+"<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>namn</replaceable></"
+"userinput>\n"
 "</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2641
+#: using-d-i.xml:2671
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2642
+#: using-d-i.xml:2672
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is <userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers"
-msgstr "är TurboChannel-enheten som ska startas från, på de flesta DECstationer är det här <userinput>3</userinput> för inbyggda styrkort"
+msgid ""
+"is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
+"<userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers"
+msgstr ""
+"är TurboChannel-enheten som ska startas från, på de flesta DECstationer är "
+"det här <userinput>3</userinput> för inbyggda styrkort"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2650
+#: using-d-i.xml:2680
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2681
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
-msgstr "är det SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>DELO</command> finns installerad"
+msgid ""
+"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
+msgstr ""
+"är det SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>DELO</command> finns "
+"installerad"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2660
+#: using-d-i.xml:2690
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> resides"
-msgstr "är numret på den partition som <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns"
+msgid ""
+"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
+"resides"
+msgstr ""
+"är numret på den partition som <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "namn"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2669
+#: using-d-i.xml:2699
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default."
-msgstr "är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard."
+msgid ""
+"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
+"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default."
+msgstr ""
+"är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, "
+"vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2709
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use"
-msgstr "Om <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns på första partitionen på disken och standardkonfigurationen ska startas upp, räcker det att använda"
+msgid ""
+"In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
+"disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use"
+msgstr ""
+"Om <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns på första partitionen på disken "
+"och standardkonfigurationen ska startas upp, räcker det att använda"
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2685
+#: using-d-i.xml:2715
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Installera <command>Yaboot</command> på en hårddisk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2696
+#: using-d-i.xml:2726
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;."
-msgstr "Nyare (mitten av 1998 och senare) PowerMac använder <command>yaboot</command> som sin starthanterare. Installationsprogrammet kommer att ställa in <command>yaboot</command> automatiskt, så allt du behöver är en liten 820k stor partition med namnet <quote>bootstrap</quote> med typen <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> skapad tidigare i partitioneringskomponenten. Om det här steget slutförs korrekt ska din disk nu vara startbar och OpenFirmware kommer att vara inställd att starta upp &debian;."
+msgid ""
+"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
+"boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> "
+"automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named "
+"<quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> "
+"created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes "
+"successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be "
+"set to boot &debian;."
+msgstr ""
+"Nyare (mitten av 1998 och senare) PowerMac använder <command>yaboot</"
+"command> som sin starthanterare. Installationsprogrammet kommer att ställa "
+"in <command>yaboot</command> automatiskt, så allt du behöver är en liten "
+"820k stor partition med namnet <quote>bootstrap</quote> med typen "
+"<emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> skapad tidigare i "
+"partitioneringskomponenten. Om det här steget slutförs korrekt ska din disk "
+"nu vara startbar och OpenFirmware kommer att vara inställd att starta upp "
+"&debian;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2714
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Installera <command>Quik</command> på en hårddisk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones."
-msgstr "Starthanteraren för OldWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner är <command>quik</command>. Du kan även använda den på CHRP. Installationsprogrammet kommer att försöka att ställa in <command>quik</command> automatiskt. Konfigurationen är känd att fungera på 7200, 7300, och 7600 Powermac, och på vissa Power Computing-kloner."
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
+"command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up "
+"<command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on "
+"7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones."
+msgstr ""
+"Starthanteraren för OldWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner är <command>quik</"
+"command>. Du kan även använda den på CHRP. Installationsprogrammet kommer "
+"att försöka att ställa in <command>quik</command> automatiskt. "
+"Konfigurationen är känd att fungera på 7200, 7300, och 7600 Powermac, och på "
+"vissa Power Computing-kloner."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2761
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installerare"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2732
+#: using-d-i.xml:2762
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>."
-msgstr "Starthanteraren på &arch-title; är <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Ta en titt på <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> från IBM:s developerWorks-webbsida om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>."
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
+"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, "
+"with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; "
+"Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks "
+"web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>."
+msgstr ""
+"Starthanteraren på &arch-title; är <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
+"command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, "
+"med ett fåtal undantag. Ta en titt på <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device "
+"Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> från IBM:s developerWorks-webbsida "
+"om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2749
+#: using-d-i.xml:2779
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>SILO</command> på en hårddisk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2751
+#: using-d-i.xml:2781
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install."
-msgstr "Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>silo</quote>. Den finns dokumenterad i <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>SILO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din disk, även om den inte är listad i <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. Det är på grund av att <command>SILO</command> kan faktiskt läsa Linux-partitioner. Ytterligare, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> läses in vid uppstart, så det finns inget behov att köra om <command>silo</command> efter installation av ny kärna som du skulle gjort med <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> kan även läsa UFS-partitioner, som betyder att den även kan starta upp SunOS/Solaris-partitioner. Det här är användbart om du vill installera GNU/Linux vid sidan av en befintlig installation av SunOS/Solaris."
+msgid ""
+"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
+"documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</"
+"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, "
+"with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to "
+"boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/"
+"etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can "
+"actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is "
+"read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> "
+"after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. "
+"<command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can "
+"boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install "
+"GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install."
+msgstr ""
+"Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>silo</"
+"quote>. Den finns dokumenterad i <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. "
+"<command>SILO</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som "
+"<command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>SILO</"
+"command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din disk, även om den "
+"inte är listad i <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. Det är på grund av att "
+"<command>SILO</command> kan faktiskt läsa Linux-partitioner. Ytterligare, "
+"<filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> läses in vid uppstart, så det finns "
+"inget behov att köra om <command>silo</command> efter installation av ny "
+"kärna som du skulle gjort med <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</"
+"command> kan även läsa UFS-partitioner, som betyder att den även kan starta "
+"upp SunOS/Solaris-partitioner. Det här är användbart om du vill installera "
+"GNU/Linux vid sidan av en befintlig installation av SunOS/Solaris."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2776
+#: using-d-i.xml:2806
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "Fortsätt utan starthanterare"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2778
+#: using-d-i.xml:2808
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>"
-msgstr "Det här alternativet kan användas för att färdigställa installationen även om inte starthanterare kommer att installeras, antingen på grund av att arkitekturen/underarkitekturen inte erbjuder en eller på grund av att ingen önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den befintliga starthanteraren). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">Det här alternativet är speciellt användbart för Macintosh, Atari, och Amiga-system, där det ursprungliga operativsystemet måste hållas kvar på burken och användas för att starta upp GNU/Linux.</phrase>"
+msgid ""
+"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
+"loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide "
+"one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). "
+"<phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, "
+"and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on "
+"the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"Det här alternativet kan användas för att färdigställa installationen även "
+"om inte starthanterare kommer att installeras, antingen på grund av att "
+"arkitekturen/underarkitekturen inte erbjuder en eller på grund av att ingen "
+"önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den befintliga starthanteraren). <phrase "
+"arch=\"m68k\">Det här alternativet är speciellt användbart för Macintosh, "
+"Atari, och Amiga-system, där det ursprungliga operativsystemet måste hållas "
+"kvar på burken och användas för att starta upp GNU/Linux.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2787
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem."
-msgstr "Om du planerar att manuellt konfigurera din starthanterare, bör du kontrollera namnet på den installerade kärnan i <filename>/target/boot</filename>. Du bör också kontrollera den katalogen om det finns en <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; om det finns en ska du antagligen instruera din starthanterare att använda den. Övrig information som du behöver ange är disken och partition du har valt för ditt <filename>/</filename>-filsystem och, om du valde att installera <filename>/boot</filename> på en separat partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem."
+msgid ""
+"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
+"of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should "
+"also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</"
+"firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your "
+"bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and "
+"partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if "
+"you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, "
+"also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du planerar att manuellt konfigurera din starthanterare, bör du "
+"kontrollera namnet på den installerade kärnan i <filename>/target/boot</"
+"filename>. Du bör också kontrollera den katalogen om det finns en "
+"<firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; om det finns en ska du antagligen instruera "
+"din starthanterare att använda den. Övrig information som du behöver ange är "
+"disken och partition du har valt för ditt <filename>/</filename>-filsystem "
+"och, om du valde att installera <filename>/boot</filename> på en separat "
+"partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2804
+#: using-d-i.xml:2834
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "Färdigställ installationen"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2805
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;."
-msgstr "De här är de sista bitarna att göra före omstarten in i ditt nya system. Det består mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;."
+#: using-d-i.xml:2835
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the "
+"installer will do any last minute tasks. It mostly consists of tidying up "
+"after the &d-i;."
+msgstr ""
+"De här är de sista bitarna att göra före omstarten in i ditt nya system. Det "
+"består mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2817
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
-msgstr "Färdigställ installationen och starta om systemet"
+#: using-d-i.xml:2848
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Setting the System Clock"
+msgstr "Ställ in systemet"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2819
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot into your new Debian system."
-msgstr "Det här är det sista steget i den initiala installationsprocessen för Debian. Du kommer att bli frågad att mata ut uppstartsmedia (cd, diskett, etc) som du använde för att starta upp installationsprogrammet. Installationsprogrammet kommer att göra sista-minuten-funktioner och sedan starta om in i ditt nya Debian-system."
+#: using-d-i.xml:2850
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
+"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
+"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
+"systems are installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Installationsprogrammet kan fråga dig om datorns klocka är inställd till "
+"UTC. Normalt sett undviks den här frågan om möjligt och "
+"installationsprogrammet försöker lista ut om klockan är inställd till UTC "
+"baserat på saker såsom vilka andra operativsystem som är installerade."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2857
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
+"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
+"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
+"instead of UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
+"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
+"local time instead of UTC.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"I expertläget kan du alltid välja om eller inte klockan är inställd till "
+"UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Maskinvaruklockor på Macintosh är "
+"vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart, "
+"välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">System som "
+"(även) kör Dos eller Windows är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du "
+"vill använda dubbel uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
+#: using-d-i.xml:2868
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation."
-msgstr "Välj menyposten <guimenuitem>Slutför installationen</guimenuitem> som kommer att stänga av systemet därför att omstarter inte stöds på &arch-title; i detta fallet. Du behöver sedan köra en IPL GNU/Linux från den DASD som du valde för rotfilsystemet under de första stegen av installationen."
+msgid ""
+"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
+"system's hardware clock. This will be done either in UTC or local time, "
+"depending on the selection that was just made."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2840
+#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Reboot the System"
+msgstr "Ställ in systemet"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
+"used to boot the installer. After that the system will be rebooted into your "
+"new Debian system."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här är det sista steget i den initiala installationsprocessen för "
+"Debian. Du kommer att bli frågad att mata ut uppstartsmedia (cd, diskett, "
+"etc) som du använde för att starta upp installationsprogrammet. "
+"Installationsprogrammet kommer att göra sista-minuten-funktioner och sedan "
+"starta om in i ditt nya Debian-system."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
+"supported on &arch-title;. You then need to IPL &debian; from the DASD which "
+"you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj menyposten <guimenuitem>Slutför installationen</guimenuitem> som kommer "
+"att stänga av systemet därför att omstarter inte stöds på &arch-title; i "
+"detta fallet. Du behöver sedan köra en IPL GNU/Linux från den DASD som du "
+"valde för rotfilsystemet under de första stegen av installationen."
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:2904
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "Blandat"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2841
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong."
-msgstr "Komponenterna som listas i det här avsnittet är normalt sett inte inblandade i installationsprocessen men väntar i bakgrunden för att hjälpa användaren om något går fel."
+msgid ""
+"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
+"installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in "
+"case something goes wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Komponenterna som listas i det här avsnittet är normalt sett inte inblandade "
+"i installationsprocessen men väntar i bakgrunden för att hjälpa användaren "
+"om något går fel."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2854
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "Spara installationsloggar"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2856
+#: using-d-i.xml:2920
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system."
-msgstr "Om installationen lyckas, kommer loggfilerna som skapas under installationsprocessen att automatiskt sparas till <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system."
+msgid ""
+"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
+"installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/"
+"installer/</filename> on your new Debian system."
+msgstr ""
+"Om installationen lyckas, kommer loggfilerna som skapas under "
+"installationsprocessen att automatiskt sparas till <filename>/var/log/"
+"installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2863
+#: using-d-i.xml:2927
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report."
-msgstr "Välj <guimenuitem>Spara felsökningsloggar</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn låter dig spara loggfilerna till en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller annat media. Det kan vara användbart om du påträffar allvarliga problem under installationen och vill undersöka loggarna på ett annat system eller bifoga dem i en installationsrapport."
+msgid ""
+"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
+"allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or "
+"other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the "
+"installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to "
+"an installation report."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj <guimenuitem>Spara felsökningsloggar</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn "
+"låter dig spara loggfilerna till en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller annat "
+"media. Det kan vara användbart om du påträffar allvarliga problem under "
+"installationen och vill undersöka loggarna på ett annat system eller bifoga "
+"dem i en installationsrapport."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "Användning av skalet och visning av loggar"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2949
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to switch back to installer itself."
-msgstr "Det finns flera metoder som du kan välja för att få ett skal under tiden du kör en installation. På de flesta system, och om du inte installerar över en seriekonsoll, är den enklaste metoden att växla till den andra <emphasis>virtuella konsollen</emphasis> genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> Alltså: tryck ner <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten på vänster sida av <keycap>blankstegs</keycap>-tangenten och funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</keycap> samtidigt. </para> </footnote> (på ett Mac-tangentbord, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>). Använd <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> för att växla tillbaka till själva installationsprogrammet."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2903
+msgid ""
+"There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
+"installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial "
+"console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual "
+"console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> "
+"<keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the "
+"<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</"
+"keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </"
+"footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</"
+"keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</"
+"keycap></keycombo> to switch back to installer itself."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns flera metoder som du kan välja för att få ett skal under tiden du "
+"kör en installation. På de flesta system, och om du inte installerar över en "
+"seriekonsoll, är den enklaste metoden att växla till den andra "
+"<emphasis>virtuella konsollen</emphasis> genom att trycka "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></"
+"keycombo><footnote> <para> Alltså: tryck ner <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten "
+"på vänster sida av <keycap>blankstegs</keycap>-tangenten och "
+"funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</keycap> samtidigt. </para> </footnote> (på "
+"ett Mac-tangentbord, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></"
+"keycombo>). Använd <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</"
+"keycap></keycombo> för att växla tillbaka till själva "
+"installationsprogrammet."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2967
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. You can get to the main menu from most dialogs by using the &BTN-GOBACK; button one or more times. Type <userinput>exit</userinput> to close the shell and return to the installer."
-msgstr "Om du inte kan växla mellan konsollerna finns även alternativet <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> i huvudmenyn som kan användas för att starta ett skal. Du kan komma till huvudmenyn från de flesta dialoger genom att använda &BTN-GOBACK;-knappen en eller flera gånger. Ange <userinput>exit</userinput> för att stänga skalet och återvända till installationsprogrammet."
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
+"Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. "
+"You can get to the main menu from most dialogs by using the &BTN-GOBACK; "
+"button one or more times. Type <userinput>exit</userinput> to close the "
+"shell and return to the installer."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte kan växla mellan konsollerna finns även alternativet "
+"<guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> i huvudmenyn som kan användas för "
+"att starta ett skal. Du kan komma till huvudmenyn från de flesta dialoger "
+"genom att använda &BTN-GOBACK;-knappen en eller flera gånger. Ange "
+"<userinput>exit</userinput> för att stänga skalet och återvända till "
+"installationsprogrammet."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2911
+#: using-d-i.xml:2975
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like autocompletion and history."
-msgstr "Vid den här tidpunkten har du startat upp från RAM-disken, och det finns en begränsad uppsättning Unix-verktyg tillgängliga för dig. Du kan se vilka program som finns tillgängliga med kommandot <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> och genom att skriva <command>help</command>. Skalet är ett Bourne-skalklon kallat <command>ash</command> och har några trevliga funktioner som till exempel automatisk komplettering och historik."
+msgid ""
+"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
+"of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are "
+"available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</"
+"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell "
+"clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like "
+"autocompletion and history."
+msgstr ""
+"Vid den här tidpunkten har du startat upp från RAM-disken, och det finns en "
+"begränsad uppsättning Unix-verktyg tillgängliga för dig. Du kan se vilka "
+"program som finns tillgängliga med kommandot <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/"
+"bin /usr/sbin</command> och genom att skriva <command>help</command>. Skalet "
+"är ett Bourne-skalklon kallat <command>ash</command> och har några trevliga "
+"funktioner som till exempel automatisk komplettering och historik."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2920
+#: using-d-i.xml:2984
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</filename> directory."
-msgstr "För att redigera och visa filer, använd textredigeraren <command>nano</command>. Loggfiler för installationssystemet kan hittas i katalogen <filename>/var/log</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
+"files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</"
+"filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+"För att redigera och visa filer, använd textredigeraren <command>nano</"
+"command>. Loggfiler för installationssystemet kan hittas i katalogen "
+"<filename>/var/log</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2927
+#: using-d-i.xml:2991
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in case something goes wrong and for debugging."
-msgstr "Även om du kan göra i stort sett allt ett skal som de tillgängliga kommandona tillåter dig att göra, är alternativet att använda ett skal egentliga endast där om någonting skulle gå fel och att du behöver felsöka."
+msgid ""
+"Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
+"commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in "
+"case something goes wrong and for debugging."
+msgstr ""
+"Även om du kan göra i stort sett allt ett skal som de tillgängliga "
+"kommandona tillåter dig att göra, är alternativet att använda ett skal "
+"egentliga endast där om någonting skulle gå fel och att du behöver felsöka."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2933
+#: using-d-i.xml:2997
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not do this yourself from a shell."
-msgstr "Göra saker manuellt från skalet kan störa installationsprocessen och resultera i fel eller en ofullständig installation. Specifikt bör du alltid låta installationsprogrammet aktivera din växlingspartition och inte göra det själv från ett skal. "
+msgid ""
+"Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
+"process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, "
+"you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not "
+"do this yourself from a shell."
+msgstr ""
+"Göra saker manuellt från skalet kan störa installationsprocessen och "
+"resultera i fel eller en ofullständig installation. Specifikt bör du alltid "
+"låta installationsprogrammet aktivera din växlingspartition och inte göra "
+"det själv från ett skal. "
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2948
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr "Installation över nätverket"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2950
+#: using-d-i.xml:3014
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
-msgstr "En av de mer intressanta komponenterna är <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. Den låter dig göra en stor del av installationen över nätverket via SSH. Användningen av nätverk antyder att du måste genomföra de första stegen av installationen från konsollen, åtminstone till punkten där nätverket ställs in. (Dock kan du automatisera den delen med <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
+msgid ""
+"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
+"firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the "
+"network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the "
+"first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of "
+"setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref "
+"linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
+msgstr ""
+"En av de mer intressanta komponenterna är <firstterm>network-console</"
+"firstterm>. Den låter dig göra en stor del av installationen över nätverket "
+"via SSH. Användningen av nätverk antyder att du måste genomföra de första "
+"stegen av installationen från konsollen, åtminstone till punkten där "
+"nätverket ställs in. (Dock kan du automatisera den delen med <xref linkend="
+"\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2960
+#: using-d-i.xml:3024
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>."
-msgstr "Den här komponenten läses inte in i huvudmenyn som standard så du måste specifikt begära den. Om du installerar från en cd-skiva behöver du starta upp med mediumprioritet eller annars kan du starta huvudmenyn och välja <guimenuitem>Läs in installationskomponenter från cd</guimenuitem> och från listan av ytterligare komponenter välja <guimenuitem>network-console: Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>. En lyckad inläsning indikeras av en ny menypost kallad <guimenuitem>Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>."
+msgid ""
+"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
+"you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need "
+"to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu "
+"and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and "
+"from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: "
+"Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is "
+"indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation "
+"remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>."
+msgstr ""
+"Den här komponenten läses inte in i huvudmenyn som standard så du måste "
+"specifikt begära den. Om du installerar från en cd-skiva behöver du starta "
+"upp med mediumprioritet eller annars kan du starta huvudmenyn och välja "
+"<guimenuitem>Läs in installationskomponenter från cd</guimenuitem> och från "
+"listan av ytterligare komponenter välja <guimenuitem>network-console: "
+"Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>. En lyckad "
+"inläsning indikeras av en ny menypost kallad <guimenuitem>Fortsätt "
+"installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:3037
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network."
-msgstr "För installationer på &arch-title;, det här är standardmetoden efter konfiguration av nätverket."
+msgid ""
+"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
+"up the network."
+msgstr ""
+"För installationer på &arch-title;, det här är standardmetoden efter "
+"konfiguration av nätverket."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2978
+#: using-d-i.xml:3042
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>."
-msgstr "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">Efter du har valt den här nya posten kommer du</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">Du</phrase> att bli frågad efter ett nytt lösenord som ska användas för anslutning till installationssystemet och för att bekräfta det. Det är allt. Nu bör du se en skärm som instruerar dig att göra en fjärrinloggning som användaren <emphasis>installer</emphasis> med lösenordet som du precis angav. En annan viktig detalj att notera på den här skärmen är fingeravtrycket av det här systemet. Du behöver överföra fingeravtrycket på ett säkert sätt till <quote>personen som kommer att fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>."
+msgid ""
+"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
+"<phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be "
+"used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. "
+"That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login "
+"remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you "
+"just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the "
+"fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to "
+"the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">Efter du har valt den här nya posten kommer du</"
+"phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">Du</phrase> att bli frågad efter ett nytt "
+"lösenord som ska användas för anslutning till installationssystemet och för "
+"att bekräfta det. Det är allt. Nu bör du se en skärm som instruerar dig att "
+"göra en fjärrinloggning som användaren <emphasis>installer</emphasis> med "
+"lösenordet som du precis angav. En annan viktig detalj att notera på den här "
+"skärmen är fingeravtrycket av det här systemet. Du behöver överföra "
+"fingeravtrycket på ett säkert sätt till <quote>personen som kommer att "
+"fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2990
+#: using-d-i.xml:3054
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component."
-msgstr "Bestämmer du dig för att fortsätta med installationen lokalt kan du alltid trycka &enterkey;, vilket tar dig tillbaka till huvudmenyn, där du kan välja en annan komponent."
+msgid ""
+"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
+"press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can "
+"select another component."
+msgstr ""
+"Bestämmer du dig för att fortsätta med installationen lokalt kan du alltid "
+"trycka &enterkey;, vilket tar dig tillbaka till huvudmenyn, där du kan välja "
+"en annan komponent."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2996
+#: using-d-i.xml:3060
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</replaceable></userinput>\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you will have to confirm that it is correct."
+"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
+"to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the "
+"installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still "
+"possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed "
+"dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection "
+"with the installation system is as simple as typing: "
+"<informalexample><screen>\n"
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</"
+"replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is "
+"either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the "
+"actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you "
+"will have to confirm that it is correct."
 msgstr ""
-"Låt oss nu hoppa över till andra sidan av kabeln. Som en förutsättning behöver du konfigurera din terminal för teckenkodningen UTF-8, på grund av att installationssystemet använder den kodningen. Om du inte gör det kommer fjärrinstallation fortfarande vara möjlig men du kommer att uppleva konstiga skärmproblem som förstörda dialogrutor eller oläsbara tecken som inte är ascii. Etablera en anslutning till installationssystemet är så enkelt som att ange: <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable></userinput>\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> Där <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable> är antingen namnet eller IP-adress till den dator som ska installeras. Före den faktiska inloggningen kommer fingeravtrycket för fjärrsystemet att visas och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3013
+"Låt oss nu hoppa över till andra sidan av kabeln. Som en förutsättning "
+"behöver du konfigurera din terminal för teckenkodningen UTF-8, på grund av "
+"att installationssystemet använder den kodningen. Om du inte gör det kommer "
+"fjärrinstallation fortfarande vara möjlig men du kommer att uppleva konstiga "
+"skärmproblem som förstörda dialogrutor eller oläsbara tecken som inte är "
+"ascii. Etablera en anslutning till installationssystemet är så enkelt som "
+"att ange: <informalexample><screen>\n"
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer "
+"<replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"</screen></informalexample> Där <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable> "
+"är antingen namnet eller IP-adress till den dator som ska installeras. Före "
+"den faktiska inloggningen kommer fingeravtrycket för fjärrsystemet att visas "
+"och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:3077
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> and try again."
-msgstr "Om du installerar flera datorer i turordning och de råkar ha samma IP-adress eller värdnamn kommer <command>ssh</command> att vägra att ansluta till en sådan värd. Anledningen är att den kommer att ha ett olikt fingeravtryck, vilket är ett vanligt tecken på en spoofingattack. Om du är säker att så inte är fallet, behöver du ta bort den relevanta raden från <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> och försöka igen."
+msgid ""
+"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
+"address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such "
+"host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is "
+"usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, "
+"you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</"
+"filename> and try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du installerar flera datorer i turordning och de råkar ha samma IP-adress "
+"eller värdnamn kommer <command>ssh</command> att vägra att ansluta till en "
+"sådan värd. Anledningen är att den kommer att ha ett olikt fingeravtryck, "
+"vilket är ett vanligt tecken på en spoofingattack. Om du är säker att så "
+"inte är fallet, behöver du ta bort den relevanta raden från <filename>~/.ssh/"
+"known_hosts</filename> och försöka igen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3022
+#: using-d-i.xml:3086
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells."
-msgstr "Efter inloggningen kommer du att se den initiala skärmen där du har två möjligheter kallade <guimenuitem>Starta menyn</guimenuitem> och <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem>. Den första tar dig till huvudmenyn i installationsprogrammet, där du kan fortsätta med installationen som vanligt. Den senare startar upp ett skal från vilket du kan undersöka och möjligen rätta till fjärrsystemet. Du bör endast starta en SSH-session för installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal."
+msgid ""
+"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
+"two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and "
+"<guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main "
+"installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The "
+"latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote "
+"system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but "
+"may start multiple sessions for shells."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter inloggningen kommer du att se den initiala skärmen där du har två "
+"möjligheter kallade <guimenuitem>Starta menyn</guimenuitem> och "
+"<guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem>. Den första tar dig till "
+"huvudmenyn i installationsprogrammet, där du kan fortsätta med "
+"installationen som vanligt. Den senare startar upp ett skal från vilket du "
+"kan undersöka och möjligen rätta till fjärrsystemet. Du bör endast starta en "
+"SSH-session för installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3032
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system."
-msgstr "Efter att du har startat fjärrinstallationen över SSH bör du inte gå tillbaka till installationssessionen som kör på den lokala konsollen. Om du gör det kan databasen som tillhandahåller konfigurationen av det nya systemet skadas. Det i sin tur kan resultera i en misslyckad installation eller problem med det installerade systemet."
+msgid ""
+"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
+"back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may "
+"corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in "
+"turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att du har startat fjärrinstallationen över SSH bör du inte gå "
+"tillbaka till installationssessionen som kör på den lokala konsollen. Om du "
+"gör det kan databasen som tillhandahåller konfigurationen av det nya "
+"systemet skadas. Det i sin tur kan resultera i en misslyckad installation "
+"eller problem med det installerade systemet."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3040
+#: using-d-i.xml:3104
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated."
-msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör du inte förstora fönstret eftersom det kommer att resultera i att anslutningen bryts."
+msgid ""
+"Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
+"resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated."
+msgstr ""
+"Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör du inte "
+"förstora fönstret eftersom det kommer att resultera i att anslutningen bryts."
+
+#~ msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
+#~ msgstr "Partitionera dina diskar"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be "
+#~ "used to set up the system it is about to install."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Efter partitioneringen ställer installationsprogrammet ett par frågor som "
+#~ "kommer att användas för att ställa in systemet den är på väg att "
+#~ "installera."
+
+#~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurera din tidszon"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
+#~ "time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
+#~ "after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not "
+#~ "set to UTC."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Observera att installationsprogrammet för närvarande inte låter dig att "
+#~ "faktiskt ställa in tiden på datorns klocka. Du kan ställa in klockan till "
+#~ "aktuell tid efter du har installerat, om den är felaktig eller om den "
+#~ "tidigare inte var inställd till UTC."
+
+#~ msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
+#~ msgstr "Färdigställ installationen och starta om systemet"
 
 #~ msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent"
 #~ msgstr "Konfigurera din e-postserver (MTA)"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no "
 #~ "surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of "
@@ -2401,6 +4978,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "en del av installationsprocessen. Standardagenten för att transportera e-"
 #~ "post i Debian är <command>exim4</command>, som är relativt liten, "
 #~ "flexibel och enkel att lära sig."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to "
 #~ "any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some "
@@ -2413,14 +4991,17 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "förklaringen: Vissa systemverktyg (som <command>cron</command>, "
 #~ "<command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, &hellip;) kan skicka "
 #~ "dig viktiga meddelanden via e-post."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail "
 #~ "scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:"
 #~ msgstr ""
 #~ "På den första skärmen kommer du att bli presenterad med flera vanliga e-"
 #~ "postscenarion. Välj det som ligger närmast dina behov:"
+
 #~ msgid "internet site"
 #~ msgstr "internetsystem"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received "
 #~ "directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few "
@@ -2431,8 +5012,10 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "emot direkt via SMTP. På de efterföljande skärmarna kommer du bli frågad "
 #~ "en del enkla frågor, såsom postnamnet för din maskin, eller en lista på "
 #~ "domäner för vilka du tar emot eller vidaresänder post."
+
 #~ msgid "mail sent by smarthost"
 #~ msgstr "e-post skickad av smart värd"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, "
 #~ "called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. "
@@ -2447,8 +5030,10 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "till din dator så du inte behöver vara permanent uppkopplad. Det betyder "
 #~ "även att du måste hämta din post från den smarta värden via program som "
 #~ "fetchmail. Det här alternativet är lämpligt för uppringda användare."
+
 #~ msgid "local delivery only"
 #~ msgstr "endast lokal leverans"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between "
 #~ "local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is "
@@ -2463,8 +5048,10 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "att vissa systemverktyg kan skicka dig olika larm då och då (exempelvis "
 #~ "omtyckta <quote>Diskkvot överstigen</quote>). Det här alternativet är "
 #~ "också bekvämt för nya användare därför att det ställer inga fler frågor."
+
 #~ msgid "no configuration at this time"
 #~ msgstr "ingen konfiguration för närvarande"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. "
 #~ "This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system &mdash; until you "
@@ -2475,6 +5062,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "att du kommer att ha ett okonfigurerat e-postsystem &mdash; tills du "
 #~ "konfigurerar det, du kommer inte att kunna ta emot eller skicka någon "
 #~ "post och du kan missa viktiga meddelanden från dina systemverktyg."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer "
 #~ "setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/"
@@ -2487,6 +5075,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "under katalogen <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> efter att installationen "
 #~ "är färdig. Mer information om <command>exim4</command> kan hittas under "
 #~ "<filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of "
 #~ "the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the "
@@ -2495,6 +5084,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "Under en installation med lite minne kommer inte alla komponenter vara "
 #~ "tillgängliga. En av de begränsningarna är att du inte kan välja språk för "
 #~ "installationen."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from "
 #~ "your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</"
@@ -2506,8 +5096,10 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "partitionering med LVM</quote>. Guidad partitionering med LVM är inte "
 #~ "möjlig om det redan finns definierade volymgrupper men går att genomföra "
 #~ "om du tar bort dem."
+
 #~ msgid "Base System Installation"
 #~ msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
 #~ "something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document "
@@ -2520,6 +5112,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "att dokumentera de olika startshanterarna, vilka varierar mellan "
 #~ "arkitekturerna och även för underarkitekturerna. Du bör se "
 #~ "dokumentationen för din startshanterare för mer information."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. "
 #~ "If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press "
@@ -2540,6 +5133,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "sida av <keycap>mellanslag</keycap>, och funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</"
 #~ "keycap>, på samma gång. Det är ett separat fönster som kör en klon av "
 #~ "skalet Bourne som kallas <command>ash</command>."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do &mdash; the "
 #~ "shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In "
@@ -2557,6 +5151,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> för "
 #~ "att komma tillbaka till menyerna, eller skriv <command>exit</command> om "
 #~ "du använt en menypost för att öppna skalet."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using "
 #~ "preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding "
@@ -2567,6 +5162,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "använda förinställning (se <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) eller "
 #~ "genom att lägga till <literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> vid "
 #~ "uppstartsprompten när installeraren startas upp."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have "
 #~ "booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not "
@@ -2581,6 +5177,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "kommer att visa dig en lista på tangenttabeller av Sun-typ att välja "
 #~ "från, men välja en av dessa kommer att resultera i ett icke-fungerande "
 #~ "tangentbord. Om du installerar med en 2.6-kärna är det inga problem."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter "
 #~ "<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard "
@@ -2604,6 +5201,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "du har ett tangenbord med en lokalanpassad layout. Välja <quote>Det finns "
 #~ "inget tangentbord att konfigurera</quote> kommer att lämna kvar kärnans "
 #~ "tangentlayout, vilken är korrekt för amerikanska tangentbord."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to "
 #~ "undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all "
@@ -2612,6 +5210,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "Om du väljer den guidade partitioneringen med LVM är det inte möjligt att "
 #~ "ångra ändringar gjorda i partitionstabellen. Detta raderar effektivt all "
 #~ "data som för närvarande finns på den valda hårddisken."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your "
 #~ "partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in "
@@ -2636,12 +5235,16 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "volymgrupper (VG)</guimenuitem>. Efter det ska du skapa logiska volymer "
 #~ "på toppen av volymgrupper från menyn <guimenuitem>Konfigurera logiska "
 #~ "volymer (LV)</guimenuitem>."
+
 #~ msgid "Desktop machine"
 #~ msgstr "Skrivbordsdator"
+
 #~ msgid "Multi-user workstation"
 #~ msgstr "Arbetsstation med flera användare"
+
 #~ msgid "Running <command>base-config</command> From Within &d-i;"
 #~ msgstr "Kör <command>base-config</command> från &d-i;"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "It is possible to configure the base system within the first stage "
 #~ "installer (before rebooting from the hard drive), by running "
@@ -2654,8 +5257,10 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "<command>base-config</command> i en <firstterm>chroot</firstterm>-miljö. "
 #~ "Det här är huvudsakligen användbart för att testa installeraren och bör "
 #~ "normalt sett undvikas."
+
 #~ msgid "languagechooser"
 #~ msgstr "languagechooser"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "Shows a list of languages and language variants. The installer will "
 #~ "display messages in the chosen language, unless the translation for that "
@@ -2666,14 +5271,18 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket "
 #~ "inte är komplett. När en översättning inte är komplett kommer meddelanden "
 #~ "på engelska att visas."
+
 #~ msgid "countrychooser"
 #~ msgstr "countrychooser"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "Shows a list of countries. The user may choose the country he lives in."
 #~ msgstr ""
 #~ "Visar en lista på länder. Användaren kan välja det land han/hon bor i."
+
 #~ msgid "base-config"
 #~ msgstr "base-config"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "Provides dialogs for setting up the base system packages according to "
 #~ "user preferences. This is normally done after rebooting the computer; it "
@@ -2682,10 +5291,13 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "Ger dialogrutor för att ställa in paket för grundsystemet enligt "
 #~ "användarens egenskaper. Detta görs normalt sett efter omstart av datorn; "
 #~ "det är den <quote>första körningen</quote> av det nya Debian-systemet."
+
 #~ msgid "bugreporter"
 #~ msgstr "bugreporter"
+
 #~ msgid "Language selection"
 #~ msgstr "Språkval"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation "
 #~ "process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If "
@@ -2699,8 +5311,9 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "valda språket kommer installeraren att gå över till engelska. Det valda "
 #~ "språket kommer också användas för att hjälpa till att välja ett lämpligt "
 #~ "tangentbordsarrangemang. "
+
 #~ msgid "Country selection"
 #~ msgstr "Val av land"
+
 #~ msgid "Finishing the First Stage"
 #~ msgstr "Färdigställande av första steget"
-
diff --git a/po/vi/preparing.po b/po/vi/preparing.po
index bf42d4a48..579218d6a 100644
--- a/po/vi/preparing.po
+++ b/po/vi/preparing.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: preparing\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-15 21:50+1030\n"
 "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n"
 "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n"
@@ -1326,19 +1326,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:847
-#, no-c-format
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely "
 "replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to "
-"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), "
-"after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if "
-"you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a "
-"connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, "
-"and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus "
-"erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the "
-"first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate "
-"means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes "
-"or CDs."
+"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"di-partition"
+"\"/>), after you have booted the installation system. However this only "
+"works if you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files "
+"on a connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard "
+"disk, and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, "
+"thus erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is "
+"successful the first time around. At the least in this case, you should have "
+"some alternate means of reviving your machine like the original system's "
+"installation tapes or CDs."
 msgstr ""
 "Còn nếu máy tính của bạn chỉ có một đĩa cứng, và bạn muốn thay thế hoàn toàn "
 "hệ điều hành tồn tại bằng &debian;, bạn cũng có thể đợi đến khi tiến trình "
diff --git a/po/vi/using-d-i.po b/po/vi/using-d-i.po
index 374ab1a7c..1930fce4a 100644
--- a/po/vi/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/vi/using-d-i.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-24 00:09+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-15 21:57+1030\n"
 "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n"
 "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n"
@@ -435,11 +435,41 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:230
 #, no-c-format
+msgid "clock-setup"
+msgstr "clock-setup"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Updates the system clock and determines whether the clock is set to UTCr or "
+"not."
+msgstr ""
+"Thành phần này xác định nếu đồng hồ được đặt theo UTC (thời gian thế giới) "
+"hay không."
+
+# Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "tzsetup"
+msgstr "tzsetup"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
+msgstr "Thành phần này chọn múi giờ, dựa vào địa điểm đã chọn trước."
+
+# Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
+#, no-c-format
 msgid "partman"
 msgstr "partman"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file "
@@ -455,13 +485,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "autopartkit"
 msgstr "autopartkit"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
@@ -471,13 +501,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partitioner"
 msgstr "partitioner"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning "
@@ -488,13 +518,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partconf"
 msgstr "partconf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected "
@@ -505,13 +535,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "lvmcfg"
 msgstr "lvmcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> "
@@ -522,13 +552,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mdcfg"
 msgstr "mdcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant "
@@ -541,41 +571,30 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "tzsetup"
-msgstr "tzsetup"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
-msgstr "Thành phần này chọn múi giờ, dựa vào địa điểm đã chọn trước."
-
-# Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "clock-setup"
-msgstr "clock-setup"
+msgid "base-installer"
+msgstr "base-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Determines whether the clock is set to UTC or not."
+msgid ""
+"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
+"operate under Linux when rebooted."
 msgstr ""
-"Thành phần này xác định nếu đồng hồ được đặt theo UTC (thời gian thế giới) "
-"hay không."
+"Thành phần này cài đặt bộ gói cơ bản nhất cho máy tính khả năng hoạt động "
+"được dưới Linux khi được khởi động lại."
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "user-setup"
 msgstr "user-setup"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user."
 msgstr ""
@@ -584,30 +603,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "base-installer"
-msgstr "base-installer"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
-"operate under Linux when rebooted."
-msgstr ""
-"Thành phần này cài đặt bộ gói cơ bản nhất cho máy tính khả năng hoạt động "
-"được dưới Linux khi được khởi động lại."
-
-# Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "apt-setup"
 msgstr "apt-setup"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is "
@@ -618,13 +620,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "pkgsel"
 msgstr "pkgsel"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional "
@@ -635,13 +637,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "os-prober"
 msgstr "os-prober"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes "
@@ -658,13 +660,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "bootloader-installer"
 msgstr "bootloader-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the "
@@ -679,13 +681,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "shell"
 msgstr "shell"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
@@ -695,13 +697,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "save-logs"
 msgstr "save-logs"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, "
@@ -713,13 +715,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "chính xác các vấn đề phần mềm cài đặt cho nhà phát triển xem vào lúc sau."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:390
+#: using-d-i.xml:391
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using Individual Components"
 msgstr "Sử dụng thành phần riêng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:391
+#: using-d-i.xml:392
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The "
@@ -736,13 +738,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "dùng phụ thuộc vào phương pháp cài đặt và phần cứng riêng."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:403
+#: using-d-i.xml:404
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting up Debian Installer and Hardware Configuration"
 msgstr "Thiết lập trình cài đặt Debian và cấu hình phần cứng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:404
+#: using-d-i.xml:405
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first "
@@ -766,7 +768,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "trên mạng)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:417
+#: using-d-i.xml:418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</"
@@ -783,13 +785,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "điểm sau trong tiến trình."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:432
+#: using-d-i.xml:433
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Check available memory / low memory mode"
 msgstr "Kiểm tra bộ nhớ có sẵn / chế độ thiếu bộ nhớ"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:434
+#: using-d-i.xml:435
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the "
@@ -803,7 +805,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "mình."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:441
+#: using-d-i.xml:442
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to "
@@ -816,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "hệ thống đã bản địa hoá sau khi cài đặt xong. "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:448
+#: using-d-i.xml:449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If that is not sufficient, the installer will further reduce memory "
@@ -833,7 +835,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "lỗi do hết bộ nhớ."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:457
+#: using-d-i.xml:458
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installer runs in low memory mode, it is recommended to create a "
@@ -851,7 +853,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "thể đưa tới hoạt động đĩa cao."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:467
+#: using-d-i.xml:468
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Despite these measures, it is still possible that your system freezes, that "
@@ -864,7 +866,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "là thông điệp <quote>Hết bộ nhớ</quote> trên VT4 và trong bản ghi hệ thống)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:474
+#: using-d-i.xml:475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For example, it has been reported that creating a big ext3 file system fails "
@@ -880,7 +882,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "thay đổi phân vùng ext2 sang ext3 sa khi cài đặt."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:482
+#: using-d-i.xml:483
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to force the installer to use a higher lowmem level than the "
@@ -889,13 +891,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:497
+#: using-d-i.xml:498
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting Localization Options"
 msgstr "Chọn tùy chọn địa phương hoá"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:499
+#: using-d-i.xml:500
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of "
@@ -908,7 +910,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Những tùy chọn địa phương hoá là ngôn ngữ, quốc gia và miền địa phương."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:506
+#: using-d-i.xml:507
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation "
@@ -921,7 +923,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sang ngôn ngữ đã chọn, trình cài đặt sẽ trở về ngôn ngữ mặc định: tiếng Anh."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:513
+#: using-d-i.xml:514
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick "
@@ -935,7 +937,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "định cho hệ thống của bạn, cũng để giúp đỡ chọn bố trí bàn phím."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:520
+#: using-d-i.xml:521
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language "
@@ -959,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "classname> sẽ không được cài đặt."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:532
+#: using-d-i.xml:533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for "
@@ -980,7 +982,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tương ứng với nó, quốc gia đó sẽ được chọn tự động."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:550
+#: using-d-i.xml:551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and "
@@ -994,13 +996,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "thống được cài đặt."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:565
+#: using-d-i.xml:566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choosing a Keyboard"
 msgstr "Chọn bàn phím"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:567
+#: using-d-i.xml:568
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a "
@@ -1018,7 +1020,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "xong)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:577
+#: using-d-i.xml:578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press "
@@ -1035,7 +1037,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "keycap> nằm bên trên."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:586
+#: using-d-i.xml:587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have "
@@ -1049,7 +1051,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "vào sự phát triển hạt nhân Linux/MIPS thêm."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:593
+#: using-d-i.xml:594
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us "
@@ -1068,13 +1070,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "trí này là tương tự."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:623
+#: using-d-i.xml:624
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image"
 msgstr "Tìm ảnh ISO cài đặt Debian"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:624
+#: using-d-i.xml:625
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be "
@@ -1088,7 +1090,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "thực hiện chính xác công việc này."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:631
+#: using-d-i.xml:632
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices "
@@ -1118,7 +1120,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ảnh khác."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:648
+#: using-d-i.xml:649
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, "
@@ -1132,7 +1134,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "mục lên trên: nó thật sự đi qua toàn bộ hệ thống tập tin."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:655
+#: using-d-i.xml:656
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, "
@@ -1150,13 +1152,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "động lại, bằng bàn giao tiếp thứ hai."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:676
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Network"
+#: using-d-i.xml:677
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Network"
 msgstr "Cấu hình mạng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:678
+#: using-d-i.xml:679
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one "
@@ -1176,7 +1178,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:689
+#: using-d-i.xml:690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically "
@@ -1199,7 +1201,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "rất chậm, vậy nếu bạn có chắc là mọi thứ ổn, hãy thử lại."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:701
+#: using-d-i.xml:702
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your "
@@ -1222,7 +1224,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "điền vào các trả lời từ <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:715
+#: using-d-i.xml:716
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program "
@@ -1244,21 +1246,94 @@ msgstr ""
 "chỉnh sửa tập tin <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:758
+#: using-d-i.xml:761
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock"
+msgstr "Cấu hình Đồng hồ"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:763
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:781
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the "
+"system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Phụ thuộc vào địa điểm được chọn tại đầu của tiến trình cài đặt, bạn có thể "
+"xem danh sách các múi giờ thích hợp với địa điểm đó. Nếu chỗ bạn chỉ có một "
+"múi giờ, trình cài đặt sẽ không hỏi gì và hệ thống sẽ giả sử múi giờ đó."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:788
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:799
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:805
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:811
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:838
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
 msgstr "Phân vùng và chọn điểm lắp"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:759
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
 "should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to "
 "do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of "
 "the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating "
 "filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely "
-"related issues like LVM or RAID devices."
+"related options like RAID, LVM or encrypted devices."
 msgstr ""
 "Vào thời điểm này, sau khi việc phát hiện phần cứng đã được thực hiện lần "
 "cuối cùng, &d-i; nên có khả năng đầy đủ, được tùy chỉnh thích hợp với sự cần "
@@ -1267,25 +1342,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "thống tập tin, gán điểm lắp và (tùy chọn) cấu hình vấn đề rất liên quan đến "
 "nhau như LVM hay thiết bị RAID."
 
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:781
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
-msgstr "Phân vùng đĩa"
-
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:783
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:860
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with "
-"partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend="
-"\"partitioning\"/>."
+"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
+"details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 "Lúc này nên phân vùng các đĩa của bạn. Nếu bạn chưa quen với công việc phân "
 "vùng, hoặc chỉ muốn biết thêm, xem <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:790
+#: using-d-i.xml:866
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1307,7 +1375,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tại trên cùng đĩa không còn có khả năng truy cấp lại."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:803
+#: using-d-i.xml:879
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1320,8 +1388,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>đã hướng dẫn</quote>. Nếu bạn không muốn phân vùng tự động, hãy chọn "
 "mục <guimenuitem>Bằng tay</guimenuitem> trong trình đơn."
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Guided Partitioning"
+msgstr "Bố trí phân vùng"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:810
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -1339,7 +1413,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>dm-crypt</quote> của hạt nhân. </para> </footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#: using-d-i.xml:905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
@@ -1347,7 +1421,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Tùy chọn sử dụng LVM (đã mật mã) có lẽ không sẵn sàng trên mọi kiến trúc."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:830
+#: using-d-i.xml:910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -1364,7 +1438,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "liệu (riêng) của bạn."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#: using-d-i.xml:919
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -1380,7 +1454,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "kích cỡ của đĩa."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:848
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -1397,7 +1471,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "đặt sẽ nhắc bạn xác nhận các thay đổi này trước khi ghi vào đĩa."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:858
+#: using-d-i.xml:938
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) "
@@ -1414,7 +1488,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "bạn thường xem. Kích cỡ của đĩa có thể giúp đỡ bạn nhận diện mỗi điều."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:867
+#: using-d-i.xml:947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -1429,7 +1503,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "đổi nào đúng đến kết thúc; còn khi sử dụng LVM (đã mật mã), không có."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:875
+#: using-d-i.xml:955
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -1448,73 +1522,73 @@ msgstr ""
 "sẽ không thành công."
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
+#: using-d-i.xml:971
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning scheme"
 msgstr "Bố trí phân vùng"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:892
+#: using-d-i.xml:972
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum space"
 msgstr "Chỗ tối thiểu"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
+#: using-d-i.xml:973
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Created partitions"
 msgstr "Phân vùng đã tạo"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:899
+#: using-d-i.xml:979
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "All files in one partition"
 msgstr "Mọi tập tin trên một phân vùng"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:900
+#: using-d-i.xml:980
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "600MB"
 msgstr "600MB"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:901
+#: using-d-i.xml:981
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, trao đổi"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:903
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home partition"
 msgstr "Phân vùng /home riêng"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:904
+#: using-d-i.xml:984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "500MB"
 msgstr "500MB"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:905
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, trao đổi"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:909
+#: using-d-i.xml:989
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions"
 msgstr "Các phân vùng /home, /usr, /var, và /tmp riêng"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:910
+#: using-d-i.xml:990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:911
+#: using-d-i.xml:991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
@@ -1524,7 +1598,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, trao đổi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:920
+#: using-d-i.xml:1000
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -1537,7 +1611,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "vùng khác, trừ phân vùng trao đổi, sẽ được tạo bên trong phân vùng LVM."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:926
+#: using-d-i.xml:1006
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an "
@@ -1552,7 +1626,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "khởi động EFI."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:934
+#: using-d-i.xml:1014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, "
@@ -1564,7 +1638,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "riêng sức chứa này cho bộ tải khởi động « aboot »."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
+#: using-d-i.xml:1020
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -1575,7 +1649,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "gồm có thông tin về trạng thái kiểu định dạng và gắn kết của mỗi phân vùng."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
+#: using-d-i.xml:1026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -1631,7 +1705,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "có thể được đạt khi tự phân vùng."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1039
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -1651,8 +1725,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "đổi các thay đổi đã đề nghị (như được diễn tả bên dưới) cho việc tự phân "
 "vùng."
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1053
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Manual Partitioning"
+msgstr "Bố trí phân vùng"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:969
+#: using-d-i.xml:1054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -1667,7 +1747,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "lập bảng phân vùng và cách sử dụng phân vùng cho hệ thống Debian mới."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1062
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -1681,7 +1761,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "bảng, bên dưới tên đĩa đã chọn."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#: using-d-i.xml:1070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -1721,7 +1801,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "command>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#: using-d-i.xml:1092
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -1742,7 +1822,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "đơn này cũng cho bạn có khả năng xoá phân vùng."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1018
+#: using-d-i.xml:1103
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -1758,7 +1838,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sẽ không cho phép bạn tiếp tục, cho đến khi bạn sửa trường hợp này."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1026
+#: using-d-i.xml:1111
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</"
@@ -1770,7 +1850,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tục, cho đến khi bạn cấp phát một điều."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#: using-d-i.xml:1117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -1786,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, hay <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1040
+#: using-d-i.xml:1125
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -1800,13 +1880,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "các hệ thống tập tin nên được tạo như được yêu cầu."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)"
+#: using-d-i.xml:1153
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
 msgstr "Cấu hình thiết bị đa đĩa (RAID phần mềm)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1069
+#: using-d-i.xml:1154
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -1826,7 +1906,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "biến nhất, <firstterm>RAID phần mềm</firstterm>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1083
+#: using-d-i.xml:1168
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -1841,7 +1921,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "lắp v.v.)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1091
+#: using-d-i.xml:1176
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -1918,97 +1998,97 @@ msgstr ""
 "tin chẵn lẻ. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Để tóm tắt:"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1169
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "Kiểu"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1170
+#: using-d-i.xml:1255
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum Devices"
 msgstr "Thiết bị tối thiểu"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1171
+#: using-d-i.xml:1256
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Spare Device"
 msgstr "Thiết bị phụ tùng"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1172
+#: using-d-i.xml:1257
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Survives disk failure?"
 msgstr "Vẫn còn hoạt động sau khi đĩa thất bại ?"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1258
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Available Space"
 msgstr "Chỗ sẵn sàng"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1179
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID0"
 msgstr "RAID0"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1180 using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265 using-d-i.xml:1273
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1181 using-d-i.xml:1182
+#: using-d-i.xml:1266 using-d-i.xml:1267
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>không</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
 msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất được nhân số thiết bị trong RAID"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1187
+#: using-d-i.xml:1272
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID1"
 msgstr "RAID1"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1189 using-d-i.xml:1197
+#: using-d-i.xml:1274 using-d-i.xml:1282
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "optional"
 msgstr "tùy chọn"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1190 using-d-i.xml:1198
+#: using-d-i.xml:1275 using-d-i.xml:1283
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>có</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1191
+#: using-d-i.xml:1276
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
 msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất trong RAID"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1195
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID5"
 msgstr "RAID5"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1281
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1199
+#: using-d-i.xml:1284
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -2017,7 +2097,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất được nhận (số thiết bị trong RAID trừ một)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1207
+#: using-d-i.xml:1292
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -2027,7 +2107,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1212
+#: using-d-i.xml:1297
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -2043,7 +2123,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1221
+#: using-d-i.xml:1306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may "
@@ -2061,7 +2141,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "hệ vỏ."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1315
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -2083,7 +2163,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "RAID1). Kết quả phụ thuộc vào kiểu thiết bị đa đĩa bạn đã chọn."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -2095,7 +2175,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "thiết bị đa đĩa."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1250
+#: using-d-i.xml:1335
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -2115,7 +2195,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "khi bạn sửa vấn đề."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1262
+#: using-d-i.xml:1347
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID5 has a similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -2125,7 +2205,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "nhất <emphasis>ba</emphasis> phân vùng hoạt động."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1270
+#: using-d-i.xml:1355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -2143,7 +2223,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "vùng 100 GB hơi đáng tin cậy cho <filename>/home</filename>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -2157,13 +2237,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "mới, và gán cho chúng những thuộc tính thường như điểm lắp."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1294
+#: using-d-i.xml:1379
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
 msgstr "Cấu hình Bộ Quản lý Khối Tin Hợp Lý (LVM)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1295
+#: using-d-i.xml:1380
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -2179,7 +2259,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "chuyển các thứ, tạo liên kết tượng trưng v.v."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1303
+#: using-d-i.xml:1388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -2199,7 +2279,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "qua vài đĩa vật lý."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1313
+#: using-d-i.xml:1398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -2219,7 +2299,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Nào <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1324
+#: using-d-i.xml:1409
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -2236,7 +2316,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1333
+#: using-d-i.xml:1418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -2255,7 +2335,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ngữ cảnh, chỉ hiển thị những hành động hợp lệ. Những hành động có thể là:"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1344
+#: using-d-i.xml:1429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -2265,43 +2345,43 @@ msgstr ""
 "thiết bị LVM, các tên và kích cỡ của khối tin hợp lý, v.v."
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1434
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create volume group"
 msgstr "Tạo nhóm khối tin"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1352
+#: using-d-i.xml:1437
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create logical volume"
 msgstr "Tạo khối tin hợp lệ"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1440
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete volume group"
 msgstr "Xóa bỏ nhóm khối tin"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1358
+#: using-d-i.xml:1443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete logical volume"
 msgstr "Xóa bỏ khối tin hợp lệ"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1446
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Extend volume group"
 msgstr "Kéo dài nhóm khối tin"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1364
+#: using-d-i.xml:1449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Reduce volume group"
 msgstr "Giảm nhóm khối tin"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1451
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -2311,7 +2391,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "command> chính"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1372
+#: using-d-i.xml:1457
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -2321,7 +2401,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tạo các khối tin hợp lý bên trong nó."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1377
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -2333,13 +2413,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "thao tác nó như vậy)."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1391
+#: using-d-i.xml:1476
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
 msgstr "Cấu hình khối tin được mật mã"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1392
+#: using-d-i.xml:1477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -2361,7 +2441,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "thôi."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1404
+#: using-d-i.xml:1489
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -2387,7 +2467,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "không có khả năng tải hạt nhân từ phân vùng được mật mã."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1419
+#: using-d-i.xml:1504
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -2401,7 +2481,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "của khoá."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1426
+#: using-d-i.xml:1511
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -2422,7 +2502,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "phân vùng đó."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1437
+#: using-d-i.xml:1522
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is "
@@ -2438,7 +2518,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pháp mặc định, nếu bạn không bắt buộc phải làm khác."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1449
+#: using-d-i.xml:1534
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
@@ -2452,13 +2532,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "theo bảo mật."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1459
+#: using-d-i.xml:1544
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 msgstr "Mật mã: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1546
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -2484,13 +2564,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "hai mươi mốt."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1479
+#: using-d-i.xml:1564
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Dài khoá:<userinput>256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1481
+#: using-d-i.xml:1566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -2503,13 +2583,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "dài khoá sẵn sàng phụ thuộc vào thuật toán mật mã."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1493
+#: using-d-i.xml:1578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Thuật toán IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1495
+#: using-d-i.xml:1580
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -2526,7 +2606,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "suy luận thông tin nào ra mẫu xảy ra nhiều lần trong dữ liệu đã mật mã."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1505
+#: using-d-i.xml:1590
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</"
@@ -2540,25 +2620,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "không có khả năng dùng thuật toán mới hơn."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1517
+#: using-d-i.xml:1602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
 msgstr "Khoá mật mã: <userinput>Cụm từ mật khẩu</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1519
+#: using-d-i.xml:1604
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr "Ở đây bạn có thể chọn kiểu khoá mật mã cho phân vùng này."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1525
+#: using-d-i.xml:1610
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Passphrase"
 msgstr "Cụm từ mật khẩu"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1526
+#: using-d-i.xml:1611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -2572,13 +2652,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "vào lúc sau trong tiến trình."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1541 using-d-i.xml:1634
+#: using-d-i.xml:1626 using-d-i.xml:1719
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Random key"
 msgstr "Khoá ngẫu nhiên"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1542
+#: using-d-i.xml:1627
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -2596,7 +2676,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "không thể thành công trong đời sống của bạn.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1551
+#: using-d-i.xml:1636
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -2615,13 +2695,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "được ghi vào phân vùng trao đổi, khi khởi động lại."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1570 using-d-i.xml:1647
+#: using-d-i.xml:1655 using-d-i.xml:1732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
 msgstr "Xoá bỏ dữ liệu : <userinput>có</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1572
+#: using-d-i.xml:1657
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -2642,7 +2722,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "lần.</para></footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1592
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> "
@@ -2654,13 +2734,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "đơn thay đổi để cung cấp những tùy chọn này:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1601
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Mật mã: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1603
+#: using-d-i.xml:1688
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are "
@@ -2673,25 +2753,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "dài khoá."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1613
+#: using-d-i.xml:1698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 msgstr "Khoá mật mã: <userinput>Tập tin khoá (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1615
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr "Ở đây bạn có thể chọn kiểu mật mã cho phân vùng này."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1621
+#: using-d-i.xml:1706
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)"
 msgstr "Tập tin khoá (GnuPG)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1622
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the "
@@ -2705,19 +2785,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "vào lúc sau trong tiến trình)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1635
+#: using-d-i.xml:1720
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the section on random keys above."
 msgstr "Xem phần bên trên diễn tả khoá ngẫu nhiên."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1649
+#: using-d-i.xml:1734
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above."
 msgstr "Xem tiết đoạn bên trên diễn tả cách xoá sạch dữ liệu."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer "
@@ -2731,7 +2811,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "như là khoá mật mã."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1667
+#: using-d-i.xml:1752
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -2749,7 +2829,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "mới. Đối với phân vùng lớn, có thể kéo dài một lát."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1677
+#: using-d-i.xml:1762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -2768,7 +2848,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "đoán.</para></listitem> </itemizedlist>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1686
+#: using-d-i.xml:1771
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -2793,7 +2873,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "phím nào được dùng, trước khi nhập mật khẩu kiểu nào."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1784
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -2815,7 +2895,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "được lặp lại cho mỗi phân vùng cần mật mã."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1715
+#: using-d-i.xml:1800
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -2848,7 +2928,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "hợp."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1728
+#: using-d-i.xml:1813
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses "
@@ -2868,7 +2948,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "volumes\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1738
+#: using-d-i.xml:1823
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -2876,106 +2956,91 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "Một khi bạn thấy sơ đồ phân vùng là ổn thoả, hãy tiếp tục cài đặt."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1749
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Setting up the System"
-msgstr "Thiết lập Hệ thống"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1750
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used "
-"to set up the system it is about to install."
-msgstr ""
-"Sau khi phân vùng, trình cài đặt hỏi vài câu thêm sẽ được dùng để thiết lập "
-"hệ thống nó sắp cài đặt."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
-msgstr "Cấu hình Múi giờ Cục bộ"
+msgid "Installing the Base System"
+msgstr "Cài đặt Hệ thống Cơ bản"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1764
+#: using-d-i.xml:1835
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation "
-"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. "
-"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and "
-"the system will assume that time zone."
+"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
+"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
+"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
+"take some time."
 msgstr ""
-"Phụ thuộc vào địa điểm được chọn tại đầu của tiến trình cài đặt, bạn có thể "
-"xem danh sách các múi giờ thích hợp với địa điểm đó. Nếu chỗ bạn chỉ có một "
-"múi giờ, trình cài đặt sẽ không hỏi gì và hệ thống sẽ giả sử múi giờ đó."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock"
-msgstr "Cấu hình Đồng hồ"
+"Mặc dù giai đoạn này là đơn giản nhất, nó chiếm một phần đáng kể của tiến "
+"trình cài đặt vì nó tải về, thẩm tra và giải nén toàn bộ hệ thống cơ bản. "
+"Nếu máy tính hay sự kết nối mạng của bạn có chạy chậm, giai đoạn này có thể "
+"kéo dài một lát."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1782
+#: using-d-i.xml:1848
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
-"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
-"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
-"systems are installed."
+"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
+"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
+"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
+"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 msgstr ""
-"Có lẽ trình cài đặt sẽ hỏi bạn nếu đồng hồ của máy tính được đặt thành thời "
-"gian thế giới (UTC) không. Bình thường trình đó tránh hỏi câu này, nếu có "
-"thể, và cố gắng tính biết nếu đồng hồ được đặt thành thời gian thế giới "
-"(UTC) dựa vào thứ như hệ điều hành khác đã được cài đặt."
+"Trong khi cài đặt hệ thống cơ bản, các thông điệp về cách giải nén gói và "
+"thiết lập được chuyển tiếp tới thiết bị cuối <userinput>tty4</userinput>. Có "
+"thể truy cập nó bằng cách bấm tổ hợp phím <keycombo><keycap>Alt trái</"
+"keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>, và lùi lại về tiến trình cài đặt "
+"chính bằng <keycombo><keycap>Alt trái</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1789
+#: using-d-i.xml:1857
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
-"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
-"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
-"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
-"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
-"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>"
+"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
+"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
+"installation is performed over a serial console."
 msgstr ""
-"Trong chế độ nhà chuyên môn, bạn luôn luôn có khả năng chọn nếu đồng hồ của "
-"máy tính được đặt thành thời gian thế giới (UTC) không. <phrase arch=\"m68k;"
-"powerpc\">Đồng hồ phần cứng của máy Mac thường được đặt thành giờ cục bộ. "
-"Nếu bạn muốn khởi động đôi, hãy chọn giờ cục bộ hơn GMT (hay UTC)</phrase> "
-"<phrase arch=\"x86\">Hệ thống (cũng) chạy DOS hay Windows thường được đặt "
-"thành giờ cục bộ. Nếu bạn muốn khởi động đôi, hãy chọn giờ cục bộ hơn GMT "
-"(hay UTC).</phrase>"
+"Các thông điệp kiểu giải nén/thiết lập được tạo ra trong giải đoạn này cũng "
+"được lưu vào bản ghi hệ thống <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Bạn vẫn "
+"có khả năng kiểm tra những thông điệp ở đó nếu tiến trình cài đặt được chạy "
+"qua bàn giao tiếp nối tiếp."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1863
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
-"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
-"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set "
-"to UTC."
+"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
+"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
+"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
+"list of available kernels."
 msgstr ""
-"Ghi chú rằng trình cài đặt hiện thời không cho phép bạn thật đặt giờ trong "
-"đồng hồ của máy tính. Bạn có thể đặt đồng hồ thành giờ hiện thời sau khi cài "
-"đặt, nếu nó không đúng, hay nếu nó chưa được đặt thành giờ UTC."
+"Trong khi cài đặt cơ bản, một hạt nhân Linux sẽ được cài đặt. Tại ưu tiên "
+"mặc định, trình cài đặt sẽ chọn cho bạn hạt nhân khớp tốt nhất phần cứng của "
+"bạn. Trong chế độ ưu tiên thấp hơn, bạn có khả năng chọn trong danh sách các "
+"hạt nhân có sẵn."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1816
+#: using-d-i.xml:1875
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
 msgstr "Thiết lập Người và Mật khẩu"
 
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1876
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to "
+"set up the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. "
+"Other user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1819
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Set the Root Password"
 msgstr "Đặt mật khẩu chủ"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1823
+#: using-d-i.xml:1894
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -2989,7 +3054,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "trong thời lượng càng ngắn càng có thể."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1831
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -3004,7 +3069,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "chọn từ nằm trong bất kỳ từ điển hay thông tin cá nhân có thể được đoán."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1839
+#: using-d-i.xml:1910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -3015,13 +3080,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "cho ai biết mật khẩu chủ, trừ bạn quản lý máy có nhiều quản trị hệ thống."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1849
+#: using-d-i.xml:1920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
 msgstr "Tạo người dùng chuẩn"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1851
+#: using-d-i.xml:1922
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -3035,7 +3100,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ngày hay như là sự đăng nhập cá nhân."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1860
+#: using-d-i.xml:1931
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -3055,7 +3120,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "này."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1870
+#: using-d-i.xml:1941
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -3069,7 +3134,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tài khoản này."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1877
+#: using-d-i.xml:1948
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -3079,83 +3144,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "sử dụng lệnh <command>adduser</command> (thêm người dùng)."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Installing the Base System"
-msgstr "Cài đặt Hệ thống Cơ bản"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1890
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
-"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
-"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
-"take some time."
-msgstr ""
-"Mặc dù giai đoạn này là đơn giản nhất, nó chiếm một phần đáng kể của tiến "
-"trình cài đặt vì nó tải về, thẩm tra và giải nén toàn bộ hệ thống cơ bản. "
-"Nếu máy tính hay sự kết nối mạng của bạn có chạy chậm, giai đoạn này có thể "
-"kéo dài một lát."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1903
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
-"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
-"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
-"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
-"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-msgstr ""
-"Trong khi cài đặt hệ thống cơ bản, các thông điệp về cách giải nén gói và "
-"thiết lập được chuyển tiếp tới thiết bị cuối <userinput>tty4</userinput>. Có "
-"thể truy cập nó bằng cách bấm tổ hợp phím <keycombo><keycap>Alt trái</"
-"keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>, và lùi lại về tiến trình cài đặt "
-"chính bằng <keycombo><keycap>Alt trái</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
-"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
-"installation is performed over a serial console."
-msgstr ""
-"Các thông điệp kiểu giải nén/thiết lập được tạo ra trong giải đoạn này cũng "
-"được lưu vào bản ghi hệ thống <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Bạn vẫn "
-"có khả năng kiểm tra những thông điệp ở đó nếu tiến trình cài đặt được chạy "
-"qua bàn giao tiếp nối tiếp."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1918
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
-"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
-"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
-"list of available kernels."
-msgstr ""
-"Trong khi cài đặt cơ bản, một hạt nhân Linux sẽ được cài đặt. Tại ưu tiên "
-"mặc định, trình cài đặt sẽ chọn cho bạn hạt nhân khớp tốt nhất phần cứng của "
-"bạn. Trong chế độ ưu tiên thấp hơn, bạn có khả năng chọn trong danh sách các "
-"hạt nhân có sẵn."
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1930
+#: using-d-i.xml:1959
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installing Additional Software"
 msgstr "Cài đặt phần mềm thêm"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. "
-"Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it "
-"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even "
-"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or "
-"network."
+"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
+"install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the "
+"installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing "
+"the base system if you have a slow computer or network connection."
 msgstr ""
 "Sau khi cài đặt hệ thống cơ bản, bạn có một hệ thống có ích nhưng còn bị hạn "
 "chế. Phần lớn người dùng sẽ muốn cài đặt phần mềm thêm vào hệ thống, để điều "
@@ -3164,13 +3165,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "nếu máy tính hay mạng chạy chậm."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1945
+#: using-d-i.xml:1975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring apt"
 msgstr "Cấu hình apt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1947
+#: using-d-i.xml:1977
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program "
@@ -3204,7 +3205,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "khuyến khích."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1971
+#: using-d-i.xml:2001
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -3219,7 +3220,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "xem lại nó và sửa đổi nó sau khi cài đặt xong."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1978
+#: using-d-i.xml:2008
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -3231,7 +3232,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1987
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -3242,13 +3243,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:2028
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using a network mirror"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2030
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a "
@@ -3257,7 +3258,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2006
+#: using-d-i.xml:2036
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -3269,7 +3270,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2015
+#: using-d-i.xml:2045
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a "
@@ -3285,7 +3286,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2033
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a "
@@ -3298,7 +3299,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2043
+#: using-d-i.xml:2073
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: "
@@ -3316,7 +3317,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2077
+#: using-d-i.xml:2107
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -3329,7 +3330,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2087
+#: using-d-i.xml:2117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may "
@@ -3338,13 +3339,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2102
+#: using-d-i.xml:2132
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
 msgstr "Lựa chọn và Cài đặt Phần mềm"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2134
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -3361,7 +3362,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tác vụ khác nhau."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2113
+#: using-d-i.xml:2143
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
@@ -3394,7 +3395,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "công việc có sẵn."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2170
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -3407,7 +3408,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "không cài đặt gì cả."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2177
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop "
@@ -3419,7 +3420,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "cho phép người dùng chọn môi trường làm việc khác (v.d. KDE, Xfce)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2155
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see "
@@ -3445,7 +3446,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "cài đặt KDE bằng cách này nên chạy tốt."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2175
+#: using-d-i.xml:2205
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS "
@@ -3464,7 +3465,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "vụ Mạng: <classname>apache</classname>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2187
+#: using-d-i.xml:2217
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -3476,7 +3477,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "thuộc về những công việc đã chọn."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2194
+#: using-d-i.xml:2224
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3486,7 +3487,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dài để (bỏ) chọn công việc nào."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2230
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -3503,7 +3504,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "trình cài đặt gói một khi khởi chạy được."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2209
+#: using-d-i.xml:2239
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -3521,7 +3522,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "xảy ra nếu bạn sử dụng ảnh cũ."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
@@ -3535,13 +3536,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "sẽ nhắc bạn trong tiến trình này."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2231
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "Cho hệ thống khả năng khởi động"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2233
+#: using-d-i.xml:2263
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3555,13 +3556,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2248
+#: using-d-i.xml:2278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "Phát hiện hệ điều hành khác"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2250
+#: using-d-i.xml:2280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3577,7 +3578,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2258
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3593,13 +3594,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "dẫn sử dụng bộ tải khởi động riêng để tìm thông tin thêm."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2276
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Cài đặt <command>aboot</command> vào đĩa cứng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2277
+#: using-d-i.xml:2307
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -3620,13 +3621,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "bạn mới cài đặt Debian thì phải khởi động GNU/Linux từ đĩa mềm thay thế."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2297
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Trình cài đặt <command>palo</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2298
+#: using-d-i.xml:2328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3642,19 +3643,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>PALO</command> thật có thể đọc phân vùng Linux."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2307
+#: using-d-i.xml:2337
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa SỬA ĐI (cần thông tin thêm)"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2319
+#: using-d-i.xml:2349
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>Grub</command> vào đĩa cứng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2321
+#: using-d-i.xml:2351
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3666,7 +3667,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ích cho cả người dùng mới lẫn nhà chuyên môn."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2327
+#: using-d-i.xml:2357
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3678,7 +3679,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "nơi khác. Xem sổ tay GRUB để tìm thông tin đầy đủ."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2333
+#: using-d-i.xml:2363
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -3689,13 +3690,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "chính, và từ đó, chọn bộ tải khởi động đã muốn."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2376
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>LILO</command> vào đĩa cứng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2348
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3712,7 +3713,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2358
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3726,7 +3727,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "khi cài đặt."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2366
+#: using-d-i.xml:2396
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3736,13 +3737,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>LILO</command>:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "Mục ghi khởi động cái (MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3752,13 +3753,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "động."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "phân vùng Debian mới"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3770,13 +3771,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "việc như bộ tảo khởi động phụ."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "Khác"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3792,7 +3793,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2399
+#: using-d-i.xml:2429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3808,13 +3809,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "trở về Debian."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2415
+#: using-d-i.xml:2445
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>ELILO</command> vào đĩa cứng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2417
+#: using-d-i.xml:2447
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3842,7 +3843,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "quote> để làm việc thật tải và khởi chạy hạt nhân Linux."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2433
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3860,13 +3861,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<emphasis>gốc</emphasis> của máy tính."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "Chọn phân vùng đúng đi."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -3884,13 +3885,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "định dạng phân vùng nên xoá hoàn toàn nội dung đã có !"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2462
+#: using-d-i.xml:2492
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "Nội dung phân vùng EFI"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2464
+#: using-d-i.xml:2494
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3921,13 +3922,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2486
+#: using-d-i.xml:2516
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2517
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3940,13 +3941,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2526
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2527
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3961,13 +3962,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2507
+#: using-d-i.xml:2537
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2508
+#: using-d-i.xml:2538
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -3983,13 +3984,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2521
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -4002,13 +4003,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2561
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2532
+#: using-d-i.xml:2562
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -4022,13 +4023,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "bởi liên kết tượng trưng <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2552
+#: using-d-i.xml:2582
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>arcboot</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2553
+#: using-d-i.xml:2583
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -4072,13 +4073,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2572
+#: using-d-i.xml:2602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2573
+#: using-d-i.xml:2603
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -4088,13 +4089,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "điều khiển có sẵn"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2581
+#: using-d-i.xml:2611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "đĩa"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2582
+#: using-d-i.xml:2612
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
@@ -4104,13 +4105,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "được cài đặt"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590 using-d-i.xml:2659
+#: using-d-i.xml:2620 using-d-i.xml:2689
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "số_phân"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2591
+#: using-d-i.xml:2621
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -4120,13 +4121,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2599
+#: using-d-i.xml:2629
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "cấu_hình"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2630
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -4136,13 +4137,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>, mà là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2621
+#: using-d-i.xml:2651
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>delo</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2622
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -4171,13 +4172,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2641
+#: using-d-i.xml:2671
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2642
+#: using-d-i.xml:2672
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -4187,13 +4188,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "nó là <userinput>3</userinput> cho bộ điều khiển có sẵn"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2650
+#: using-d-i.xml:2680
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>mã</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2681
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
@@ -4202,7 +4203,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "được cài đặt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2660
+#: using-d-i.xml:2690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
@@ -4212,13 +4213,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "conf</filename>"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "tên"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2669
+#: using-d-i.xml:2699
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -4228,7 +4229,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2709
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -4239,19 +4240,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "là dùng"
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2685
+#: using-d-i.xml:2715
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>mã</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Yaboot</command> vào đĩa cứng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2696
+#: using-d-i.xml:2726
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4271,13 +4272,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "&debian;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2714
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Quik</command> vào đĩa cứng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4291,13 +4292,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "PowerMac 7200, 7300, và 7600, và trên một số máy bắt chước Power Computing."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2761
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>zipl</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2732
+#: using-d-i.xml:2762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4314,13 +4315,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "command>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2749
+#: using-d-i.xml:2779
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>SILO</command> vào đĩa cứng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2751
+#: using-d-i.xml:2781
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4351,13 +4352,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Linux kế bên bản cài đặt SunOS/Solaris đã có."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2776
+#: using-d-i.xml:2806
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "Tiếp tục không có bộ tải khởi động"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2778
+#: using-d-i.xml:2808
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -4375,7 +4376,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "đó và được dùng để khởi động hệ điều hành GNU/Linux.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2787
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -4396,35 +4397,83 @@ msgstr ""
 "vùng riêng, tên hệ thống tập tin <filename>/boot</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2804
+#: using-d-i.xml:2834
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "Cài đặt xong"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2805
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:2835
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
-"consists of tidying up after the &d-i;."
+"This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the "
+"installer will do any last minute tasks. It mostly consists of tidying up "
+"after the &d-i;."
 msgstr ""
 "Đây là các bước cuối cùng trước khi khởi động lại vào hệ thống mới: phần "
 "chính là làm sạch theo sau &d-i;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2817
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
-msgstr "Cài đặt xong và khởi động lại"
+#: using-d-i.xml:2848
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Setting the System Clock"
+msgstr "Thiết lập Hệ thống"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2819
+#: using-d-i.xml:2850
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
+"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
+"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
+"systems are installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Có lẽ trình cài đặt sẽ hỏi bạn nếu đồng hồ của máy tính được đặt thành thời "
+"gian thế giới (UTC) không. Bình thường trình đó tránh hỏi câu này, nếu có "
+"thể, và cố gắng tính biết nếu đồng hồ được đặt thành thời gian thế giới "
+"(UTC) dựa vào thứ như hệ điều hành khác đã được cài đặt."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2857
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
+"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
+"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
+"instead of UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
+"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
+"local time instead of UTC.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"Trong chế độ nhà chuyên môn, bạn luôn luôn có khả năng chọn nếu đồng hồ của "
+"máy tính được đặt thành thời gian thế giới (UTC) không. <phrase arch=\"m68k;"
+"powerpc\">Đồng hồ phần cứng của máy Mac thường được đặt thành giờ cục bộ. "
+"Nếu bạn muốn khởi động đôi, hãy chọn giờ cục bộ hơn GMT (hay UTC)</phrase> "
+"<phrase arch=\"x86\">Hệ thống (cũng) chạy DOS hay Windows thường được đặt "
+"thành giờ cục bộ. Nếu bạn muốn khởi động đôi, hãy chọn giờ cục bộ hơn GMT "
+"(hay UTC).</phrase>"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2868
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
-"be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot "
-"the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot "
-"into your new Debian system."
+"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
+"system's hardware clock. This will be done either in UTC or local time, "
+"depending on the selection that was just made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Reboot the System"
+msgstr "Thiết lập Hệ thống"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
+"used to boot the installer. After that the system will be rebooted into your "
+"new Debian system."
 msgstr ""
 "Đây là bước cuối cùng trong tiến trình cài đặt Debian đầu tiên. Bạn sẽ được "
 "nhắc gỡ bỏ vật chứa khởi động (đĩa CD, đĩa mềm v.v.) được dùng để khởi động "
@@ -4432,13 +4481,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "lại vào hệ thống Debian mới."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
-"which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-"
-"title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you "
-"selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation."
+"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
+"supported on &arch-title;. You then need to IPL &debian; from the DASD which "
+"you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the "
+"installation."
 msgstr ""
 "Hãy chọn mục trình đơn <guimenuitem>Cài đặt xong</guimenuitem> mà sẽ tạm "
 "dừng lại hệ thống vì khả năng khởi động lại không được hỗ trợ trên kiến trúc "
@@ -4447,13 +4496,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "tập tin gốc trong những bước đầu tiên của tiến trình cài đặt."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2840
+#: using-d-i.xml:2904
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "Lặt vặt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2841
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -4465,13 +4514,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "khó khăn."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2854
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "Lưu bản ghi cài đặt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2856
+#: using-d-i.xml:2920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -4483,7 +4532,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> trong hệ thống Debian mới."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2863
+#: using-d-i.xml:2927
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -4499,13 +4548,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "kèm báo cáo cài đặt."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "Sử dụng hệ vỏ và xem bản ghi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2949
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -4532,7 +4581,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "trái</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> để trở về bộ cài đặt chính nó."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2903
+#: using-d-i.xml:2967
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -4547,7 +4596,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "(thoát) để đóng trình bao đó."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2911
+#: using-d-i.xml:2975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -4565,7 +4614,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tự động gõ và lược sử."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2920
+#: using-d-i.xml:2984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -4577,7 +4626,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/var/log</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2927
+#: using-d-i.xml:2991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -4588,7 +4637,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "trình bao chỉ sẵn sàng để giúp đỡ trong trường hợp bị lỗi hay gỡ lỗi."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2933
+#: using-d-i.xml:2997
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -4602,13 +4651,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "bao."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2948
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr "Cài đặt qua mạng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2950
+#: using-d-i.xml:3014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4625,7 +4674,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "thể tự động hoá phần đó bằng phần <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2960
+#: using-d-i.xml:3024
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4647,7 +4696,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tục lại cài đặt từ xa bằng SSH</guimenuitem>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:3037
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4657,7 +4706,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "mặc định sau khi thiết lập mạng."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2978
+#: using-d-i.xml:3042
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4679,7 +4728,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sẽ tiếp tục cài đặt từ xa</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2990
+#: using-d-i.xml:3054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4691,7 +4740,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "khác."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2996
+#: using-d-i.xml:3060
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4721,7 +4770,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "nếu nó là đúng không."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3013
+#: using-d-i.xml:3077
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4739,7 +4788,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> rồi thử lại."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3022
+#: using-d-i.xml:3086
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4759,7 +4808,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "cho các hệ vỏ."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3032
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4775,7 +4824,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "cài đặt."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3040
+#: using-d-i.xml:3104
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
@@ -4783,3 +4832,30 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Hơn nữa, nếu bạn làm phiên chạy SSH từ thiết bị cuối X, bạn không nên thay "
 "đổi kích cỡ của cửa sổ, vì làm như thế sẽ gây ra sự kết nối bị kết thúc."
+
+#~ msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
+#~ msgstr "Phân vùng đĩa"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be "
+#~ "used to set up the system it is about to install."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Sau khi phân vùng, trình cài đặt hỏi vài câu thêm sẽ được dùng để thiết "
+#~ "lập hệ thống nó sắp cài đặt."
+
+#~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
+#~ msgstr "Cấu hình Múi giờ Cục bộ"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
+#~ "time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
+#~ "after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not "
+#~ "set to UTC."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ghi chú rằng trình cài đặt hiện thời không cho phép bạn thật đặt giờ "
+#~ "trong đồng hồ của máy tính. Bạn có thể đặt đồng hồ thành giờ hiện thời "
+#~ "sau khi cài đặt, nếu nó không đúng, hay nếu nó chưa được đặt thành giờ "
+#~ "UTC."
+
+#~ msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
+#~ msgstr "Cài đặt xong và khởi động lại"
diff --git a/po/zh_CN/preparing.po b/po/zh_CN/preparing.po
index 08e80546a..498733503 100644
--- a/po/zh_CN/preparing.po
+++ b/po/zh_CN/preparing.po
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-31 13:42+0800\n"
 "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1254,19 +1254,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:847
-#, no-c-format
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely "
 "replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to "
-"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), "
-"after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if "
-"you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a "
-"connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, "
-"and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus "
-"erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the "
-"first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate "
-"means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes "
-"or CDs."
+"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"di-partition"
+"\"/>), after you have booted the installation system. However this only "
+"works if you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files "
+"on a connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard "
+"disk, and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, "
+"thus erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is "
+"successful the first time around. At the least in this case, you should have "
+"some alternate means of reviving your machine like the original system's "
+"installation tapes or CDs."
 msgstr ""
 "若是您的机器只有一块硬盘，而且您愿意把原来的操作系统全盘替换成 &debian;，那么"
 "可以在启动安装系统后，待到安装时再进行分区(<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>)。但"
diff --git a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po
index 88e690e0f..a3b29f327 100644
--- a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-24 00:09+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:34+0800\n"
 "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -375,11 +375,37 @@ msgstr "Anna's Not Nearly APT。安装软件包从选择的镜像或 CD 获取�
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:230
 #, no-c-format
+msgid "clock-setup"
+msgstr "clock-setup"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Updates the system clock and determines whether the clock is set to UTCr or "
+"not."
+msgstr "决定时钟是否使用 UTC。"
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "tzsetup"
+msgstr "tzsetup"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
+msgstr "选择时区，并基于前面选择的地点。"
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
+#, no-c-format
 msgid "partman"
 msgstr "partman"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file "
@@ -391,26 +417,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "如自动模式或 LVM 支持。在 Debian 里这是推荐的分区工具。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "autopartkit"
 msgstr "autopartkit"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
 msgstr "根据用户预设，自动为整个硬盘分区。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partitioner"
 msgstr "partitioner"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning "
@@ -418,13 +444,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "允许用户为系统安排磁盘分区。根据用户计算机的体系选择和善的分区工具。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partconf"
 msgstr "partconf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected "
@@ -432,13 +458,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "显示分区列表，按用户指令为选择的分区创建文件系统。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "lvmcfg"
 msgstr "lvmcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> "
@@ -446,13 +472,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "帮助用户配置 <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logical Volume Manager)。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mdcfg"
 msgstr "mdcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant "
@@ -464,63 +490,39 @@ msgstr ""
 "器的高级管理。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "tzsetup"
-msgstr "tzsetup"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
-msgstr "选择时区，并基于前面选择的地点。"
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "clock-setup"
-msgstr "clock-setup"
+msgid "base-installer"
+msgstr "base-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Determines whether the clock is set to UTC or not."
-msgstr "决定时钟是否使用 UTC。"
+msgid ""
+"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
+"operate under Linux when rebooted."
+msgstr "安装一些基本的包，让计算机重启后能在 Linux 下运行。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "user-setup"
 msgstr "user-setup"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user."
 msgstr "建立 root 密码，然后添加一个非 root 用户。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "base-installer"
-msgstr "base-installer"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
-"operate under Linux when rebooted."
-msgstr "安装一些基本的包，让计算机重启后能在 Linux 下运行。"
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "apt-setup"
 msgstr "apt-setup"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is "
@@ -528,13 +530,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "配置 apt，大部分是自动完成，基于安装程序所运行的介质。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "pkgsel"
 msgstr "pkgsel"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional "
@@ -542,13 +544,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "用 <classname>tasksel</classname> 选择安装额外的软件。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "os-prober"
 msgstr "os-prober"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes "
@@ -562,13 +564,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "统。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "bootloader-installer"
 msgstr "bootloader-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the "
@@ -580,26 +582,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "CD-ROM 启动。许多启动加载程序都允许用户在启动的时候选择使用哪个操作系统。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "shell"
 msgstr "shell"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
 msgstr "让用户能从菜单或者第二控制台执行 shell。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "save-logs"
 msgstr "save-logs"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, "
@@ -610,13 +612,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "给 Debian 开发人员精确地报告安装程序的问题。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:390
+#: using-d-i.xml:391
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using Individual Components"
 msgstr "使用单独的组件"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:391
+#: using-d-i.xml:392
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The "
@@ -631,13 +633,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "到，取决于您使用的安装方法以及硬件。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:403
+#: using-d-i.xml:404
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting up Debian Installer and Hardware Configuration"
 msgstr "启动 Debian 安装程序与配置硬件"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:404
+#: using-d-i.xml:405
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first "
@@ -657,7 +659,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "言，键盘布局或网络镜像)。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:417
+#: using-d-i.xml:418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</"
@@ -671,13 +673,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "是所有的驱动程序都就绪，硬件侦测会在后续过程里面多次重复。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:432
+#: using-d-i.xml:433
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Check available memory / low memory mode"
 msgstr "检测可用内存/小内存模式"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:434
+#: using-d-i.xml:435
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the "
@@ -689,7 +691,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "进程，使您可以将 &debian; 安装到您的系统上。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:441
+#: using-d-i.xml:442
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to "
@@ -701,7 +703,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "行。当然，您在安装完成之后还是可以进行本地化设置。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:448
+#: using-d-i.xml:449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If that is not sufficient, the installer will further reduce memory "
@@ -716,7 +718,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "多的内存，可能会使安装失败。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:457
+#: using-d-i.xml:458
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installer runs in low memory mode, it is recommended to create a "
@@ -732,7 +734,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "能，增加磁盘活动。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:467
+#: using-d-i.xml:468
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Despite these measures, it is still possible that your system freezes, that "
@@ -744,7 +746,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>Out of memory</quote> 信息)，出现没有预期的错误，或者进程被内核杀死。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:474
+#: using-d-i.xml:475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For example, it has been reported that creating a big ext3 file system fails "
@@ -758,7 +760,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "组件)。安装之后可以将 ext2 分区改成 ext3。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:482
+#: using-d-i.xml:483
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to force the installer to use a higher lowmem level than the "
@@ -769,13 +771,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "lowmem 等级，说明见 <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:497
+#: using-d-i.xml:498
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting Localization Options"
 msgstr "选择地区选项"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:499
+#: using-d-i.xml:500
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of "
@@ -787,7 +789,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "地区选项由语言，国家和地点组成。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:506
+#: using-d-i.xml:507
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation "
@@ -799,7 +801,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "的语言没有对应翻译的版本，安装将默认使用英文。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:513
+#: using-d-i.xml:514
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick "
@@ -812,7 +814,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "盘。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:520
+#: using-d-i.xml:521
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language "
@@ -832,7 +834,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "件包也不会安装。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:532
+#: using-d-i.xml:533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for "
@@ -850,7 +852,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "果该语言只关联到一个国家，国家将自动选择。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:550
+#: using-d-i.xml:551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and "
@@ -862,13 +864,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "装，可以选择不同的默认 locale 以及为安装好的系统生成额外的 locale。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:565
+#: using-d-i.xml:566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choosing a Keyboard"
 msgstr "选择键盘"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:567
+#: using-d-i.xml:568
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a "
@@ -883,7 +885,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "(在安装完之后用 root 执行 <command>kbdconfig</command>)。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:577
+#: using-d-i.xml:578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press "
@@ -897,7 +899,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "是具有 <keycap>F1</keycap> 到 <keycap>F10</keycap> 健，与顶端平行。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:586
+#: using-d-i.xml:587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have "
@@ -909,7 +911,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "内核 keymap (LK201 US)。随着 Linux/MIPS 内核的开发，将来也许会改变。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:593
+#: using-d-i.xml:594
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us "
@@ -927,13 +929,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "方这两种布局相似。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:623
+#: using-d-i.xml:624
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image"
 msgstr "寻找 Debian 安装程序 ISO 映像"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:624
+#: using-d-i.xml:625
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be "
@@ -946,7 +948,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "command> 正是用来完成此任务。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:631
+#: using-d-i.xml:632
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices "
@@ -973,7 +975,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "command> 搜索其它的映象。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:648
+#: using-d-i.xml:649
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, "
@@ -985,7 +987,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "行完整的搜索。这次不只查看最上级目录，而是真正地贯穿整个文件系统。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:655
+#: using-d-i.xml:656
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, "
@@ -1001,13 +1003,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "用户可以在第二个控制台上完成这些动作，而毋须重新启动。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:676
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Network"
+#: using-d-i.xml:677
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Network"
 msgstr "配置网络"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:678
+#: using-d-i.xml:679
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one "
@@ -1025,7 +1027,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "citerefentry> man 手册。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:689
+#: using-d-i.xml:690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically "
@@ -1045,7 +1047,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "服务器有时候响应很慢，如果您确定都正常，请再试一次。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:701
+#: using-d-i.xml:702
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your "
@@ -1067,7 +1069,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"needed-info\"/>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:715
+#: using-d-i.xml:716
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program "
@@ -1086,45 +1088,110 @@ msgstr ""
 "network/interfaces</filename>。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:758
+#: using-d-i.xml:761
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock"
+msgstr "配置时钟"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:763
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:781
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the "
+"system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"基于安装开始时选择的地理位置，您将看到系统只列出与该位置相关的时区列表。如果"
+"您的位置只对应一个时区，那么系统就不会询问而直接使用该时区。"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:788
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:799
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:805
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:811
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:838
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
 msgstr "分区与选择挂载点"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:759
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
 "should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to "
 "do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of "
 "the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating "
 "filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely "
-"related issues like LVM or RAID devices."
+"related options like RAID, LVM or encrypted devices."
 msgstr ""
 "现在，经过最后的硬件检测，&d-i; 已经充满活力，按照用户定制，准备就绪。正如本"
 "节标题指明，接下来组件的主要任务是为您的硬盘分区，创建文件系统，安排挂载点，"
 "并为近似选项进行配置，比如 LVM 或 RAID 设备。"
 
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:781
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
-msgstr "硬盘的分区"
-
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:783
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:860
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with "
-"partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend="
-"\"partitioning\"/>."
+"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
+"details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 "现在是时候对您的硬盘进行分区了。要是您对分区还有心存疑虑，或者只是想了解 更多"
 "的细节，请参阅 <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:790
+#: using-d-i.xml:866
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1144,7 +1211,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample> 注意，这会是磁盘上已有的数据无法访问。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:803
+#: using-d-i.xml:879
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1156,8 +1223,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "导式</quote> 分区。倘若您不想用自动分区，那么也可以选择菜单中的 "
 "<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> 。"
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Guided Partitioning"
+msgstr "分区方式"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:810
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -1173,14 +1246,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "footnote>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#: using-d-i.xml:905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
 msgstr "(加密) LVM 的选项并不是在所有体系下都可用。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:830
+#: using-d-i.xml:910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -1194,7 +1267,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "大分区将无法读取，对您的(私有)数据提供了额外的安全性。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#: using-d-i.xml:919
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -1208,7 +1281,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "时间。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:848
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -1223,7 +1296,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "安装程序会在写入磁盘之前让您确认。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:858
+#: using-d-i.xml:938
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) "
@@ -1238,7 +1311,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "的那块。排列的次序可能与以前的不同。磁盘的尺寸将会帮助您识别它们。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:867
+#: using-d-i.xml:947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -1252,7 +1325,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "销。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:875
+#: using-d-i.xml:955
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -1268,73 +1341,73 @@ msgstr ""
 "1GB 以上的空间(具体大小视所选的方式而不同)，那么向导式分区将以失败告终。"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
+#: using-d-i.xml:971
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning scheme"
 msgstr "分区方式"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:892
+#: using-d-i.xml:972
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum space"
 msgstr "所需最小空间"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
+#: using-d-i.xml:973
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Created partitions"
 msgstr "所新建的分区"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:899
+#: using-d-i.xml:979
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "All files in one partition"
 msgstr "所有文件在同一分区"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:900
+#: using-d-i.xml:980
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "600MB"
 msgstr "600MB"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:901
+#: using-d-i.xml:981
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:903
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home partition"
 msgstr "建立 /home 分区"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:904
+#: using-d-i.xml:984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "500MB"
 msgstr "500MB"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:905
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:909
+#: using-d-i.xml:989
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions"
 msgstr "分别建立 /home、/usr、/var 和 /tmp 分区"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:910
+#: using-d-i.xml:990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:911
+#: using-d-i.xml:991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
@@ -1344,7 +1417,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:920
+#: using-d-i.xml:1000
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -1356,7 +1429,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "boot</filename> 分区。其他的分区，除了交换分区，都会建在 LVM 分区之内。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:926
+#: using-d-i.xml:1006
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an "
@@ -1369,7 +1442,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "手动把某个分区作为 EFI 引导分区。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:934
+#: using-d-i.xml:1014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, "
@@ -1380,7 +1453,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "始处，为 aboot boot loader 的保留空间。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
+#: using-d-i.xml:1020
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -1391,7 +1464,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "区是否将被格式化，将以何种方式格式化，以及它们将被挂载到哪里的相关信息。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
+#: using-d-i.xml:1026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -1439,7 +1512,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "置，但使用手动方式分区的结果会有所不同。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1039
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -1456,8 +1529,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "如愿，那么可以选择 <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem>，然"
 "后再次运行向导式分区，或者按照下面的介绍进行手动分区。"
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1053
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Manual Partitioning"
+msgstr "分区方式"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:969
+#: using-d-i.xml:1054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -1472,7 +1551,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "谈到。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1062
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -1485,7 +1564,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "的磁盘条目下出现一个新行，上面写着 <quote>FREE SPACE</quote>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#: using-d-i.xml:1070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -1520,7 +1599,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "动退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主界面。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#: using-d-i.xml:1092
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -1539,7 +1618,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "这个菜单中，您还可以删除分区。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1018
+#: using-d-i.xml:1103
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -1554,7 +1633,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "面的步骤，直到您纠正了这个错误。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1026
+#: using-d-i.xml:1111
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</"
@@ -1565,7 +1644,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "点，不让您继续操作，直到您划分出这样一个分区。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#: using-d-i.xml:1117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -1581,7 +1660,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> 或者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1040
+#: using-d-i.xml:1125
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -1595,13 +1674,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "此分区。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)"
+#: using-d-i.xml:1153
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
 msgstr "配置多磁盘设备(软 RAID)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1069
+#: using-d-i.xml:1154
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -1619,7 +1698,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "firstterm>)。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1083
+#: using-d-i.xml:1168
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -1632,7 +1711,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "command> 格式化，分配挂载点，等等)。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1091
+#: using-d-i.xml:1176
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -1696,101 +1775,101 @@ msgstr ""
 "因为要计算校验信息。</para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> 总结："
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1169
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "类型"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1170
+#: using-d-i.xml:1255
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum Devices"
 msgstr "最少设备"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1171
+#: using-d-i.xml:1256
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Spare Device"
 msgstr "备用设备"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1172
+#: using-d-i.xml:1257
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Survives disk failure?"
 msgstr "幸免于磁盘损坏？"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1258
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Available Space"
 msgstr "可用空间"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1179
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID0"
 msgstr "RAID0"
 
 # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1180 using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265 using-d-i.xml:1273
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
 
 # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1181 using-d-i.xml:1182
+#: using-d-i.xml:1266 using-d-i.xml:1267
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>否</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
 msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以 RAID 设备数"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1187
+#: using-d-i.xml:1272
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID1"
 msgstr "RAID1"
 
 # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1189 using-d-i.xml:1197
+#: using-d-i.xml:1274 using-d-i.xml:1282
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "optional"
 msgstr "可选"
 
 # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1190 using-d-i.xml:1198
+#: using-d-i.xml:1275 using-d-i.xml:1283
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>是</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1191
+#: using-d-i.xml:1276
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
 msgstr "容量为 RAID 最小分区"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1195
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID5"
 msgstr "RAID5"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1281
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1199
+#: using-d-i.xml:1284
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -1798,7 +1877,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以(RAID 设备数量减一)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1207
+#: using-d-i.xml:1292
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -1808,7 +1887,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1212
+#: using-d-i.xml:1297
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -1823,7 +1902,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1221
+#: using-d-i.xml:1306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may "
@@ -1838,7 +1917,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "验的用户，从 shell 手动地处理一些配置和安装步骤，也许会绕开这些问题。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1315
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -1858,7 +1937,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "RAID1)。后续操作会根据您选择的 MD 类型而定。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -1869,7 +1948,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "组成 MD 的分区。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1250
+#: using-d-i.xml:1335
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -1886,7 +1965,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "将不会允许您继续下去，直到纠正错误。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1262
+#: using-d-i.xml:1347
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID5 has a similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -1896,7 +1975,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "区。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1270
+#: using-d-i.xml:1355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -1912,7 +1991,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "RAID1 (相当可靠的 100 GB 分区用于 <filename>/home</filename>)。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -1925,13 +2004,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "您的新 MD 设备，并分配挂载点这样的属性。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1294
+#: using-d-i.xml:1379
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
 msgstr "配置逻辑卷管理(LVM)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1295
+#: using-d-i.xml:1380
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -1945,7 +2024,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "或符号链接等方法来折腾。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1303
+#: using-d-i.xml:1388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -1963,7 +2042,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "点在于它可以跨越多个物理磁盘。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1313
+#: using-d-i.xml:1398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -1981,7 +2060,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "阅 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1324
+#: using-d-i.xml:1409
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -1996,7 +2075,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1333
+#: using-d-i.xml:1418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -2013,7 +2092,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "了 LVM 配置的小结。菜单项本身是与内容相关，只显示可用的操作。可能的操作有："
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1344
+#: using-d-i.xml:1429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -2023,43 +2102,43 @@ msgstr ""
 "名称和逻辑卷尺寸等"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1434
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create volume group"
 msgstr "Create volume group"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1352
+#: using-d-i.xml:1437
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create logical volume"
 msgstr "Create logical volume"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1440
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete volume group"
 msgstr "Delete volume group"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1358
+#: using-d-i.xml:1443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete logical volume"
 msgstr "Delete logical volume"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1446
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Extend volume group"
 msgstr "Extend volume group"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1364
+#: using-d-i.xml:1449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Reduce volume group"
 msgstr "Reduce volume group"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1451
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -2068,7 +2147,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: 返回 <command>partman</command> 主界面"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1372
+#: using-d-i.xml:1457
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -2076,7 +2155,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "使用该菜单内的选项首先创建卷组，然后在里面创建逻辑卷。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1377
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -2087,13 +2166,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "通的分区一样(您也应该这样对待它们)。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1391
+#: using-d-i.xml:1476
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
 msgstr "配置加密卷"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1392
+#: using-d-i.xml:1477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -2111,7 +2190,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "许可以访问硬盘，但是没有正确的口令，硬盘上的数据看起来就像是随机的字符。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1404
+#: using-d-i.xml:1489
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -2134,7 +2213,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "加载内核。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1419
+#: using-d-i.xml:1504
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -2146,7 +2225,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "密和解密。性能将与您的 CPU 速度、选择的加密算法和密钥长度紧密相关。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1426
+#: using-d-i.xml:1511
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -2164,7 +2243,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "guimenu> </menuchoice> 选项。菜单将包含分区的加密选项。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1437
+#: using-d-i.xml:1522
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is "
@@ -2179,7 +2258,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "使用默认的方法。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1449
+#: using-d-i.xml:1534
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
@@ -2192,13 +2271,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "的安全考虑的选择。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1459
+#: using-d-i.xml:1544
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1546
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -2221,13 +2300,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "纪的敏感信息。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1479
+#: using-d-i.xml:1564
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1481
+#: using-d-i.xml:1566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -2239,13 +2318,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "加长度自然会降低性能。cipher 决定可用的密钥长度。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1493
+#: using-d-i.xml:1578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 msgstr "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1495
+#: using-d-i.xml:1580
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -2261,7 +2340,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "复模板推断信息。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1505
+#: using-d-i.xml:1590
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</"
@@ -2274,25 +2353,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "法时，才使用其他的算法。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1517
+#: using-d-i.xml:1602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
 msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1519
+#: using-d-i.xml:1604
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr "这里您可以为分区选择所使用的加密密钥类型。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1525
+#: using-d-i.xml:1610
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Passphrase"
 msgstr "Passphrase"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1526
+#: using-d-i.xml:1611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -2305,13 +2384,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "使用时要求输入。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1541 using-d-i.xml:1634
+#: using-d-i.xml:1626 using-d-i.xml:1719
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Random key"
 msgstr "Random key"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1542
+#: using-d-i.xml:1627
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -2326,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "面临暴力破解，但是除非加密算法中有未知的弱点，这辈子也不会被攻破。)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1551
+#: using-d-i.xml:1636
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -2343,13 +2422,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "写入到交换分区的数据。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1570 using-d-i.xml:1647
+#: using-d-i.xml:1655 using-d-i.xml:1732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
 msgstr "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1572
+#: using-d-i.xml:1657
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -2367,7 +2446,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "备上的数据。</para></footnote>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1592
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> "
@@ -2379,13 +2458,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "下面内容："
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1601
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1603
+#: using-d-i.xml:1688
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are "
@@ -2396,25 +2475,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "时选取。请查阅前面关于 cipher 和密钥长度的章节了解更多信息。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1613
+#: using-d-i.xml:1698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1615
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr "这里您可以为分区选择加密密钥的类型。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1621
+#: using-d-i.xml:1706
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)"
 msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1622
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the "
@@ -2426,19 +2505,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "application> 加密。要使用它，您需要输入正确的 passphrase (在以后会要求提供)。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1635
+#: using-d-i.xml:1720
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the section on random keys above."
 msgstr "请查阅前面有关随机密钥的章节。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1649
+#: using-d-i.xml:1734
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above."
 msgstr "请查阅前面有关删除数据的章节。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer "
@@ -2450,7 +2529,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "于加密，您将只能使用 <emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> 作为加密密钥建立卷。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1667
+#: using-d-i.xml:1752
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -2465,7 +2544,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "标记分区上的数据，以及写新分区表等动作。对于大的分区，这会花一些时间。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1677
+#: using-d-i.xml:1762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -2479,7 +2558,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "(比如生日、爱好、宠物的名字、以及家里其他成员的名字，等等)。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1686
+#: using-d-i.xml:1771
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -2499,7 +2578,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "所选择的键盘布局未能正确建立，而且是在为根文件系统输入 passphrase 的时候。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1784
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -2518,7 +2597,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "程在每个要加密的分区重复进行。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1715
+#: using-d-i.xml:1800
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -2549,7 +2628,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "您不合适，可以进行修改。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1728
+#: using-d-i.xml:1813
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses "
@@ -2566,7 +2645,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "程的差异，将在后面的 <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/> 说明。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1738
+#: using-d-i.xml:1823
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -2574,97 +2653,84 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "当您满意分区之后，可以继续安装过程。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1749
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Setting up the System"
-msgstr "建立系统"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1750
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used "
-"to set up the system it is about to install."
-msgstr "分区之后，安装程序还会询问一些问题用于建立系统。"
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
-msgstr "配置您的时区"
+msgid "Installing the Base System"
+msgstr "安装基本系统"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1764
+#: using-d-i.xml:1835
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation "
-"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. "
-"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and "
-"the system will assume that time zone."
+"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
+"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
+"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
+"take some time."
 msgstr ""
-"基于安装开始时选择的地理位置，您将看到系统只列出与该位置相关的时区列表。如果"
-"您的位置只对应一个时区，那么系统就不会询问而直接使用该时区。"
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock"
-msgstr "配置时钟"
+"尽管这一阶段少有问题，但却需要大量时间用于整个基本系统的下载、校验和解包。如"
+"果您用较慢的计算机或网络，这要花费好一会儿时间。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1782
+#: using-d-i.xml:1848
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
-"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
-"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
-"systems are installed."
+"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
+"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
+"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
+"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 msgstr ""
-"安装程序可能会询问是否计算机的时钟设置为 UTC。通常会尽量避免这个问题，而且安"
-"装程序依据是否有其他系统已经安装这类事情，来决定时钟要不要设为 UTC。"
+"在基本系统安装期间，软件包解包和配置信息重定向到 <userinput>tty4</"
+"userinput>。您可以通过按下 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</"
+"keycap></keycombo> 访问该终端；返回主安装进程使用 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</"
+"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1789
+#: using-d-i.xml:1857
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
-"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
-"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
-"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
-"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
-"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>"
+"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
+"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
+"installation is performed over a serial console."
 msgstr ""
-"在 expert 模式下，您总是可以选择时钟是否设为 UTC。<phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc"
-"\">Macintosh 硬件时钟一般设为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不"
-"是 GMT。</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">(还要)运行 Dos 或 Windows 的系统通常设"
-"为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase>"
+"在安装程序通过串口控制台执行的情况下，基本系统安装时解包/配置信息保存在 "
+"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1863
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
-"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
-"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set "
-"to UTC."
+"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
+"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
+"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
+"list of available kernels."
 msgstr ""
-"注意，安装程序当前并不允许您设定计算机的时钟。但在安装完之后，如果时间不正确"
-"或者以前没有设为 UTC 时，您可以设置时钟到当前的时间。"
+"作为安装的一部分，Linux 内核也要安装。在默认的优先级下，安装程序会选择一个与"
+"您硬件最匹配的内核。在较低的优先级下，您可以从列表中选择一个有效的内核。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1816
+#: using-d-i.xml:1875
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
 msgstr "设置用户和密码"
 
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1876
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to "
+"set up the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. "
+"Other user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1819
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Set the Root Password"
 msgstr "设置 root 密码"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1823
+#: using-d-i.xml:1894
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -2677,7 +2743,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "理，而且使用时间应该尽可能短。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1831
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -2691,7 +2757,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "小心。请避免采用能够在字典中查到的单词或者很容易猜测的个人信息。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1839
+#: using-d-i.xml:1910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -2702,13 +2768,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "员，否则通常不应该将超级用户密码交给别人。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1849
+#: using-d-i.xml:1920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
 msgstr "创建一个普通用户"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1851
+#: using-d-i.xml:1922
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -2720,7 +2786,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "记，平时<emphasis>不要</emphasis>使用 root 帐户登录或者将其作为个人帐号使用。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1860
+#: using-d-i.xml:1931
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -2738,7 +2804,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "容，建议找一本进行学习。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1870
+#: using-d-i.xml:1941
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -2750,7 +2816,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "便满足要求，并为缺省值。最后，您将要求输入该帐号的密码。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1877
+#: using-d-i.xml:1948
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -2760,89 +2826,32 @@ msgstr ""
 "令。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Installing the Base System"
-msgstr "安装基本系统"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1890
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
-"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
-"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
-"take some time."
-msgstr ""
-"尽管这一阶段少有问题，但却需要大量时间用于整个基本系统的下载、校验和解包。如"
-"果您用较慢的计算机或网络，这要花费好一会儿时间。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1903
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
-"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
-"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
-"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
-"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-msgstr ""
-"在基本系统安装期间，软件包解包和配置信息重定向到 <userinput>tty4</"
-"userinput>。您可以通过按下 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</"
-"keycap></keycombo> 访问该终端；返回主安装进程使用 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</"
-"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
-"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
-"installation is performed over a serial console."
-msgstr ""
-"在安装程序通过串口控制台执行的情况下，基本系统安装时解包/配置信息保存在 "
-"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1918
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
-"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
-"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
-"list of available kernels."
-msgstr ""
-"作为安装的一部分，Linux 内核也要安装。在默认的优先级下，安装程序会选择一个与"
-"您硬件最匹配的内核。在较低的优先级下，您可以从列表中选择一个有效的内核。"
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1930
+#: using-d-i.xml:1959
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installing Additional Software"
 msgstr "安装额外的软件"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. "
-"Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it "
-"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even "
-"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or "
-"network."
+"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
+"install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the "
+"installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing "
+"the base system if you have a slow computer or network connection."
 msgstr ""
 "基本系统安装后，您拥有了一个可用但有限的系统。大多数用户会安装额外的软件，并"
 "根据他们的需求进行调整，安装程序允许您这么做。如果您的电脑或网络比较慢，这一"
 "步或许比安装基本系统还要花时间。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1945
+#: using-d-i.xml:1975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring apt"
 msgstr "配置 apt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1947
+#: using-d-i.xml:1977
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program "
@@ -2873,17 +2882,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "软件包管理工具使用。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1971
+#: using-d-i.xml:2001
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
 "retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file "
 "<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this "
 "file to your liking after the installation is complete."
-msgstr "您必须设置 <command>apt</command>，使它明白该从哪里获取软件包。设置的结果写入到 <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> 文件里面，安装完成后您可以检查并编辑成自己喜欢的地方。"
+msgstr ""
+"您必须设置 <command>apt</command>，使它明白该从哪里获取软件包。设置的结果写入"
+"到 <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> 文件里面，安装完成后您可以检查"
+"并编辑成自己喜欢的地方。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1978
+#: using-d-i.xml:2008
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -2892,10 +2904,13 @@ msgid ""
 "In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if "
 "you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the "
 "<quote>volatile</quote> update service."
-msgstr "如果您在默认优先级下进行安装，安装程序会自动处理大部分配置，它是根据您使用的安装方法以及在安装开始时所做的选择。如果您安装的是稳定版，大多数情况下安装程序程序会自动加上安全镜像，它是 <quote>volatile</quote> 更新服务的镜像。"
+msgstr ""
+"如果您在默认优先级下进行安装，安装程序会自动处理大部分配置，它是根据您使用的"
+"安装方法以及在安装开始时所做的选择。如果您安装的是稳定版，大多数情况下安装程"
+"序程序会自动加上安全镜像，它是 <quote>volatile</quote> 更新服务的镜像。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1987
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -2903,25 +2918,30 @@ msgid ""
 "the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add "
 "packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> "
 "sections of the archive."
-msgstr "如果您采用较低的优先级安装 (比如，expert 模式)，就要自己做更多的判定。您可以选择是否使用安全、或者 volatile 更新服务，并能选择从 <quote>contrib</quote> 和 <quote>non-free</quote> 软件仓库里面添加软件包。"
+msgstr ""
+"如果您采用较低的优先级安装 (比如，expert 模式)，就要自己做更多的判定。您可以"
+"选择是否使用安全、或者 volatile 更新服务，并能选择从 <quote>contrib</quote> "
+"和 <quote>non-free</quote> 软件仓库里面添加软件包。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:2028
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using a network mirror"
 msgstr "使用网络镜像"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2030
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a "
 "network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer "
 "should be fine, but there are some exceptions."
-msgstr "经常会有一个问题被问到，是否需要使用网络镜像作为软件包的源。多数情况下默认答案会很好，但还是有一些例外。"
+msgstr ""
+"经常会有一个问题被问到，是否需要使用网络镜像作为软件包的源。多数情况下默认答"
+"案会很好，但还是有一些例外。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2006
+#: using-d-i.xml:2036
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -2930,10 +2950,14 @@ msgid ""
 "have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to "
 "select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the "
 "installation."
-msgstr "如果<emphasis>没有</emphasis>使用完整版的 CD 或 DVD，或者完整版的 CD/DVD 映像，您就应该使用网络镜像，否则只能得到一个有限的系统。然而，假如您有互联网连接限制，在安装过程的下一步最好<emphasis>不要</emphasis>选择 <literal>desktop</literal> 任务。"
+msgstr ""
+"如果<emphasis>没有</emphasis>使用完整版的 CD 或 DVD，或者完整版的 CD/DVD 映"
+"像，您就应该使用网络镜像，否则只能得到一个有限的系统。然而，假如您有互联网连"
+"接限制，在安装过程的下一步最好<emphasis>不要</emphasis>选择 "
+"<literal>desktop</literal> 任务。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2015
+#: using-d-i.xml:2045
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a "
@@ -2946,10 +2970,16 @@ msgid ""
 "installation using only what's available on the CD and install additional "
 "packages after the installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new "
 "system)."
-msgstr "如果您是从完整的 CD 或 CD 映像(非 DVD)安装，虽然添加网络镜像并不是必须的，但仍建议您采用，这是因为单张 CD 所能容纳的软件包数量是有限的。安装程序当前还不支持使用多 CD 或 DVD 映像方式进行安装<footnote> <para> 这项功能已列入计划。</para> </footnote>。假如您有互联网连接限制，这里最好<emphasis>不要</emphasis>选择网络镜像，只在安装以后(比如，重新启动到新系统)完成 CD 上所具有的以及额外的软件包。"
+msgstr ""
+"如果您是从完整的 CD 或 CD 映像(非 DVD)安装，虽然添加网络镜像并不是必须的，但"
+"仍建议您采用，这是因为单张 CD 所能容纳的软件包数量是有限的。安装程序当前还不"
+"支持使用多 CD 或 DVD 映像方式进行安装<footnote> <para> 这项功能已列入计划。</"
+"para> </footnote>。假如您有互联网连接限制，这里最好<emphasis>不要</emphasis>"
+"选择网络镜像，只在安装以后(比如，重新启动到新系统)完成 CD 上所具有的以及额外"
+"的软件包。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2033
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a "
@@ -2959,10 +2989,14 @@ msgid ""
 "another language than English: a number of font and localization packages "
 "are known to be on the second DVD. So, if you have a reasonable Internet "
 "connection it is still advisable to use a network mirror."
-msgstr "如果您使用 DVD 或 DVD 映像安装，使用网络镜像的需求就不那么大，但在下一步的任务选择中，仍然会有一些软件包没有包含在第一张 DVD 里面。特别是您安装了非英语的其他语言：一些字体和本地化软件包都放在第二张 DVD 上面。所以，如果您有互联网连接可用，最好还是使用网络镜像。"
+msgstr ""
+"如果您使用 DVD 或 DVD 映像安装，使用网络镜像的需求就不那么大，但在下一步的任"
+"务选择中，仍然会有一些软件包没有包含在第一张 DVD 里面。特别是您安装了非英语的"
+"其他语言：一些字体和本地化软件包都放在第二张 DVD 上面。所以，如果您有互联网连"
+"接可用，最好还是使用网络镜像。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2043
+#: using-d-i.xml:2073
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: "
@@ -2977,10 +3011,19 @@ msgid ""
 "<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Also adding a network mirror has "
 "the advantage that it will make updates of packages in point releases of the "
 "distribution available for installation. </para> </footnote>."
-msgstr "在安装完成之后去装额外的软件包，您有两种选择：<orderedlist> <listitem><para> 如果您有附加的 CD/DVD 映像(与所使用的 CD/DVD 属于同一套)，可以使用 <command>apt-cdrom</command> 将它们加入 <filename>sources.list</filename>；</para></listitem> <listitem><para> 使用编辑器手动添加镜像到 <filename>sources.list</filename>。</para></listitem> </orderedlist> 之后您可以使用一种软件包管理前端工具选择安装额外的软件包<footnote> <para> 也可以把附加 CD 或 DVD <emphasis>和</emphasis> 网络镜像都加到 <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>。增加网络镜像的优势是可以安装已经更新的发布版本软件包。</para> </footnote>。"
+msgstr ""
+"在安装完成之后去装额外的软件包，您有两种选择：<orderedlist> <listitem><para> "
+"如果您有附加的 CD/DVD 映像(与所使用的 CD/DVD 属于同一套)，可以使用 "
+"<command>apt-cdrom</command> 将它们加入 <filename>sources.list</filename>；</"
+"para></listitem> <listitem><para> 使用编辑器手动添加镜像到 <filename>sources."
+"list</filename>。</para></listitem> </orderedlist> 之后您可以使用一种软件包管"
+"理前端工具选择安装额外的软件包<footnote> <para> 也可以把附加 CD 或 DVD "
+"<emphasis>和</emphasis> 网络镜像都加到 <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</"
+"filename>。增加网络镜像的优势是可以安装已经更新的发布版本软件包。</para> </"
+"footnote>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2077
+#: using-d-i.xml:2107
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -2990,25 +3033,31 @@ msgid ""
 "depends on a) the tasks you select in the next step of the installation, b) "
 "which packages are needed for those tasks, and c) which of those packages "
 "are present on the CD/DVD."
-msgstr "总结：除非您不具备良好的互联网连接，选择网络镜像通常是一个好方法。如果 CD/DVD 上有软件包当前的版本，安装程序总会从这里安装。如果您选择了镜像，需要下载的数据量取决于 a) 安装时下一步选择的任务，b) 这些任务所需要的软件包 和 c) 这些软件包有哪些在 CD/DVD 上。"
+msgstr ""
+"总结：除非您不具备良好的互联网连接，选择网络镜像通常是一个好方法。如果 CD/"
+"DVD 上有软件包当前的版本，安装程序总会从这里安装。如果您选择了镜像，需要下载"
+"的数据量取决于 a) 安装时下一步选择的任务，b) 这些任务所需要的软件包 和 c) 这"
+"些软件包有哪些在 CD/DVD 上。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2087
+#: using-d-i.xml:2117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may "
 "still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile "
 "update available for them and those services have been configured."
-msgstr "注意，即使您没有选择使用网络镜像，如果配置了安全检测服务，并且软件包有安全或 volatile 更新，仍然会从互联网下载更新后的软件包。"
+msgstr ""
+"注意，即使您没有选择使用网络镜像，如果配置了安全检测服务，并且软件包有安全或 "
+"volatile 更新，仍然会从互联网下载更新后的软件包。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2102
+#: using-d-i.xml:2132
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
 msgstr "选择和安装软件"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2134
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -3023,7 +3072,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "来快速建立您的计算机应对各种任务。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2113
+#: using-d-i.xml:2143
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
@@ -3053,7 +3102,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "空间。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2170
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -3064,7 +3113,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "些任务。此时甚至可以不选中任何任务。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2177
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop "
@@ -3075,7 +3124,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "选其他的桌面环境，比如 KDE。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2155
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see "
@@ -3101,7 +3150,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "安装方法，安装 KDE 就没有问题。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2175
+#: using-d-i.xml:2205
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS "
@@ -3119,7 +3168,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "classname>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2187
+#: using-d-i.xml:2217
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -3130,7 +3179,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "选中的软件包。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2194
+#: using-d-i.xml:2224
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3138,7 +3187,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "在安装程序的标准用户界面下，您可以使用空格键切换任务的选择。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2230
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -3153,7 +3202,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "间。一旦启动，安装软件包过程将无法取消。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2209
+#: using-d-i.xml:2239
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -3168,7 +3217,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "新)；如果您安装的是测试版本，这会出现在使用旧映像安装时。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
@@ -3181,13 +3230,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "序需要用户提供信息，它会在此过程中给出提示。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2231
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "创建启动系统"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2233
+#: using-d-i.xml:2263
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3200,13 +3249,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2248
+#: using-d-i.xml:2278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "检测其他的操作系统"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2250
+#: using-d-i.xml:2280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3220,7 +3269,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian 一起，计算机也将配置为可以启动其他操作系统。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2258
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3234,13 +3283,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "管理器的文档了解更多信息。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2276
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安装 <command>aboot</command> 到硬盘上"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2277
+#: using-d-i.xml:2307
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -3259,13 +3308,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "装 Debian 的磁盘上装有不同的操作系统，将不得不从一个软盘启动 GNU/Linux。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2297
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2298
+#: using-d-i.xml:2328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3280,19 +3329,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地读 Linux 分区。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2307
+#: using-d-i.xml:2337
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2319
+#: using-d-i.xml:2349
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "硬盘上 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 的安装"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2321
+#: using-d-i.xml:2351
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3303,7 +3352,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "定的 boot loader，它对新手和老手都是一个不错的缺省选择。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2327
+#: using-d-i.xml:2357
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3315,7 +3364,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "请参阅 grub 的手册。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2333
+#: using-d-i.xml:2363
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -3326,13 +3375,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "用的任何 bootloader。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2376
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "硬盘上 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 的安装"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2348
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3348,7 +3397,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "HOWTO</ulink>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2358
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3361,7 +3410,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "统。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2366
+#: using-d-i.xml:2396
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3369,13 +3418,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "&d-i; 提供给您三种选择去哪安装 <command>LILO</command> boot loader："
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "主引导区(MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3383,13 +3432,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "这种方式 <command>LILO</command> 将完全控制启动过程。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "新 Debian 分区"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3400,23 +3449,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "新 Debian 分区的起始位置，并能作为第二 boot loader。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "其它选择"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
 "somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can "
 "use traditional device names such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or "
 "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
-msgstr "对于高级用户，把 <command>LILO</command> 安装到其它地方会很有用。这种方式下，您会被问到需要安装的位置。您可以采用传统的设备命名，如 <filename>/dev/hda</filename> 或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。"
+msgstr ""
+"对于高级用户，把 <command>LILO</command> 安装到其它地方会很有用。这种方式下，"
+"您会被问到需要安装的位置。您可以采用传统的设备命名，如 <filename>/dev/hda</"
+"filename> 或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2399
+#: using-d-i.xml:2429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3430,13 +3482,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "录 &mdash; 但这也意味着您要使用其他方法才能启动 Debian！"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2415
+#: using-d-i.xml:2445
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安装 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2417
+#: using-d-i.xml:2447
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3461,7 +3513,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "和启动 Linux 内核的工作。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2433
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3476,13 +3528,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<emphasis>root</emphasis> 文件系统相同的磁盘。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "选择正确的分区！"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -3498,13 +3550,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "有内容！"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2462
+#: using-d-i.xml:2492
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "EFI 分区内容"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2464
+#: using-d-i.xml:2494
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3530,13 +3582,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "间，系统更新或重新配置，文件系统中也许会有其他文件。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2486
+#: using-d-i.xml:2516
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2517
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3547,13 +3599,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> 的复制，其文件名重写成 EFI 分区上的文件。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2526
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2527
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3566,13 +3618,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 命令菜单。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2507
+#: using-d-i.xml:2537
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2508
+#: using-d-i.xml:2538
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -3585,13 +3637,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> 符号链接 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的文件。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2521
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -3602,13 +3654,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "任何本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 运行时将丢失。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2561
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2532
+#: using-d-i.xml:2562
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -3621,13 +3673,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的文件。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2552
+#: using-d-i.xml:2582
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2553
+#: using-d-i.xml:2583
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3667,13 +3719,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample> ，然后键入 <command>boot</command>。"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2572
+#: using-d-i.xml:2602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2573
+#: using-d-i.xml:2603
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -3681,13 +3733,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "是启动的 SCSI 总线，<userinput>0</userinput> 为板载控制器"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2581
+#: using-d-i.xml:2611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "disk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2582
+#: using-d-i.xml:2612
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
@@ -3696,13 +3748,13 @@ msgstr "硬盘的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安装在其上"
 
 # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590 using-d-i.xml:2659
+#: using-d-i.xml:2620 using-d-i.xml:2689
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "partnr"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2591
+#: using-d-i.xml:2621
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3710,13 +3762,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 处于该分区"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2599
+#: using-d-i.xml:2629
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "config"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2630
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3726,13 +3778,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "quote> 。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2621
+#: using-d-i.xml:2651
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2622
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3758,13 +3810,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample> 。"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2641
+#: using-d-i.xml:2671
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2642
+#: using-d-i.xml:2672
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -3774,20 +3826,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2650
+#: using-d-i.xml:2680
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2681
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
 msgstr "硬盘上的 SCSI ID，<command>DELO</command> 安装在其上"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2660
+#: using-d-i.xml:2690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
@@ -3795,13 +3847,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 处于此分区"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "name"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2669
+#: using-d-i.xml:2699
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -3811,7 +3863,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "quote>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2709
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -3821,19 +3873,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "认的设置，但也可以用"
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2685
+#: using-d-i.xml:2715
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安装 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬盘"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2696
+#: using-d-i.xml:2726
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -3851,13 +3903,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "设为启动 &debian;。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2714
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安装 <command>Quik</command> 至硬盘"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -3870,13 +3922,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "以工作在 7200，7300 和 7600 Powermacs，以及一些 Power Computing 克隆。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2761
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2732
+#: using-d-i.xml:2762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -3891,13 +3943,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Commands</quote>，它位于 IBM 的 developerWorks 网站<command>ZIPL</command>。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2749
+#: using-d-i.xml:2779
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安装 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2751
+#: using-d-i.xml:2781
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -3924,13 +3976,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "区启动。这对于安装 GNU/Linux 到一个已经存在 SunOS/Solaris 的系统很有用。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2776
+#: using-d-i.xml:2806
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "不使用 boot loader 继续进行"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2778
+#: using-d-i.xml:2808
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -3946,7 +3998,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "在机器上，以用于启动 GNU/Linux。</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2787
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -3965,58 +4017,101 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> 到一个独立的分区，还需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 文件系统。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2804
+#: using-d-i.xml:2834
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "完成安装"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2805
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:2835
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
-"consists of tidying up after the &d-i;."
+"This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the "
+"installer will do any last minute tasks. It mostly consists of tidying up "
+"after the &d-i;."
 msgstr "这是在您启动新系统之前的最后一些工作。主要进行一些 &d-i; 之后的清理。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2817
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
-msgstr "完成安装并重启"
+#: using-d-i.xml:2848
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Setting the System Clock"
+msgstr "建立系统"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2850
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
+"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
+"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
+"systems are installed."
+msgstr ""
+"安装程序可能会询问是否计算机的时钟设置为 UTC。通常会尽量避免这个问题，而且安"
+"装程序依据是否有其他系统已经安装这类事情，来决定时钟要不要设为 UTC。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2819
+#: using-d-i.xml:2857
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
+"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
+"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
+"instead of UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
+"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
+"local time instead of UTC.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"在 expert 模式下，您总是可以选择时钟是否设为 UTC。<phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc"
+"\">Macintosh 硬件时钟一般设为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不"
+"是 GMT。</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">(还要)运行 Dos 或 Windows 的系统通常设"
+"为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase>"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2868
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
-"be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot "
-"the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot "
-"into your new Debian system."
+"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
+"system's hardware clock. This will be done either in UTC or local time, "
+"depending on the selection that was just made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Reboot the System"
+msgstr "建立系统"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
+"used to boot the installer. After that the system will be rebooted into your "
+"new Debian system."
 msgstr ""
 "这是安装 Debian 进程的最后一步。您会被提醒拿出用于安装启动的媒介(CD，软盘"
 "等)。安装程序将做最后几分钟的工作，然后启动到您的新 Debian 系统。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
-"which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-"
-"title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you "
-"selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation."
+"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
+"supported on &arch-title;. You then need to IPL &debian; from the DASD which "
+"you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the "
+"installation."
 msgstr ""
 "选择 <guimenuitem>完成安装</guimenuitem> 菜单项，它用来关闭系统。因为在这种情"
 "况下，重启不被 &arch-title; 支持。您需要使用来自 DASD 的 IPL GNU/Linux，它在"
 "安装步骤第一步里选做根文件系统。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2840
+#: using-d-i.xml:2904
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "杂项"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2841
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -4027,13 +4122,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "题。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2854
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "保存安装记录"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2856
+#: using-d-i.xml:2920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -4044,7 +4139,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2863
+#: using-d-i.xml:2927
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -4058,13 +4153,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "其它系统上研究记录，或者用于报告的附件。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "使用 Shell 查看记录"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2949
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -4088,7 +4183,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "安装程序。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2903
+#: using-d-i.xml:2967
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -4103,7 +4198,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "到安装程序。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2911
+#: using-d-i.xml:2975
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -4119,7 +4214,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Bourne shell 的克隆，有一些如自动完成与历史纪录这样的好特性。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2920
+#: using-d-i.xml:2984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -4130,7 +4225,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "以在 <filename>/var/log</filename> 目录找到。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2927
+#: using-d-i.xml:2991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -4141,7 +4236,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "题时进行调试。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2933
+#: using-d-i.xml:2997
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -4153,13 +4248,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "该让安装程序激活交换分区，而不是在 shell 里面自己动手。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2948
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr "通过网络安装"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2950
+#: using-d-i.xml:3014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4174,7 +4269,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "先建立网络。(您可以使用 <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> 做这部分工作。)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2960
+#: using-d-i.xml:3024
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4194,7 +4289,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "SSH</guimenuitem>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:3037
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4202,7 +4297,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "在 &arch-title; 上安装，建立网络之后这是默认的方法。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2978
+#: using-d-i.xml:3042
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4222,7 +4317,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "quote>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2990
+#: using-d-i.xml:3054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4233,7 +4328,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "他的组件。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2996
+#: using-d-i.xml:3060
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4261,7 +4356,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "确认是否正确。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3013
+#: using-d-i.xml:3077
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4277,7 +4372,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "再重新来过。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3022
+#: using-d-i.xml:3086
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4294,7 +4389,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "的系统。在安装菜单只能打开一个 SSH 会话，但 shell 可以打开多个。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3032
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4307,7 +4402,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "配置的数据库。结果可能导致安装失败或者安装完成的系统出现问题。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3040
+#: using-d-i.xml:3104
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
@@ -4315,3 +4410,26 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "另外，如果您在 X 终端下运行 ssh 会话，也不要改变窗口大小，它可能会造成连接中"
 "止。"
+
+#~ msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
+#~ msgstr "硬盘的分区"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be "
+#~ "used to set up the system it is about to install."
+#~ msgstr "分区之后，安装程序还会询问一些问题用于建立系统。"
+
+#~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
+#~ msgstr "配置您的时区"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
+#~ "time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
+#~ "after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not "
+#~ "set to UTC."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "注意，安装程序当前并不允许您设定计算机的时钟。但在安装完之后，如果时间不正"
+#~ "确或者以前没有设为 UTC 时，您可以设置时钟到当前的时间。"
+
+#~ msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
+#~ msgstr "完成安装并重启"
diff --git a/po/zh_TW/preparing.po b/po/zh_TW/preparing.po
index 5fff011ba..216f028f1 100644
--- a/po/zh_TW/preparing.po
+++ b/po/zh_TW/preparing.po
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-07-26 04:01+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 13:49+0800\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1233,19 +1233,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: preparing.xml:847
-#, no-c-format
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely "
 "replace the current operating system with &debian;, you also can wait to "
-"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>), "
-"after you have booted the installation system. However this only works if "
-"you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files on a "
-"connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard disk, "
-"and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, thus "
-"erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is successful the "
-"first time around. At the least in this case, you should have some alternate "
-"means of reviving your machine like the original system's installation tapes "
-"or CDs."
+"partition as part of the installation process (<xref linkend=\"di-partition"
+"\"/>), after you have booted the installation system. However this only "
+"works if you plan to boot the installer system from tapes, CD-ROM or files "
+"on a connected machine. Consider: if you boot from files placed on the hard "
+"disk, and then partition that same hard disk within the installation system, "
+"thus erasing the boot files, you'd better hope the installation is "
+"successful the first time around. At the least in this case, you should have "
+"some alternate means of reviving your machine like the original system's "
+"installation tapes or CDs."
 msgstr ""
 "若是您的機器只有一顆硬碟，而且您願意把原來的作業系統全部替換成 &debian;，那麼"
 "您可以在開機安裝系統後，等待安裝時再進行分割 (<xref linkend=\"partman\"/>)。 "
diff --git a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po
index ba32b2c87..c21434a72 100644
--- a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-24 00:09+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-26 01:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:26+0800\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei <dreamcrer@gmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -377,11 +377,37 @@ msgstr "Anna's Not Nearly APT。從選擇的鏡像站或 CD 取得安裝軟體�
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:230
 #, no-c-format
+msgid "clock-setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Updates the system clock and determines whether the clock is set to UTCr or "
+"not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "tzsetup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:239
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: term
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
+#, no-c-format
 msgid "partman"
 msgstr "partman"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:230
+#: using-d-i.xml:247
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file "
@@ -393,26 +419,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "能，如自動模式或 LVM 支援。在 Debian 裡這是建議的分割工具。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "autopartkit"
 msgstr "autopartkit"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:242
+#: using-d-i.xml:259
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
 msgstr "根據使用者預設，自動為整個硬碟分割。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partitioner"
 msgstr "partitioner"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:251
+#: using-d-i.xml:268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning "
@@ -421,13 +447,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "允許使用者為系統安排磁碟分割區。根據使用者電腦的架構選擇合適的分割工具。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partconf"
 msgstr "partconf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:261
+#: using-d-i.xml:278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected "
@@ -435,13 +461,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "顯示分割區列表，按照使用者指令為選擇的分割區建立檔案系統。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "lvmcfg"
 msgstr "lvmcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:270
+#: using-d-i.xml:287
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> "
@@ -449,13 +475,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "幫助使用者配置 <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logical Volume Manager)。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mdcfg"
 msgstr "mdcfg"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:279
+#: using-d-i.xml:296
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant "
@@ -467,63 +493,39 @@ msgstr ""
 "RAID 控制器的高級。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "tzsetup"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:290
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "clock-setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "base-installer"
+msgstr "base-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:298
+#: using-d-i.xml:307
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Determines whether the clock is set to UTC or not."
-msgstr ""
+msgid ""
+"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
+"operate under Linux when rebooted."
+msgstr "安裝一些基本的套件，讓電腦重起後能在 Linux 下運行。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "user-setup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:306
+#: using-d-i.xml:316
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "base-installer"
-msgstr "base-installer"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:314
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
-"operate under Linux when rebooted."
-msgstr "安裝一些基本的套件，讓電腦重起後能在 Linux 下運行。"
-
-#. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "apt-setup"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:323
+#: using-d-i.xml:324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is "
@@ -531,13 +533,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "pkgsel"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:332
+#: using-d-i.xml:333
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional "
@@ -545,13 +547,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "os-prober"
 msgstr "os-prober"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:340
+#: using-d-i.xml:341
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes "
@@ -565,13 +567,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "統。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "bootloader-installer"
 msgstr "bootloader-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:352
+#: using-d-i.xml:353
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the "
@@ -583,26 +585,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "動。許多開機程式都允許使用者在啟動的時候選擇使用哪個作業系統。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "shell"
 msgstr "shell"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:363
+#: using-d-i.xml:364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
 msgstr "讓使用者能從選單或者第二控制台執行介殼。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "save-logs"
 msgstr "save-logs"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:372
+#: using-d-i.xml:373
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, "
@@ -613,13 +615,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "報告安裝程式的問題。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:390
+#: using-d-i.xml:391
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using Individual Components"
 msgstr "使用單獨的元件"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:391
+#: using-d-i.xml:392
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The "
@@ -634,13 +636,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "組，取決於您的安裝方法和您的硬體。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:403
+#: using-d-i.xml:404
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting up Debian Installer and Hardware Configuration"
 msgstr "啟動 Debian 安裝程式與配置硬體"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:404
+#: using-d-i.xml:405
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first "
@@ -660,7 +662,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "像站)。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:417
+#: using-d-i.xml:418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</"
@@ -674,13 +676,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "所有的驅動程式都就緒，硬體偵測會在後續過程裡面多次重複。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:432
+#: using-d-i.xml:433
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid "Check available memory / low memory mode"
 msgstr "檢測有效的記憶體"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:434
+#: using-d-i.xml:435
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the "
@@ -692,7 +694,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "安裝進程，使您可以將 &debian; 安裝到您的系統上。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:441
+#: using-d-i.xml:442
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The first measure taken to reduce memory consumption by the installer is to "
@@ -702,7 +704,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:448
+#: using-d-i.xml:449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If that is not sufficient, the installer will further reduce memory "
@@ -714,7 +716,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:457
+#: using-d-i.xml:458
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installer runs in low memory mode, it is recommended to create a "
@@ -726,7 +728,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:467
+#: using-d-i.xml:468
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Despite these measures, it is still possible that your system freezes, that "
@@ -736,7 +738,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:474
+#: using-d-i.xml:475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For example, it has been reported that creating a big ext3 file system fails "
@@ -747,7 +749,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:482
+#: using-d-i.xml:483
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to force the installer to use a higher lowmem level than the "
@@ -756,13 +758,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:497
+#: using-d-i.xml:498
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting Localization Options"
 msgstr "選擇區域化選項"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:499
+#: using-d-i.xml:500
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of "
@@ -774,7 +776,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "本地化選項。選項包括了語言、國家以及地區設定。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:506
+#: using-d-i.xml:507
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation "
@@ -787,7 +789,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "的鍵盤配置。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:513
+#: using-d-i.xml:514
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick "
@@ -800,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "言，都會影響您新 Debian 系統的本地化設置。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:520
+#: using-d-i.xml:521
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language "
@@ -820,7 +822,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "統也不會支援任何地區設定。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:532
+#: using-d-i.xml:533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for "
@@ -837,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "guimenuitem>，您將看到按大洲分組的全部國家。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:550
+#: using-d-i.xml:551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and "
@@ -849,13 +851,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "統，您將可以選擇預設地區設定以外的設定，並且可以決定系統額外支援的地區設定。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:565
+#: using-d-i.xml:566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choosing a Keyboard"
 msgstr "選擇鍵盤"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:567
+#: using-d-i.xml:568
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a "
@@ -870,7 +872,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "盤配置 (在安裝完之後用 root 執行 <command>kbdconfig</command>)。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:577
+#: using-d-i.xml:578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press "
@@ -884,7 +886,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "鍵盤上端有一排 <keycap>F1</keycap>到<keycap>F10</keycap> 按鍵。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:586
+#: using-d-i.xml:587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have "
@@ -896,7 +898,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "核心 keymap (LK201 US)。隨著 Linux/MIPS 核心的開發，將來也許會改變。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:593
+#: using-d-i.xml:594
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us "
@@ -914,13 +916,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "'alt')。其餘地方這兩種配置相似。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:623
+#: using-d-i.xml:624
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image"
 msgstr "尋找 Debian 安裝程式 ISO 映像"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:624
+#: using-d-i.xml:625
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be "
@@ -933,7 +935,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "正是用來完成此任務。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:631
+#: using-d-i.xml:632
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices "
@@ -960,7 +962,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "果是後者，<command>iso-scan</command> 會搜索其它的映像檔案。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:648
+#: using-d-i.xml:649
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, "
@@ -972,7 +974,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "行完整的搜索。這次不只查看最上級目錄，而是真正地搜尋整個檔案系統。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:655
+#: using-d-i.xml:656
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, "
@@ -988,13 +990,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Unix 使用者可以在第二個控制台上完成這些動作，而毋須重新啟動。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:676
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Network"
+#: using-d-i.xml:677
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Network"
 msgstr "設定網路"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:678
+#: using-d-i.xml:679
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one "
@@ -1012,7 +1014,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "citerefentry> man 頁。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:689
+#: using-d-i.xml:690
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically "
@@ -1032,7 +1034,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "時候回應很慢，因此，如果您確定都正常，再試一次。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:701
+#: using-d-i.xml:702
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your "
@@ -1054,7 +1056,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"/> 中參考應回答的數值。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:715
+#: using-d-i.xml:716
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program "
@@ -1074,45 +1076,108 @@ msgstr ""
 "classname>，它用來一步步進行網路設定。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:758
+#: using-d-i.xml:761
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring the Clock"
+msgstr "設定網路"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:763
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet "
+"(using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set "
+"the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the "
+"time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system "
+"was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time "
+"during the installation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:781
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you "
+"may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your "
+"location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the "
+"system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:788
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that "
+"does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:799
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the "
+"installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The "
+"command to do this is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: screen
+#: using-d-i.xml:805
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:811
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the "
+"installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/"
+"zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the "
+"installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for "
+"example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"For automated installations the time zone can also be set using preseeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:838
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection"
 msgstr "分割區與選擇掛載點"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:759
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
 "should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to "
 "do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of "
 "the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating "
 "filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely "
-"related issues like LVM or RAID devices."
+"related options like RAID, LVM or encrypted devices."
 msgstr ""
 "現在，經過最後的硬體偵測，&d-i; 已經充滿活力，按照使用者需求，準備就緒。正如"
 "本節標題指明，接下來元件的主要任務是為您的硬碟分割磁區，建立檔案系統，安排掛"
 "載點，並為近似選項進行設定，例如 LVM 或 RAID 設備。"
 
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:781
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
-msgstr "硬碟的分割區"
-
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:783
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:860
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with "
-"partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend="
-"\"partitioning\"/>."
+"If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more "
+"details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 "現在是時候對您的硬碟進行分割了。要是您對分割還有心存疑慮，或者只是想瞭解更多"
 "的細節，請參閱 <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:790
+#: using-d-i.xml:866
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not "
@@ -1126,7 +1191,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:803
+#: using-d-i.xml:879
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
@@ -1138,8 +1203,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>嚮導式</quote> 分割區。倘若您不願自動分割區，那麼也可以選擇選單中的 "
 "<guimenuitem>手動編輯磁碟分割表</guimenuitem> 。"
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:889
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Guided Partitioning"
+msgstr "分割區方式"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:810
+#: using-d-i.xml:890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
@@ -1151,14 +1222,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:825
+#: using-d-i.xml:905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:830
+#: using-d-i.xml:910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
@@ -1169,7 +1240,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:839
+#: using-d-i.xml:919
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
@@ -1180,7 +1251,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:848
+#: using-d-i.xml:928
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
@@ -1192,7 +1263,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:858
+#: using-d-i.xml:938
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) "
@@ -1204,7 +1275,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:867
+#: using-d-i.xml:947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
@@ -1215,7 +1286,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:875
+#: using-d-i.xml:955
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
@@ -1232,73 +1303,73 @@ msgstr ""
 "的方式而不同)，那麼嚮導式分割區將以失敗告終。"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:891
+#: using-d-i.xml:971
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Partitioning scheme"
 msgstr "分割區方式"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:892
+#: using-d-i.xml:972
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum space"
 msgstr "所需最小空間"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:893
+#: using-d-i.xml:973
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Created partitions"
 msgstr "所新建的分割區"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:899
+#: using-d-i.xml:979
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "All files in one partition"
 msgstr "所有檔案在同一分割區"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:900
+#: using-d-i.xml:980
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "600MB"
 msgstr "600MB"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:901
+#: using-d-i.xml:981
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:903
+#: using-d-i.xml:983
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home partition"
 msgstr "所新建的分割區"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:904
+#: using-d-i.xml:984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "500MB"
 msgstr "500MB"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:905
+#: using-d-i.xml:985
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
 msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:909
+#: using-d-i.xml:989
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:910
+#: using-d-i.xml:990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:911
+#: using-d-i.xml:991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
@@ -1308,7 +1379,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:920
+#: using-d-i.xml:1000
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
@@ -1318,7 +1389,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:926
+#: using-d-i.xml:1006
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an "
@@ -1331,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "外的一項，可以讓您手動把某個分割區作為 EFI 開機分割區。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:934
+#: using-d-i.xml:1014
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, "
@@ -1342,7 +1413,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "處，作為 aboot boot loader 的保留空間。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:940
+#: using-d-i.xml:1020
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
@@ -1354,7 +1425,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "訊。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:946
+#: using-d-i.xml:1026
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -1401,7 +1472,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "區大小、可選的旗標、採用的檔案系統，及其掛載點 (如果有的話)。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:959
+#: using-d-i.xml:1039
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
@@ -1419,8 +1490,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "guimenuitem>，之後就可以再次進行嚮導式分割區，或者按照下面將要介紹的手動分割"
 "區的辦法來完成自己所設想的分割規劃。"
 
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:1053
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Manual Partitioning"
+msgstr "分割區方式"
+
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:969
+#: using-d-i.xml:1054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
@@ -1435,7 +1512,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "內容將會在本節的後面談到。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:977
+#: using-d-i.xml:1062
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
@@ -1448,7 +1525,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "後，在被選中的磁碟下會出現一個新行，上面寫著<quote>未使用空間</quote>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:985
+#: using-d-i.xml:1070
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new "
@@ -1481,7 +1558,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "自動退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主畫面。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1007
+#: using-d-i.xml:1092
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
@@ -1500,7 +1577,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "swap。在這個選單中，您還可以刪除分割區。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1018
+#: using-d-i.xml:1103
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
@@ -1515,7 +1592,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "下面的步驟，直到您改正了這個錯誤。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1026
+#: using-d-i.xml:1111
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</"
@@ -1526,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "一點，不讓您繼續操作，直到您劃分出這樣一個分割區。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1032
+#: using-d-i.xml:1117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
@@ -1542,7 +1619,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1040
+#: using-d-i.xml:1125
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
@@ -1555,13 +1632,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "硬碟上進行的所有操作。此時，安裝程式會讓您確認是否就照此設定進行分割。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1068
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)"
+#: using-d-i.xml:1153
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)"
 msgstr "配置多磁碟設備 (Software RAID)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1069
+#: using-d-i.xml:1154
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
@@ -1579,7 +1656,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "(或者更有名的 <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1083
+#: using-d-i.xml:1168
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
@@ -1592,7 +1669,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>partman</command> 格式化，分配掛載點，等等)。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1091
+#: using-d-i.xml:1176
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. "
@@ -1657,101 +1734,101 @@ msgstr ""
 "訊。 </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> 總結："
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1169
+#: using-d-i.xml:1254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "類型"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1170
+#: using-d-i.xml:1255
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Minimum Devices"
 msgstr "最少設備"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1171
+#: using-d-i.xml:1256
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Spare Device"
 msgstr "備用設備"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1172
+#: using-d-i.xml:1257
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Survives disk failure?"
 msgstr "倖免於磁碟損壞？"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1173
+#: using-d-i.xml:1258
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Available Space"
 msgstr "可用空間"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1179
+#: using-d-i.xml:1264
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID0"
 msgstr "RAID0"
 
 # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1180 using-d-i.xml:1188
+#: using-d-i.xml:1265 using-d-i.xml:1273
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
 
 # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1181 using-d-i.xml:1182
+#: using-d-i.xml:1266 using-d-i.xml:1267
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>否</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1183
+#: using-d-i.xml:1268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
 msgstr "容量為最小分割區容量乘以 RAID 設備數"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1187
+#: using-d-i.xml:1272
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID1"
 msgstr "RAID1"
 
 # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1189 using-d-i.xml:1197
+#: using-d-i.xml:1274 using-d-i.xml:1282
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "optional"
 msgstr "可選"
 
 # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1190 using-d-i.xml:1198
+#: using-d-i.xml:1275 using-d-i.xml:1283
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>是</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1191
+#: using-d-i.xml:1276
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID"
 msgstr "容量為 RAID 中的最小分割區"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1195
+#: using-d-i.xml:1280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "RAID5"
 msgstr "RAID5"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1196
+#: using-d-i.xml:1281
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>3</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1199
+#: using-d-i.xml:1284
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
@@ -1759,7 +1836,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "容量為最小分割區乘以 (RAID 設備數量減一)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1207
+#: using-d-i.xml:1292
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url="
@@ -1769,7 +1846,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1212
+#: using-d-i.xml:1297
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
@@ -1784,7 +1861,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1221
+#: using-d-i.xml:1306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may "
@@ -1799,7 +1876,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "於有經驗的使用者，從介殼手動地處理一些配置和安裝步驟，也許能避開這些問題"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1230
+#: using-d-i.xml:1315
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
@@ -1817,7 +1894,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "從其中選擇一項 (如 RAID1)。後續操作會根據您選擇的 MD 類型而定。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1243
+#: using-d-i.xml:1328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
@@ -1828,7 +1905,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "要組成 MD 的分割區。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1250
+#: using-d-i.xml:1335
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
@@ -1845,7 +1922,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "&d-i; 將不會允許您繼續下去，直到錯誤被改正為止。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1262
+#: using-d-i.xml:1347
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "RAID5 has a similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you "
@@ -1855,7 +1932,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "區。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1270
+#: using-d-i.xml:1355
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, "
@@ -1871,7 +1948,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "RAID1 (相當可靠的 100 GB 分割區用於 <filename>/home</filename>)。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1279
+#: using-d-i.xml:1364
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
@@ -1884,13 +1961,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "案系統並分配掛載點。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1294
+#: using-d-i.xml:1379
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
 msgstr "配置邏輯容量管理(LVM)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1295
+#: using-d-i.xml:1380
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
@@ -1904,7 +1981,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "移動檔案或符號鏈結等方法所困擾。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1303
+#: using-d-i.xml:1388
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
@@ -1922,7 +1999,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "優點在於它可以跨越多個物理磁碟。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1313
+#: using-d-i.xml:1398
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
@@ -1940,7 +2017,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "果您還沒有讀過，您應該查閱 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1324
+#: using-d-i.xml:1409
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
@@ -1955,7 +2032,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1333
+#: using-d-i.xml:1418
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
@@ -1968,7 +2045,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1344
+#: using-d-i.xml:1429
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
@@ -1976,43 +2053,43 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1349
+#: using-d-i.xml:1434
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create volume group"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1352
+#: using-d-i.xml:1437
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create logical volume"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1355
+#: using-d-i.xml:1440
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete volume group"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1358
+#: using-d-i.xml:1443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Delete logical volume"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1361
+#: using-d-i.xml:1446
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Extend volume group"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
-#: using-d-i.xml:1364
+#: using-d-i.xml:1449
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Reduce volume group"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1366
+#: using-d-i.xml:1451
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
@@ -2020,7 +2097,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1372
+#: using-d-i.xml:1457
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
@@ -2028,7 +2105,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1377
+#: using-d-i.xml:1462
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
@@ -2039,13 +2116,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "與其他普通分割區一樣的新建的邏輯容量 (您也應該這樣看待它們)。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1391
+#: using-d-i.xml:1476
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes"
 msgstr "設定網路"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1392
+#: using-d-i.xml:1477
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
@@ -2059,7 +2136,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1404
+#: using-d-i.xml:1489
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
@@ -2076,7 +2153,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1419
+#: using-d-i.xml:1504
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
@@ -2086,7 +2163,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1426
+#: using-d-i.xml:1511
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
@@ -2099,7 +2176,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1437
+#: using-d-i.xml:1522
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is "
@@ -2110,7 +2187,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1449
+#: using-d-i.xml:1534
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
@@ -2120,13 +2197,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1459
+#: using-d-i.xml:1544
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1461
+#: using-d-i.xml:1546
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
@@ -2142,13 +2219,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1479
+#: using-d-i.xml:1564
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1481
+#: using-d-i.xml:1566
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
@@ -2158,13 +2235,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1493
+#: using-d-i.xml:1578
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1495
+#: using-d-i.xml:1580
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
@@ -2176,7 +2253,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1505
+#: using-d-i.xml:1590
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</"
@@ -2186,25 +2263,25 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1517
+#: using-d-i.xml:1602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1519
+#: using-d-i.xml:1604
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1525
+#: using-d-i.xml:1610
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Passphrase"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1526
+#: using-d-i.xml:1611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
@@ -2214,13 +2291,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1541 using-d-i.xml:1634
+#: using-d-i.xml:1626 using-d-i.xml:1719
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Random key"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1542
+#: using-d-i.xml:1627
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
@@ -2232,7 +2309,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1551
+#: using-d-i.xml:1636
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
@@ -2245,13 +2322,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1570 using-d-i.xml:1647
+#: using-d-i.xml:1655 using-d-i.xml:1732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1572
+#: using-d-i.xml:1657
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
@@ -2265,7 +2342,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1592
+#: using-d-i.xml:1677
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> "
@@ -2274,13 +2351,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1601
+#: using-d-i.xml:1686
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1603
+#: using-d-i.xml:1688
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are "
@@ -2289,25 +2366,25 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1613
+#: using-d-i.xml:1698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1615
+#: using-d-i.xml:1700
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1621
+#: using-d-i.xml:1706
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1622
+#: using-d-i.xml:1707
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the "
@@ -2317,19 +2394,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1635
+#: using-d-i.xml:1720
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the section on random keys above."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1649
+#: using-d-i.xml:1734
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1659
+#: using-d-i.xml:1744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer "
@@ -2339,7 +2416,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1667
+#: using-d-i.xml:1752
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
@@ -2351,7 +2428,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1677
+#: using-d-i.xml:1762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
@@ -2362,7 +2439,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1686
+#: using-d-i.xml:1771
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
@@ -2377,7 +2454,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1699
+#: using-d-i.xml:1784
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
@@ -2391,7 +2468,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1715
+#: using-d-i.xml:1800
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
@@ -2411,7 +2488,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1728
+#: using-d-i.xml:1813
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses "
@@ -2424,7 +2501,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1738
+#: using-d-i.xml:1823
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
@@ -2432,87 +2509,84 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1749
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Setting up the System"
+#: using-d-i.xml:1834
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Installing the Base System"
 msgstr "安裝基本系統"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1750
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:1835
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used "
-"to set up the system it is about to install."
+"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
+"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
+"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
+"take some time."
 msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1762
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
-msgstr "設定您的時區"
+"儘管這一階段少有問題，但卻需要大量時間用於整個基本系統的下載、檢驗和解開套"
+"件。如果您用較慢的電腦或網路連接，這要花費好一會兒時間。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1764
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation "
-"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. "
-"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and "
-"the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1780
+#: using-d-i.xml:1848
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid "Configuring the Clock"
-msgstr "設定網路"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1782
-#, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
-"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
-"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
-"systems are installed."
+"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
+"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
+"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
+"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 msgstr ""
+"在基本系統安裝期間，解開軟體套件和安裝的資訊被重新導向到 <userinput>tty3</"
+"userinput>。您可以透過按下 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</"
+"keycap></keycombo> 來切換到該終端畫面﹔返回主安裝進程使用 <keycombo><keycap>"
+"左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1789
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:1857
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
-"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
-"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
-"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
-"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
-"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>"
+"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
+"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
+"installation is performed over a serial console."
 msgstr ""
+"當安裝程式透過序列埠控制台執行時，基本到建的解開套件/安裝訊息儲存在 "
+"<filename>/var/log/messages</filename>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1800
+#: using-d-i.xml:1863
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
-"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
-"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set "
-"to UTC."
+"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
+"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
+"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
+"list of available kernels."
 msgstr ""
+"作為安裝的一部分，Linux 核心也會被安裝。在預設的優先等級下，安裝程式會選擇一"
+"個與您硬體最匹配的核心。在較低的優先級下，您可以從列表中選擇一個有效的核心。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1816
+#: using-d-i.xml:1875
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords"
 msgstr "設定使用者和密碼"
 
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1876
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to "
+"set up the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. "
+"Other user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1819
+#: using-d-i.xml:1890
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Set the Root Password"
 msgstr "設定 root 密碼"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1823
+#: using-d-i.xml:1894
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
@@ -2525,7 +2599,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "系統管理，而且使用時間應該盡可能短。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1831
+#: using-d-i.xml:1902
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
@@ -2539,7 +2613,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "小心。請避免採用能夠在字典中查到的單詞或者很容易猜測的個人資訊。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1839
+#: using-d-i.xml:1910
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
@@ -2550,13 +2624,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "理員，否則您通常不應該將超級使用者密碼交給別人。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1849
+#: using-d-i.xml:1920
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Create an Ordinary User"
 msgstr "建立一個普通使用者"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1851
+#: using-d-i.xml:1922
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
@@ -2568,7 +2642,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "記，平時<emphasis>不要</emphasis>使用 root 帳戶登陸或者將其作為個人帳號使用。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1860
+#: using-d-i.xml:1931
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
@@ -2586,7 +2660,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "容，建議您找一本書進行學習。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1870
+#: using-d-i.xml:1941
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
@@ -2598,7 +2672,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "可，並且會成為預設值。最後，您將要求輸入該帳號的密碼。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1877
+#: using-d-i.xml:1948
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
@@ -2608,86 +2682,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "令。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1889
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Installing the Base System"
-msgstr "安裝基本系統"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1890
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
-"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
-"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
-"take some time."
-msgstr ""
-"儘管這一階段少有問題，但卻需要大量時間用於整個基本系統的下載、檢驗和解開套"
-"件。如果您用較慢的電腦或網路連接，這要花費好一會兒時間。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1903
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages "
-"are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal "
-"by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></"
-"keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with "
-"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-msgstr ""
-"在基本系統安裝期間，解開軟體套件和安裝的資訊被重新導向到 <userinput>tty3</"
-"userinput>。您可以透過按下 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</"
-"keycap></keycombo> 來切換到該終端畫面﹔返回主安裝進程使用 <keycombo><keycap>"
-"左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1912
-#, fuzzy, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in "
-"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the "
-"installation is performed over a serial console."
-msgstr ""
-"當安裝程式透過序列埠控制台執行時，基本到建的解開套件/安裝訊息儲存在 "
-"<filename>/var/log/messages</filename>。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1918
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
-"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
-"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
-"list of available kernels."
-msgstr ""
-"作為安裝的一部分，Linux 核心也會被安裝。在預設的優先等級下，安裝程式會選擇一"
-"個與您硬體最匹配的核心。在較低的優先級下，您可以從列表中選擇一個有效的核心。"
-
-#. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1930
+#: using-d-i.xml:1959
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid "Installing Additional Software"
 msgstr "安裝基本系統"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1931
+#: using-d-i.xml:1960
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. "
-"Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it "
-"to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even "
-"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or "
-"network."
+"At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to "
+"install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the "
+"installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing "
+"the base system if you have a slow computer or network connection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1945
+#: using-d-i.xml:1975
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring apt"
 msgstr "設定網路"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1947
+#: using-d-i.xml:1977
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program "
@@ -2708,7 +2725,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1971
+#: using-d-i.xml:2001
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to "
@@ -2718,7 +2735,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1978
+#: using-d-i.xml:2008
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take "
@@ -2730,7 +2747,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1987
+#: using-d-i.xml:2017
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be "
@@ -2741,13 +2758,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#: using-d-i.xml:2028
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using a network mirror"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2030
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One question that will be asked in most cases is whether or not to use a "
@@ -2756,7 +2773,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2006
+#: using-d-i.xml:2036
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or "
@@ -2768,7 +2785,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2015
+#: using-d-i.xml:2045
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a full CD or using a CD image (not DVD), using a "
@@ -2784,7 +2801,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2033
+#: using-d-i.xml:2063
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, the need to use a "
@@ -2797,7 +2814,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2043
+#: using-d-i.xml:2073
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To install additional packages after the installation you have two options: "
@@ -2815,7 +2832,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2077
+#: using-d-i.xml:2107
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if "
@@ -2828,7 +2845,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2087
+#: using-d-i.xml:2117
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may "
@@ -2837,13 +2854,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2102
+#: using-d-i.xml:2132
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Selecting and Installing Software"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2134
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
@@ -2855,7 +2872,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2113
+#: using-d-i.xml:2143
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
@@ -2875,7 +2892,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2140
+#: using-d-i.xml:2170
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
@@ -2884,7 +2901,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2177
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop "
@@ -2893,7 +2910,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2155
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see "
@@ -2911,7 +2928,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2175
+#: using-d-i.xml:2205
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS "
@@ -2923,7 +2940,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2187
+#: using-d-i.xml:2217
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, "
@@ -2934,7 +2951,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>aptitude</command> 將安裝您選中的軟體套件。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2194
+#: using-d-i.xml:2224
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -2942,7 +2959,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2200
+#: using-d-i.xml:2230
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. "
@@ -2954,7 +2971,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2209
+#: using-d-i.xml:2239
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still "
@@ -2966,7 +2983,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2248
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
@@ -2976,13 +2993,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2231
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "使系統可開機"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2233
+#: using-d-i.xml:2263
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -2995,13 +3012,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2248
+#: using-d-i.xml:2278
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "偵測其他的作業系統"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2250
+#: using-d-i.xml:2280
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3015,7 +3032,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "腦也將設定為可以啟動其他作業系統。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2258
+#: using-d-i.xml:2288
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3029,13 +3046,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "boot-loader 的文件以瞭解更多資訊。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2276
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安裝 <command>aboot</command> 到硬碟上"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2277
+#: using-d-i.xml:2307
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM and you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -3054,13 +3071,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "您在安裝 Debian 的磁碟上裝有不同的作業系統，您將不得不從軟碟啟動 GNU/Linux。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2297
+#: using-d-i.xml:2327
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2298
+#: using-d-i.xml:2328
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3075,19 +3092,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地讀 Linux 分割區。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2307
+#: using-d-i.xml:2337
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2319
+#: using-d-i.xml:2349
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安裝 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2321
+#: using-d-i.xml:2351
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3098,7 +3115,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "定的 boot-loader，它對新手來說是個不錯的預設選擇。對老鳥來說，它也同樣適合。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2327
+#: using-d-i.xml:2357
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3110,7 +3127,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "訊，請參閱 grub 的手冊。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2333
+#: using-d-i.xml:2363
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to "
@@ -3122,13 +3139,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "請參閱 grub 的手冊。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2346
+#: using-d-i.xml:2376
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安裝 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2348
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3144,7 +3161,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2358
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3157,7 +3174,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "統。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2366
+#: using-d-i.xml:2396
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3165,13 +3182,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "&d-i; 提供給您三種選擇來安裝 <command>LILO</command> boot-loader："
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "主開機區 (MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2373
+#: using-d-i.xml:2403
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3179,13 +3196,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "這種方式 <command>LILO</command> 將完全控制開機過程。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "新 Debian 分割區"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2380
+#: using-d-i.xml:2410
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3196,13 +3213,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian 分割區的起始位置，並能作為第二 boot loader。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "其它選擇"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2389
+#: using-d-i.xml:2419
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3217,7 +3234,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2399
+#: using-d-i.xml:2429
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3232,13 +3249,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2415
+#: using-d-i.xml:2445
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安裝 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2417
+#: using-d-i.xml:2447
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3263,7 +3280,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "行以掛載和啟動 Linux 核心。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2433
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3278,13 +3295,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "是與 <emphasis>root</emphasis> 檔案系統相同的磁碟。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2445
+#: using-d-i.xml:2475
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "選擇正確的分割區！"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2477
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -3300,13 +3317,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "割區，這將清除以前的所有內容！"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2462
+#: using-d-i.xml:2492
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "EFI 分割區內容"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2464
+#: using-d-i.xml:2494
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3332,13 +3349,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "間，系統更新或重新設定，檔案系統中也許會有其他檔案。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2486
+#: using-d-i.xml:2516
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2487
+#: using-d-i.xml:2517
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3349,13 +3366,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> 以同檔名複製到 EFI 分割區的檔案。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2526
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2527
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3368,13 +3385,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 指令選單。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2507
+#: using-d-i.xml:2537
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2508
+#: using-d-i.xml:2538
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -3387,13 +3404,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> 符號鏈結 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的檔案。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2520
+#: using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2521
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -3404,13 +3421,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 執行時將丟失。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2531
+#: using-d-i.xml:2561
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2532
+#: using-d-i.xml:2562
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -3423,13 +3440,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的檔案。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2552
+#: using-d-i.xml:2582
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2553
+#: using-d-i.xml:2583
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3469,13 +3486,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample> ，然後鍵入 <command>boot</command>。"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2572
+#: using-d-i.xml:2602
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2573
+#: using-d-i.xml:2603
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -3483,13 +3500,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "是啟動的 SCSI 匯流排， <userinput>0</userinput> 為主機板內建控制器"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2581
+#: using-d-i.xml:2611
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "disk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2582
+#: using-d-i.xml:2612
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
@@ -3498,13 +3515,13 @@ msgstr "是硬碟的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安裝在其上"
 
 # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590 using-d-i.xml:2659
+#: using-d-i.xml:2620 using-d-i.xml:2689
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "partnr"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2591
+#: using-d-i.xml:2621
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3512,13 +3529,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 所處分割區編號。"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2599
+#: using-d-i.xml:2629
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "config"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2600
+#: using-d-i.xml:2630
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3528,13 +3545,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>linux</quote> 。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2621
+#: using-d-i.xml:2651
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2622
+#: using-d-i.xml:2652
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3560,13 +3577,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample> 。"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2641
+#: using-d-i.xml:2671
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2642
+#: using-d-i.xml:2672
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -3576,20 +3593,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "<userinput>3</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2650
+#: using-d-i.xml:2680
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2681
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
 msgstr "<command>DELO</command> 所處的硬碟的 SCSI ID。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2660
+#: using-d-i.xml:2690
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
@@ -3597,13 +3614,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 所處的分割區號。"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2668
+#: using-d-i.xml:2698
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "name"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2669
+#: using-d-i.xml:2699
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -3613,7 +3630,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "quote>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2709
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -3623,19 +3640,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "預設的開機設定，但也可以用"
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2685
+#: using-d-i.xml:2715
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2695
+#: using-d-i.xml:2725
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安裝 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬碟"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2696
+#: using-d-i.xml:2726
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -3653,13 +3670,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "將設為啟動 &debian;。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2714
+#: using-d-i.xml:2744
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安裝 <command>Quik</command> 至硬碟"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -3673,13 +3690,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "作。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2761
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2732
+#: using-d-i.xml:2762
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -3694,13 +3711,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Commands</quote>，它位於 IBM 的 developerWorks 網站 <command>ZIPL</command>。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2749
+#: using-d-i.xml:2779
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安裝 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2751
+#: using-d-i.xml:2781
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -3728,13 +3745,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "SunOS/Solaris 的系統很有用。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2776
+#: using-d-i.xml:2806
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "不使用 boot-loader 繼續進行"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2778
+#: using-d-i.xml:2808
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -3750,7 +3767,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "存在於機器上，以用於啟動 GNU/Linux。</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2787
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -3769,58 +3786,95 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> 到一個獨立的分割區，還需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 檔案系統。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2804
+#: using-d-i.xml:2834
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "完成安裝並重開機"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2805
+#: using-d-i.xml:2835
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
-"consists of tidying up after the &d-i;."
+"This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the "
+"installer will do any last minute tasks. It mostly consists of tidying up "
+"after the &d-i;."
 msgstr "在啟動新 Debian 之前還有一些最後工作，主要是 &d-i; 之後的整理。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2817
+#: using-d-i.xml:2848
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Setting the System Clock"
+msgstr "安裝基本系統"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2850
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
-msgstr "完成安裝並重開機"
+msgid ""
+"The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
+"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
+"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
+"systems are installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2857
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
+"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
+"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
+"instead of UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
+"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
+"local time instead of UTC.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2819
+#: using-d-i.xml:2868
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
-"be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot "
-"the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot "
-"into your new Debian system."
+"At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the "
+"system's hardware clock. This will be done either in UTC or local time, "
+"depending on the selection that was just made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid "Reboot the System"
+msgstr "安裝基本系統"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you "
+"used to boot the installer. After that the system will be rebooted into your "
+"new Debian system."
 msgstr ""
 "這是安裝 Debian 程序的最後一步。您會被提醒取出用於啟動安裝程式的媒介 (CD，軟"
 "碟等)。安裝程式將完成最後的工作，然後啟動您的新 Debian 系統。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
-#, no-c-format
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
-"which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-"
-"title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you "
-"selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation."
+"After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not "
+"supported on &arch-title;. You then need to IPL &debian; from the DASD which "
+"you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the "
+"installation."
 msgstr ""
 "選擇 <guimenuitem>結束安裝作業</guimenuitem> 選單項，它用來關閉系統。因為在這"
 "種情況下，重開機不被 &arch-title; 支援。您需要使用來自 DASD 的 IPL GNU/"
 "Linux，它在安裝步驟第一步裡被選做根檔案系統。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2840
+#: using-d-i.xml:2904
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "雜項"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2841
+#: using-d-i.xml:2905
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -3831,13 +3885,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "題。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2854
+#: using-d-i.xml:2918
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "保存安裝記錄"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2856
+#: using-d-i.xml:2920
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -3848,7 +3902,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2863
+#: using-d-i.xml:2927
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -3862,13 +3916,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "用於報告的附件。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2883
+#: using-d-i.xml:2947
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "使用 Shell 查看記錄"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2949
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an "
@@ -3884,7 +3938,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2903
+#: using-d-i.xml:2967
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a "
@@ -3895,7 +3949,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2911
+#: using-d-i.xml:2975
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -3911,7 +3965,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "shell 有一些好用的特性，如自動完成與歷史紀錄。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2920
+#: using-d-i.xml:2984
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log "
@@ -3920,7 +3974,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2927
+#: using-d-i.xml:2991
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available "
@@ -3929,7 +3983,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2933
+#: using-d-i.xml:2997
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation "
@@ -3939,13 +3993,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2948
+#: using-d-i.xml:3012
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2950
+#: using-d-i.xml:3014
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -3957,7 +4011,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2960
+#: using-d-i.xml:3024
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -3971,7 +4025,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2973
+#: using-d-i.xml:3037
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -3979,7 +4033,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2978
+#: using-d-i.xml:3042
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -3993,7 +4047,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2990
+#: using-d-i.xml:3054
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4002,7 +4056,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2996
+#: using-d-i.xml:3060
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4021,7 +4075,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3013
+#: using-d-i.xml:3077
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4033,7 +4087,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3022
+#: using-d-i.xml:3086
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4046,7 +4100,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3032
+#: using-d-i.xml:3096
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4057,13 +4111,22 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:3040
+#: using-d-i.xml:3104
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
 "resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid "Partitioning Your Disks"
+#~ msgstr "硬碟的分割區"
+
+#~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone"
+#~ msgstr "設定您的時區"
+
+#~ msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
+#~ msgstr "完成安裝並重開機"
+
 #~ msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent"
 #~ msgstr "設定您的郵件傳輸代理 (MTA)"